Wdk Reference Guide 6.0 Sp1

  • June 2020
  • PDF

This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA


Overview

Download & View Wdk Reference Guide 6.0 Sp1 as PDF for free.

More details

  • Words: 200,858
  • Pages: 1,788
EMC® Documentum® Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 SP1

Reference Guide P/N 300-006-180 A01

EMC Corporation Corporate Headquarters: Hopkinton, MA 01748-9103 1-508-435-1000 www.EMC.com

Copyright © 2002 - 2007 EMC Corporation. All rights reserved. Published December 2007 EMC believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date. The information is subject to change without notice. THE INFORMATION IN THIS PUBLICATION IS PROVIDED AS IS. EMC CORPORATION MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION IN THIS PUBLICATION, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Use, copying, and distribution of any EMC software described in this publication requires an applicable software license. For the most up-to-date listing of EMC product names, see EMC Corporation Trademarks on EMC.com. All other trademarks used herein are the property of their respective owners.

Table of Contents

Preface Chapter 1

................................................................................................................................ 11 Controls Reference ..................................................................................... Common control attributes ........................................................................... Event attributes ............................................................................................ Action attributes ........................................................................................... Dynamic action attribute values .................................................................... Runtime tag attribute override ...................................................................... Actions ............................................................................................................

13 13 15 15 16 17 17

Attributes ........................................................................................................ Client browser detection ...................................................................................

36 61

Collaboration ................................................................................................... 64 Context ............................................................................................................ 94 Data display ..................................................................................................... 95 Data validation ............................................................................................... 131 Date/time ....................................................................................................... Deprecated controls ........................................................................................ Drag and drop................................................................................................ Explorer ......................................................................................................... Framework .................................................................................................... Generating client and server events ................................................................. Grouping user interface elements ....................................................................

156 164 164 168 168 170 174

HTML ........................................................................................................... Imaging Services ............................................................................................ Including components .................................................................................... Including other pages ..................................................................................... Internal use only............................................................................................. Links ............................................................................................................. Media and transformation ............................................................................... Menu grouping ..............................................................................................

185 222 233 234 237 238 244 248

Navigational aids ........................................................................................... Object and file selection .................................................................................. Output formatting .......................................................................................... Passing arguments .......................................................................................... Passwords ......................................................................................................

256 265 270 282 285

Preferences..................................................................................................... Repositories ................................................................................................... Search ............................................................................................................

287 296 310

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

3

Table of Contents

Chapter 2

4

Text display and input .................................................................................... Trees .............................................................................................................. User feedback.................................................................................................

342 349 355

Virtual documents .......................................................................................... Web Workflow Manager ................................................................................. Workflow ....................................................................................................... xForms ..........................................................................................................

362 366 367 372

Actions Reference ..................................................................................... Overview ....................................................................................................... Common elements .......................................................................................... failoverenabled........................................................................................... reverse-precondition ................................................................................... Application connectors ................................................................................... Application management ................................................................................ Attributes ...................................................................................................... Cabinets and folders .......................................................................................

375 375 375 375 375 376 381 388 403

Categories ...................................................................................................... Clipboard operations ...................................................................................... Collaboration ................................................................................................. Creating objects .............................................................................................. Data export .................................................................................................... Downloading and uploading content ............................................................... Emailing links to objects.................................................................................. Formats .........................................................................................................

407 408 416 452 453 454 495 498

General user interface ..................................................................................... Imaging Services ............................................................................................ Jobs ............................................................................................................... Lifecycles ....................................................................................................... Locating objects ..............................................................................................

500 503 504 507 512

Media and transformation ............................................................................... Navigational aids ........................................................................................... Notifications .................................................................................................. Physical Records Manager .............................................................................. Preferences..................................................................................................... Presets ........................................................................................................... Records Manager............................................................................................

519 524 525 529 533 536 546

Relationships between objects ......................................................................... Renditions...................................................................................................... Replicas and References .................................................................................. Repository ..................................................................................................... Search ............................................................................................................

551 553 561 562 565

Security ......................................................................................................... Subscriptions .................................................................................................

588 606

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

Table of Contents

Chapter 3

Testing ........................................................................................................... User feedback................................................................................................. Users, groups, and roles ..................................................................................

609 617 618

Virtual documents .......................................................................................... Workflows ..................................................................................................... Work queue management ............................................................................... XForms ..........................................................................................................

645 681 746 792

Components Reference ............................................................................. Overview ....................................................................................................... Common elements .......................................................................................... actiontable ................................................................................................. allversionsvisible ........................................................................................ asynchronous ............................................................................................. attributes ................................................................................................... autogettaskdefault ...................................................................................... base_type ................................................................................................... bindingcomponentversion .......................................................................... breadcrumbiconwellmode........................................................................... cabinets...................................................................................................... category ..................................................................................................... clientevent ................................................................................................. columns (for data columns) ......................................................................... columns (for streamline view) ..................................................................... columns_list ............................................................................................... columns_all_saved_searches ....................................................................... columns_drilldown .................................................................................... columns_my_saved_searches ...................................................................... columns_saved_search ................................................................................ comments .................................................................................................. commitorder .............................................................................................. containerselectable ..................................................................................... contenttypepanelvisible .............................................................................. cost_attribute_conditions ............................................................................ default_binding_filter_values ...................................................................... default_type ............................................................................................... defaultaccounts .......................................................................................... defaultsources ............................................................................................ defaultview ................................................................................................ displayresultspath ...................................................................................... docbase-type-mappings .............................................................................. document-docbase-base-type ...................................................................... document-docbase-type .............................................................................. document_filter .......................................................................................... dragdrop ................................................................................................... duration_attribute_conditions ..................................................................... enableShowAll ........................................................................................... entrypage................................................................................................... failoverenabled........................................................................................... filenamefiltervisible .................................................................................... filter........................................................................................................... flatlist ........................................................................................................ folder-docbase-type .................................................................................... folder_filter ................................................................................................ formsavefolderpath .................................................................................... header .......................................................................................................

795 795 795 795 795 795 796 796 796 796 796 797 797 797 797 797 798 798 799 799 800 800 801 801 801 801 802 802 802 803 803 803 803 804 804 804 804 805 805 805 806 806 806 806 806 806 807 807

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

5

Table of Contents

help-entries ................................................................................................ helppath .................................................................................................... hideEvents ................................................................................................. highlight_matching_terms .......................................................................... homeURL .................................................................................................. homecabinet ............................................................................................... iconwell_icon ............................................................................................. inbox ......................................................................................................... includetypes............................................................................................... includeunlisted .......................................................................................... init-controls................................................................................................ isIgnorePrefRenditions ............................................................................... locator ....................................................................................................... lockInstance ............................................................................................... map ........................................................................................................... maxidletime ............................................................................................... menugrouptarget ....................................................................................... modifiedwithindays ................................................................................... multidocbasesupport .................................................................................. myobjects ................................................................................................... navigationlinks........................................................................................... newcomponentname .................................................................................. nodes ......................................................................................................... nomaclsupport ........................................................................................... nondocbasecolumns ................................................................................... numberedtabs ............................................................................................ objectfilters ................................................................................................ pageTitle .................................................................................................... permissionsservice ..................................................................................... preferencedisplaygroups ............................................................................. preferences................................................................................................. preserve-file-extension ................................................................................ preset_item ................................................................................................ preset_item_definition ................................................................................ preset_scope_definitions ............................................................................. privatecabinet_visible ................................................................................. privatecabinetvisible ................................................................................... privategroupvisible .................................................................................... readOnly.................................................................................................... savedetailsreport ........................................................................................ search_types .............................................................................................. searchtypes ................................................................................................ selectedattribute ......................................................................................... serveroptionenabled ................................................................................... service ....................................................................................................... setrepositoryfromobjectid ........................................................................... showattachmentinfo ................................................................................... showautogettask ........................................................................................ showbreadcrumb ....................................................................................... showfilters ................................................................................................. showfolderpath .......................................................................................... showfolders ............................................................................................... showheaderforsinglepackage ...................................................................... showjobstatus ............................................................................................ showoptions............................................................................................... showpagesastabs ........................................................................................ showusertimeandcost ................................................................................. skipVersionCheck ....................................................................................... startComp ..................................................................................................

6

807 807 808 808 808 808 808 809 809 809 809 810 810 810 810 810 811 811 811 811 811 811 812 812 813 813 813 814 814 814 814 816 816 817 817 818 818 818 818 818 818 819 820 820 820 820 820 821 821 821 821 821 821 822 822 822 822 822 822

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

Table of Contents

startQueryString ......................................................................................... subscriptions .............................................................................................. taskmgractionname .................................................................................... taskmanagerid ........................................................................................... transformation ........................................................................................... type ........................................................................................................... ucfrequired ................................................................................................ updatereplicasource ................................................................................... useronly..................................................................................................... useroptions ................................................................................................ views ......................................................................................................... windowparams .......................................................................................... workflowstatusactionname ......................................................................... workqueuegroupvisible .............................................................................. Actions ..........................................................................................................

823 823 823 823 823 824 824 824 824 825 825 827 827 827 827

Administration ...............................................................................................

828

Application connectors ................................................................................... 831 Application management ................................................................................ 868 Attributes ...................................................................................................... 897 Cabinets and folders ....................................................................................... 934 Categories ...................................................................................................... 945 Clipboard operations ...................................................................................... 961 Collaboration ................................................................................................. 964 Creating objects ............................................................................................ 1044 Data import and export ................................................................................. Displaying lists of objects .............................................................................. Displaying lists of objects associated with an object......................................... Downloading and uploading content ............................................................. Emailing object links .....................................................................................

1049 1052 1080 1083 1147

Formats ....................................................................................................... General user interface ................................................................................... Helpers ........................................................................................................ Home Cabinet .............................................................................................. Imaging Services .......................................................................................... Inbox ........................................................................................................... Jobs .............................................................................................................

1154 1158 1179 1181 1192 1200 1204

Lifecycles ..................................................................................................... Locating objects ............................................................................................ Media and transformation ............................................................................. Menus ......................................................................................................... My Files .......................................................................................................

1208 1219 1220 1231 1234

Physical Records Manager ............................................................................ Preferences................................................................................................... Presets ......................................................................................................... Records Manager.......................................................................................... Relationships between objects ....................................................................... Renditions....................................................................................................

1241 1249 1266 1292 1325 1329

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

7

Table of Contents

Repository ................................................................................................... Retention Policy Services............................................................................... Search ..........................................................................................................

1331 1336 1337

Security ....................................................................................................... Subscriptions ............................................................................................... Task manager ............................................................................................... Testing ......................................................................................................... Trees ............................................................................................................ User feedback............................................................................................... Users, groups, and roles ................................................................................

1379 1400 1411 1414 1459 1465 1477

Virtual document assemblies ......................................................................... Virtual documents ........................................................................................ Workflow reporting ...................................................................................... Workflows ................................................................................................... Work queue management ............................................................................. XForms ........................................................................................................

1515 1523 1547 1580 1673 1737

Appendix A

Version 6.0: New Controls, Actions, and Components ............................ Controls ....................................................................................................... Actions ........................................................................................................ Components.................................................................................................

1751 1751 1752 1754

Appendix B

Version 6.0 SP1: New Controls, Actions, and Components .................... Controls ....................................................................................................... Actions ........................................................................................................ Components.................................................................................................

1759 1759 1759 1759

8

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

Table of Contents

List of Figures

Figure 1. Figure 2.

In-progress real-time search monitoring ............................................................. Completed real-time search monitoring .............................................................

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

1367 1368

9

Table of Contents

List of Tables

Table 1. Table 2. Table 3.

Common control attributes ................................................................................... Event attributes .................................................................................................... Common action control attributes ..........................................................................

14 15 16

Table 4. Table 5. Table 6. Table 7. Table 8. Table 9. Table 10.

Rich text configuration elements ............................................................................ Rich text configuration elements ............................................................................ Rich text editor configuration elements (<editor>) ................................................... Row selection settings ......................................................................................... Valid Mask Characters ........................................................................................ Global date input control configuration elements .................................................. Global datetime control configuration elements ....................................................

77 83 84 104 143 158 162

Table 11.

Global datetime control configuration elements ....................................................

164

Table 12.

Image Viewer Control Parameters .......................................................................

230

10

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

Preface

This reference manual is part of the documentation set for the Documentum Web Development Kit (WDK) and Webtop. Other materials related to WDK are: •

Web Development Kit Development Guide



Webtop Development Guide



Web Development Kit and Applications Tutorial



Javadocs for WDK, Webtop, and Documentum Foundation Classes (DFC)

The Documentum developer Web site, developer.documentum.com, provides sample code, tips, white papers, and a wealth of information to assist you in developing Documentum-enabled applications. This guide is intended for two tasks: •

Configuration Changes to XML files or modifications of JSP pages to configure controls on the page. Does not require a developer license.



Customization Extending WDK classes or modifying the JSP pages to include new functionality. Requires a developer license.

Revision history The following changes have been made to this document:

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

11

Preface

Revision History

Revision Date

Description

December 2007

Updated for Documentum 6 SP1, including worfklow business calendar and preset migration. Also contains minor corrections to version 6.

12

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

Chapter 1 Controls Reference Overview Controls are grouped according to how they are used. The configurable attributes for WDK controls are documented in this section. Control attributes are configured in the JSP page. For examples of the usage and configuration of the individual WDK , see the JSP pages in the WDK and WDK client products such as Webtop and Web Publisher. For information about controls specific to a WDK client product, see the development guide for that product. The following topics describe attributes that are common to groups of controls: •

Common control attributes, page 13



Event attributes, page 15



Action attributes, page 15



Dynamic action attribute values, page 16



Runtime tag attribute override, page 17

Portlet component controls are documented in WDK for Portlets Development Guide.

Common control attributes The following attributes are defined by the ControlTag class and can be set on any control. Some of these attributes may not be used by the tag classes in the rendering of the control, however. For the exact list of all attributes that are supported by a tag class, see the tag library. Event attributes such as runatclient, onchange, onselect, or onclick, are documented in Event attributes, page 15. The table below describes attributes that are common to most controls. If a common attribute requires a value for a particular control, that requirement is noted in the control description.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

13

Controls Reference

Table 1. Common control attributes

Attribute

Description

cssclass

Sets the CSS class that is applied to the control.

enabled

Sets whether the control is enabled.

focus

True to allow the control to accept focus.

id

ID for the control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

Contains a string value or element that maps to a string label that is displayed in the user interface.

name

Sets the name for the control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for another attribute in the control. See the individual control descriptions for the attribute whose value is substituted by nlsid.

style

A CSS rule enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tooltip

String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

tooltipdatafield

Datafield that overrides the value of tooltip and tooltipnlsid.

visible

(Boolean) Whether the control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False). Some controls do not implement visibility.

14

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

Controls Reference

Event attributes Many controls accept user input. The user input is submitted by a control event. The value of the event attribute corresponds to the name of an event handler. The event is generally handled in the calling component class unless the control has the runatclient attribute set to true. To find the exact event attributes that are supported by a control, consult the tag library descriptor (*.tld file) for that control. Table 2. Event attributes

Attribute

Description

onchange

Event fired when the use changes the control. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true). The onchange event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted (for example, by an onclick event). Some controls do not implement an onchange event.

onselect

Event fired when the user selects the control, such as an option in a list. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). Some controls do not implement an onselect event.

runatclient

Specifies that the event should run on the client (True) or the server (False). The onchange event cannot run on the client. Some controls do not implement a runatclient attribute.

onclick

Event fired when the user clicks the control, such a button. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). Some controls do not implement an onclick event.

Action attributes The following attributes are common to most Documentum-enabled action controls. For the full list of attributes that are valid for a control, see the tag library descriptor that contains the control definition.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

15

Controls Reference

Table 3. Common action control attributes

Attribute

Description

action

ID of the action to be launched by the control. This value matches the action id attribute in the action definition.

showifinvalid

Indicates whether, when the configuration service cannot resolve the action definition: • (True) the control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). • (False) the control is not displayed. Default is false. A value of true overrides a visible attribute that is set to false. To hide all invalid actions in the application, set the value of to true in your custom app.xml file.

showifdisabled

Whether, when one or more of the action preconditions returns false: • (True) the control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). • (False) the control is not displayed.

disabledstyle

Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule (enclosed in quotes) to apply to the disabled control.

disabledclass

CSS class to apply to the disabled control.

oncomplete

Event to be fired when an associated action has completed. This attribute cannot be used when the dynamic attribute is set to any value other than false.

Dynamic action attribute values The dynamic attribute is used to specify when the action should be launched based on the conditions of other controls on the page. The JSP page must include the JavaScript file /wdk/include/dynamicAction.js. The dynamic attribute can have one of the following values:

16

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

actionbutton

Attribute

Description

singleselect

The action can apply to only one selection or object.

multiselect

The action can apply to more than one selection or object (only in classic view or objectlist).

generic

The action can be launched regardless of selections by the user. The selections are essentially ignored.

genericnoselect

The action cannot be launched if any items on the page are selected.

false

(Default) The action is not dynamic.

Note: Dynamic action controls do not support the oncomplete attribute.

Runtime tag attribute override Some attribute values can be overridden by another attribute. This allows the source of a value to come from the JSP page, a localized set of strings, a datafield, or a value based on user context. For example, the datafield attribute is commonly used to override a label or value attribute. The tag value that will be displayed is evaluated at run time. If more than one of the following attributes are available for a control, the hierarchy of overrides is as follows: •

value or label attribute sets the value



nlsid overrides the value



datafield overrides the value and nlsid



contextvalue overrides the datafield, nlsid, and value

Actions actionbutton Purpose Generates a button that has an associated action.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

17

actionbutton

Attributes action

(Required) ID of the action to be launched by this control.

align

(Optional) Deprecated in 6.0.6.0: This attribute is ignored.Pre-6.0: (Image label only) Alignment of the label text.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class that is applied to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the label value with a value from a data source.

disabledclass

(Optional) Deprecated in 6.0. CSS class to apply to the disabled control.

disabledstyle

(Optional) Deprecated in 6.0. Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule (enclosed in quotes) to apply to the disabled control..

dynamic

(Optional) Specifies when the action is to be launched based on the conditions of other controls on the JSP. Only false can be specified for this attribute, if an event is specified for the oncomplete attribute. See .

height

(Optional) Height of the image.

hotkeyid

(Optional) Value of a id attribute in the hotkeys configuration file (hotkeys.xml, located in /webcomponent/config) that references the keyboard shortcut command string for this control.

id

(Optional) ID for this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

imagefolder

(Optional) Deprecated in 6.0.6.0: Sets the folder that the button graphics are stored in. If the graphics are not found in this folder or this attribute is not specified, then an HTML button is rendered.Pre-6.0: Sets the folder that the button graphics are stored in. If graphics are not found in this folder, an HTML button will be drawn.

label

(Optional) Button label text (string value or element).

18

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

actionbutton

name

(Optional) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label value (that is, it overrides the datafield and label attributes).

oncomplete

(Optional) Event to be fired when an associated action has completed. This attribute cannot be used when the dynamic attribute is set to any value other than false.

oncompleteclient

(Optional) For internal use only.

showifdisabled

(Optional) Whether, when one or more of the action preconditions returns false: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed.

showifinvalid

(Optional) Indicates whether, when the configuration service cannot resolve the action definition: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed. Default is false. A value of true overrides a visible attribute that is set to false.To hide all invalid actions in the application, set the value of to true in your custom app.xml file.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

19

actionbutton

character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute. Since 6.0. tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipdatafield

(Optional) Datafield that overrides the value of tooltip and tooltipnlsid.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

width

(Optional) Width of the image.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage The button is not shown if the action cannot be resolved. The button is displayed as disabled if the action cannot be executed. Use the <argument> tag to set context. In pre-6.0, by default, this control rendered the HTML tag; if the imagefolder attribute was specified, then the ......
xxxLABELxxx
HTML tags were rendered; if the src attribute was specified then the HTML tag was rendered. In 6.0, by default this control renders the HTML tags.

20

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

actionbuttonlist

actionbuttonlist Purpose Generates a type-based list of action buttons. The actions that will be displayed are configured in the tag of action configuration files (dm_typename_action.xml).

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the scope field. For example, it can be used to display only a certain type of object in the actionlist on a per row basis in a datagrid.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

listid

(Optional) ID of the actionlist to use.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

oncomplete

(Optional) Event to be fired when an associated action has completed. This attribute cannot be used when the dynamic attribute is set to any value other than false.

separatorhtml

(Optional) HTML string to be displayed between each action control (for formatting purposes).

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

21

actionimage

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

actionimage Purpose Generates an image that launches an action when selected.

Attributes action

(Required) ID of the action to be launched by this control.

alttext

(Optional) Text to display when holding the mouse pointer over this control.

border

(Optional) Border in pixels around the image. Default is 0 (zero) pixels (that is, no border).

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the label value with a value from a data source; overrides the URL defined in src attribute.

datafielddisabled

(Optional) Overrides srcdisabled value.

dynamic

(Optional) Specifies when the action is to be launched based on the conditions of other controls on the JSP. Only false can be specified for this attribute, if an event is specified for the oncomplete attribute. See .

height

(Optional) (Image action buttons only) Height of the button.

22

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

actionimage

hotkeyid

(Optional) Value of a id attribute in the hotkeys configuration file (hotkeys.xml, located in /webcomponent/config) that references the keyboard shortcut command string for this control.

hspace

(Optional) Horizontal margin (white space padding to the left and right) around the image.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) String value or element (which maps to a string label) to be rendered in addition to the image.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the datafield and label values.

oncomplete

(Optional) Event to be fired when an associated action has completed. This attribute cannot be used when the dynamic attribute is set to any value other than false.

oncompleteclient

(Optional) For internal use only.

showifdisabled

(Optional) Whether, when one or more of the action preconditions returns false: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed.

showifinvalid

(Optional) Indicates whether, when the configuration service cannot resolve the action definition: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed. Default is false. A value of true overrides a visible attribute that is set to false.To hide all invalid actions in the application, set the value of to true in your custom app.xml file.

showimage

(Optional) Whether to display the icon (True) or not (False). Default is True.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

23

actionimage

showlabel

(Optional) Whether to display a label (True) or not (False). Default is False.

src

(Optional) URL to the image.

srcdisabled

(Optional) Image to be used when the action is disabled.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

tooltip

(Optional) String to display when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipdatafield

(Optional) Datafield that overrides the value of tooltip and tooltipnlsid.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

vspace

(Optional) Vertical margin (white space padding to the top and bottom) around the image.

width

(Optional) (Image action buttons only) Width of the button.

24

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

actionlink

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

actionlink Purpose Generates an HTML link that has an associated action. The link is not shown if the action cannot be resolved. The link is shown as disabled if the action cannot be executed. Use the <argument> tag to set context.

Attributes action

(Required) ID of the action to be launched by this control.

alttext

(Optional) Text to display when holding the mouse pointer over this control.

border

(Optional) Border in pixels around the image. Default is 0 (zero) pixels (that is, no border).

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class that is applied to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides label or NLS value with string from a data source.

datafielddisabled

(Optional) Overrides srcdisabled value.

dynamic

(Optional) Specifies when the action is to be launched based on the conditions of other controls on the JSP. Only false can be specified for this attribute, if an event is specified for the oncomplete attribute. See .

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

25

actionlink

height

(Optional) (Image action buttons only) Height of the button.

hotkeyid

(Optional) Value of a id attribute in the hotkeys configuration file (hotkeys.xml, located in /webcomponent/config) that references the keyboard shortcut command string for this control.

hspace

(Optional) Horizontal margin (white space padding to the left and right) around the image.

id

(Optional) ID for the control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) Contains a string value or element that maps to a string label that is displayed in the user interface.

linkspacer

(Optional) Width (in pixels) to display as space between dynamic links. Space is collapsed when this control is not visible.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label value.

oncomplete

(Optional) Event to be fired when an associated action has completed. This attribute cannot be used when the dynamic attribute is set to any value other than false.

oncompleteclient

(Optional) For internal use only.

showifdisabled

(Optional) Whether, when one or more of the action preconditions returns false: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed.

26

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

actionlink

showifinvalid

(Optional) Indicates whether, when the configuration service cannot resolve the action definition: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed. Default is false. A value of true overrides a visible attribute that is set to false.To hide all invalid actions in the application, set the value of to true in your custom app.xml file.

showimage

(Optional) Whether an image is displayed with the link (True) or not (False). Default is False.

showlabel

(Optional) Whether the label is displayed (true) or not (false). Default is True.

src

(Optional) URL to the image.

srcdisabled

(Optional) Image to be displayed when the action is disabled.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") that is applied to this control.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipdatafield

(Optional) Datafield that overrides the value of tooltip and tooltipnlsid.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

27

actionlinklist

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

vspace

(Optional) Vertical margin (white space padding to the top and bottom) around the image.

width

(Optional) (Image action buttons only) Sets the width of the button.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

actionlinklist Purpose Generates a list of action controls based on object type. The actions that are displayed are configured in the element of action configuration files (dm_typename_action.xml). You can use more than one actionlinklist control with the same scope in a JSP page, provided the listid attribute has a different value. This allows you to display different actions for the same object type on different screens.

Attributes columns

(Optional) Number of columns in which to display the list in a table.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

28

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

actionlinklist

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the scope field. For example, it can be used to display only a certain type of object in the actionlist on a per row basis in a datagrid.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

listid

(Optional) ID of the actionlist to use. The ID of the list to use within the scope. If it is not specified, then the value of "default is used.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

oncomplete

(Optional) Event to be fired when an associated action has completed. This attribute cannot be used when the dynamic attribute is set to any value other than false.

separatorhtml

(Optional) HTML string to be displayed between each action control (for formatting purposes).

showimages

(Optional) False to override images set in a component XML definition.

showlabels

(Optional) False to override labels set in component XML definition.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") applied to this control.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

29

actionmenuitem

actionmenuitem Purpose Generates a menu item that launches an action.

Attributes action

(Required) ID of the action to be launched by this control.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class that is applied to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides menu item string or nlsid from a data source.

dynamic

(Optional) Specifies when the action is to be launched based on the conditions of other controls on the JSP. Only false can be specified for this attribute, if an event is specified for the oncomplete attribute. See .

hotkeyid

(Optional) Value of a id attribute in the hotkeys configuration file (hotkeys.xml, located in /webcomponent/config) that references the keyboard shortcut command string for this control.

id

(Optional) ID of the control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

imageicon

(Optional) URL to an image to be displayed as a menu item.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.

30

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

actionmenuitem

oncomplete

(Optional) Event to be fired when an associated action has completed. This attribute cannot be used when the dynamic attribute is set to any value other than false.

oncompleteclient

(Optional) For internal use only.

showifdisabled

(Optional) Whether, when one or more of the action preconditions returns false: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed.

showifinvalid

(Optional) Indicates whether, when the configuration service cannot resolve the action definition: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed. Default is false. A value of true overrides a visible attribute that is set to false.To hide all invalid actions in the application, set the value of to true in your custom app.xml file.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") that is applied to this control.

value

(Optional) Menu item string.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage Menu items do not pass arguments. Arguments are passed to the menu action through an actionmultiselect control. This tag is also used to pass arguments to an action that does not have a selected object, such as import. An action may use only some of the arguments in the actionmultiselect tag, because it contains arguments for all possible multiselect actions on the page. Arguments can

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

31

actionmultiselect

also be passed within an actionmultiselectcheckbox tag, but those arguments will not be passed to genericnoselect actions, that is, actions that ignore selected objects. Note: You can pass arguments through the actionmultiselectcheckbox control even when row selection is enabled and checkboxes are not used.

actionmultiselect Purpose Supports multiple selection with an associated action. Contains action controls with the dynamic attribute, such as actionmultiselectcheckbox or actionlink. The action on multiply selected items is specified by either the contained action control or by an actionmenuitem control. The actionmultiselect control passes nested arguments (in <argument> tags) to the control that performs the action. Multiple selection is supported only in classic or objectlist view.

Attributes id

(Optional) ID of the control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

selectionargs

(Optional) Comma-separated list of arguments used to uniquely identify selected items.

selectiongroupargs

(Optional) Comma-separated list of arguments used to uniquely identify an item’s group. Actions are disabled when the selected item’s selectiongroup attribute(s) do not share the same value.

Description Since 5.x

32

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

actionmultiselectcheckall

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage Use the optional selectionargs attribute to identify each selected item in the datagrid. This will ensure that the same items are selected when a component returns. The following example from searchresultslist.jsp adds arguments for a selection group, which ensures that the action cannot be performed unless the multiple objects that are selected share the same repository: ...

actionmultiselectcheckall Purpose Generates a checkbox that checks all objects in a list. When checked, an action can be performed on all objects. In accessibility mode, this control generates a link to a global actions page, which displays actions that do not require a selected object.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

33

actionmultiselectcheckbox

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

actionmultiselectcheckbox Purpose Generates a checkbox that has one or more associated actions. Must be contained within an tag in a datagrid header. All action controls on the page with the dynamic value set to multiselect are associated with the checkbox. In accessibility mode, this control generates a link to an actions page for the object.

34

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

actionmultiselectcheckbox

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

value

(Optional) (Boolean) Checkbox is checked (True); checkbox is unchecked (False). Default is false.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

35

docbaseattribute

Attributes docbaseattribute Purpose Displays the label and value of an object specified in the associated <docbaseobject> tag. This control generates the following controls: docbaseattributevalue (which validates against the data dictionary), docbaseattributelabel, and some HTML table tags. This control is used within a table or within a component class.

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Name of an object attribute.

col1

(Optional) HTML to be rendered between label and value. Default is . For example: col1=":"

col2

(Optional) HTML to be rendered between col1 and the value. Default is an empty cell:

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides attribute value.

docbaseattributevalueassistance

(Optional) Name of the docbaseattributevalueassistance control in which a list of value is specified.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

focus

(Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lines

(Optional) Number of lines to display for an attribute. Use the lines and the size attributes to display the attribute.

36

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbaseattribute

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

object

(Required) Name of associated docbaseobject control on the JSP. For example, sets the object and sets the attribute for that object.

post

(Optional) HTML to render after this control. Default = (closes the row).

pre

(Optional) HTML to render before this control. Default = (opens the row).

readonly

(Optional) Whether this control is read-only (True) or read-write (False). This attribute does not override or change the status of the object attribute value in the repository; it only applies to the rendering of the object attribute in the user interface. You use the attributes component’s readOnly parameter to override this attribute’s value of false.

required

(Optional) Whether the attribute is required (True) or not (False).

showobjectidasname

(Optional) Whether to to display the name of the object (False) or override it with the object ID (True) . Default is true. You can use a formatter in a docbaseobject configuration file to override this value.

size

(Optional) Size of this control.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

validate

(Optional) Whether to enable data dictionary validation (True) or disable it (False). Default is true.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

37

docbaseattributedelegate

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage To format the attributes that are displayed by this control, wrap the control in a formatter control. For example, you can format a boolean value with booleanformatter, a date with datevalueformatter. Other formatters include htmlsafetextformatter, numberformatter, stringlengthformatter, multilinestringlengthformatter, docformatvalueformatter, docsizevalueformatter, folderexclusionformatter, rankvalueformatter, and vdmbindingruleformatter. If you wish to generate a list of attributes from the data dictionary rather than using individual attribute controls, use a docbaseattributelist control. If you need to do custom (not data dictionary) validation for the attribute, do not use this control. Use the repositoryattributevalue tag with docbaseattributelabel. The docbaseattributevalue tag performs data dictionary validation and accepts other validators. If you need value assistance for the attribute, provide a name for your value assistance set as follows:

The values for the value assistance list are provided by docbaseattributevalueassistance value tags, either in the JSP page or in the component class. See docbaseattributevalueassistancevalue, page 51 for details.

docbaseattributedelegate Purpose Displays, in a datagrid, pseudoattributes and attributes for which there is a docbaseobjectconfiguration file. If there is no custom configuration, this control works the same as the docbaseattribute control.

38

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbaseattributedelegate

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Name of the object attribute to display.

col1

(Optional) HTML to be rendered between the label and value. Default = . For example: col1=":"

col2

(Optional) HTML to be rendered between the HTML generated by the col1 attribute and the value. Default = an empty cell:

cssclass

(Optional) the CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Name of the datafield to override the attribute value.

docbaseattributevalueassistance

(Optional) Name of the docbaseattributevalueassistance control in which a list of value is specified.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

focus

(Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lines

(Optional) Specifies the number of lines to display for an attribute. Use the lines and the size attributes to display the attribute.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

object

(Required) Name of associated docbaseobject control on the JSP. For example, sets the object and sets the attribute for that object.

post

(Optional) HTML to render after this control. Default = (that is, closes the row).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

39

docbaseattributedelegate

pre

(Optional) HTML to render before this control. Default = (that is, opens the row).

readonly

(Optional) Whether this control is read-only (True) or read-write (False). This attribute does not override or change the status of the object attribute value in the repository; it only applies to the rendering of the object attribute in the user interface. You use the attributes component’s readOnly parameter to override this attribute’s value of false.

required

(Optional) Whether the attribute is required (True) or optional (False)

showobjectidasname

(Optional) Whether to to display the name of the object (False) or override it with the object ID (True) . Default is true. You can use a formatter in a docbaseobject configuration file to override this value.

size

(Optional) Size of this control.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

validate

(Optional) (Boolean) Indicates whether to validate the control (True) or not (False). Default is true.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage To format the attributes that are displayed by this control, wrap the control in a formatter control. For example, you can format a boolean value with booleanformatter, a date with datevalueformatter. Other formatters include htmlsafetextformatter, numberformatter, stringlengthformatter,

40

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbaseattributelabel

multilinestringlengthformatter, docformatvalueformatter, docsizevalueformatter, folderexclusionformatter, rankvalueformatter, and vdmbindingruleformatter. If you need to do custom (not data dictionary) validation for the attribute, do not use this control. Use the repositoryattributevalue tag with docbaseattributelabel. The docbaseattributevalue tag performs data dictionary validation and accepts other validators. If you need value assistance for the attribute, provide a name for your value assistance set as follows:

The values for the value assistance list are provided by docbaseattributevalueassistance value tags, either in the JSP page or in the component class. See docbaseattributevalueassistancevalue, page 51for details.

docbaseattributelabel Purpose Displays the label for an attribute of an object specified in the associated <docbaseobject> tag.

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Name of the object attribute for which to display a label.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the attribute value.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

object

(Required) Name of associated docbaseobject control.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

41

docbaseattributelist

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

docbaseattributelist Purpose Displays all visible attributes of the Documentum object specified as the associated docbaseobject control. Attributes are rendered by category as defined in the data dictionary or configuration file. Each attribute is generated as a docbaseattribute control instance that encapsulates data dictionary information.

Attributes attrconfigid

(Required) Configuration ID to identify which control definition file to use. Must correspond to the value for id in in the corresponding control definition file.

categorypost

(Optional) HTML string to render after each category. Scripts are not supported. Default is (taht is, closes the row).

categorypre

(Optional) HTML string to render before each category. Scripts are not supported. Default is


col1

(Optional) HTML string to render between the label and value. Scripts are not supported. Default is :

col2

(Optional) HTML string to render between the value and validator. Scripts are not supported. Default is

42

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbaseattributelist

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

morelinkpost

(Optional) HTML string to render after the Show More link. Scripts are not supported. Default is

morelinkpre

(Optional) HTML string to render before the Show More link. Scripts are not supported. Default is

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed. 6.0: Changed from Required to Optional.

object

(Required) Name of associated docbaseobject control on the JSP page.

post

(Optional) HTML string to render after each docbaseattribute control. Scripts are not supported. Default is (closes the row)

pre

(Optional) HTML string to render before each docbasattribute control. Scripts are not supported. Default is

readonly

(Optional) Whether this control is read-only (True) or read-write (False). This attribute does not override or change the status of the object attribute value in the repository; it only applies to the rendering of the object attribute in the user interface. You use the attributes component’s readOnly parameter to override this attribute’s value of false.

separator

(Optional) HTML to render as a separator between attributes. Default =
. Valid for 5.2 repositories only.

showcategorynames

(Optional) Whether to display category names in the user interface (True) or not (False). If there is only one category or the component definition’s <showpagesastabs> element content is true, the category name is not displayed.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

43

docbaseattributelist

showobjectidasname

(Optional) Whether to to display the name of the object (False) or override it with the object ID (True) . Default is true. You can use a formatter in a docbaseobject configuration file to override this value.

size

(Optional) Size (in pixels) of this control.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

visiblecategory

(Optional) Comma-separated string that specifies the categories to display. Default is null (that is, all categories are displayed).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage A single docbaseattributelist control in the JSP eliminates the need for a separate docbaseattribute control for each attribute to be listed. Attributes are displayed in categories, and categories are

44

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbaseattributeproxy

displayed in the user interface as tabs. You can configure the attributes that are displayed in categories using the data dictionary or an attributelist Configuration file. You can display a different set of attributes for each component that displays attributes and for any context that is defined by a qualifier in your application, for example, checkin, checkin by administrator, checkin of a custom type. To set a different docbaseattributelist configuration in your behavior class depending on business rules, for example, to display a particular attribute only when a business condition is met, put two or more docbaseattributelist controls within a panel control on the page. Show or hide each panel using the panel setVisible method to use the proper attribute list, for example: Panel attrlst1 = (Panel) getControl(ATTRLST1PANEL, Panel.class); attrlst1.setVisible(true); Panel attrlst2 = (Panel) getControl(ATTRLST2PANEL, Panel.class); attrlst1.setVisible(false);

Docbaseattributelist controls are configured in a configuration file. For more information on configuring attributelist controls, see "docbaseattributelist in Web Development Kit Development Guide.

docbaseattributeproxy Purpose Used to represent any control that is associated with a docbaseobject.

Attributes attribute

(Required) Attribute to represent.

controltorepresent

(Required) Name of the input control to represent.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

45

docbaseattributeseparator

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

object

(Required) Name of the docbaseobject tag on the JSP page. In the following example, the object being validated is named "obj, so the value of the object parameter for this validator would be "obj:

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage This control is used only to validate attributes that are listed as ignored attributes in a docbaseattributelist configuration. For example, the list of available formats is displayed by the datadropdownlist control named "formatList" in the Webtop import JSP page, and the user’s selection should be validated against object constraints for the selected object type. The format attribute is listed in the element of import_docbaseattributelist.xml. In order for the selection to be validated, use the validator to validate the control on the JSP page, similar to the following:

docbaseattributeseparator Purpose Generates a separator. This control is rendered by the docbaseattributelist control.

46

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbaseattributevalue

Attributes id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

separator

(Optional) HTML to render as a separator between attributes. Default =
.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

docbaseattributevalue Purpose Displays the value of an object that is specified in the associated <docbaseobject> tag.

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Name of the object attribute for which to display its value.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides attribute value.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

47

docbaseattributevalue

docbaseattributevalueassistance

(Optional) Name of the docbaseattributevalueassistance control in which a list of value is specified.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lines

(Optional) Number of lines to display for an attribute value. Use the lines and the size attributes to display the value returned for an attribute.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

object

(Required) Name of the associated docbaseobject control.

readonly

(Optional) Whether this control is read-only (True) or read-write (False). This attribute does not override or change the status of the object attribute value in the repository; it only applies to the rendering of the object attribute in the user interface. You use the attributes component’s readOnly parameter to override this attribute’s value of false.

required

(Optional) Whether a value is required in the user interface (True) or not (False). Does not override data dictionary enforcement.

showobjectidasname

(Optional) Whether to to display the name of the object (False) or override it with the object ID (True) . Default is true. You can use a formatter in a docbaseobject configuration file to override this value.

size

(Optional) Size of this control.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

48

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbaseattributevalue

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

validate

(Optional) Whether to enable data dictionary validation (True) or disable it (False). Default is true.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage Use this tag and a docbaseattributelabel tag, if you need to use a custom validator for your attribute value. This tag generates a docbaseattributevalidator control, so it will be automatically validated against data dictionary constraints that have been set up for the attribute. For information on using the docbaseattributevalueassistance attribute to set up non-data dictionary value assistance, see docbaseattribute, page 36.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

49

docbaseattributevalueassistance

docbaseattributevalueassistance Purpose Displays an open-ended or closed set of values for value assistance. The attribute must not have value assistance set up in the DocApp.

Attributes id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

islistcomplete

(Optional) Whether the user can add values to the set of values (False) or not (True).

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage Specify the name of your list as the value of the docbaseattributevalueassistance attribute on the docbaseattribute control. In the following example, the value assistance list is named my_resultset:

Add the docbaseattributevalueassistance control. The values are specified by docbaseattributevalueassistancevalue tags or by the component class. See docbaseattributevalueassistancevalue, page 51for an example of providing values in the component class. Values in the JSP page are shown in the following example. If the values are to be provided by the component class, the docbaseattributevalueassistance control must be empty.

50

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbaseattributevalueassistancevalue



docbaseattributevalueassistancevalue Purpose Displays a value for a non-data dictionary list of values for an attribute. The attribute must not have data dictionary value assistance set up.

Attributes datafield

(Optional) Name of the datafield that provides the value for the attribute.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) Label for the value.

labeldatafield

(Optional) Name of the datafield that provides a label for the value. Overrides the label and nlsid attributes.

locale

(Optional) Locale for which the value is valid. If no locale attribute is specified, the value is displayed for all locales.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.

value

(Optional) Valid value for the attribute.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

51

docbaseattributevalueassistancevalue

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage Specify the name of your value assistance list as the value of the docbaseattributevalueassistance attribute on the docbaseattribute control. In the following example, the value assistance list is named my_resultset:

Add the docbaseattributevalueassistance control. The values are specified by docbaseattributevalueassistancevalue tags or by the component class. Values in the JSP page are shown in the following example.

If the values are to be provided by the component class, the docbaseattributevalueassistance control must be empty, for example:

The values are set in the component class similar to the following example: DocbaseAttributeValueAssistance attributeVA = (DocbaseAttributeValueAssistance) getControl( "my_resultset", DocbaseAttributeValueAssistance.class); attributeVA.setMutable(true); DocbaseAttributeValueAssistanceValue attributeVAValue = new DocbaseAttributeValueAssistanceValue(); attributeVAValue.setLabel("Value A"); attributeVAValue.setValue("valA"); attributeVA.addValue(attributeVAValue); DocbaseAttributeValueAssistanceValue attributeVAValue2 = new DocbaseAttributeValueAssistanceValue();

52

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbasemultiobjects

attributeVAValue2.setLabel("Value B"); attributeVAValue2.setValue("valB"); attributeVA.addValue(attributeVAValue2);

docbasemultiobjects Purpose Retrieves information about multiple, selected objects and refreshes the dependent value assistance cache.

Attributes configid

(Required) ID of a repositoryobject configuration file whose root element is <docbaseobjectconfiguration>. Default is attributes.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

objectids

(Optional) IDs of the selected objects.

validate

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether to validate the control (True) or not (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

53

docbaseobject

docbaseobject Purpose Hidden control that specifies a Documentum object. Reference this control in docbaseattribute, docbaseattributevalue, and docbaseattributelist controls to display attributes of the object. Validation and data dictionary values are read for the object type. If you specify the type attribute.

Attributes configid

(Optional) ID of a repositoryobject configuration file whose root element is <docbaseobjectconfiguration>.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the objectid attribute value.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

istype

(Optional) Indicates that the object should be used as a type object, valid only if src or datafield is specified. If src returns a list of object IDs, you must set istype to false.

lifecycleid

(Optional) ID of a lifecycle, if a lifecycle type is specified or istype equals true.

lifecyclestate

(Optional) Name of a lifecycle if a lifecycle type is specified or istype equals true.

modifyonversion

(Optional) True, if the object will be checked in. This will allow a user to modify attributes during checkout.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

objectid

(Optional) Documentum object ID.

src

(Optional) DQL query to get the object.

type

(Optional) Name of an object type. Specify this attribute only if the object is used as a type object.

validate

(Optional) (Boolean) Indicates whether to validate the control (True) or not (False).

54

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbaseobject

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage You can modify how certain attributes or attribute types are displayed by using a formatter class. You can modify how the attribute is saved by using a value handler class. These classes are used to display or handle data in a docbaseattribute, docbaseattributevalue, or docbaseattributelist control. You can modify which control is used to render an attribute by specifying a tag class that extends DocbaseAttributeValueTag. You can add configuration elements that are used by the formatter, handler, or tag class. Note: Docbaseobject configuration files are read only for docbaseobject controls on a JSP page. Custom rendering is not performed in a listing view such as the doclist component in which multiple objects are displayed. Custom formatters, handlers, and custom tag classes for objects must be registered in a docbaseobject configuration file whose root element is <docbaseobjectconfiguration>. A JSP page references this configuration by setting the configid attribute of to the same value as the id of the <docbaseobjectconfiguration> element. If this attribute is not specified on the docbaseobject tag, the default configuration is used. This default configuration has an id of "attributes and is found in /webcomponent/config/library/docbaseobjectconfiguration_dm_sysobject.xml. The DocbaseObject methods setType() and setObjectId() cannot be used together. An IllegalArgumentException will be thrown. To get all of the docbaseattributevalue controls that use a particular docbaseobject in the page, use code in similar to the following your component class: DocbaseObject docbaseObj = (DocbaseObject) getControl("obj", DocbaseObject.class); FindValidAttributeValue v = new FindValidAttributeValue( docbaseObj.getName()); this.visitDepthFirst(v); Iterator it = v.getAttributeValues(); while (it.hasNext() == true) { DocbaseAttributeValue value = (DocbaseAttributeValue) it. next(); System.out.println(value.getAttribute() + ":" + value. getValue()); }

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

55

multiobjectsdocbaseattribute

multiobjectsdocbaseattribute Purpose Displays the label and value of an attribute by creating the MultiObjectsDocbaseAttributeLabel and MultiObjectsDocbaseAttributeValue controls.

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Name of the attribute to display.

col1

(Optional) HTML string to render between the label and value. Scripts are not supported. Default = :

col2

(Optional) HTML string to render between the value and validator. Scripts are not supported. Default =

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lines

(Optional) Number of lines to display for an attribute. Use the lines and the size attributes to display this attribute.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

objects

(Required) Name of the DocbaseMultiObjects control to associate with this control.

post

(Optional) HTML string to render after each docbaseattribute control. Scripts are not supported. Default = (closes the row).

pre

(Optional) HTML string to render before each docbasattribute control. Scripts are not supported. Default = .

56

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

multiobjectsdocbaseattributelabel

readonly

(Optional) Whether this control is read-only (True) or read-write (False). This attribute does not override or change the status of the object attribute value in the repository; it only applies to the rendering of the object attribute in the user interface. You use the attributes component’s readOnly parameter to override this attribute’s value of false.

required

(Optional) Whether the attribute is required.

style

(Optional) CSS rule enclosed in quotation marks; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

validate

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether to validate the control (True) or not (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

multiobjectsdocbaseattributelabel Purpose Displays the label of a common attribute for multiple, selected objects.

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Name of the attribute of the label to display.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

57

multiobjectsdocbaseattributelist

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

objects

(Required) Name of the DocbaseMultiObjects control to associate with this control..

style

(Optional) CSS rule enclosed in quotation marks; for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

multiobjectsdocbaseattributelist Purpose Displays all visible attributes of the selected objects associated with the DocbaseMultiObjects control.

Attributes attrconfigid

(Required) Configuration ID to identify the control definition file to use. Must correspond to the value for id in in the corresponding control definition file.

col1

(Optional) HTML string to render between the label and value. Scripts are not supported. Default = :

58

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

multiobjectsdocbaseattributelist

col2

(Optional) HTML string to render between the value and validator. Scripts are not supported. Default =

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

objects

(Required) Name of the DocbaseMultiObjects control to associate with this control.

post

(Optional) HTML string to render after each docbaseattribute control. Scripts are not supported. Default = (closes the row).

pre

(Optional) HTML string to render before each docbasattribute control. Scripts are not supported. Default = .

separator

(Optional) HTML to render as a separator between attributes. Default =
. Valid for 5.2 repositories only.

showcategorynames

(Optional) Whether to display category names in the user interface (True) or not (False). If there is only one category or the component definition’s <showpagesastabs> element content is true, the category name is not displayed.

style

(Optional) CSS rule enclosed in quotation marks; for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"Since 6.0.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

59

multiobjectsdocbaseattributevalue

multiobjectsdocbaseattributevalue Purpose Displays the value of a common attribute for multiple, selected objects.

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Name of the attribute of the value to display.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

hidden

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is hidden (True) or not (False). Default is False.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lines

(Optional) Number of lines to display for an attribute. Use the lines and the size attributes to display this attribute.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

objects

(Required) Name of the DocbaseMultiObjects control to associate with this control.

readonly

(Optional) Whether this control is read-only (True) or read-write (False). This attribute does not override or change the status of the object attribute value in the repository; it only applies to the rendering of the object attribute in the user interface. You use the attributes component’s readOnly parameter to override this attribute’s value of false.

required

(Optional) Whether the attribute is required (True) or optional (False).

60

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

browserrequirements

style

(Optional) CSS rule enclosed in quotation marks; for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

validate

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether to validate the control (True) or not (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Client browser detection browserrequirements Purpose Looks up the supported IE and Netscape versions as defined in the element of app.xml. If the browser is not supported, is on an unsupported platform, or has no JVM, an error message is displayed.

Attributes None.

Description Since 5.x

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

61

checkjvmapplet

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

checkjvmapplet Purpose Generates an applet that checks the client browser JVM and offers the option of installing the Sun VM if it is not installed. This control is used by applications or components that must use the Sun VM. The applet is used by the Web Workflow Manager component.

Attributes align

(Optional) Horizontal alignment of applet text. Possible values are the same as those for the HTML IMG tag: left, right, top, texttop, middle, absmiddle, baseline, bottom, absbottom.

alt

(Optional) Text to be displayed when the browser understands the applet tag, but cannot run Java applets.

height

(Required) Applet height in the browser. 0 to hide the applet.

hspace

(Optional) Horizontal space between applet and surrounding text.

id

(Optional) ID for this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

successhandler

(Optional) Server-side event handler that handles the applet return.

vspace

(Optional) Vertical space between applet and surrounding text.

width

(Required) Applet width in the browser.

62

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

macclientdetect

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

macclientdetect Purpose Places a Macintosh client detector applet on the page. The applet detects the browser version number and stores the OS name in the session.

Attributes None.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage The tag class has a public static method, MacClientDetector.getMacOsName(), that makes the Mac OS version available. This method returns one of three values: MacClientDetector.MAC_OSX, MacClientDetector.MAC_OS9, or null (the client is not Mac).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

63

attachmenticon

Collaboration attachmenticon Purpose Displays an icon that indicates whether an attachment exists for this event or not.

Attributes alttext

(Optional) Alternate text to be displayed as a tooltip and when the icon image fails to load.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the value of src attribute with a URL from a data source.

height

(Optional) Height of this control.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) Overrides the alttext and nlsid attribute values.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the alttext attribute value.

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). When onclick is used, the image is turned into a link.

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

64

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

bannerbox

src

(Optional) URL to the icon image on the server. Can be a path on the server or in the repository, for example: src="/webtop/component/getcontent? objectId=0900303980005172" The repository icon may affect performance.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

width

(Optional) Width of this control.

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage This control is used within the datagrid control and is displayed as a preference column that can be turned on or off.

bannerbox Purpose Generates a box containing the Documentum Collaborative Services room banner. (Contains a roombanner tag on the JSP page.)

Attributes name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

65

commentimage

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

commentimage Purpose Render a comment Edit, Replyor Delete button.

Attributes alttext

(Optional) Text to display when holding the mouse pointer over this control.

border

(Optional) Border (in pixels) around the image. Default is 0 (zero) pixels (that is, no border).

datafield

(Optional) Overrides label or nlsid with data from a data source.

height

(Optional) (Image buttons only) Height of the button.

hspace

(Optional) Horizontal margin (white space padding to the left and right) around the image.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) Value stored in the control and displayed as text on the button.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

66

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

commentimage

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label value.

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

src

(Optional) Image to be used for the button.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

type

(Required) Edit mode: edit, reply, or delete.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

vspace

(Optional) Vertical margin (white space padding to the top and bottom) around the image.

width

(Optional) (Image buttons only) Specifies the width of the button.

Description Since 5.x

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

67

commentrow

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage The control takes two arguments that are passed in using argument controls. The control must be contained within the commentrow control. Use the argument list to pass values to the onclick event. . . . ...

commentrow Purpose Renders the individual comments for a topic. Must be contained within a topic control.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to be used for previously read comments.

indentamount

(Optional) Indent amount (in pixels) for child comments. Default is 32.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipdatafield

(Optional) Datafield that overrides the value of tooltip and tooltipnlsid.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

unreadstyle

(Optional) CSS style to be used for unread comments. Default is defaultUnreadCommentStyle.

68

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datatableeld

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

datatableeld Purpose Renders fields in a data table.

Attributes datafield

(Optional) Overrides the visible attribute value.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

mode

(Optional) Whether the datafield attribute value is a string or boolean. Default is string. If this attribute value is string and the datafield value’s string length is greater than 0, then the datafield attribute value is true. If this attribute value is boolean and the datafield attribute value is 1, T, or true, then the datafield attribute value is true.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

69

datatableeldPanel

reversevisible

(Optional) Whether the visible attribute is the boolean complement of the datafield attribute value (True) or not (False). Default is false. For example, when this attribute is set to true and the datafield value (in boolean mode) is true, then the visible attribute value is false.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

datatableeldPanel Purpose Determines the set of controls to be rendered for each datatablefield, page 69 control.

Attributes fields

(Optional) List of fields that correspond to object attribute names. This list is overridden by a list of columns in the component definition.

hascustomattr

(Optional) Whether the fields contain custom attributes and the fields are used within a datasortlink tag (True) or not (False). Setting this attribute to true ensures that the link is displayed correctly for sorting.

70

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

governedicon

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

labels

(Optional) Comma-separated string of fields to be displayed as labels. The values are overridden by labels set on columns in the component definition.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsids

(Optional) Comma-separated string of NLS IDs to display. The values are overridden by labels set on columns in the component definition.

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

governedicon Purpose Generates an icon indicating governance. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services enabled for the repository.

Attributes action

(Required) ID of the action to be launched by this control.

alttext

(Optional) Text to display when holding the mouse pointer over this control.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

71

governedicon

border

(Optional) Border (in pixels) around the image. Default is 0 (zero) pixels (that is, no border).

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides label or NLS value with string from a data source.

datafielddisabled

(Optional) Overrides srcdisabled value.

dynamic

(Optional) Specifies when the action is to be launched based on the conditions of other controls on the JSP. Only false can be specified for this attribute, if an event is specified for the oncomplete attribute. See .

height

(Optional) Height of the button.

hspace

(Optional) Horizontal margin (white space padding to the left and right) around the image.

id

(Optional) ID of this control.

label

(Optional) Link text.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label value.

oncomplete

(Optional) Event to be fired when an associated action has completed. This attribute cannot be used when the dynamic attribute is set to any value other than false.

showifdisabled

(Optional) Whether, when one or more of the action preconditions returns false: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed.

showifinvalid

(Optional) Indicates whether, when the configuration service cannot resolve the action definition: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed. Default is false. A value of true overrides a visible attribute that is set to false.To hide all invalid actions in the application, set the value of to true in your custom app.xml file.

72

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

governedicon

showimage

(Optional) Whether to display the icon (True) or not (False).

showlabel

(Optional) Whether to display a label (True) or not (False).

src

(Optional) URL to the image.

srcdisabled

(Optional) Image to display when the action is disabled

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipdatafield

(Optional) Datafield that overrides the value of tooltip and tooltipnlsid.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

vspace

(Optional) Vertical margin (white space padding to the top and bottom) around the image.

width

(Optional) (Image action buttons only) Width of the button.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

73

messageimportanceformatter

messageimportanceformatter Purpose Displays a string or icon for the message_importance attribute value of a dm_message_archive object.

Attributes hinlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string (or icon) corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for a high importance value.

lownlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string (or icon) corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for a low importance value.

normalnlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string (or icon) corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for a normal importance value.

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

msgattachmenticon Purpose Icon that indicates whether a dm_message_archive object has attachments or not.

74

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

recurrexceptionicon

Attributes None.

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

recurrexceptionicon Purpose Displays an icon that indicates the kind of event (standalone exceptions or recurring events with exceptions).

Attributes alttext

(Optional) Alternate text to be displayed as a tooltip and when the icon image fails to load.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the value of src attribute with a URL from a data source.

height

(Optional) Height of this control.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) Overrides the alttext and nlsid attribute values.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

75

recurrexceptionicon

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the alttext attribute value.

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). When onclick is used, the image is turned into a link.

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

src

(Optional) URL to the icon image on the server. Can be a path on the server or in the repository, for example: src="/webtop/component/getcontent? objectId=0900303980005172" The repository icon may affect performance.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

width

(Optional) Width of this control.

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage This control is used within the datagrid control and is displayed as a preference column that can be turned on or off.

76

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

richtextdisplay

richtextdisplay Purpose Displays rich text attributes as read-only. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services on the Content Server.

Attributes datafield

(Optional) Name of pseudo-attribute to be displayed; for example, content_value.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage You can configure the behavior of the rich text display control by extending the control configuration file /wdk/config/richtext.xml, which defines the following elements: Table 4. Rich text conguration elements



Remove the comments from this element to use the RichTextInputFilter class, which processes images and links that are entered by the user.



Remove the comments from this element to use the RichTextOutputFilter class, which processes image URLs for display in IE and Mozilla.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

77

richtextdocbaseattribute



Contains elements that govern HTML input.



Contains all HTML tags that are allowed within rich text input. Must include start and closing tag, for example, .



Contains all attributes that are allowed within HTML tags. Attributes are represented as though they were HTML tags, for example, .



Contains protocols that are permitted in links within rich text. For example, to prevent ftp URLs, remove from the list.



Contains stylesheet constructs that are not permitted, such as those that contain external links. For example:
sets the object and sets the attribute for that object.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

richtextdocbaseattributelabel Purpose Displays the label of a rich text pseudoattribute of an object specified in the associated docbaseobject tag. Pseudo attributes are described in type’s docbaseattributelist xml file, so this tag is only valid in the property sheet context. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services on the Content Server.

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Pseudo-attribute name.

datafield

(Optional) Name of the datafield that provides the label for the attribute.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

79

richtextdocbaseattributevalue

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

object

(Required) Name of associated docbaseobject control.

object

(Required) Name of associated docbaseobject control.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

richtextdocbaseattributevalue Purpose Displays the value of a rich text pseudoattribute of an object specified in the associated docbaseobject tag. Pseudo attributes are described in type’s docbaseattributelist xml file, so this tag is only valid in the property sheet context. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services on the Content Server.

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Pseudo-attribute name.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

80

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

richtexteditor

object

(Required) Name of associated docbaseobject control.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

richtexteditor Purpose Generates a rich text editing add-in. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services on the Content Server.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

81

richtexteditor

Attributes hasCharFormatting

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the character formatting buttons are included in the toolbar (bold, italic, underline, text color, highlight color) (True) or not (False). Default is true.

hasClipboard

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the clipboard button is included in the toolbar (True) or not (False). Default is true.

hasFonts

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the font and font-size menus are included in the RTE toolbar (True) or not (False).

hasImages

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the image button is included in the toolbar (True) or not (False). Default is true.

hasLinks

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the link button is included in the toolbar (True) or not (False). Default is true.

hasParaFormatting

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the paragraph formatting buttons are included in the toolbar (alignment, bullet list, numbered list, indent, outdent) (True) or not (False). Default is true.

hasSpellcheck

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the spell check button is included in the toolbar (True) or not (False). (Windows only) Default is true.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional)

value

(Optional) Text (in HTML format) that is being edited. Can be inherited from StringInputContol or re-implemented in the RTE control class if it does not extend StringInputControl.

82

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

richtexteditor

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage You can configure the behavior of the rich text editor by extending the control configuration file /wdk/config/richtext.xml, which defines the following elements: Table 5. Rich text conguration elements



Remove the comments from this element to use the RichTextInputFilter class, which processes images and links that are entered by the user



Remove the comments from this element to use the RichTextOutputFilter class, which processes image URLs for display in IE and Mozilla



Contains elements that govern HTML input



Contains all HTML tags that are allowed within rich text input. Must include start and closing tag, for example, .



Contains all attributes that are allowed within HTML tags. Attributes are represented as though they were HTML tags, for example, .



Contains protocols that are permitted in links within rich text. For example, to prevent ftp URLs, remove from the list.



Contains stylesheet constructs that are not permitted, such as those that contain external links. For example:


roombanner Purpose Generates a room banner. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services to be enabled for the repository.

Attributes height

(Optional) Height (in pixels) of the banner.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

objectid

(Optional) ID of a governed folder containing the room banner.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

85

showtopicdocbaseattribute

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

showtopicdocbaseattribute Purpose Displays the label and value of a rich text pseudoattribute of an object specified in the associated docbaseobject control. tag. Pseudo attributes are described in the object type’s docbaseattributelist xml file. The richtextdocbaseattribute control is only valid in the property sheet context. This control generates the following controls: richtextdocbaseattributevalue, richtextdocbaseattributelabel, and some HTML table tags. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services on the Content Server.

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Pseudo-attribute name.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

object

(Required) Name of associated docbaseobject control on the JSP. For example, sets the object and sets the attribute for that object.

86

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

showtopicdocbaseattributelabel

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

showtopicdocbaseattributelabel Purpose Displays the label of show topic pseudoattribute of an object specified in the associated docbaseobject tag. Pseudo attributes are described in type’s docbaseattributelist xml file, so this tag is only valid in the property sheet context.

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Pseudo-attribute name.

datafield

(Optional) Datafield that provides the label for the attribute.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

object

(Required) Name of associated docbaseobject control.

Description Since 5.x

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

87

showtopicdocbaseattributevalue

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

showtopicdocbaseattributevalue Purpose Displays the value of a show topic pseudoattribute of an object specified in the associated docbaseobject tag. Pseudo attributes are described in type’s docbaseattributelist xml file, so this tag is only valid in the property sheet context.

Attributes attribute

(Optional) Pseudo-attribute name.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

object

(Required) Name of associated docbaseobject control.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

88

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

topic

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

topic Purpose Displays the threaded list of comments found for an object’s topic. The control should contain the comment control.

Attributes name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage The control data is set at runtime from a component by setting its dataprovider with a TopicResultSet of data that makes up the topic. For example: public void setTopicControl( ITopic topic, String[] attributes) { topicData = new TopicResultSet(attributes, topic);

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

89

topicpanel

Topic topicControl = (Topic)getControl( CONTROL_TOPIC, Topic.class); DataProvider dataProvider = topicControl.getDataProvider( ); dataProvider.setScrollableResultSet(topicData); }

topicpanel Purpose Hides a topic for repositories that do not have Documentum Collaborative Services enabled

Attributes id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage To display a panel of topics, add the topicpanel and collaboration component similar to the following example:

90

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

topicstatus



topicstatus Purpose Generates an action icon that indicates the status of a discussion topic. A topic may be read, unread, or nonexistent. If an indicator icon is present, then clicking it will bring user to the page containing the topic. The control is used within the datagrid control and appears as a preference column that can be turned on or off.

Attributes action

(Required) ID of the action to be launched by this control.

alttext

(Optional) Text to display when holding the mouse pointer over this control.

border

(Optional) Border in pixels around the image. Default is 0 (zero) pixels (that is, no border).

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the label value with a value from a data source. Overrides the URL defined in src attribute

datafielddisabled

(Optional) Overrides srcdisabled value.

dynamic

(Optional) Specifies when the action is to be launched based on the conditions of other controls on the JSP. Only false can be specified for this attribute, if an event is specified for the oncomplete attribute. See .

height

(Optional) Height of the image.

hspace

(Optional) Horizontal margin (white space padding to the left and right) around the image.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

91

topicstatus

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) String value or element (which maps to a string label) to be rendered in addition to the image.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the datafield and label values.

oncomplete

(Optional) Event to be fired when an associated action has completed. This attribute cannot be used when the dynamic attribute is set to any value other than false.

showifdisabled

(Optional) Whether, when one or more of the action preconditions returns false: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed.

showifinvalid

(Optional) Indicates whether, when the configuration service cannot resolve the action definition: (True) this control is displayed as disabled (grayed out). (False) this control is not displayed. Default is false. A value of true overrides a visible attribute that is set to false.To hide all invalid actions in the application, set the value of to true in your custom app.xml file.

showimage

(Optional) Whether to display the icon (True) or not (False).

showlabel

(Optional) Whether to display a label (True) or not (False).

src

(Optional) URL to the image.

srcdisabled

(Optional) Image to be displayed when the action is disabled.

92

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

topicstatus

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipdatafield

(Optional) Datafield that overrides the value of tooltip and tooltipnlsid.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

vspace

(Optional) Vertical margin (white space padding to the top and bottom) around the image.

width

(Optional) Width of the image .

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

93

hidden

Context hidden Purpose Generates a hidden control at the bottom of the page that stores serialized context information.

Attributes datafield

(Optional) Overrides value with data from a data source.

encrypt

(Optional) Whether data that is passed in the hidden control cannot (True) or can (False) be viewed by the browser "View Source" option. This property can be used on named controls only. Default is true.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

onchange

(Optional) Event that is fired when this control is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted (for example, by an onclick event). The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).

value

(Optional) Value stored in the control.

94

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

celllist

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Data display celllist Purpose Used within a table row () or tag to wrap a list of celltemplate tags. The cell templates will output columns of data dynamically.

Attributes fields

(Optional) List of fields that correspond to object attribute names. This list is overridden by a list of columns in the component definition.

hascustomattr

(Optional) Whether the celllist fields contain custom attributes and the celllist tag is used within a datasortlink tag (True) or not (False). Setting this attribute to true ensures that the link is displayed correctly for sorting.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

labels

(Optional) Comma-separated string of fields to be displayed as labels. The values are overridden by labels set on columns in the component definition.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

95

celltemplate

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsids

(Optional) Comma-separated string of NLS IDs to display. The values are overridden by labels set on columns in the component definition.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage If you specify columns in the component definition, they will override the fields that are specified To set the celllist fields programmatically, call the CellList method setFields() during onControlInitialized.

celltemplate Purpose Within a cell list tag, specifies a template output for a single column of data. The data that is rendered is supplied by the fields attribute. Template values are supplied by a field name, such as object_name, object type, such as double, or generic (matches everything).

96

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

celltemplate

Attributes field

(Optional) Name of a field corresponding to an object attribute name. If this attribute is specified, the type attribute cannot be used.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

type

(Optional) Object type. If this attribute is specified, the field attribute cannot be used. If neither field nor type attributes are set, then the cell is generic. The number type matches either an int or double datatype returned from DFC.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage Use within a tag. The fields for the template can be supplied as the value of the fields attribute on the JSP page or programmatically from the component configuration using the ComponentColumnDescriptorList object. WDK components that have a element in the component XML definition get the list of fields from the configuration. (They get the columns from ComponentColumnDescriptor.) Fields, labels, and nlsids that are configured in the component definition file override tag attributes in the JSP page. You can configure dynamic sets of data for display using and . If you are displaying the data in columns, you can use a combination of celllist and celltemplate controls within a table header row or within to provide column headers, sorting, and columns of data. See Web Development Kit Development Guidefor details.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

97

columnpanel

columnpanel Purpose Wraps a set of column controls in a table row to allow display or hiding of column data.

Attributes columnname

(Required) Name of this column. All column panels in a single row should use unique names.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

datacolumnbeginswith Purpose Enables displaying all column values that start with a user-entered string.

98

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datacolumnbeginswith

Attributes autocompleteenabled

(Optional) (Boolean) Enables (True) or disables (False) autocompletion on the control. Default is True.

autocompleteid

(Optional) Key used to store the autocomplete list in the user preferences. You can set the same ID on two text controls, for example, if they share the same set of suggestions. If the control does not have an ID specified, the ID is generated using this syntax: formid_controlid. formid is the form id attribute and controlid is the text control name. For docbaseattribute controls that render a text control, an ID is generated using the attribute name; for example, "keyword or "title.

casesensitive

(Optional)

column

(Optional) Column name to which to bind. If this control is within a celltemplate tag, you can use the datafield attribute instead.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) A value of CURRENT retrieves the value from the data source.

defaultonenter

(Optional) Whether pressing the Enter key calls the JavaScript handleKeyPress() function (True) or not (False). Must be used with a button (on the same page) that has its default attribute set to true. The button event is fired when the user presses the Enter key in the defaultonenter control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

focus

(Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

maxautocompletesuggestionsize

(Optional) Number of matching suggestions to display to the user. Default is 10.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

99

datacolumnbeginswith

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed. Required to bind to a filter item.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the initial search value (for example, Starts With).

onchange

(Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted.

onclick

(Optional)

prompt

(Optional)

runatclient

(Optional) Whether the onchange event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

size

(Optional) Size of this control.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tabindex

(Optional)

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

width

(Optional)

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

100

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datagrid

Usage To format the value in this control, enclose it in a formatter control.

datagrid Purpose Displays results of a query or recordset as a table, generating opening and closing tags.

Attributes bordersize

(Optional) Size of the datagrid border.

cellpadding

(Optional) Space between cell contents and cell border.

cellspacing

(Optional) Spacing between the cells in the grid.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

fixedheaders

(Optional) Boolean: Whether the datagrid header rows are to scroll with the body rows (False) or not (True). Default is false. To set this attribute value for all datagrid controls in your application, set the following element value in the app.xml file: <desktopui<..<fixedheaders>. This element’s default value is true.Since 6.0.

height

(Optional) Height of the datagrid.Since 6.0: When you specify a value for this attribute, scroll bars are generated for the contents of the datagrid that extend beyond the specified value. If you do not specify a value for this attribute on a datagrid control, the grid takes up the remaining height in the frame. Remaining elements on the page should be placed within the footer (anywhere between the end of datagridRow tag and the end of datagrid tag).

id

(Optional) ID if this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

101

datagrid

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

paged

(Optional) Whether paging is turned on (True) or off (False). All data is returned when paging is turned off. Default is false.

pagesize

(Optional) Number of result items on a page when paging is turned on.

preservesort

(Optional) Whether the datagrid preserves (True) the current sort settings between data refresh events or not (False). Default is false.

query

(Optional) DQL query passed to the data provider; for example:select group_name, r_modify_date from dm_group where group_name like ’a%’

recordcachecount

(Optional) Overrides the default number of records retrieved by the query and sets the number of records to be fetched.

rendertable

(Optional) Whether to suppress (False) or render (True)
tags by the datagrid control. When the data rows are rendered within separate panes within a paneset control, set this value to false and insert
tags manually within the pane control. Default is true.

rowselection

(Optional) Boolean: Enables (True) or disables (False) mouse or keyboard row selection (selecting one or more objects) and right-click context menus. Default is True. The app.xml file’s desktopui/datagrid/rowselection element must be set to true to enable this attribute.

sortcolumn

(Optional) Name of column on which to sort.

sortdir

(Optional) Sort direction: ascending (0) or descending (1). Default is 0.

sortmode

(Optional) Initial sort mode: text (0), case-insensitive text (1), or numeric (2). Default is 1.

102

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datagrid

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

width

(Optional) Width of the datagrid.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage This control can contain datagridrow, nodatarow, row, or HTML table row () tags. The data can be paged by adding a datapaging control and sorted by adding a datasortimage or datasortlink control into the grid control. To support row selection this control must be placed outside any HTML table tags. To generate scroll bars when the contents of the datagrid extend beyond datagrid’s height, specify a value in the height attribute. Examples Row selection

Since 6.0. To disable row selection for an individual datagrid row, set the rowselection attribute to false in the datagrid tag on the JSP page, for example:

Table 7, page 104 describes the interaction between the global row selection flag in app.xml and the datagrid attribute.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

103

datagridRow

Table 7. Row selection settings

app.xml

dmf:datagrid rowselection

Result

false

true or false

Checkboxes rendered, no mouse/keyboard row selection or context menus on any datagrid

true

true

No checkboxes rendered, row selection and context menus enabled for the datagrid

true

attribute not specified (for example, migrated customizations)

No checkboxes rendered, row selection and context menus enabled for the datagrid

true

false

Checkboxes rendered, no mouse/keyboard row selection or context menus on current datagrid

With row selection enabled in app.xml, contained checkboxes within a datagrid on the JSP page are rendered with a CSS rule of display:none. Rows can then be selected by mouse events or keyboard combinations. Link and action controls inside selectable rows are disabled. To migrate links and action controls within a datagrid row, move them to a context menu or a datagridrowevent tag.

datagridRow Purpose Generates rows of data inside a datagrid. Generates
opening and closing tags within the
tags generated by datagrid. Can contain element.

dataoptionlist Purpose Iterator that renders options as a HTML form option elements. Renders all of the data from the enclosing datadropdownlist or datalistbox.

Attributes id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

112

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datapagesize

datapagesize Purpose Generates a page size control that allows the user to select the number of items in a page.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

onselect

(Optional) Event fired when the user selects a page size value. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

pagesizevalues

(Optional) Comma-separated list of integer page-size values for the user to select.

preference

(Optional) Default value for the preferred data page size (which the user can override). The value can be read from a configuration file, such as /custom/app.xml, as the content of a dot-separated path of elements in the file. For example, preference=’application.display.streamline’ would be read from the following app.xml element path:... <streamline>10

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the onselect event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

113

datapagesize

showdisplayinginfo

(Optional) Whether to show the total item count (True) or not (False)

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control. For example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage Cache size for the number of objects returned by a query is configurable in Databound.properties, in /WEB-INF/classes/com/documentum/web/form/control. Paging is configured on a JSP page that contains a datagrid. You can limit the choices for page sizes by setting the pagesizevalues of the

114

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datapaging

datapagesize JSP tag. You can set a default value for page size as the value of the preference attribute on the datapagesize tag.

datapaging Purpose Generates navigation links for a paged datagrid. Must be used within the datagrid control. Links will be rendered only when multiple pages of data are returned from the query.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

gotopageclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to the optional gotopage text box.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

showdisplayinginfo

(Optional) Whether to show the displaying X of Y items text (True) or not (False).

showfirstandlast

(Optional) Whether to show the first and last page links (True) or not (False).

showgotopage

(Optional) Whether to show the optional go-to-page text box (True) or not (False). Setting this attribute to true, enables the user to jump to any page in the dataset by entering a page value in the text box.

showimages

(Optional) Whether images (True) instead of text links (False) are displayed. The images must be placed in: /wdk/ theme_folder /images/paging. If the images are not found, text links are displayed. Default is true.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

115

datasortimage

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

datasortimage Purpose Generates a datasortimage control within the datagrid control. Provides an image that launches a sort of the dataset.

116

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datasortimage

Attributes column

(Optional) Column name to which to bind. If this control is within a celltemplate tag., you can use the datafield attribute instead.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the label and nlsid with data from the current celltemplate match. A value of CURRENT retrieves the value from the data source.

forwardicon

(Optional) URL to the forward sort icon.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

image

(Required) Image file name. The path to the image is resolved by the branding service.

mode

(Optional) Sort mode: text (0), case-insensitive text (1), or numeric (2).

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

reverseicon

(Optional) URL to the reverse sort icon.

reversesort

(Optional) Initial sort order of the displayed column: reverse (True), normal (False). Default is false.

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

117

datasortlink

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

datasortlink Purpose Generates a datasortlink control within the datagrid control. Provides a column header sort link that allows the user to sort the results by column name.

118

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datasortlink

Attributes column

(Optional) Column name to which to bind. If this control is within a celltemplate tag, you can use the datafield attribute instead.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the label and nlsid with data from the current template match. A value of CURRENT retrieves the value from the data source.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

forwardicon

(Optional) URL to the forward sort icon.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) Label for the data sort link.

mode

(Optional) Sort mode: text (0), case-insensitive text (1), or numeric (2).

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label value.

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

reverseicon

(Optional) URL to the reverse sort icon.

reversesort

(Optional) Initial sort order of the displayed column: reverse (True), normal (False). Default is false.

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

119

datasortlink

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control. For example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage If the datasortlink contains a celllist tag whose contents are resolved at runtime, make sure that the celllist tag properly reflects the type of datafield providing the link. For example, if the datafield maps to a custom attribute, set the hascustomattr attribute on the celllist tag to true.

120

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datatableeldpanel

datatableeldpanel Purpose Determines the set of controls to be rendered for each datatablefield, page 69 control.

Attributes fields

(Optional) List of fields that correspond to object attribute names. This list is overridden by a list of columns in the component definition.

hascustomattr

(Optional) Whether the fields contain custom attributes and the field is used within a datasortlink tag (True) or not (False). Setting this attribute to true ensures that the link is displayed correctly for sorting.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

labels

(Optional) Comma-separated string of fields to be displayed as labels. The values are overridden by labels set on columns in the component definition.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsids

(Optional) Comma-separated string of NLS IDs to display. The values are overridden by labels set on columns in the component definition.

Description Since 6.0

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

121

datatablerowattributelist

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

datatablerowattributelist Purpose Lists attributes in a datatable row.

Attributes attrconfigid

(Required) A configuration ID to identify which control definition file should be used. Must correspond to the value for id in <attributelist id="attributes"> in the corresponding control definition file.

categorypost

(Optional) pecifies an HTML string to render after each category. Scripts are not supported. Default = (closes the row)

categorypre

(Optional) Specifies an HTML string to render before each category. Scripts are not supported. Default =

morelinkpre

(Optional) Specifies an HTML string to render before the Show More link. Scripts are not supported. Default == (closes the row)

pre

(Optional) Specifies an HTML string to render before each docbasattribute control. Scripts are not supported. Default == . Valid for 5.2 repositories only.

showcategorynames

(Optional) Set to true to display category names in the UI. Category name is not shown if there is only one category or if <showpagesastabs> in the component definition equals true.

showobjectidasname

(Optional) Set to true to display the object ID as the name of the object. This value can be overridden by a formatter in a docbaseobjectConfiguration file. Default == true.

size

(Optional) Sets the size of the control in pixels.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

123

listbox

style

(Optional) A cascading style sheet rule enclosed in quotation marks; for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}".

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

visiblecategory

(Optional) Comma-separated string that specifies the categories that are visible. Default == null (all categories are visible)

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

listbox Purpose Holds option objects or a single dataoptionlist control holding a databound option.

124

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

listbox

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

focus

(Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).

height

(Optional) Vertical length of the drop down list control.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

multiselect

(Optional) Whether to enable (True) or disable (False) multiple selection in the listbox.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

onchange

(Optional) Event that is fired when this control is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).

onselect

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). The form is not submitted until the onselect event is fired.

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the onselect event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

size

(Optional) Number of rows of selectable data visible in the listbox (scrollbars are used if more rows are available).

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control. For example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

125

listbox

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

value

(Optional) The selected value.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

width

(Optional) Horizontal length of the drop down list control.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage The multiselect attribute is only available if you retrieve the value in client-side JavaScript. Multiple selections are not passed to the component, because no server event is fired. For an example of a client-side implementation that retrieves multiple selections in the listbox, refer to searchsources_preferences.jsp and changesearchsources.jsp.

126

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

multiselector

multiselector Purpose Displays two lists. User can select items from a list and order the selected items. Items are moved between the unselected and selected list with Add and Remove buttons. Items are ordered on the selected items list with Up and Down buttons.

Attributes buttoncssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to button appearance.

buttoncssstyle

(Optional) CSS rule to apply to button appearance.

buttonheight

(Optional) Height (in pixels) of the button.

buttonimagefolder

(Optional) Location of the image folder, if buttons are used to display items.

buttonwidth

(Optional) Width (in pixels) of the button.

disabledclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to the disabled control.

disabledstyle

(Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule (enclosed in quotes) to apply to the disabled control.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

items

(Optional) Serialized list of items to display in the available items listbox. The list must be a String array with value and label pairs (value must occur in the first position).

itemslabel

(Optional) Label for the available items list.

itemsnlsid

(Optional) NLS string for the available items list label.

listboxcssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to listboxes.

listboxcssstyle

(Optional) CSS rule to apply to listboxes.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

127

multiselector

listboxwidth

(Optional) Width (in pixels) of listboxes. Default is 200.

multiselect

(Optional) Whether to enable (True) or disable (False) selection of multiple items for Add or Remove. If a move operation is chosen, only the first selection is moved. Default is false.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

orderingenabled

(Optional) Whether to enable (True) or disable (False) Up and Down buttons, which change the order of the list. Default is true.

selecteditems

(Optional) Serialized list of items to appear in the selected items listbox.

selecteditemslabel

(Optional) Label for the selected items list.

selecteditemsnlsid

(Optional) NLS string for the selected items list label.

size

(Optional) Size of the listboxes. Default is 10.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage The component can retrieve a list of selected items from the control by calling getSelectedItems() on the control. The buttons trigger client side events so that the client doesn’t have to make a round trip to the server every time a button is selected. When a trip to the server is made the control will update its data on the server side via a hidden field that keeps an updated item list. The List object that holds items has the following features: •

Each element in a List represents one item.



The element can be a String, which is a value with no label.



The element can be an array of one String



A serialized list of items can be an array of one string (value) or two strings (value and label).

128

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

nodataRow

If you supply the lists of available and selected columns in the JSP page, then the list must be serialized to a string before passing it in to the control. (You can create the serialized string from an ArrayList using the MultiSelectorUtil class static method encodeItemList(). If you supply a list in your component class, pass it in as ArrayList. In the following example from the VisibleRepositoryPreferences class, the class gets the controls on the JSP page, calls methods that get the ArrayList for each control, and initializes the items and selected items lists: public void onInit(ArgumentList args) { super.onInit(args); ... MultiSelector mltRepositories = (MultiSelector)getControl( REPOSITORY_SELECTOR, MultiSelector.class); mltRepositories.setSize("10"); //Get selected connection broker and port DataDropDownList docbrokerControl = (DataDropDownList) getControl( CONTROL_DOCBROKER,DataDropDownList.class); Label docbrokerPortNumberControl = (Label) getControl( CONTROL_DOCBROKER_PORT,Label.class); //Get all repositories for this connection broker ArrayList arrDocbases = getInvisibleRepositories( docbrokerControl.getValue(), docbrokerPortNumberControl. getLabel()); //Write the list to the available repositories list mltRepositories.setItems(arrDocbases); //Get previously selected repositories, set to selected items list mltRepositories.setSelectedItems(getVisibleRepositories()); }

nodataRow Purpose Supplies a row of static data that will be automatically displayed if the enclosing datagrid returns no data rows from the query. Must be contained within the datagrid control. You must provide . Use only in pages where your component needs to access controls in the row.

130

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

absolutelepathvalidator

Attributes align

(Optional) Horizontal alignment of the cells.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

height

(Optional) Height of the row

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

valign

(Optional) Vertical alignment of the cells.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Data validation absolutelepathvalidator Purpose Validates a string file path using DFC utilities.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

131

absolutelepathvalidator

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Name of the control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) Error message displayed when validation fails.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

132

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

comparevalidator

comparevalidator Purpose Validates an input control by comparing its value to a specified value or to another input control.

Attributes comparecontrol

(Optional) Name of the input control that contains the value with which to compare the current value. Overrides the comparevalue attribute.

comparevalue

(Optional) Value to compare with the current value.

controltovalidate

(Required) The control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) Error message to display when validation returns false.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

operator

(Optional) Comparison operator. Valid values are: equal, notequal, greaterthan, greaterthanequal, lessthan, lessthanequal.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

133

datetimevalidator

type

(Optional) Datatype of the value. Valid values are: string, integer.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

datetimevalidator Purpose Verifies that the date input for a control matches a valid pattern, such as "mm dd yyyy", or "mm dd yyyy hh:mi:ss". This validator does not need to be used on datetime controls, because the input control displays only valid choices for the user.

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Name of the control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) Error message displayed when validation fails.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

134

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datevalidator

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

datevalidator Purpose Verifies that the dateinput control value is a valid date for the user’s locale. This validator does not need to be used on dateinput controls, because the input control displays only valid choices for the user. The name and controltovalidate attributes are required. This control cannot be used to validate any control other than dateinput.

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Name of the control to validate

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

135

docbaseattributevalidator

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) Error message to display when validation fails.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

docbaseattributevalidator Purpose Renders several validators for attributes: inputmaskvalidator, multivaluesinputmaskvalidator, requiredfieldvalidator, and varequiredfieldvalidator. This validator (and its included validators) is generated by the docbaseattributevalue control, so that validation is performed automatically on attributes.

136

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbasemultiobjectsvalidator

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Name of the input control to validate.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage If you use a docbaseattributevalue control to render an attribute value, you do not need to use this validator.

docbasemultiobjectsvalidator Purpose Validates changes to all attributes that are common between multiple, selected objects.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

137

docbaseobjectattributevalidator

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Name of the input control to validate.

header

(Optional) Summary header message.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the header attribute value.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

docbaseobjectattributevalidator Purpose Validator used to validate any control that is associated with a docbaseobject. Deprecated as of version 6. See docbaseattributeproxy, page 45.

138

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

docbaseobjectattributevalidator

Attributes attribute

(Required) Attribute against which the control’s selected value is to be validated.

controltovalidate

(Required) Name of the input control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) Message displayed when validation fails.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

object

(Required) Name of the docbaseobject tag on the JSP page. In the following example, the object being validated is named "obj, so the value of the object parameter for this validator would be "obj:

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

139

docbaseobjectvalidator

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage This control is used only to validate attributes that are listed as ignored attributes in a docbaseattributelist configuration. For example, the list of available formats is displayed by the datadropdownlist control named "formatList" in the Webtop import JSP page, and the user’s selection should be validated against object constraints for the selected object type. The format attribute is listed in the element of import_docbaseattributelist.xml. In order for the selection to be validated, use the validator to validate the control on the JSP page, similar to the following:

docbaseobjectvalidator Purpose Validates all modified attribute control values against all rules that have been set up in the Content server. Renders a list of error messages for all failed validators. This validator is embedded in the docbaseobject control, so validation is performed automatically on attributes that have been modified by the user.

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Input control name to validate

cssclass

(Optional) Sets the CSS class that is applied to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

header

(Optional) Header for error message.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

140

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

inputmaskvalidator

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is the error message for validation failure.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

inputmaskvalidator Purpose Validates a control’s input values based on an input mask.

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Name of the control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

141

inputmaskvalidator

errormessage

(Optional) Error message to display when validation fails.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

inputmask

(Optional) Pattern of valid ASCII characters that the user can enter. This control verifies that the length of the input string is the same number of characters specified in this attribute.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

validatechangeonly

(Optional) Since: 6.0.Indicates whether to validate only when the control changes. True, to validate only when the control changes; False (default), otherwise.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage

An input mask is a pattern of mask characters and literals. A mask character specifies the kind of character allowed at that position in the pattern. A literal is an ASCII character that must appear in

142

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

inputmaskvalidator

the pattern at that position. To convert a mask character to a literal, precede the mask character with a double backslash (\\) . Table 8. Valid Mask Characters

Character

Meaning

#

Numeric (0-9)

A

Alphanumeric (0-9, a-z, A-Z)

&

Any ASCII character

?

Alphabetic (a-z, A-Z)

U

Alphabetic, and converts to uppercase

L

Alphabetic, and converts to lowercase

Masks

This table shows a mask in the first column, an example of valid user input in the second column, and a description of the mask in the last column. The last mask example limits the number of characters to thirteen. Mask

User Input

Description

12/25/1999

Date

12:35 AM

Time

123-45-6789

US social security number (SSN)

(999)555-1212

US phone number

12345-6789

US zip code

John

Name (limited to thirteen characters)

##/##/####

##:## UU

###-##-####

(###)###-####

#####-####

?????????????

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

143

multiobjectsdocbaseattributevalidator

multiobjectsdocbaseattributevalidator Purpose Renders a valildator corresponding to the type of the common attribute of the selected, multiple objects.

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Name of the input control to validate.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

multivaluesinputmaskvalidator Purpose Validates multiple values in a label using an input mask.

144

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

multivaluesinputmaskvalidator

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Name of the control to validate

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) Error message displayed when validation fails.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

inputmask

(Optional) Pattern of valid ASCII characters that the user can enter. This control verifies that the length of the input string is the same number of characters specified in this attribute. For more information, see .

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

separator

(Optional) Character to separate input values.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

145

multivaluesrequiredeldvalidator

multivaluesrequiredeldvalidator Purpose Validates that all of the required values in a list box have been set

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Name of the control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) Error message to display when validation returns false.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

indicator

(Optional) String to display next to a required field. If this attribute is empty (that is, indicator = ""), an asterisk (*) is displayed. Default is an asterisk (*).

indicatorcssclass

(Optional) Class in a stylesheet to apply to the indicator.

indicatornlsid

(Optional) NLSID that resolves to a string to display as a required field indicator.

indicatorstyle

(Optional) CSS style rule to apply to the indicator.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

146

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

quotevalidator

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

quotevalidator Purpose Tests the string contents of an input control for single ( ’ ) or double quotation marks ( " ). Returns true, if the string does not contain a quotation mark or the string is empty; returns false, if the string contains a quotation mark.

Attributes controltovalidate

(Optional) Name of the control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) The error message to display when validation fails.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

147

rangevalidator

ignore

(Optional) Whether to ignore a single quote or double quotes in the string. Valid values: singlequote, doublequote, or an empty string (default). For example, if you want to test for double quotes only, set the value of this attribute to singlequote. An empty string means that neither double quotes nor single quotes are ignored.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

rangevalidator Purpose Validates an input control by ensuring that its value is within a specified range.

148

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

rangevalidator

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) Error message to display when validation returns false.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

maxvalue

(Optional) The range’s maximum value.

maxvaluecontrol

(Optional) Input control containing the range’s maximum value.

minvalue

(Optional) The range’s minimum value.

minvaluecontrol

(Optional) Input control containing the range’s minimum value.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

type

(Optional) Datatype of the value. Valid values are: string, integer, double.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

149

regexpvalidator

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

regexpvalidator Purpose Verifies that the input control value matches the specified Apache regular expression pattern. For information about Apache expression syntax, see the Apache Web site.

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) Error message to display when validation returns false.

expression

(Required) Regular expression to match.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

150

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

requiredeldvalidator

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

requiredeldvalidator Purpose Validates an input control by ensuring that its value has been set.

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) Error message to display when validation returns false.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

indicator

(Optional) String to display next to a required field. If this attribute is empty (that is, indicator = ""), an asterisk (*) is displayed. Default is an asterisk (*).

indicatorcssclass

(Optional) Class in a stylesheet to apply to the indicator.

indicatornlsid

(Optional) NLSID that resolves to a string to display as a required field indicator.

indicatorstyle

(Optional) CSS style rule to apply to the indicator.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

151

symbolicversionlabelvalidator

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

symbolicversionlabelvalidator Purpose Ensures that the symbolic version label entered by the user is not an implicit version label.

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Name of the control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

152

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

utf8stringlengthvalidator

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is the error message for validation failure.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

utf8stringlengthvalidator Purpose Verifies that the string in its UTF8 representation does not exceed the field limit, to prevent data loss when accented or double-byte characters are entered. Converts the user input string value to its corresponding UTF-8 byte array before comparing it with the specified maximum byte length value.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

153

utf8stringlengthvalidator

Attributes controltovalidate

(Required) Control to validate.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

errormessage

(Optional) Error message to display when validation returns false.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

maxbytelength

(Required) Maximum length (in byles) of the UTF-8 byte array corresponding to the user input string.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the errormessage attribute value.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

154

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

validationsummary

Usage This validator can be used to replace the regexpvalidator to validate that string character length confirms to the field size constraint in the data dictionary. For multi-byte and accented characters, the regexpvalidator cannot do this validation and can result in data loss. For example, the checkin page allows the user to enter a version label that, according to the data dictionary, must be no longer than 32 single-byte characters. This validator will not allow a version label that exceeds 32 bytes.

validationsummary Purpose Displays a summary list of failed validation messages for all validated input controls.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

header

(Optional) Summary header message.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID for the summary header message string.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control. For example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

Description Since 5.x

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

155

dateinput

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Date/time dateinput Purpose Generates a date input control. The order (day and month) will be determined by the user’s locale. The months and days will be listed as integers and their labels are looked up in the localization bundle form.control.DateInputNlsProp.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

dateformat

(Optional) Format of the date displayed in the user interface. Valid values are: short (for example, 1/2/02), medium (for example, 2 Jan, 2002), long (for example, 2 January, 2002).

dateselector

(Optional) Date selection user interface item. Valid values are: fields (dropdown fields), calendar (a popup calendar). Default is calendar.

day

(Optional) Default day to display. Default is 1.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

fromyear

(Optional) Year to begin the available date range. Default is 1997.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

month

(Optional) Default month to display. Default is 1.

156

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

dateinput

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

onselect

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies for the onselect event to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

toyear

(Optional) Year to end the available date range. Default = 2005.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

157

dateinput

width

(Optional) Width (in pixels) of the control. Default is 200.

year

(Optional) Default year to display. By default, the fromyear attribute value is displayed.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage In addition to the configuration available on individual date controls, global date input display can be configured by extending /wdk/config/datetimecontrol_config.xml. The following table describes date input control configuration in this file:0 Table 9. Global date input control conguration elements



Configures all instances of dateinput tag including those generated by the docbaseattributelist control. Can be overridden on an individual tag. Contains <default-year-from>, <default-year-to>, and <default_type>.

.<default-year-from>

Sets the default beginning year in the date input dropdown list

.<default-year-to>

Sets the default end year in the date input dropdown list

Editable attributes are rendered as dateinput controls. To configure the rendered control, set the beginning and end year in the element of /wdk/app.xml. When you want to set a date programmatically in your component class, clear the dateinput control by calling clear(), which clears day, month, and year. For example: private void resetDateInputControl(DateInput date) { if (date != null) { date.clear(); }

158

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datetime

}

datetime Purpose Generates a date/time control that allows the user to select month, day, year, hour, minute, and second. The date and time labels are looked up in the localization bundle form.control.DateTimeNlsProp.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides all of the date and time values with data from a data source.

dateformat

(Optional) Format of the date displayed in the user interface. Valid values are: short (for example, 1/2/02), medium (for example, 2 Jan, 2002), long (for example, 2 January, 2002).

dateselector

(Optional) Date selection user interface item. Valid values are: fields (dropdown fields), calendar (a popup calendar). Default is calendar.

day

(Optional) Default day to display. Default is 1.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

fromtime

(Optional) Time to begin a range when the timeselector value is list; for example: hh:mm:ss

fromyear

(Optional) Year to begin the available date range. Default is 1997.

hour

(Optional) Default hour to display. Default is the current time.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

159

datetime

minute

(Optional) Default minute to display. Default is the current time.

month

(Optional) Default month to display. Default is 1.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

onselect

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies for the onselect event to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

second

(Optional) Default second to display. Default is the current time.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

timeformat

(Optional) Specifies how the time is formatted in the user interface and the control value (in locale-specific format). Valid values: short (for example, rendered as 2:40 PM in English locale), medium (for example, 2:40:23 PM), long (for example, 2.40:23 PM PST)

160

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datetime

timeselector

(Optional) Time selection user interface item. Valid values are: fields (Default) Dropdown lists that display hour, minute, and day. Increments are set by the value of the timestep attribute. list Single dropdown list of discrete times displayed as the values for timeformat, fromtime, totime, and timestep. text Text box that accepts text input of any kind.

timestep

(Optional) Iincrement (in seconds) between times that are displayed when the timeselector attribute value is list or fields. If the timeselector value is fields and the timestep value is a multiple of 60 or 3600, the seconds and minutes fields are not hidden. Default is 1800.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

totime

(Optional) Time to end a range when the timeselector attribute value is list; for example, hh:mm:ss.

toyear

(Optional) Year to end the available date range. Default is 2005.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

width

(Optional) Width (in pixels) of the control. Default is 200.

year

(Optional) Default year to display. By default, the fromyear attribute value is displayed.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

161

datetime

Usage In addition to the configuration available on individual date controls, global date display can be configured by extending /wdk/config/datetimecontrol_config.xml. The following table describes datetime control configuration in this file: Table 10. Global datetime control conguration elements



Sets the default date format type for all instances of the datetime control, including those generated by docbaseattributelist control. Overridden by the dateformat and timeformat attributes on the datetime control.

.<default_type>

Specifies the type of Java DateFormat to apply (examples in parentheses). Valid values: short (12.13.52 or 3:30 pm) medium (Jan 12, 1952 3:30 pm) long (January 12, 1952 3:30:32 pm) full (Tuesday, April 12, 1952 AD 3:30:42 pm PST)

When you want to set a date and time programmatically in your component class, clear the datetime control by calling clear(), which clears day, month, and year. For example: private void resetDateTimeControl(DateTime dt) { if (dt != null) { dt.clear(); } }

Not all fields must be set for the control to be valid. The following table shows the state of each field and whether the combined state returns true for isValid(), isValidDate(), isValidTime(), and the value that will be displayed: Yr/Mo/ Day

Hour

Min

Sec

not set

isValid

isValid Date

isValid Time

Value

F

F

F

blank

all set

null

set

set

F

T

F

blank

all set

null

null

set

F

T

F

blank

all set

set

null

set

F

T

F

blank

all set

null

null

null

T

T

F

date,00: 00:00

all set

set

null

null

T

T

T

date, hr: 00:00

162

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datevalueformatter

Yr/Mo/ Day

Hour

Min

Sec

isValid

isValid Date

isValid Time

Value

all set

set

set

null

T

T

T

date, hr: min:00

all set

set

set

set

T

T

T

date, hr: min:sec

datevalueformatter Purpose Datevalueformatter control. Wraps a raw date value in milliseconds since 1970 and replaces the value with a formatted date value.

Attributes id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

type

(Optional) Format of the date to display. Maps to the Java DateFormat types; such as "short, "medium, "long, "full.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

163

dragdrop

Usage Table 11. Global datetime control conguration elements



Sets the default date format for all instances of the datevalueformatter control. Overridden by the type attribute on the datevalueformatter control.

.<default_type>

Specifies the type of Java DateFormat to apply (examples in parentheses). Valid values: short (12.13.52 or 3:30 pm) medium (Jan 12, 1952 3:30 pm) long (January 12, 1952 3:30:32 pm) full (Tuesday, April 12, 1952 AD 3:30:42 pm PST)

Deprecated controls Drag and drop dragdrop Purpose Indicates that one or more dragdropregion tags, or controls that implement drag and drop interfaces, are defined on the page

Attributes None.

Description Since 5.x

164

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

dragdropregion

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage To support drag and drop on the page, add the dragdrop tag to the page and a dragdropregion tag that contains controls to support a drag or drop (or both) operation. If you have a browsertree in your page, you do not need a dragdrop region tag: the browsertree control has an ondrop attribute. For more information about drag and drop, see Web Development Kit Development Guide.

dragdropregion Purpose Specifies that the contained control or controls support drag and/or drop operations. The specific operations are named in the control attributes.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides label or NLS value with string from a data source

dragenabled

(Optional) Whether dragging the control is supported (True) or not (False).

dragenableddatafield

(Optional) Alternative method of specifying whether the control supports dragging. The value of the attribute is used as a key to retrieve whether dragging of the control is supported.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

enableddroppositions

(Optional) Drop positions that are supported by the control. Valid values is a comma separated combination of above, below, and over.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

165

dragdropregion

enableddroppositionsdatafield

(Optional) Alternative method of specifying the type of drop positions that is supported. The value of the attribute is used as a key to retrieve the action drop positions.

focus

(Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

isbackground

(Optional) Whether the dragdrop region is the page background (True) or not (False).

label

(Optional) Label for dragdrop region.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.

ondrop

(Optional) Specifies the name of a method that handles the ondrop event. You must enter a value here and set a value for enableddroppositions to enable drop operations.

ondropdatafield

(Optional) Alternative method of specifying the name of the drop handler function. The value of the attribute is used as a key to retrieve the actual drop handler function

runatclient

(Optional) Whether the ondrop event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipdatafield

(Optional) Datafield that overrides the value of tooltip and tooltipnlsid.

166

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

dragdropregion

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage To support drag and drop on the page, add the dragdrop tag to the page and a dragdropregion tag that contains controls to support a drag or drop (or both) operation. If you have a browsertree in your page, you do not need a dragdrop region tag: the browsertree control has an ondrop attribute. To enable drop operations, set an ondrop event handler for the ondrop attribute and specific one or more supported drop positions for the enableddroppositions attribute. To enabled drag operations, set the dragenabled attribute to true. You can enable both operations for a region. Following are some examples of drag and drop regions: •

label in clipboard.jsp dragenabled=’true’



datagrid in /rooms/doclist_body.jsp enableddroppositions="<%=IDropTarget.DROP_POSITION_OVER%>" ondrop=’onDrop’ Note: This dragdropregion tag contains another nested dragdropregion tag that enabled drag



link in vdmlist_streamline.jsp ondrop=’onDrop’ enableddroppositions=’above,over,below’ dragenabled=’true’

For more information about drag and drop, see Web Development Kit Development Guide.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

167

form

Explorer Framework form Purpose Generates an HTML form on a Web page.

Attributes enctype

(Optional) Form data encoding type. Valid values are: multipart/form-data | application/x-www-form-urlencoded | text/plain. Set to "multipart/form-data on pages that upload file content such as check in, import and import rendition.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

keepfresh

(Optional) Whether to keep the form refreshed (True) or not (False). If the browser loads the form without sending a request back to the server (for example, when the user hits the Back button) a server post-back event is generated to render the component again. If the component is within a container, the container URL is refreshed.

168

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

webform

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

onkeepfresh

(Optional) JavaScript (client-side) event handler for the keepfresh event that is triggered when the user hits the Back button. In the Form class implementation, this method provides a URL for the refresh event. Your handler can override this implementation.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

webform Purpose Outermost tag containing all other taglib tags on a page. This represents the entire HTML page. Generates included JavaScript file references.

Attributes formclass

(Optional) Java class containing the event handler functions that are called when events are fired. If the JSP page is in a component, do not specify this attribute, because the component class handles events.

nlsbundle

(Optional) NLS bundle that is used by all the controls in the form. If the JSP page is in a

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

169

reclientevent

component, the component class specifies the nlsbundle attribute value. nlsclass

(Optional) Java NLS class that is used by all the controls in this form. If the JSP page is in a component, the component class specifies the nlsclass attribute value.

validation

(Optional) Whether to prevent (False) validation of controls on the form or not (True). Default is true. Only set to false when in development.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Generating client and server events reclientevent Purpose Fires a client JavaScript event when the JSP page is loaded. Can contain one or more controls to pass values to the event handler. Used by the application integrations framework.

Attributes enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

event

(Required) Name of an event handler on the client.

170

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

represubmitclientevent

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

includeargname

(Optional) Whether to pass event argument names and values to the handler (True) or only the value to the handler (False). Default is false.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

represubmitclientevent Purpose Fires a client JavaScript event before submitting the control event to the server. Can contain one or more controls to pass values to the event handler. Used by the application integrations framework.

Attributes controlid

(Optional) Name of the control for which to fire the event. The event is fired for any control onclick event. If this attribute’s value is not specified (default), then the client event is fired before form submission.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

171

postserverevent

event

(Required) Name of an event handler on the client. If a controlid is specified, the event fires only for the named control.

id

(Optional) ID for this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

includeargname

(Optional) Whether to pass event argument names and values to the handler (True) or only the value to the handler (False). Default is false.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

postserverevent Purpose Renders a postServerEvent() JavaScript call to a method in a class on the J2EE application server. This tag is used within a JavaScript function.

Attributes clientsidehandlermethod

(Optional) (WDK for Portlets only) Name of the client side JavaScript handler function.

controlid

(Optional) ID of the control that fires the event.

172

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

postserverevent

eventargname

(Optional) Name of an argument to be passed to the method specified in the handlermethod attribute. The argument value to be passed is specified in the eventargvalue attribute.

eventargname2

(Optional) Name of an argument to be passed to the method specified in the handlermethod attribute. The argument value to be passed is specified in the eventargvalue2 attribute.

eventargname3

(Optional) Name of an argument to be passed to the method specified in the handlermethod attribute. The argument value to be passed is specified in the eventargvalue3 attribute.

eventargname4

(Optional) Name of an argument to be passed to the method specified in the handlermethod attribute. The argument value to be passed is specified in the eventargvalue4 attribute.

eventargvalue

(Optional) Value of an argument to be passed to the method specified in the handlermethod attribute. The argument name is specified in the eventargname attribute.

eventargvalue2

(Optional) Value of an argument to be passed to the method specified in the handlermethod attribute. The argument name is specified in the eventargname2 attribute.

eventargvalue3

(Optional) Value of an argument to be passed to the method specified in the handlermethod attribute. The argument name is specified in the eventargname3 attribute.

eventargvalue4

(Optional) Value of an argument to be passed to the method specified in the handlermethod attribute. The argument name is specified in the eventargname4 attribute.

formid

(Optional) ID of the current form, for example, ’<%=form.getElementName()%>’

handlerid

(Optional) ID of the control that handles the event.

handlermethod

(Optional) Server method to be called. Required for standalone Web application; optional for WDK for Portlets.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

173

clientenvpanel

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage The following example from advsearchex.jsp renders a JavaScript function call to postServerEvent(), which in turns calls the event handler executeSavedSearch() in the AdvSearchEx class. The class containing the event handler must be imported in the JSP page:: <%@ page import="com.documentum.webcomponent.library.advsearch.AdvSearchEx" %> ... function executeSavedSearch() { }

Grouping user interface elements clientenvpanel Purpose Generates a panel that is displayed or hidden depending on the client environment. For example, the WDK login JSP page has one panel for the Application Connectors environment and another one for the non-connector environment.

174

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

clientenvpanel

Attributes environment

(Optional) String that specifies the client environment, which is specified in the application/environment/clientenv element of the app.xml.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

reversevisible

(Optional) Whether the panel is visible (False) or the reverse of the current visibility state (True) of the environment specified by the environment attribute. You can usually set this attribute to true to hide the panel. Default is false.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

Usage Your application can display different content depending on whether the client is using a Application Connector within a Microsoft Office application. For example, the WDK login page contains two login buttons. The button for the non-connector environment specifies a server-side event handler as follows:

The button for the connector environment specifies an event handler on the client opens a browser window for the application connector: <script> function onLogin() { try

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

175

pane

{ window.external.AppIntgProcessEvent("event=OnLogin"); } ... postServerEvent(null, null, null, "onLogin"); }
...

pane Purpose Pane control contained within a paneset control. Displays content that can be fixed or scrolled. For information about general scrollable paneset design, see Web Development Kit Development Guide.

Attributes id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

overflow

(Optional) Whether to generate a scroll bar (auto) or clip excessive content (hidden), if the content exceeds the scrolling area. Default is auto. Specify hidden for fixed panes, such as headers and footers.

printable

(Optional)

176

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

panel

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

panel Purpose Panel control that wraps a group of controls as a mechanism for hiding or displaying the group.

Attributes datafield

(Optional) Overrides the visible attribute value.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

mode

(Optional) Whether the datafield attribute value is a string or boolean. Default is string. If this attribute value is string and the datafield value’s string length is greater than 0, then the datafield attribute value is true. If this attribute value is boolean and the datafield attribute value is 1, T, or true, then the datafield attribute value is true.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

177

panel

reversevisible

(Optional) Whether the visible attribute is the boolean complement of the datafield attribute value (True) or not (False). Default is false. For example, when this attribute is set to true and the datafield value (in boolean mode) is true, then the visible attribute value is false.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage Panels can be used to display or hide elements within the JSP. For example, the newnotepage component hides a panel in onInit(): Panel panel = (Panel) getControl("optionspanel", Panel.class); panel.setVisible(false);

The panel is then displayed in onClickShowHideOptions(), which is called when the user clicks the Show/Hide options checkbox: Panel panel = (Panel) getControl("optionspanel", Panel.class); if (m_bShowOptions == true) { panel.setVisible(true); linkShowHideOptions.setLabel(getString("MSG_HIDE_OPTIONS")); } else { panel.setVisible(false); linkShowHideOptions.setLabel(getString("MSG_SHOW_OPTIONS")); }

The options panel and link that makes it visible are coded in the JSP page is as follows:
, . Displays the contents of its databound controls for all rows of data that are available or that are shown per page.

104

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datagridRow

Attributes align

(Optional) Horizontal alignment of the cell.

altclass

(Optional) Class for alternating lines (if required); for example: altclass= ’databoundExampleDatagridRowAlt’

altstyle

(Optional) CSS rule for alternating lines (if required); for example:

columns

(Optional) Number of columns in which to display the data. If this value is greater than zero, then the datagrid formats the data in the specified number of columns.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

height

(Optional) Height of the datagrid.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tooltip

(Optional) String that displays as a title for each row.

tooltipdatafield

(Optional) NLSID element that displays as a title for each row.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) Datafield that displays as a title for each row.

valign

(Optional) Vertical alignment of the cell.

width

(Optional) Width of the datagrid.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

105

datagridRowBreak

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage The number of rows displayed depends on data set size and paging options set on the parent datagrid tag. When the accessibility option is turned on in the user preferences, the datagridrow tag generates a title for the row based on the tooltip. This allows reader programs to navigate the generated rows of data. Use only one datagridRow tag within a datagrid.

datagridRowBreak Purpose Specifies a break in a DatagridRow control.

Attributes align

(Optional) Alignment of cells in the row (left, right, center, justify, or char)

altclass

(Optional) Sets the class for alternating lines if required; for example: altclass= ’databoundExampleDatagridRowAlt’

altstyle

(Optional) CSS rule for alternating lines,if required; for example:

bgcolor

(Optional) Background color for the cells in the row.

106

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datagridRowBreak

char

(Optional) Specifies a single character within a text fragment to act as an axis for alignment. The default value for this attribute is the decimal point character in HTML documents for the current language as set by the lang attribute (for example, the period (.) in English and the comma (,) in French).

charoff

(Optional) Specifies the offset to the first occurrence of the alignment character on each line. If a line does not include the alignment character, it will be horizontally shifted to end at the alignment position.

cssclass

(Optional) Sets the cascading style sheet class that is used to format the control.

dir

(Optional) Specifies the direction for the text as left-to-right (LTR) or right-to-left (RTL).

height

(Optional) Not used.

id

(Optional) ID for the control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP.

lang

(Optional) Language code, used to assist third-party software (such as, spelling and grammar checkers).

style

(Optional) A cascading style sheet rule enclosed in quotation marks; for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

title

(Optional) Title attribute for the row.

valign

(Optional) Vertical alignment setting for cells in the row.

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

107

datagridRowEvent

datagridRowEvent Purpose Specifies the event for which to register and the event handler in a DatagridRow control.

Attributes action

(Optional) ID of the action to be launched by this control.

eventhandler

(Optional) Name of the handler for the event.

eventname

(Required) Name of the event for which to register.

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies for the event to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage This control is disabled when its parent datagrid control’s rowselection attribute is true.

datagridRowModier Purpose Hides or disables contained controls when its parent datagrid’s rowselection attribute is true.

108

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datagridRowTd

Attributes skipbody

(Optional)

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

datagridRowTd Purpose Data cells in a datagrid control. Outputs
HTML tags with a marker class.

Attributes abbr

(Optional) HTML abbr attribute.

align

(Optional) HTML align attribute.

axis

(Optional) HTML axis attribute.

bgcolor

(Optional) HTML bgcolor attribute.

char

(Optional) HTML char attribute.

charoff

(Optional) HTML charoff attribute.

colspan

(Optional) HTML colspan attribute.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

dir

(Optional) HTML dir attribute.

headers

(Optional) HTML headers attribute.

height

(Optional) HTML height attribute.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

109

datagridTh

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lang

(Optional) HTML lang attribute.

nowrap

(Optional) HTML nowrap attribute.

rowspan

(Optional) HTML rowspan attribute.

scope

(Optional) HTML scope attribute.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

title

(Optional) HTML title attribute.

valign

(Optional) HTML valign attribute.

width

(Optional) HTML width attribute.

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage Place inside of a datagridRow control in a datagrid control. At runtime, if the number of data columns does not match the number of column head cells, an error is generated.

datagridTh Purpose Column heads in a datagrid control. Outputs
HTML tags with a marker class and
HTML tags that constrain each cell’s content.

110

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datagridTh

Attributes abbr

(Optional) HTML abbr attribute.

align

(Optional) HTML align attribute.

axis

(Optional) HTML axis attribute.

bgcolor

(Optional) HTML bgcolor attribute.

char

(Optional) HTML char attribute.

charoff

(Optional) HTML charoff attribute.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

dir

(Optional) HTML dir attribute.

headers

(Optional) HTML headers attribute.

height

(Optional) HTML height attribute.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lang

(Optional) HTML lang attribute.

nowrap

(Optional) HTML nowrap attribute.

resizable

(Optional) Boolean: Whether to enable the ability to resize the column head (True) or not (False). Default is false. Since 6.0.

rowspan

(Optional) HTML rowspan attribute.

scope

(Optional) HTML scope attribute.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

title

(Optional) HTML title attribute.

valign

(Optional) HTML valign attribute.

width

(Optional) HTML width attribute.

Description Since 6.0

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

111

dataoptionlist

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage Place this control inside of a datagrid control in the first

;

col1

(Optional) Specifies an HTML string to render between the label and value. Scripts are not supported. Default ==
&nbsp;

col2

(Optional) Specifies an HTML string to render between the value and validator. Scripts are not supported. Default ==


cssclass

(Optional) Sets the cascading style sheet class that is used to format the control.

id

(Optional) ID for the control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP.

122

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datatablerowattributelist

morelinkpost

(Optional) Specifies an HTML string to render after the Show More link. Scripts are not supported. Default ==


name

(Optional) Sets the name for the control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

object

(Required) Name of associated docbaseobject control on the JSP page.

post

(Optional) Specifies an HTML string to render after each docbaseattribute control. Scripts are not supported. Default ==


readonly

(Optional) Set to true to display attributes as read-only. This setting does not override or change the status of the attributes in the repository; it only applies to the rendering of the attribute inthe UI. The value of readonly == "false" can be overridden by the attributes component readOnly parameter.

separator

(Optional) Specifies HTML to render as a separator between attributes. Default ==

tags and content within the opening and closing nodatarow tags.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

129

row

Attributes align

(Optional) Horizontal alignment of the cells.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

height

(Optional) Height of the row.

id

(Optional) ID for this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks, for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}") to apply to this control.

valign

(Optional) Vertical alignment of the cells.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

row Purpose Generates a static header or footer HTML table row inside the data grid control. Adds the static data row above or below the dynamic datagridrows. Can be used in place of
<% /* Options */ %>


178

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

paneset



paneset Purpose Contains pane controls to allow scrolling, so that buttons stay in view and content within a pane is scrolled. One outermost paneset to a JSP page, which can contain nested panesets. For information about general scrollable paneset design, see Web Development Kit Development Guide.

Attributes bottompadding

(Optional) Bottom padding (in pixels) of the paneset control. Applies only to the outermost paneset control in a page.

cols

(Optional) Width for the contained panes; for example, cols=’110, *, 40’. The asterisk (*) indicates that the middle pane uses the remaining browser space. You must specify either rows or columns, but not both.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

leftpadding

(Optional) Left padding (in pixels) of the paneset control. Only valid for the outermost paneset control in a page.

minheight

(Optional) Minimum height (in pixels) of the paneset control. Only valid for the outermost paneset control in a page.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

179

paneset

minwidth

(Optional) Minimum width (in pixels) of the paneset control. Only valid for the outermost paneset control in a page.

name

(Required) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

rightpadding

(Optional) Right padding (in pixels) of the paneset control. Only valid for the outermost paneset control in a page.

rows

(Optional) Height (in pixels) for the contained panes; for example, rows=’110, *, 40’. The asterisk (*) indicates that the middle pane uses the remaining browser space. You must specify either rows or columns, but not both.

toppadding

(Optional) Top padding (in pixels) of the paneset control. Only valid for the outermost paneset control in a page.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage Controls on the JSP page that are outside the dmf:paneset control may not be visible. If you are displaying data from a datagrid in multiple panes, set the rendertable attribute to false so that the datagrid does not render markup. Instead, manually add
start and close tags within your tags. You can globally configure all paneset controls in your application by extending the paneset configuration file /wdk/config/panesetcontrol_config.xml. The following attributes can be globally configured for the outermost paneset and the inner panesets independently: toppadding, bottompadding, leftpadding, and rightpadding.

180

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

tab

tab Purpose Generates a tab control within a tabbar control.

Attributes datafield

(Optional) Overrides value and NLS ID with data from a data source.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

height

(Optional) Height of the tab and overrides the tabheight property in the tabbar control.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.

onchange

(Optional) Event that is fired after the user changes the tab. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

runatclient

(Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

181

tabbar

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

value

(Optional) Text that is displayed on the tab.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

width

(Optional) Width of the tab and overrides the tabwidth property in tabbar.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

tabbar Purpose Generates a tab bar control (non-graphical).

Attributes align

(Optional) Alignment of the text on all of the tabs. Valid values are: left, right, center. Default is center.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

disabledclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to the text of disabled tabs.

disabledstyle

(Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule (enclosed in quotes) to apply to the text of the disabled control.

182

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

tabbar

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

imagefolder

(Optional) Folder in which the tab bar graphics are stored. If the graphics are not found in this folder, a non-graphical tab bar is displayed.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

normalclass

(Optional) Class to apply to text of normal tabs.

normalstyle

(Optional) Style to apply to text of normal tabs.

onchange

(Optional) Event fired when a user selects a tab. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted.

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

runatclient

(Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

scrollable

(Optional) Whether to enable scrolling through tabs if all tabs are not visible within the browser page (True) or not (False). Default is false. Supported only when the tabposition attribute value is top (for both graphical and non-graphical tab bars). Container must define a width (paneset, table). Scrolling arrow images (chevrons) can be placed in tabbar image folder for a theme.

selectedclass

(Optional) Class to apply to text of selected tabs.

selectedstyle

(Optional) Style to apply to text of selected tabs.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

183

tabbar

showtabs

(Optional) Whether to display tabs (True) or non-clickable, non-graphic roadmap for use in wizard containers only (False). Default is true. If this attribute is set to false, the values of these attributes are ignored for rendering: tabposition, imagefolder, and onclick.

tabheight

(Optional) Height of all the tabs. Default is 10. Use the height property on a tab to override this attribute.

tabposition

(Optional) Position of the tabs on the page. Valid values are: top, bottom, left, right. Default is top.

tabwidth

(Optional) Width of all the tabs. Default is 60. Use the width property on a tab to override this attribute.

value

(Optional) Text displayed on the selected tab. Sets the name of the initial tab.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage You can add scolling arrows (chevrons) to a theme. The images must be in the folder /theme_name/images/tabbar/top where theme_name is the name of your theme. The images must have the following names: backward_enabled.gif, backward_disabled.gif, forward_enabled.gif, and forward_disabled.gif. Note: To have a scrollable tabbar, the containing HTML element must have a fixed width. For example, the containing table cells in Webtop’s tabbar.jsp set fixed widths as follows:


The Webtop streamline view has its own set of images. The images must be in the folder /theme_name/imagesstreamline/tabbar/top where theme_nameis the name of your theme. The images must have the following names: backward_enabled.gif, backward_disabled.gif, forward_enabled.gif, and forward_disabled.gif.

HTML body Purpose Generates an HTML tag.

Attributes alink

(Optional) HTML alink attribute.

background

(Optional) HTML background attribute.

bgcolor

(Optional) HTML bgcolor attribute.

bottommargin

(Optional) Distance (in pixels) between the body text and browser window bottom margin.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class that is applied to this control.

dir

(Optional) HTML dir attribute.

height

(Optional) HTML height attribute.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lang

(Optional) HTML lang attribute.

leftmargin

(Optional) Distance (in pixels) between the body text and browser window left margin.

link

(Optional) HTML link attribute.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

185

body

marginheight

(Optional) HTML marginheight attribute.

marginwidth

(Optional) HTML marginwidth attribute.

onload

(Optional) JavaScript event handler for the HTML body onload event.

onunload

(Optional) JavaScript event handler for the HTML body onunload event.

rightmargin

(Optional) Distance (in pixels) between the body text and browser window right margin.

showdialogevent

(Optional) Whether to allow the page to be rendered in an Application Connector dialog window (True) or not (False).

sizepreference

(Optional) Whether to save the user’s resize preference for an Application Connector dialog window (True) or not (False). Default is true.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

text

(Optional) HTML text attribute.

title

(Optional) HTML title attribute.

titlenlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the title attribute value.

topmargin

(Optional) Distance (in pixels) between the body text and browser window top margin.

vlink

(Optional) HTML vlink attribute.

width

(Optional) HTML width attribute.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

186

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

button

button Purpose Generates an HTML button.

Attributes accessible

(Optional) Deprecated in 6.0.Whether accessible mode is on (True) or off (False). (Only used with the imagefolder attribute)

align

(Optional) Deprecated in 6.0.6.0: This attribute is ignored.Pre-6.0: (Image label only) Alignment of the label text.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides label or nlsid with data from a data source.

default

(Optional) Whether this button is the default button on the page (True) or not (False). Must be used with a text control or another control that has the defaultonenter attribute set to true. When the user presses the Enter key, the default button event is fired.

disabledclass

(Optional) Deprecated in 6.0. CSS class to apply to the disabled control.

disabledstyle

(Optional) Deprecated in 6.0. Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule (enclosed in quotes) to apply to the disabled control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

height

(Optional) Height of the image.

hotkeyid

(Optional) Value of a id attribute in the hotkeys configuration file (hotkeys.xml, located in /webcomponent/config) that references the keyboard shortcut command string for this control.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

187

button

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

imagefolder

(Optional) Deprecated in 6.0.6.0: Sets the folder that the button graphics are stored in. If the graphics are not found in this folder or this attribute is not specified, then an HTML button is rendered.Pre-6.0: Sets the folder that the button graphics are stored in. If graphics are not found in this folder, an HTML button will be drawn.

label

(Optional) Value stored in the control and displayed as text on the button.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.

onchange

(Optional) Event fired when this control is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).

onclick

(Required) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

runatclient

(Optional) Whether the event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

src

(Optional) Image to be used for the button.

srcdisabled

(Optional) Image to be used when the button is disabled.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

188

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

button

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipdatafield

(Optional) Datafield that overrides the value of tooltip and tooltipnlsid.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

width

(Optional) Width of the image.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage In pre-6.0, by default, this control rendered the HTML tag; if the imagefolder attribute was specified, then the


184

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

body

......
xxxLABELxxx
HTML tags were rendered; if the src attribute was specified then the HTML tag was rendered.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

189

checkbox

In 6.0, by default this control renders the HTML tags.

checkbox Purpose Generates an HTML checkbox form control.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides value with data from a data source

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

focus

(Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) Text label for the checkbox.

labelalign

(Optional) Alignment of the checkbox label. Valid values are: left, right

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.

190

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

checkbox

onchange

(Optional) Event fired when this control is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

runatclient

(Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

value

(Optional) Whether the control is checked (True) or unchecked False). Default is false.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

191

datadropdownlist

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage The checkbox supports the onclick event for which you must implement your own server side event handler. Checkbox also supports an onchange event that is fired when the form is resubmitted.

datadropdownlist Purpose Generates an HTML drop down list control. Holds option tags or a single dataoptionlist control that contains a databound option tag.

Attributes autocompleteenabled

(Optional) (Boolean) Enables (True) or disables (False) autocompletion on the control. Default is True.

autocompleteid

(Optional) Key that is used to store the autocomplete list in the user preferences. You can set the same ID on two text controls, for example, if they share the same set of suggestions. If the control has no ID specified, the ID will be generated based on the form id and text control name, in the form consisting of formid_controlid. For docbaseattribute controls that render a text control, an ID is generated using the attribute name, for example, keyword or title.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

192

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datadropdownlist

editable

(Optional) Whether the user can type in a value (True) or not (False).

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

focus

(Optional) Whether to accept focus (True) or not (False).

id

(Optional) ID ofthis control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

maxautocompletesuggestionsize

(Optional) Number of matching suggestions to display to the user. Default is 10.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

onchange

(Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).

onselect

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). The form is not submitted until the onselect event is fired.

query

(Optional) Displays query or recordset as a drop down list. Use dataoptionlist tag within datadropdownlist for databound values. Use the option tag within datadropdownlist for static output. The DQL query that is passed to the data provider has the following form: query="select r_object_id, user_name from dm_user where user_name like ’a%’ "

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the onselect event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

193

datadropdownlist

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

value

(Optional) The selected value.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

width

(Optional) Horizontal length of the drop down list control.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

194

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

datalistbox

datalistbox Purpose Generates an HTML list box control. Use the dataoptionlist tag within dataoptionlist for databound values. Use the option tag within dataoptionlist for static output.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

focus

(Optional) To accept focus (True) or not (False).

height

(Optional) Vertical length of the drop down list control.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

onchange

(Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).

onselect

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). The form is not submitted until the onselect event is fired.

query

(Optional) DQL query to retrieve data for a dataoptionlist control, for example: query="select r_object_id, user_name from dm_user"

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the onselect event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

195

datalistbox

size

(Optional) Number of rows of selectable data visible in the listbox. Scrollbars are used if more rows are available.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

value

(Optional) The selected value.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

width

(Optional) Horizontal length of the drop down list control.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

196

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

div

div Purpose Generates HTML
open and close tags.

Attributes align

(Optional) HTML align attribute.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafld

(Optional) HTML datafld attribute.

dataformatas

(Optional) HTML dataformatas attribute.

datasrc

(Optional) HTML datasrc attribute.

dir

(Optional) HTML dir attribute.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lang

(Optional) HTML lang attribute.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

title

(Optional) HTML title attribute.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

197

dropdownlist

dropdownlist Purpose Generates an HTML drop-down list control. Contains option tags or a single dataoptionlist control that contains a databound option tag.

Attributes autocompleteenabled

(Optional) (Boolean) Enables (True) or disables (False) autocompletion on the control. Default is True.

autocompleteid

(Optional) Key that is used to store the autocomplete list in the user preferences. You can set the same ID on two text controls, for example, if they share the same set of suggestions. If the control has no ID specified, the ID will be generated based on the form id and text control name, in the form consisting of formid_controlid. For docbaseattribute controls that render a text control, an ID is generated using the attribute name, for example, keyword or title.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the value attribute with data from a data source.Since 6.0.

editable

(Optional) Whether the user can type in a value (True) or not (False).

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

focus

(Optional) Whether to accept focus (True) or not (False).

forceselection

(Optional) Whether it is required (True) or optional (False) for the user to select an entry from the dropdown box. If true is specified, no item is selected initially. If false is specified, the first item in the list is selected initially.

198

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

dropdownlist

height

(Optional) Vertical length of the drop down list control

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

maxautocompletesuggestionsize

(Optional) Number of matching suggestions to display to the user. Default is 10.

name

(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

onchange

(Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).

onselect

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). The form is not submitted until the onselect event is fired.

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies whether the onselect event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

199

dropdownlist

being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0. tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

value

(Optional) The selected value.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

width

(Optional) Horizontal length of the drop down list control

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage Options in the list can be set programmatically using the method addOption(). For example: DropDownList dropdown = (DropDownList) get Control ( DOCBASE, DropDownList.class); Option option1 = new Option(); option1.set Value(value1); option1.set Label (value1); dropdown.addOption(option1);

The onchange event does not submit the form, so you cannot use the onchange event to update other lists or controls on the JSP page. If you need to update another control, handle the onselect event in your component class with a method that does nothing, and handle the onchange event with a method that performs the control update. For example: public void onSelectTypeFilter(DropDownList control, ArgumentList args) { String strMode = control.getValue(); // Control update logic here updateControls(); }

200

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

dropdownorlabel

When the dropdown list is rendered for a required attribute value with value assistance, forceselection is set to true and the default value is selected. If the required attribute does not have a default value, no item will be selected and the user will be forced to select an item.

dropdownorlabel Purpose Displays a label if there is only one value to display; otherwise displays a drop-down list.

Attributes enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

onchange

(Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted.

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

Description Since 6.0

Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

201

frame

frame Purpose Generates HTML tags.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

frameborder

(Optional) Whether to display a frame border (True) or not (False)

marginheight

(Optional) Height (in pixels) between the frame and browser window margin.

marginwidth

(Optional) Width (in pixels) of the spacing between the frame and browser window margin.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the title attribute value.

noresize

(Optional) Whether to make the frame resizeable (False) or not (True).

scrolling

(Optional) Whether to display scroll bars for the frame (True) or not (False).

src

(Optional) Source of the frame content. Can be URL to component, HTML page, or JSP page (HTML or JSP path must be relative to application root). For example: src=’/component/toolbar’ or src=’/webtop/classic/workarea.jsp’

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

title

(Optional) Title to display for the frame.

202

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

frameset

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

frameset Purpose Generates HTML tags.

Attributes border

(Optional) Border (in pixels) around the image, if the frameborder attribute is set to true. Default is 0 (zero) pixels (that is, no border).

cols

(Optional) Width (in pixels) of each column. Cannot be used with the rows attribute. Use an asterisk (*) to specify that the width is determined by the browser. For example: rows="24,*"

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

frameborder

(Optional) Whether to display a frame border (True) or not (False).

framespacing

(Optional) Width (in pixels) of the spacing between frames.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Sets the name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

203

head

onload

(Optional) Event to be fired in the frameset onload event.

onunload

(Optional) Event to be fired in the frameset onunload event.

rows

(Optional) Height (in pixels) of each row. Cannot be used with the cols attribute. Use an asterisk (*) to specify that the height is determined by the browser. For example: rows="24,*"

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

head Purpose Generates HTML open and close tags.

Attributes None.

Description Since 5.x

204

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

helpimage

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

helpimage Purpose Renders an image that launches context-sensitive help.

Attributes alttext

(Optional) Text to display when holding the mouse pointer over this control.

border

(Optional) Border (in pixels) around the image. Default is 0 (zero) pixels (that is, no border).

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the value of the src attribute with a URL from a data source.

height

(Optional) Height of this control.

hspace

(Optional) Horizontal margin (white space padding to the left and right) around the image.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) Overrides the alttext and nlsid attribute values.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

205

helpimage

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

src

(Optional) URL to the image on the server. Can be a path on the server or in the repository, for example:src="/webtop/component/getcontent? objectId=0900303980005172"The repository icon may affect performance.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

vspace

(Optional) Vertical margin (white space padding to the top and bottom) around the image.

width

(Optional) Width of this control.

Description Since 5.x

206

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

html

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

html Purpose Generates HTML open and close tags.

Attributes doctype

(Optional) Whether the W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 doctype (strict) or the W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional doctype (empty string) is used. Default is an empty string.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

iconwell Purpose Generates an HTML icon well that displays icons either horizontally or vertically and associates an onclick event with the icon. This control replaces the component tabs in the 5.2.x locator components. Each component that uses an iconwell control must configure it in the component definition.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

207

iconwell

Attributes align

(Optional) Horizontal alignment (the HTML align attribute for the TD element).

border

(Optional) Border (in pixels) around the image, if it is a link. Default is 0 (zero) pixels (that is, no border).

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

disabledbgimage

(Optional) Overrides the image specified for the disabled icon background in the component definition.

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

highlightedbgimage

(Optional) Overrides the image specified for the highlighted icon background in the component definition.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

normalbgimage

(Optional) Overrides the image specified for the normal icon background in the component definition.

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). When onclick is used, the image is turned into a link.

renderorientation

(Optional) Whether the well of icons is oriented vertically (vertical) or horizontally (horizontal). Default is horizontal.

runatclient

(Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

208

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

iconwell

selectedbgimage

(Optional) Overrides the image specified for the selected icon background in the component definition.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage The iconwell control can be used to render a group of icons that launch actions or components. The set of icons is configured in the definition file for the component that includes an iconwell tag. This allows you to have a different set of icons for each component. The iconwell configuration elements are described below: ... 1 2component_or_action_id 3path_to_icon 4 5string_or_nlsid_element 6<normalbgimage>path_to_background_image 7path_to_disabled_background_image 8<selectedbgimage>path_to_selected_background_image 9path_to_highlighted_background_image 10<defaultid>component_or_action_id

The locator and locatorcontainer classes, Locator and LocatorContainer respectively, add a configuration value that can be read by locator components. Add the element and set the value to true to display the component name instead of the repository name as the breadcrumb in a locator. 1 Contains configuration for the component icons 2 ID of an action or component that will be launched by the icon. This value must match the value of the action or component ID in its XML definition.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

209

image

3 Path within a theme directory to the icon. For example, a path of /icons/perspective/inbox32.gif would map to a file at /root_directory/custom/theme/mytheme/icons/perspective\inbox32.gif. See Web Development Kit Development Guidefor information on how themes are located. 4 Specifies a string value or element whose key represents a label for the icon 5 Specifies a string value or element whose key represents a tooltip for the icon 6 Path within a theme directory to the image that supplies the background for icons in the normal (unselected and enabled) state 7 Path within a theme directory to the image that supplies the background for icons in the disabled state (action not valid for user or context) 8 Path within a theme directory to the image that supplies the background for icons in the selected state 9 Path within a theme directory to the image that supplies the background for icons in the highlighted state (mouseover) 10 ID of an action or component that will initially selected when the iconwell is rendered (default action or component)

image Purpose Generates an HTML image tag ().

Attributes alttext

(Optional) Alternate text to be displayed as a tooltip and when the image fails to load.

border

(Optional) Border (in pixels) around the image, if it is a link. Default is 0 (zero) pixels (that is, no border).

datafield

(Optional) Overrides the value of src attribute with a URL from a data source.

height

(Optional) Height of the image control.

hspace

(Optional) Horizontal margin (white space padding to the left and right) around the image.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

210

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

image

label

(Optional) Overrides the alttext and nlsid attribute values.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the alttext attribute value.

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). When onclick is used, the image is turned into a link.

runatclient

(Optional) Specifies that the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

src

(Optional) URL to the image on the server. Can be a path on the server or in the repository, for example: src="/webtop/component/getcontent? objectId=0900303980005172" The repository icon may affect performance.

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

211

option

vspace

(Optional) Vertical margin (white space padding to the top and bottom) around the image.

width

(Optional) Width of the image control.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

option Purpose Contains a single static name/value pair entry. Use this tag inside a dropdownlist, listbox, datadropdownlist, or datalistbox control. The name attribute is required. The value can be set on the tag, or it can be passed in from a result set.

Attributes datafield

(Optional) Overrides value with data from a data source.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) Text to display to the user in the drop down list or list box.

labeldatafield

(Optional) Overrides label with data from a data source.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

212

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

radio

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

value

(Optional) Value that is displayed in a drop down list or list box.

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

radio Purpose Generates an HTML radio element.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) Sets the CSS class that is applied to this control.

datafield

(Optional) Overrides value with data from a data source

enabled

(Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

213

radio

group

(Required) Group of radio buttons of which the radio button is a member. Only one radio button in the group can be selected at any one time.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

label

(Optional) Label text for the radio button.

labelalign

(Optional) Alignment of the radio button label. Uses HTML text alignment attributes.

name

(Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.

nlsid

(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.

onchange

(Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).

onclick

(Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).

runatclient

(Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

214

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

radio

tabindex

(Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.

tooltip

(Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.

tooltipnlsid

(Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.

value

(Optional) Whether the radio element is displayed as selected (True) or deselected (False).

visible

(Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

Usage The user can select only one radio widget in the group. To check which radio has been selected by the user in your component class, check the state of each radio, similar to the following: if (((Radio)getControl("ctrl1", Radio.class)).getValue()) { // do something for ctrl1 } else if (((Radio)getControl("ctrl2", Radio.class)).getValue()) {

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

215

span

// do something for ctrl2 }

span Purpose Generates HTML <span> open and close tags.

Attributes cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

datafld

(Optional) HTML datafld attribute.

dataformatas

(Optional) HTML dataformatas attribute.

datasrc

(Optional) HTML datasrc attribute.

dir

(Optional) HTML dir attribute.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lang

(Optional) HTML lang attribute.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

title

(Optional) HTML title attribute.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

216

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

table

table Purpose Generates HTML open and close tags.

Attributes align

(Optional) HTML align attribute.

bgcolor

(Optional) HTML bgcolor attribute.

border

(Optional) HTML border attribute.

cellpadding

(Optional) HTML cellpadding attribute.

cellspacing

(Optional) HTML cellspacing attribute.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class that is applied to this control.

datapagesize

(Optional) HTML dir attribute.

dir

(Optional) HTML dir attribute.

frame

(Optional) HTML frame attribute.

id

(Optional) ID for this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lang

(Optional) HTML lang attribute.

rules

(Optional) HTML rules attribute.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

summary

(Optional) HTML summary attribute.

title

(Optional) HTML title attribute.

width

(Optional) HTML width attribute.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

217

td

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

td Purpose Generates HTML
(table cell) open and close tags.

Attributes abbr

(Optional) HTML abbr attribute.

align

(Optional) HTML align attribute.

axis

(Optional) HTML axis attribute.

bgcolor

(Optional) HTML bgcolor attribute.

char

(Optional) HTML char attribute.

charoff

(Optional) HTML charoff attribute.

colspan

(Optional) HTML colspan attribute.

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

dir

(Optional) HTML dir attribute.

headers

(Optional) HTML headers attribute.

height

(Optional) HTML height attribute.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lang

(Optional) HTML lang attribute.

nowrap

(Optional) HTML nowrap attribute.

rowspan

(Optional) HTML rowspan attribute.

218

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

th

scope

(Optional) HTML scope attribute.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

title

(Optional) HTML title attribute.

valign

(Optional) HTML valign attribute.

width

(Optional) HTML width attribute.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

th Purpose Generates HTML
(table head) open and close tags.

Attributes abbr

(Optional) HTML abbr attribute.

align

(Optional) HTML align attribute.

axis

(Optional) HTML axis attribute.

bgcolor

(Optional) HTML bgcolor attribute.

char

(Optional) HTML char attribute.

charoff

(Optional) HTML charoff attribute.

colspan

(Optional) HTML colspan attribute.

EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide

219

title

cssclass

(Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.

dir

(Optional) HTML dir attribute.

headers

(Optional) HTML headers attribute.

height

(Optional) HTML height attribute.

id

(Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.

lang

(Optional) HTML lang attribute.

nowrap

(Optional) HTML nowrap attribute.

rowspan

(Optional) HTML rowspan attribute.

scope

(Optional) HTML scope attribute.

style

(Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"

title

(Optional) HTML title attribute.

valign

(Optional) HTML valign attribute.

width

(Optional) HTML width attribute.

Description Since 5.x

Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)

title Purpose Generates HTML open and close tags.<br /> <br /> 220<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> tr<br /> <br /> Attributes None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> tr Purpose Generates HTML <tr> (table row) open and close tags.<br /> <br /> Attributes align<br /> <br /> (Optional) HTML align attribute.<br /> <br /> bgcolor<br /> <br /> (Optional) HTML bgcolor attribute.<br /> <br /> char<br /> <br /> (Optional) HTML char attribute.<br /> <br /> charoff<br /> <br /> (Optional) HTML charoff attribute.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> dir<br /> <br /> (Optional) HTML dir attribute.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> lang<br /> <br /> (Optional) HTML lang attribute.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 221<br /> <br /> pagenav<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> title<br /> <br /> (Optional) HTML title attribute.<br /> <br /> valign<br /> <br /> (Optional) HTML valign attribute.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Imaging Services pagenav Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Attributes actiontype<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> controlid<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> controltype<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> 222<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> param<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> param Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Attributes name<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 223<br /> <br /> viewercontrol<br /> <br /> viewercontrol Purpose The Image Viewer Control is a wrapper WDK control that must be associated with an Image Viewer provider, such as Daeja ViewOne Pro or Adobe Acrobat Reader.<br /> <br /> Attributes activeXClsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> activeXDownloadUrl<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> activeXMayscript<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> activeXScriptable<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> align<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> alt<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> archive<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> code<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> codebase<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> hspace<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> mayscript<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> object<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> provider<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> vspace<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) For to do: Need description.<br /> <br /> 224<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewercontrol<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage To associate the control with an Image Viewer provider, you only need to map its APIs and parameters appropriately. The Daeja ViewOne Pro Viewer is provided as a reference implementation. The Image Viewer Control is a WDK control as defined below. <dmimg:viewercontrol Provider=ProviderName height=nnnwidth=nnnhspace=nnnvspace=nnn> <dmimg:param name=name1 value=value1/> <dmimg:param name=name2 value=value2/> ... </dmimg:viewercontrol><br /> <br /> The Image Viewer Control can be embedded into a WDK form in a JSP page as: <%@page contentType="text/html"%> <%@ taglib uri="/WEB-INF/tlds/dmform_1_0.tld" prefix="dmf" %> <%@ taglib uri="/WEB-INF/tlds/dmimaging_1_0.tld" prefix="dmimg" %> <dmf:html> <dmf:head> <dmf:webform/> <dmf:title>Documentum Image Viewer/dmf:title> </dmf:head> <dmf:body> <dmf:form> <dmimg:viewercontrol Provider=Daeja name="viewONE" id="viewONE" width="1024" height="800" hspace="0" vspace="0" align="middle"> objectId=xxxxxx <dmimg:param name="demo" value="document"/> ... </dmimg:viewercontrol> </dmf:form> </dmf:body> </dmf:html><br /> <br /> Depending on the object type of the viewer and the kind of the browser used, the control will render the viewer into appropriate HTML tags at runtime. The browser and platform requirements on the client side depend on the chosen viewer. The Control will be rendered into different HTML tags depending on the viewer provider. In the case of an applet, it will be rendered into:<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 225<br /> <br /> viewercontrol<br /> <br /> <applet id=viewer1codebase=xxx.xxx.xxx rel="nofollow"> <param name=name1value=value1/> <param name=name2value=value2/> ... </applet><br /> <br /> If the viewer provider is an ActiveX plug-in such as Adobe Acrobat Reader, it will be rendered into: <object id=viewer2 > <param name=codebase value=xxx.xxx.xxx> <param name=name1value=value1> <param name=name2value=value2> ... </object><br /> <br /> Other tag attributes are standard attributes for the control such as id, name, height, width, codebase, archive, etc. Multiple Image Viewer controls with different types can be embedded in the same page or component. You should also be able to swap the viewers for different document types based on your configuration. To support this scenario, besides the tag, the specific Image Viewer Provider should add the Javascript function mappings during configuration time and the file should be included in the HTML <Javascript>. The functions may look like: <Script language=Javascript1.2> Function {providername}_ nextpage( viewerid ){ // call Image Viewer Provider specific functions } Function {providername}_prevpage( viewerid ){ } Function {providername}_goto( viewerid ){ } ... </Script><br /> <br /> The {providername}in the function is used so that more than two different image viewers can be embedded in one JSP page. Here is a list of third-party viewers: Provider<br /> <br /> Control Type<br /> <br /> Name in WDK Control<br /> <br /> Brava, by IGC<br /> <br /> ActiveX only; applet is no longer supported<br /> <br /> Brava<br /> <br /> ViewOne Pro, by Daeja<br /> <br /> Applet<br /> <br /> Daeja<br /> <br /> Acrobat Reader, by Adobe<br /> <br /> ActiveX<br /> <br /> AcrobatReader<br /> <br /> To map the viewer provider Javascript functions to the Image Viewer Framework during configuration, it is convenient to have a schema for mapping the functions. The following is one of the suggested XML formats and the detail can be updated after the implementation: <?xml version="1.0"?> <mapping><br /> <br /> 226<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewercontrol<br /> <br /> <function name=nextpage> <param name=controlId/> <param name=page /> <providerinfo name=Daeja function=Daeja_nextpage /> <providerinfo name=Brava function=Brava_nextpage /> </function> <!-- repeat other functions --> ... </mapping><br /> <br /> Since the Image Viewer WDK control is a standard WDK control, which is essentially derived from Control and ControlTag classes, it comes with a number of common properties that enable JSP configuration of the controls to utilize the WDK infrastructure: •<br /> <br /> cssclassis used in the branding framework<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> nlsidand tooltipnlsidare used in the locale framework<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> datafieldand tooltipdatafieldare used in the databinding framework<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> enabledand visibleare used in the action framework<br /> <br /> Other common properties include: •<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> tooltippandrunatclient<br /> <br /> The <dmimg:param />tag is used to specify parameters used by the customized control depending on what provider is chosen. This parameter will be rendered into a different html parameter tag depending on whether the control is an applet or an object and which browser is being used. The Image Viewer Control should have its own control type and be available to use in the Forms Builder. The control will show as a black box at design time but the properties should be configurable through the Forms Builder. Those properties will show as parameters of the control at runtime. The Image Viewer Control will provide the following interfaces: •<br /> <br /> The configuration parameters or attributes for the control itself. This includes parameters such as archive, code, ObjectId, cabbase, viewer provider name, width, and height. These parameters can be set through Forms Builder or at design time when the WDK form is embedded in a WDK component through <init-controls>.<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> The entries for setting up the server side handlers such as configuration service, document or page service, annotation service, and document/page manipulation service. It should also include the server side error notification handler. The service information can be preconfigured at the application level such as app.xml because it is shared by all the Image Viewer Controls regardless of the image viewer provider chosen.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 227<br /> <br /> viewercontrol<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> The common Javascript APIs included (but not limited to) are: — OpenDoc(), CloseDoc() — NextPage(), PrevPage() — FirstPage(), LastPage() — GotoPage() — ToggleAnnotation() — SaveAnnotation() Within each function call, it will call viewer-specific functions depending on the viewer provider chosen. The definition of those functions can be preconfigured or mapped through the configuration administrator.<br /> <br /> To add a new viewer provider to the WDK application: 1.<br /> <br /> Set up the viewer-related attributes, such as the viewer file path containing JAR, OCX, and any related files.<br /> <br /> 2.<br /> <br /> Provide the viewer Javascript API function mapping file. For example, the Daeja.js file contains all the necessary function mappings needed for imaging services if using the Daeja ViewOne Pro viewer.<br /> <br /> To associate the control with an Image Viewer provider in a WDK form, you only need to: 1.<br /> <br /> Specify the provider name, e.g., Daeja or Brava.<br /> <br /> 2.<br /> <br /> Provide any custom parameters the viewer needs. The framework will provide some parameters by default. Due to the diversity of the viewers, the new parameters must be added during implementation when it is necessary.<br /> <br /> To configure the provider-specific attributes, which include codebase, main Java class name, archive, code, cabbase, etc., the following code sample shows the proposed XML format. All the attributes can be specified in a configuration XML file for all the viewer providers. <IvfConfiguration> <ViewerProviders> <ViewerProvider name=Daeja> <param> <name>codebase</name> <value>mycodebase path</value> <description>xxxx</description> </param> <!-other parameters-> </ViewerProvider> <ViewerProvider name="Brava"> ... ... </ViewerProvider> </ViewerProviders> </IvfConfiguration><br /> <br /> 228<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewercontrol<br /> <br /> The Image Viewer Control will retrieve the information to populate the control at runtime. Those parameters can always be overwritten by providing customized values in <viewercontrol>. For more details on the Image Viewer Control parameters, see . As with other WDK controls, the Image Viewer Control can be associated with a viewer component in the typical manner. There are some default configuration setting that can be set through the <init-controls>configuration element, as shown in the following code sample: <component id=...> ... <init-controls> <control name=myimageviewer type=com.documentum.imaging.control.ImageViewerControl> <init-property> <property-name>Provider</property-name> <property-value>Daeja</property-value> </init-property> </control> ... ... </init-controls> </component><br /> <br /> To use the Image Viewer Control tag, the following configuration tasks need to be completed: 1.<br /> <br /> Copy the file dmimaging_1_0.tldto the folder: {WDKApp}|WEB-INF|tlds|.<br /> <br /> 2.<br /> <br /> Copy the imaging library dmimg.jarto the folder: {WDKApp}|WEB-INF|tlds|.<br /> <br /> 3.<br /> <br /> Configure the supported document formats through the viewer component configuration XML, as shown in the following code sample: <config version=1.0> <scope type=dm_document> <component id=viewercomponent extends=...> <pages> ... ... </pages> <formats> <format>tiff</format> <format>bmp</format> <format>gif</format> <format>PDF</format> <format>crtext</format> <format>text</format> <format>jpeg</format> </formats> </component> </config><br /> <br /> Other configuration settings for the component should be set by following the existing WDK standard. The Image Viewer Control parameters are defined in the ivf_config.xml file, as follows:<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 229<br /> <br /> viewercontrol<br /> <br /> Table 12. Image Viewer Control Parameters<br /> <br /> Parameter<br /> <br /> Value<br /> <br /> Description<br /> <br /> _EnableThumbnails<br /> <br /> viewmode<br /> <br /> For Daeja, use viewmode, but can also indicate position choices for thumbnails such as thumbsleft, right, or top. For Brava, just use _EnableThumbnails with a value of True or False. One mapping is sufficient.<br /> <br /> _filename<br /> <br /> filename<br /> <br /> For Daeja, use filename.<br /> <br /> _ObjectId<br /> <br /> filename<br /> <br /> ObjectId will be converted to filename if the _filename parameter does not exist. Otherwise, there is no effect.<br /> <br /> _BaseURL<br /> <br /> baseUrl<br /> <br /> This is not needed by Daeja, but it is used internally in the control class.<br /> <br /> _ReadOnly<br /> <br /> ReadOnly<br /> <br /> For Daeja, use helpURL.<br /> <br /> _ImageSaveHandler<br /> <br /> ImageSavePost<br /> <br /> Save with type=image or type=annotation. Daeja uses imageSavePost.<br /> <br /> _ConfigHandler<br /> <br /> ConfigHandler<br /> <br /> Retrieves the settings in XML format, but none of the viewers support it.<br /> <br /> _EventHandler<br /> <br /> eventhandler<br /> <br /> For Daeja, use eventhandler.<br /> <br /> _EventFilter<br /> <br /> eventInterest<br /> <br /> Returns interested events only. Daeja uses eventInterest.<br /> <br /> _AnnotationEncoding<br /> <br /> annotationEncoding<br /> <br /> Daeja uses UTF8.<br /> <br /> _EnableAnnotation<br /> <br /> annotate<br /> <br /> Daeja uses annotate.<br /> <br /> _EnableAnnotationEdit<br /> <br /> annotateEdit<br /> <br /> Daeja uses annotate.<br /> <br /> _EnableCache<br /> <br /> ACMEnabled<br /> <br /> Daeja uses ACMEnabled.<br /> <br /> _CachePath<br /> <br /> cachePath<br /> <br /> Daeja uses cachePath.<br /> <br /> _BackgroundColor<br /> <br /> backcolor<br /> <br /> Daeja uses backcolor.<br /> <br /> _EnablePrinting<br /> <br /> defaultprintdoc<br /> <br /> Daeja uses defaultprintdoc.<br /> <br /> 230<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> xformsdatasortlink<br /> <br /> Parameter<br /> <br /> Value<br /> <br /> Description<br /> <br /> _EnableMagnifier<br /> <br /> externalMagnifier<br /> <br /> Daeja uses externalMagnifier.<br /> <br /> _HelpURL<br /> <br /> helpURL<br /> <br /> Daeja uses helpURL.<br /> <br /> xformsdatasortlink Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Attributes column<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional)For internal use only.<br /> <br /> forwardicon<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> icon<br /> <br /> (Optional)For internal use only.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> mode<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> reverseicon<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> reversesort<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 231<br /> <br /> xformslistvalueformatter<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> xformslistvalueformatter Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Attributes datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> 232<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> componentinclude<br /> <br /> Including components componentinclude Purpose Includes a component within a form. If the component to be included is a container, you must use containerinclude instead of componentinclude.<br /> <br /> Attributes component<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of component to include.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> page<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the component start page.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 233<br /> <br /> containerinclude<br /> <br /> containerinclude Purpose Used in a container JSP as a placeholder for the contained components. The contained components are specified in the container XML definition file.<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Including other pages forminclude Purpose Includes the contents of another form at the point of the tag insertion.<br /> <br /> 234<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> fragment<br /> <br /> Attributes formclass<br /> <br /> (Required) Java class containing the event handler functions called when events are fired in the included JSP page.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsbundle<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS bundle used by all the controls in the included form.<br /> <br /> nlsclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Java NLS class used by all the controls in the included form.<br /> <br /> src<br /> <br /> (Required) JSP file to be included.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> fragment Purpose Includes a fragment of a JSP page in the current page. The actual fragment that is dispatched at runtime is dependent on the client environment (clientenv).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 235<br /> <br /> fragment<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> src<br /> <br /> (Optional) Absolute or relative path to the fragment: Absolute path Use an absolute path to always include the same fragment regardless of runtime context. An absolute path begins with "/, such as src=/wdk/fragments/ modal/ModalContainerStart.jsp. Relative path Use a relative path to dispatch a fragment based on runtime context. For example, src=modal/ModalContainerStart.jsp.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage The user’s clientenv context and the fragment bundle lookup mechanism that is used for runtime dispatching are described in detail in Web Development Kit Development Guide.<br /> <br /> 236<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> tagpooldetector<br /> <br /> Internal use only tagpooldetector Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Attributes value<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> webcontainerrequirements Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Attributes None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 237<br /> <br /> componenturl<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Links componenturl Purpose Component navigation URL (link). Use the argument tag to pass arguments and set the context.<br /> <br /> Attributes component<br /> <br /> (Required) Target component to be displayed.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) String to display as the link.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> page<br /> <br /> (Optional) Component page to display.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> 238<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> inlinewebform<br /> <br /> target<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the target frame.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> inlinewebform Purpose Forces the JSP engine to buffer the output stream for webform controls and clear the buffer before a jump or nest to another component. This tag is required for portlets. Error messages are forwarded to the portal’s registered error handler.<br /> <br /> Attributes None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage A wrapper JSP page, /wdk/inlinewebform.jsp, contains the <dmf:inlinewebform> tag, which redirects to the actual target URL. The wrapper page is called by the <dmf:form> tag for portal environments.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 239<br /> <br /> link<br /> <br /> You do not need to add this tag to every JSP pages that is used in your portal application. The wrapper page will be called transparently for all pages containing a <dmf:form tag> in an application uses a portal environment.<br /> <br /> link Purpose Generates a hyperlink to an event handler.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the label and nlsid attributes with a string from a data source.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> hotkeyid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value of a <hotkey> id attribute in the hotkeys configuration file (hotkeys.xml, located in /webcomponent/config) that references the keyboard shortcut command string for this control.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) Label for the link.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.<br /> <br /> 240<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> link<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Required) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipdatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that overrides the values of the tooltip and tooltipnlsid attributes.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 241<br /> <br /> open<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> open Purpose Opens a URL with the specified URL and optional event. Can be an external HTML page.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the label attribute to display a label for the link. For example: uridatafield= ’<%=SearchResultSet.ATTR_URL%>’<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) String or NLSID to display as a label.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.<br /> <br /> options<br /> <br /> (Optional) HTML options for the new browser window.<br /> <br /> sendcontext<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to add context to the URI (True) or not (False). For external targets, set this attribute to false.<br /> <br /> 242<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> open<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> target<br /> <br /> (Optional) Target window. Default is _wdkChild.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipdatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that overrides the values of the tooltip and tooltipnlsid attributes.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> uri<br /> <br /> (Optional) URI for the new window. This URI can be supplied by a component class or externalized to the component definition. For example: uri;’http://localhost:8080/wdk/ component/inboxdrilldown’<br /> <br /> uridatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that supplies the URI; overrides the uri attribute.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 243<br /> <br /> colorpicker<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Media and transformation colorpicker Purpose Displays a colored bar that allows user to select a color value from 216 colors. The colorpicker GIF is located in images/color/colorpicker.gif. This control’s attributes are set by the Media Transformation Services component transformationdetails. The component has settings for the colorpicker control attributes that override the defaults shown below.<br /> <br /> Attributes colorvalue<br /> <br /> (Optional) Initial RGB color value before selection; for example, 76fa34. Default = null<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of the colorpicker display. Default is 20 pixels.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> 244<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> thumbnail<br /> <br /> numberofrows<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of rows in the colorpicker. Default is 12.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of the colorpicker display. Default is 100 pixels.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> thumbnail Purpose Displays a small (maximum 100x100 pixel) thumbnail image generated and stored on the thumbnail server, which is integrated with a Content Server.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 245<br /> <br /> thumbnail<br /> <br /> Attributes alttext<br /> <br /> (Optional) Text to display when holding the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> border<br /> <br /> (Optional) Border (in pixels) around the image, if it is a link. Default is 0 (zero) pixels (that is, no border).<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the objectid attribute with data from a data source.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of the image control.<br /> <br /> hspace<br /> <br /> (Optional) Horizontal margin (white space padding to the left and right) around the image.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the alttext attribute.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the alttext attribute value.<br /> <br /> objectid<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the object for which to find the thumbnail image.<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). When onclick is used, the image is turned into a link.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> 246<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> transformationparameter<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> vspace<br /> <br /> (Optional) Vertical margin (white space padding to the top and bottom) around the image.<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of the image control.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> transformationparameter Purpose Displays parameters for media profiles (dm_media_profile type) such as ike font size, color, width, and height. Media profiles are located in /System/Media Server in repositories that have installed Media Transformation Services.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 247<br /> <br /> menu<br /> <br /> Attributes name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage The control data is set at runtime from a component by setting its dataprovider with a TopicResultSet of data that makes up the topic. For example: public void setTopicControl( ITopic topic, String[] attributes) { topicData = new TopicResultSet(attributes, topic); Topic topicControl = (Topic)getControl( CONTROL_TOPIC, Topic.class); DataProvider dataProvider = topicControl.getDataProvider( ); dataProvider.setScrollableResultSet(topicData); }<br /> <br /> Menu grouping menu Purpose Generates a JavaScript menu or sub-menu. This tag must be contained within a menugroup tag. Menus can also be generated from <actionlist rel="nofollow"> elements within an action configuration file for an object type.<br /> <br /> 248<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> menu<br /> <br /> Attributes accessible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable (True) or disable (False) accessible mode. Menus are not displayed in accessible mode.<br /> <br /> configid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Will be deleted soon. Was to support configurable menus.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of this control. This value is ignored for graphic menus.<br /> <br /> horizontal<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether menu items are horizontal (True) or vertical (False). If this attribute value is empty or invalid, then the left.gif, right.gif and bg.gif label graphics are displayed or, if they are not found, a normal label is displayed instead of an image label. Default is false.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Menu title.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of the control. Default is the length of the value attribute’s string.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 249<br /> <br /> menucong<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> menucong Purpose Displays a menu defined in a menu configuration file (an XML file that contains a config/scope/menuconfig element structure).<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the config/scope/menuconfig element to display.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> menugroup Purpose Specifies the visual appearance of nested menu tags.<br /> <br /> 250<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> menugroup<br /> <br /> Attributes accessible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable (True) or disable (False) accessible mode. Menus are not displayed in accessible mode.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> imagefolder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Folder in which the label graphics are stored. If left.gif, right.gif and bg.gif are not found, a normal label is displayed instead of an image label.<br /> <br /> menubarclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class that defines the normal style of a menu bar (menu button). The default class is named menubar.<br /> <br /> menubardisabledclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class that defines the style used when the menu is disabled.<br /> <br /> menubarhighlightclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class that defines the highlighted menu bar.<br /> <br /> menuclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class that defines the normal style of a popup menu. The default class is named menu.<br /> <br /> menudisabledclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class that defines the style used when the menu is disabled.<br /> <br /> menuhighlightclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class that defines the highlight style of the selected menu item. The default class is named menuHighlight.<br /> <br /> menuseparatorclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class that defines the separator style. The BACKGROUND-COLOR specifies the separator color.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> render<br /> <br /> (Optional) Kind of HTML element to render. Valid value is: button. A value of button causes the menu bar to be rendered as an HTML button. If this attribute’s value is invalid, the default behavior is applied. Default is .Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> target<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the frame in which the popup is to be displayed. By default, the popup is displayed in the same frame.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 251<br /> <br /> menugroupactionmap<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> menugroupactionmap Purpose Used by components in the Application Connectors (appintg) environment to create an action map and return it to the authoring application in the form of an event argument.<br /> <br /> Attributes enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> menugroupid<br /> <br /> (Required) Menu that is defined in the <menugroupid> element of the appintgcontroller component definition.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 252<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> menugroupcong<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> menugroupcong Purpose Generates the initial menu map that is passed to the Application Connector authoring application.<br /> <br /> Attributes enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> menugroupid<br /> <br /> (Required) Menu that is defined in the <menugroupid> element of the appintgcontroller component definition.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 253<br /> <br /> menuitem<br /> <br /> menuitem Purpose Renders a menu item. Must be used within a menu tag.<br /> <br /> Attributes accessible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable (True) or disable (False) accessible mode. Menus are not displayed in accessible mode.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> hotkeyid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value of a <hotkey> id attribute in the hotkeys configuration file (hotkeys.xml, located in /webcomponent/config) that references the keyboard shortcut command string for this control.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> imageicon<br /> <br /> (Optional) URL to an image to display on the left-hand side of the menu item. Do not include the custom folder in the URL.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> 254<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> menuseparator<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Menu item text.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> menuseparator Purpose A menu separator control used within menu.<br /> <br /> Attributes accessible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable (True) or disable (False) accessible mode. Menus are not displayed in accessible mode.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 255<br /> <br /> bookmarklink<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Navigational aids bookmarklink Purpose Generates an icon that the user can click to create an Internet Explorer or Firefox favorite to a DRL for an object.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Link text; overrides the nlsid and label attributes.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False). Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> href<br /> <br /> (Optional) Target of the link. Default is the drl component.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) Link text.<br /> <br /> 256<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> bookmarklink<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed..<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Behavior unknown.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute. Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.Since 6.0: In Internet Explorer, Drag to desktop, email or document to create link, or click to Add to Favorites is displayed;. In FireFox, Click to Add to Favorites is displayed.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 257<br /> <br /> breadcrumb<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage Because this control requires JavaScript, it is only available in Internet Explorer and Firefox. In FireFox, the bookmark is initially created to load in the sidebar. If user wants the bookmark to open on the main page, the user must uncheck the Load this bookmark in the sidebar checkbox in the bookmark’s properties.<br /> <br /> breadcrumb Purpose Displays a web-style navigation path (breadcrumb) that a user can click to navigate.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> displayleaf<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to display leaf cells when they are selected (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> leafcssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to display for a breadcrumb leaf.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> 258<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> breadcrumb<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event that is fired when the user clicks on the breadcrumb. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Required) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> onclickroot<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event to be fired when the user clicks the first link in the breadcrumb control. This event is handled only if a relative path is displayed.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> separator<br /> <br /> (Optional) Character to separate each path element.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 259<br /> <br /> breadcrumb<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Current path displayed by the breadcrumb.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage These topics are included: •<br /> <br /> Navigation path changes from absolute to relative, page 261<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> Global configuration, page 260<br /> <br /> Global conguration You specify global configuration for all instances of the breadcrumb control in the wdk/config/breadcrumbcontrol_config.xml file. You can configure these elements: Element<br /> <br /> Description<br /> <br /> breadcrumbcontrolconfig<br /> <br /> Contains configuration elements.<br /> <br /> displayleaf<br /> <br /> Whether a breadcrumb control should show its leaf (current folder).<br /> <br /> leafcssclass<br /> <br /> CSS class to be used to display the leaf. If <displayleaf> is set to true and no value is supplied for <leafcssclass>, the breadcrumb class is used to display the leaf.<br /> <br /> 260<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> breadcrumb<br /> <br /> Element<br /> <br /> Description<br /> <br /> breadcrumbserviceconfig<br /> <br /> This XML structure is used to configure the BreadcrumbService class. Parent: scope Children: enablerelativepath Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> enablerelativepath<br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to enable relative and absolute paths (True) or only absolute paths (False). Parent: breadcrumbserviceconfig Children: None. Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> Navigation path changes from absolute to relative Since 6.0. By default, the navigation path starts from a top-level node in the browser tree (that is, an absolute path). When a user jumps to a location from a component specified in the relativepathcomponents element structure in the wdk/config/breadcrumbcontrol_config.xml file, the path changes to start from the component (that is, relative to the componentnot absolute from a top-level node). For example, when a user clicks Folder A on the Search Results page, Search/Folder A is displayed for the navigation path. Then, the user clicks Folder B in Folder A, the navigation path is displayed as Search/Folder A/Folder B. The navigation path changes from a relative path to an absolute path when the user performs one of these actions: •<br /> <br /> Clicks a node in the browser tree (when the browser tree is not the virtual document manager)<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> Clicks an object in the Versions, Relationships, Renditions, Locations views<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> Clicks a container in the Search Results page (when row selection is off).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 261<br /> <br /> formurl<br /> <br /> formurl Purpose Generates a form navigation link (URL). The argument tag can be used to pass arguments to the form.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class fo apply to this control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) Text displayed as the link.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> target<br /> <br /> (Optional) Target frame to display the form. Default is the current frame.<br /> <br /> url<br /> <br /> (Required) Form JSP file. For example, url=’<%=strContextPath + "/wdk/samples/ control_pen/formurlPen.jsp"%>’<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 262<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> primaryfolderpathlink<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> primaryfolderpathlink Purpose Displays for a given sysobject the first full primary folder path on which the user has full browse permissions on all parts of the path. If the sysobject id refers to a cabinet, the rendered parent folder path is ’/’.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that supplies the folder path.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) Folder path (truncated or full) to display for the link.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Required) Event fired when the user clicks clicks the folder path link. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 263<br /> <br /> primaryfolderpathlink<br /> <br /> showfullpath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to render the whole path (True) or to truncate it (False) when the path exceeds four folders. When the path is truncated, an ellipses (...) is displayed to represent the truncated folder names and only the first two folder names (including the cabinet) and the last two folder names are displayed. For example: /cabinet/folder1/.../folder4/folder5.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> 264<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> lebrowse<br /> <br /> Object and le selection lebrowse Purpose Launches a file browser on the user’s system.<br /> <br /> Attributes autocompleteenabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Enables (True) or disables (False) autocompletion on the control. Default is True.<br /> <br /> autocompleteid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Key used to store the autocomplete list in the user preferences. You can set the same ID on two text controls, for example, if they share the same set of suggestions. If the control does not have an ID specified, the ID is generated using this syntax: formid_controlid. formid is the form id attribute and controlid is the text control name. For docbaseattribute controls that render a text control, an ID is generated using the attribute name; for example, "keyword or "title.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the label or nlsid attribute on the browse button with data from the data dictionary.<br /> <br /> defaultonenter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether pressing the Enter key calls the JavaScript handleKeyPress() function (True) or not (False). Must be used with a button (on the same page) that has its default attribute set to true. The button event is fired when the user presses the Enter key in the defaultonenter control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 265<br /> <br /> lebrowse<br /> <br /> fileupload<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to upload the file when a file path is specified and a form submitted (True) (also called, upload mode), or to upload the file name only and not the file contents (False) (also called, default filename only mode).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> maxautocompletesuggestionsize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of matching suggestions to display to the user. Default is 10.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label on the browse button.<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Server-side event handler.<br /> <br /> onselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user selects a file. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onselect event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of file browser control.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute<br /> <br /> 266<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> leselectorapplet<br /> <br /> are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0. tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) File name, including path, selected in the browser.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> leselectorapplet Purpose Generates a file selector for browsing to a file on the user’s local system. The user can drag files or directories onto the browser when the applet is loaded, and the files will be imported. This applet is used in the importcontainer component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 267<br /> <br /> leselectorapplet<br /> <br /> Attributes align<br /> <br /> (Optional) Horizontal alignment of applet text. Valid values are the same as those for the HTML IMG tag: left, right, top, texttop, middle, absmiddle, baseline, bottom, absbottom.<br /> <br /> alt<br /> <br /> (Optional) Text to be displayed when the browser understands the applet tag, but cannot run Java applets.<br /> <br /> fileselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable selecting files (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> folderselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable adding directories (True) or not (False). Must be true to enable drag and drop of folders.<br /> <br /> folderselectmode<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies how folder contents are selected. Valid values are: root Only the current folder node is selected; descendants are not selected. tree The root folder and all its children are selected, including their folder structure. contents (Default) Only the files contained in the folder are selected.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Required) Height of the applet.<br /> <br /> hspace<br /> <br /> (Optional) Margin (n pixels) for the right and left sides of the applet in the browser window.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> launchonstart<br /> <br /> (Optional) Dialog box to display when the applet is started. Valid values are: selectFolders Select Folders dialog box. selectFiles Select Files dialog box. null No dialog box is launched. If the attribute value collides with the fileselect or folderselect attributes, then no action is taken.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable multiple file selection (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> 268<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> folderselectionvalidator<br /> <br /> object<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object to be serialized and encoded as a string.<br /> <br /> onfileselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event to fire when a file has been selected.<br /> <br /> showbuttonpanel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to show the Change button for HTTP import (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> vspace<br /> <br /> (Optional) Margin (in pixels) above and below the applet in the browser window.<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Required) Width of the applet.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage The file selector applet look and feel is configured in the fileSelectorAppletStyle.properties file located in the /theme/css directories of each application layer. The image paths for the file selector are specified in /WEB-INF/classes/com/documentum/web/form/control/fileselector/FileSelectorImageProp.properties.<br /> <br /> folderselectionvalidator Purpose Ensures that the user has sufficient permission to select the folder and to import into it. Checks user permission and folder security. For example, in the import component, this control validates the multidocbasetree control.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 269<br /> <br /> booleanformatter<br /> <br /> Attributes controltovalidate<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the control to validate.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Output formatting booleanformatter Purpose Wraps a boolean value with a formatted ouput, such as True, T, False, or F.<br /> <br /> 270<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docformatvalueformatter<br /> <br /> Attributes falsenlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the NLS key to look up the string for false.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> truenlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the NLS key to look up the string for true.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> docformatvalueformatter Purpose Wraps a raw Documentum format code, such as msw97, with a full description of the format from the data dictionary (in this example, Microsoft Word 97).<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 271<br /> <br /> docsizevalueformatter<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> docsizevalueformatter Purpose Wraps a raw Documentum object size value, such as 12500.0, with a formatted value in KB or MB as appropriate (in this example, 12.5 KB).<br /> <br /> Attributes datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the type attribute.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type. If set to a value of dm_folder or one of its subtypes, the formatter displays a blank value instead of 0 KB for objects of the specified object type.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> 272<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> folderexclusionformatter<br /> <br /> folderexclusionformatter Purpose Excludes the contents if the object type is folder. Can be used to hide inappropriate attributes for folders, such as version or authors.<br /> <br /> Attributes datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that supplies the folder object type.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Folder object type.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> htmlsafetextformatter Purpose Formats text into HTML safe form by replacing strings that may be misinterpreted by the browser, such as <, >, &, newline characters, and single and double quotes.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 273<br /> <br /> messageaddressformatter<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> messageaddressformatter Purpose Formats the addresses in dm_message_route objects related to a dm_message_archive object.<br /> <br /> Attributes datafield<br /> <br /> (Required) Attribute to be formatted; for example, to_addr, cc_addr, bcc_addr.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> 274<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> multilinestringlengthformatter<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> multilinestringlengthformatter Purpose Formats strings that span multiple lines.<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> lineseparator<br /> <br /> (Optional) Line separator in the string to be formatted.<br /> <br /> lineseparatoroutput<br /> <br /> (Optional) Line separator to be used in the output string.<br /> <br /> maxlen<br /> <br /> (Optional) Maximum length of the string after which it is truncated.<br /> <br /> maxlennlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Localized value of maxlen (integer). You can have a different maximum length for strings depending on locale.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> postfix<br /> <br /> (Optional) Postfix string appended to the truncated string, for example, ”.<br /> <br /> postfixnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Localized value of postfix string.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 275<br /> <br /> noopformatter<br /> <br /> showastooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the untruncated value is to be shown as a mousever tooltip when the string gets truncated (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> wrapped<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the maxlen attribute applies to the entire string (False) or to each word in the string (True). For example, if maxlen=’5’ and wrapped=’true’, the string "hello world" would not be truncated, because the string can wrap between words and no word exceeds the length of 5. If wrapped=’false’, the string would be truncated after "hello".<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> noopformatter Purpose Prevents the label string of this control’s child tag from being escaped.<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> 276<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> numberformatter<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> numberformatter Purpose Formats numeric data that is returned in result sets as doubles, including integer and float values.<br /> <br /> Attributes blankifzero<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether a 0 (zero) is to be formatted as an empty space (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> format<br /> <br /> (Optional) Format mask for the display, for example, format="$###.##"<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Required) Type of number. Valid values are: integer, percent, or float (currency is not implemented).<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 277<br /> <br /> objectidformatter<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> objectidformatter Purpose Formats attributes stored as r_object_id to names (for example, user_name, object_name, group_name).<br /> <br /> Attributes datafield<br /> <br /> (Required) Column to be used as the value for the control.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> 278<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> policystatenameformatter<br /> <br /> policystatenameformatter Purpose Displays the state name using the policy ID.<br /> <br /> Attributes datafield<br /> <br /> (Required) Datafield that provides the state name.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> rankvalueformatter Purpose Wraps a raw score (from 0.0 to 1.0) of a Verity search (pre-5.3 repository only) with a formatted HTML table containing a score bar graph. The ranking is based upon the number of occurrences of the search string in a given object’s content or attributes and indicates the relevance of objects returned by a search.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 279<br /> <br /> stringlengthformatter<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> stringlengthformatter Purpose Truncates a string and provides a mouseover popup that contains the untruncated string.<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> maxlen<br /> <br /> (Optional) Maximum length of the string after which it is truncated.<br /> <br /> maxlennlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Localized value of maxlen (integer). You can have a different maximum length for strings depending on locale.<br /> <br /> 280<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> termshighlightingformatter<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> postfix<br /> <br /> (Optional) Postfix string appended to the truncated string, for example, ”.<br /> <br /> postfixnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Localized value of postfix string.<br /> <br /> showastooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the untruncated value is to be shown as a mousever tooltip when the string gets truncated (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> wrapped<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether maxlen applies to the entire string (False) or to each word in the string (True). For example, if maxlen=’5’ and wrapped=’true’, the string "hello world" would not be truncated, because the string can wrap between words and no word exceeds the length of 5. If wrapped=’false’, the string would be truncated after "hello".<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> termshighlightingformatter Purpose Formats a document by highlighting matching terms (exact matching and case insensitive). Ignores text between "< > characters.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 281<br /> <br /> argument<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the values of the terms attribute<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> separator<br /> <br /> (Optional) String to be used between two matching terms<br /> <br /> terms<br /> <br /> (Optional) List of terms to be highlighted<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Passing arguments argument Purpose Generates arguments that are passed to a control’s event handler.<br /> <br /> 282<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> argument<br /> <br /> Attributes datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the value attribute with data from a data source. If the data source is not available, a null value is used.(Optional) Overrides the value attribute with data from a data source. If the data source is not available, a null value is used.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Argument value.(Optional) Argument value.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 283<br /> <br /> argument<br /> <br /> argument Purpose Generates arguments that are passed to a control’s event handler.<br /> <br /> Attributes contextvalue<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the datafield attribute.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the value attribute with data from a data source. If the data source is not available, a null value is used.(Optional) Overrides the value attribute with data from a data source. If the data source is not available, a null value is used.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.(Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.(Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Argument value.(Optional) Argument value.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> 284<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> password<br /> <br /> Passwords password Purpose Text control whose characters are displayed as * in the browser.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> defaultonenter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether pressing the Enter key calls the JavaScript handleKeyPress() function (True) or not (False). Must be used with a button (on the same page) that has its default attribute set to true. The button event is fired when the user presses the Enter key in the defaultonenter control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> forcereenter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether, when the password control is re-drawn, the text in it is deleted (True) or not (False). Deleting the text in the password control forces the user to re-enter a password.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Server-side event handler. This event is fired after the form is submitted.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 285<br /> <br /> password<br /> <br /> required<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to force the user to provide input to the password control on login before the authentication service is invoked (True) or not (False). Default is true. If this attribute is set to false, you must also remove the requiredfieldvalidator tag for the password control on the login JSP page.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onselect event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Length of the password control.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value stored in the control and displayed in the password control.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> 286<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributeselector<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Preferences attributeselector Purpose Displays a list of attributes from which the user can compose and order items. The items are either a list passed into the control or the attributes of a selected object type. Control state is manipulated on the client and passed to the server via a hidden field when the page is submitted. This control is used in the columnselector component to select attribute columns for display.<br /> <br /> Attributes buttoncssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to button appearance.<br /> <br /> buttoncssstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule to apply to button appearance.<br /> <br /> buttonheight<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height (in pixels) of the button.<br /> <br /> buttonimagefolder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Location of the image folder, if buttons are used to display items.<br /> <br /> buttonwidth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width (in pixels) of the button.<br /> <br /> disabledclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to the disabled control.<br /> <br /> disabledstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule (enclosed in quotes) to apply to a disabled item.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 287<br /> <br /> attributeselector<br /> <br /> docbasetypes<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited list of the object type names to display in the Docbase types dropdown list.<br /> <br /> docbasetypeslabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Label to be displayed for the Docbase type dropdown list.<br /> <br /> docbasetypesnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS string to be displayed as label for the Docbase type dropdown list.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> items<br /> <br /> (Optional) Serialized list of items to be displayed in the available items listbox. This list is supplied when the user selects an object type or by the component class. The default list before selection is provided by the component definition, in the <columns> element.<br /> <br /> itemslabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Label for the available items list.<br /> <br /> itemsnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS string for the available items list label.<br /> <br /> listboxcssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to lisboxes.<br /> <br /> listboxcssstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule to apply to listboxes.<br /> <br /> listboxwidth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of the listboxes.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> orderingenabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable up and down buttons that change the order of the list (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> selecteditems<br /> <br /> (Optional) Serialized list of items to be displayed in the selected items listbox.<br /> <br /> selecteditemslabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Label for the selected items list.<br /> <br /> selecteditemsnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS string for the selected items list label.<br /> <br /> showlabels<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to display data dictionary labels (True) or the actual names (False) of object types and attributes.<br /> <br /> 288<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributeselector<br /> <br /> showrepeatingattributes<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to display repeating attributes when displaying all the attributes for a given type (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the listboxes. Default is 10.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage A serialized list of items can be an array of one string (value) or two strings (value and label). By default, the list of items to be displayed is provided by the component definition, in the columns element. For example, the drilldown component definition specifies that the object_name attribute will be displayed but the title attribute will not, in the following excerpt: <columns> <!-- <loadinvisibleattribute>true</loadinvisibleattribute>--> <column> <attribute rel="nofollow">object_name</attribute> <label><nlsid>MSG_NAME</nlsid></label> <visible>true</visible> </column> <column> <attribute rel="nofollow">title</attribute> <label><nlsid>MSG_TITLE</nlsid></label> <visible>false</visible> </column> ... </columns><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 289<br /> <br /> authoringapplicationformatter<br /> <br /> authoringapplicationformatter Purpose Displays the string, "Web Browser", if the authoring application opens in a browser (that is, a system inline application), the string, "Default Application" if it opens in a desktop application (that is, a system default application), otherwise, it displays the path to the authoring application on the user’s local machine.<br /> <br /> Attributes name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> columnlist Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Attributes columnlabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> columnnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> 290<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> columnlist<br /> <br /> columns<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> columnsparamname<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> defaultselectedcolumns<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> defaultselectedcolumnsparamname<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> docbasetypes<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> editcomponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> editcontainer<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> inheritinglabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> inheritingpreference<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> inherits<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> namelabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> namenlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> selectedcolumns<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> selectedcolumnsparamname<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> showrepeatingattributes<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 291<br /> <br /> preference<br /> <br /> preference Purpose Displays a preference for a component and saves user entries. This control embeds a columnlist control that generates a label and value in each row and, optionally, a description label below this row.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that provides a preference to be displayed. Overrides the value and preferenceid attributes.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> preferenceid<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the preference to be retrieved. One of the following attributes must have a value: preferenceid, datafield, or value.<br /> <br /> scopeid<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the preferencescope control.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Preference to be displayed; overrides the preferenceid attribute.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> 292<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> preferencedisplaygroups<br /> <br /> Usage The preference control instantiates the columnlist control and provides the label to display the current column selection and a link that nest to the Column Selector component to modify the list of columns. Preferences for a component, and default preference values, must be defined in the component Configuration file, within a <preferences> element. See Web Development Kit Development Guidefor more information on defining component preferences. User preferences that apply across components are defined in the general preferences component.<br /> <br /> preferencedisplaygroups Purpose Renders preferences that have display group configuration definitions in the <preferencedisplaygroups> element of a component definition (for example, the display_preferences component definition). This control loops around the preference groups defined in <preferencedisplaygroups> element and renders the enclosed body content for each iteration.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> prefidattrname<br /> <br /> (Required) Value of this attribute defines the name of the page context attribute in which the current preference id is stored.<br /> <br /> scopeid<br /> <br /> (Required) Value of this attribute is used to bind the preferencedisplaygroup to the preferencescope control and has essentially the same role as the scopeid on the preference control (which defines the scope for the preferencedisplaygroup configuration lookup).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 293<br /> <br /> preferencedisplaygroups<br /> <br /> scopeidattrname<br /> <br /> (Required) Value of this attribute defines the name of the page context attribute in which the scopeid for the preferencedisplaygroup tag is stored.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage Preference can be displayed in groups. The following elements can be added to the component definition to display groups: <preferencedisplaygroups> <group id=xxx> <members> <preference-ref id=a1 /> <preference-ref id=a2 /> ... </members> <label><nlsid>MSG_FOO</nlsid></label> </group> <group id=yyy> ... </group> ... </preferencedisplaygroups><br /> <br /> The order of groups and the order of preferences inside a group controls the display of preference groups. The preference-ref element must have an ID that matches an existing preference id in the <preferences> element of the component definition. The group <label> is used for rendering the group title.<br /> <br /> 294<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> preferencescope<br /> <br /> preferencescope Purpose Used internally by the preference control to retrieve preference data. This control is hidden on the JSP page, which must contain one or more preference controls.<br /> <br /> Attributes componentid<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> context<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> defaultscope<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> onselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> userlevelprefscomponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 295<br /> <br /> docbasefoldertree<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage This control should not be used independently. It is called by the WDK preferences framework.<br /> <br /> Repositories docbasefoldertree Purpose Generates a folder tree hierarchy of the cabinets and folders in a repository. Set the limit for number of folders to be displayed in the tree in the Environment.properties file (in /WEB-INF/classes/com/documentum/web/formext). Larger numbers are replaced with a More Folders link.<br /> <br /> Attributes cachechildren<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether children are cached when nodes are collapsed. Default is true.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> disabledclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to the text of disabled rows.<br /> <br /> disabledstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule (enclosed in quotes) to apply to a disabled tree item.<br /> <br /> dragenabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable (True) or disable (False) drag and drop to and from the tree.<br /> <br /> 296<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docbasefoldertree<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> frameborder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether a frame border is required (True) or not (False). Default is true. Valid only when the width and height attributes are specified.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of the entire tree control. Use with the width attribute. The tree is placed in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> includeassemblydocuments<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to include virtual document snapshots in the tree (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> includevirtualdocuments<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to include virtual documents in the tree (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable multiple expansion of tree nodes (True) or not (False). Setting this attribute to true might have a negative impact performance.<br /> <br /> multiselectdepth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Level at which multiple expansion is supported. For example, a level of 2 prevents multiple repositories (level 1) from being expanded in the tree.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nodeheight<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of an individual node graphic. Default is 17. If node images exist, the default is the height of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> nodewidth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of an individual node graphic. Default is 17. If node images exist, the default is the width of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> normalclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to text of normal rows.<br /> <br /> normalstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes to apply to a normal tree item.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 297<br /> <br /> docbasefoldertree<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> oncollapse<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user attempts to collapse a node. If you override this node, then you need to write code to collapse the appropriate node.<br /> <br /> ondrop<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of an event handler for the drop event in the component class<br /> <br /> onexpand<br /> <br /> (Optional) Fired when the user attempts to expand a node. If you override this node, then you need to write code to expand the appropriate node.<br /> <br /> rootpath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Repository path to the root folder of the tree. Default is the repository root itself.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> selectedclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class to apply to the text of selected rows.<br /> <br /> selectedstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes to apply to a selected tree item.<br /> <br /> showicons<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether icons for each tree item are displayed (True) or not (False). Default is false.<br /> <br /> showlines<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether lines between each tree item are displayed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> showlockedicon<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether lock icons are displayed next to locked objects in the tree (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> showroot<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the root node is displayed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> 298<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docbasefoldertree<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Selected node ID. Stores the name of the selected tree item. This attribute is generally managed programmatically.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of the entire tree control. Use with the height attribute. The tree is placed in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 299<br /> <br /> docbaseicon<br /> <br /> docbaseicon Purpose Generates a Documentum icon for the type and format of the object. The tag will resolve the icon based on format first, then type. Both format attributes override type attributes if both are resolved to icons. You can set the format or type programmatically using setFormat() or setType(), respectively, on the DocbaseIconTag class.<br /> <br /> Attributes assembledfromdatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that identifies an object as a snapshot; for example, assembledfromdatafield=’r_assembled_from_id’.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> folderiddatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that supplies the folder ID.<br /> <br /> format<br /> <br /> (Optional) Format code; for example, msw97’.<br /> <br /> formatdatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides format attribute value. For example, formatdatafield=’a_content_type’.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> isfrozenassemblydatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that identifies a frozen snapshot object; for example, isfrozenassemblydatafield=’r_has_frzn_ assembly’.<br /> <br /> isreferencedatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that identifies whether the object is a reference object.<br /> <br /> isreplicadatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that identifies whether the object is a replica object.<br /> <br /> isvirtualdocdatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that identifies virtual documents. For example: isvirtualdocdatafield=’r_is_virtual_doc’.<br /> <br /> linkcntdatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that determines whether the document is a virtual document in a 4.1 repository.<br /> <br /> 300<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docbaselockicon<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size (in pixels) of the icon. Valid values are: 16 or 32.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the object type; for example, dm_folder.<br /> <br /> typedatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the type attribute value. For example: typedatafield=’r_object_type’.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> docbaselockicon Purpose Displays an icon for locked repository objects.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 301<br /> <br /> docbaselockicon<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that supplies the lock owner name and overrides lockowner attribute value. For example: datafield=’r_lock_owner’. You can set the datafield programmatically using the setLockOwner() method on the DocbaseLockIconTag class.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> lockowner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the owner of the lock.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size (in pixels) of the icon. Valid values are: 16 or 32.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> 302<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docbasepriorityicon<br /> <br /> docbasepriorityicon Purpose Displays an icon that represents the priority of a repository object.<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> priority<br /> <br /> (Optional) Priority of the object<br /> <br /> prioritydatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the priority attribute. Datafield that supplies the priority for the object; for example, prioritydatafield=’priority’. You can set the priority programmatically using the setPriority() method on the DocbasePriorityIconTag class.<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size (in pixels) of the icon. Valid values are: 16 or 32.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 303<br /> <br /> docbaseselector<br /> <br /> docbaseselector Purpose Generates a dropdown list of available Docbases<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> onselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user selects a repository. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).Specifies the event to be fired when the user selects a DocbaseSpecifies the event to be fired when the user selects a Docbase<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onselect event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> 304<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docbaseselector (Webtop)<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> docbaseselector (Webtop) Purpose Generates a dropdown list of available repositories.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 305<br /> <br /> docbaseselector (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> onselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the event to be fired when the user selects a repository.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute. Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> 306<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> multidocbasetree<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmwt (WEB-INF\tlds\dmwebtop_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> multidocbasetree Purpose Generates the display of browser tree nodes including custom nodes. Set the limit for the number of folders to be displayed in the tree in the Environment.properties file (in /WEB-INF/classes/com/documentum/web/formext). Larger numbers of folders are replaced with a More Folders link for better performance.<br /> <br /> Attributes cachechildren<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether children are cached when nodes are collapsed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> disabledclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to the text of disabled rows.<br /> <br /> disabledstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes to apply to a disabled tree item.<br /> <br /> dragenabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable (True) or disable (False) drag and drop to and from the tree.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> frameborder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether a frame border is required (True) or not (False). Default is true. Valid only when the width and height attributes are specified.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 307<br /> <br /> multidocbasetree<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of the entire tree control. Use with the width attribute. The tree is placed in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> includeassemblydocuments<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to include virtual document assemblies in the tree (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> includevirtualdocuments<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to include virtual documents in the tree (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable multiple expansion of tree nodes (True) or not (False). Setting this attribute to true might have a negative impact performance.<br /> <br /> multiselectdepth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Level at which multiple expansion is supported. For example, a level of 2 prevents multiple repositories (level 1) from being expanded in the tree.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nodeheight<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of an individual node graphic. Default is 17. If the node images exist, default is the height of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> nodewidth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of an individual node graphic. Default is 17. If the node images exist, default is the width of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> normalclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to the text of normal rows<br /> <br /> normalstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes to apply to a normal tree item.<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks the folder path link. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> 308<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> multidocbasetree<br /> <br /> oncollapse<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user attempts to collapse a node. If you override this node, then you need to write code to collapse the appropriate node.<br /> <br /> ondrop<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of an event handler for the drop event in the component class.<br /> <br /> onexpand<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user attempts to expand a node. If you override this node, then you need to write code to expand the appropriate node.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> selectedclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class to apply to the text of selected rows<br /> <br /> selectedstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes to apply to a selected tree item.<br /> <br /> showicons<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to display icons for each tree item (True) or not (False). Default is false.<br /> <br /> showlines<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to display lines between trees (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> showlockedicon<br /> <br /> (Optional) To display lock icons next to locked objects in the tree (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> showroot<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the root node is displayed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Selected node ID. Stores the name of the selected tree item. This attribute is generally managed programmatically.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of the entire tree control. Use with the height attribute. The tree is placed in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 309<br /> <br /> clustergroup<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Search clustergroup Purpose Displays a search cluster group as a list of clustertree, page 312 controls.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> disabledclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to the text of disabled nested trees.<br /> <br /> disabledstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule (enclosed in quotes) to apply to the text of disabled nested trees.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> frameborder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether a frame border is required (True) or not (False). Default is true. Valid only when the width and height attributes are specified.<br /> <br /> headerclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to the text of the headers of normal trees.<br /> <br /> 310<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> clustergroup<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of the entire tree control. Use with the width attribute. The tree is placed in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> isVertical<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to display contained trees in cells from a single column (True) or in a single row (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nodeheight<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of an individual node graphic. Default is 17. If the node images exist, default is the height of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> nodewidth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of an individual node graphic. Default is 17. If the node images exist, default is the width of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> normalclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to the text of nested normal trees.<br /> <br /> normalstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes to apply to a normal tree item.<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> selectedclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class to apply to the text of selected tree item.<br /> <br /> selectedstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes to apply to a selected tree item.<br /> <br /> showheaders<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether a header for each tree is displayed (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> showicons<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether icons for each tree item are displayed (True) or not (False). Default is false.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 311<br /> <br /> clustertree<br /> <br /> showlines<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether lines between each tree item are displayed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> showroots<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to display (True) the contained tree roots or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value stored in the control. Stores the name of the selected tree item.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of this control.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> clustertree Purpose Displays a search cluster tree.<br /> <br /> Attributes cachechildren<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether children are cached when nodes are collapsed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> clustericonpath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the icons displayed for the tree nodes (by level). Paths are resolved within the current user’s theme.<br /> <br /> 312<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> clustertree<br /> <br /> clusterrange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the degree to which results within the same cluster are related. Valid values are: ClusterTree.HIGH_CLUSTER_RANGE = "HIGH" ClusterTree.MEDIUM_ CLUSTER_RANGE = "MEDIUM" ClusterTree.LOW_CLUSTER_RANGE = "LOW"<br /> <br /> clusterstrategy<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the cluster strategies that define the meaningful data used to compute cluters. You must declare the cluster strategies in the strategies configuration file (wdk\config\clusterstrategies_config.xml).<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> disabledclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to the text of disabled rows.<br /> <br /> disabledstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule (enclosed in quotes) to apply to disabled tree items.<br /> <br /> dragenabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether dragging the control is supported (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> frameborder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether a frame border is required (True) or not (False). Default is true. Valid only when the width and height attributes are specified.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of the entire tree control. Use with the width attribute. The tree is placed in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> misccluster<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a label for the node containing all results that are not included in any real cluster. This node is hidden, if a value is not specified.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 313<br /> <br /> clustertree<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable multiple expansion of tree nodes (True) or not (False).To add or remove a node to or from the current selection, use Ctrl+click. To select all the nodes from the first node selected to the current one, use Shift+click. A parent and child cannot be selected at the same time.<br /> <br /> multiselectdepth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Level at which multiple expansion is supported. For example, a level of 2 prevents multiple repositories (level 1) from being expanded in the tree.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nodeheight<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of an individual node graphic. Default is 17. If the node images exist, default is the height of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> nodewidth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of an individual node graphic. Default is 17. If the node images exist, default is the width of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> normalclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to the text of a normal tree item.<br /> <br /> normalstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes to apply to a normal tree item.<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> oncollapse<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user attempts to collapse a node. If you override this node, then you need to write code to collapse the appropriate node.<br /> <br /> onexpand<br /> <br /> (Optional) Client event fired when the user attempts to expand a node. If you override this node, then you need to write code to expand the appropriate node.<br /> <br /> rootlabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) String to display as the label for the root node.<br /> <br /> 314<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> clustertree<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> selectedclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class to apply to the text of selected tree items.<br /> <br /> selectedstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes to apply to a selected tree item.<br /> <br /> showicons<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether icons for each tree item are displayed (True) or not (False). Default is false.<br /> <br /> showlines<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether lines between each tree item are displayed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> showroot<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the root node is displayed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> subclustericonpath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the icons displayed for the tree nodes (by level). Paths are resolved within the current user’s theme.<br /> <br /> subclusterstrategy<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the sub-cluster strategies that define the meaningful data used to compute sub-clusters. You must declare the cluster strategies in the strategies configuration file (wdk\config\clusterstrategies_config.xml).<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value stored in the control. Stores the name of the selected tree item.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of this control.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 315<br /> <br /> repositorysearch<br /> <br /> repositorysearch Purpose Top level container control that uses the other search controls to form a search query. All search controls on the JSP page must be contained within this control.<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> searchattribute Purpose Displays a repository object attribute for search criterion.<br /> <br /> 316<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchattribute<br /> <br /> Attributes andorvisible<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only. Whether the AND/OR selector is displayed (True) or not (False). Default is true.6.0: Deprecated.<br /> <br /> attribute<br /> <br /> (Optional) Attribute of objects in a repository that can be searched.<br /> <br /> casevisible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Removes the checkbox Match case in advanced search. By default, the search is case sensitive for faster performance. The default match case is set in the /wdk/config/advsearchex.xml file. Applies only to non-indexed repositories.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of this control as an input control.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) String to be displayed for the attribute.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.<br /> <br /> removable<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only. To enable (True) or disable (False) removing the attribute from the containing group.6.0: Deprecated.<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size (in pixels) of this control as a text-input control.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 317<br /> <br /> searchattribute<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of this control as in input control.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage Data dictionary value assistance is supplied, although conditional value assistance is not supported. To add non-data dictionary value assistance, you can configure custom classes to perform the assistance. The assistance is configured in /wdk/config/advsearchex.xml. For information on setting up non-data dictionary value assistance for search, see "Programmatic Search Value Assistance in Web Development Kit Development Guide.<br /> <br /> 318<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchattributegroup<br /> <br /> searchattributegroup Purpose Container of other attribute-related search controls. It creates the child controls when the user clicks Add. It contains tags for specific types of attributes and can exclude other, specified types of attributes. For information on how to display specific attributes for search, refer to "Configuring advanced search in Web Development Kit Development Guide.<br /> <br /> Attributes addvisible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the Add and Remove buttons are displayed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> casevisible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Removes the checkbox Match case in advanced search. The search is by default case sensitive for faster performance. Default match case is set in /wdk/config/advsearchex.xml. Applies only to non-indexed repositories.<br /> <br /> defaultattribute<br /> <br /> (Optional) Default attribute to be selected. Cannot be an attribute specified in the excludenames attribute.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> excludenames<br /> <br /> (Optional) A comma-separated list of attribute names to be excluded from the auto-populated dropdown for attribute names.<br /> <br /> excludetypes<br /> <br /> (Optional) A comma-separated list of attribute datatypes to be excluded from the auto-populated dropdown for attribute names. Valid attribute datatypes are: Boolean (or bool), id, double, integer (or int, date, time, string, number (DM_DOUBLE or DM_INTEGER).<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of fields.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 319<br /> <br /> searchattributegroup<br /> <br /> initialattributes<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-separated list of attribute names that are displayed and selected by default in the group without having to click Add Property. A property line (that is, an AND/OR DropDown, Attribute Name Dropdown, Operator DropDown, Value Box, and Remove link) is displayed for each specified attribute name. Since 5.3 SP4.<br /> <br /> logicaloperatorpos<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to display logical operators on the same line (sameline) as the rest of the property line or on a newline (newline) when the Add Property link is clicked. Default is sameline.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> opened<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to display the attribute group as expanded (True) or collapsed (False). Default is false.<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size (in pixels) of any text field.<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute. Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of fields.<br /> <br /> 320<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchdateattribute<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage By default, when the user clicks Add Property, the default operator is AND. Your component class can call setLogicalOr on the searchattributegroup control to change the default to OR. The precedence of constraints is given to the last constraint added. For example: A OR B AND C is equivalent to ((A OR B) AND C) A AND B OR C AND D is equivalent to (((A AND B) OR C) and D)<br /> <br /> searchdateattribute Purpose Subclass of SearchAttribute control. It can be used to input search values on date attributes.<br /> <br /> Attributes andorvisible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the AND/OR selector is displayed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> attribute<br /> <br /> (Optional) Date attribute of objects in a repository that can be searched.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of this control.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 321<br /> <br /> searchdateattribute<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) String to be displayed for the attribute.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.<br /> <br /> removable<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only. To enable (True) or disable (False) removing the attribute from the containing group.<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size (in pixels) of the control if it is rendered as a text control.<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute. Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> valuespos<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to display values to the right (right) or at the bottom (bottom) of this control. Default is bottom.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of this control.<br /> <br /> 322<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchfulltext<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage This control by default does not have a dropdown item to allow the user to select a date value that is "In the next day/week/month/year" for effective date and expiration date attributes. The visibility of the dropdown items is configured in /wdk/config/advsearchex.xml as follows: <scope type="dm_sysobject"> <inthenextdate> <a_effective_date rel="nofollow">true</a_effective_date> <a_expiration_date rel="nofollow">true</a_expiration_date> </inthenextdate> </scope><br /> <br /> searchfulltext Purpose Accepts keywords for a full-text query. Searches indexed documents and indexed attributes. You can use AND and OR operators, and you can search on exact strings within quotation marks; for example, "this string.<br /> <br /> Attributes autocompleteenabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Enables (True) or disables (False) autocompletion on the control. Default is True.<br /> <br /> autocompleteid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Key that is used to store the autocomplete list in the user preferences. You can set the same ID on two text controls, for example, if they share the same set of suggestions. If the control has no ID specified, the ID will be generated based on the form id<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 323<br /> <br /> searchfulltext<br /> <br /> and text control name, in the form consisting of formid_controlid. For docbaseattribute controls that render a text control, an ID is generated using the attribute name, for example, keyword or title. cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that supplies the keyword and overrides the value and nlsid attributes.<br /> <br /> defaultonenter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether pressing the Enter key calls the JavaScript handleKeyPress() function (True) or not (False). Must be used with a button (on the same page) that has its default attribute set to true. The button event is fired when the user presses the Enter key in the defaultonenter control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> maxautocompletesuggestionsize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of matching suggestions to display to the user. Default is 10.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onchange event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> 324<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchfulltext<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size (in pixels) of the control if it is rendered as a text control.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Keyword for full-text search.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 325<br /> <br /> searchlocation<br /> <br /> searchlocation Purpose Extends the label control and displays the current search source and folder path as a static string. The location is expressed as a semi-comma separated list in this format: soucename[:]/cabinet/folder.<br /> <br /> Attributes align<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Image label only) Alignment of the label text.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that supplies the label and overrides the label and nlsid attributes.<br /> <br /> encodelabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the label is to be encoded (True) or not (False). Specify true if the label can contain HTML. Default is false.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of this control.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> imagefolder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Folder in which the label graphics are stored. If left.gif, right.gif and bg.gif are not found, a normal label is displayed instead of an image label.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) String to be displayed for the location display.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> 326<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchobjecttypedropdownlist<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of this control.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> searchobjecttypedropdownlist Purpose Generates a dropdown list from which the user can select the object type on which to search.<br /> <br /> Attributes autocompleteenabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Enables (True) or disables (False) autocompletion on the control. Default is true.<br /> <br /> autocompleteid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Key that is used to store the autocomplete list in the user preferences. You can set the same ID on two text controls, for example, if they share the same set of suggestions. If the control has no ID specified, the ID will be generated based on the form id and text control name, in the form consisting of formid_controlid. For docbaseattribute controls that render a text control, an ID is generated using the attribute name, for example, keyword or title.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 327<br /> <br /> searchobjecttypedropdownlist<br /> <br /> editable<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the user can type a value in the control (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> forceselection<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to force the user to select an item from the dropdown list (True) or not (False). If true is specified, no item is selected initially. If false is specified, the first item in the list is selected initially.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of this control.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> includetypes<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited list of object type names that are displayed in the dropdown list; for example, "mytype,yourtype. If a listed type is selected, subtypes of that type are also queried and displayed. Names of object types that do not exist in the repository are not displayed.<br /> <br /> maxautocompletesuggestionsize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of matching suggestions to display to the user. Default is 10.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).<br /> <br /> onselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user selects a repository. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onchange event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> 328<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchobjecttypedropdownlist<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) ??<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of this control.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage The options in this list can be set programmatically. See for an example. This control has also a method setOptionFromScrollableResultSet().<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 329<br /> <br /> searchscopecheckbox<br /> <br /> If multiple search locations are set in the user preferences, a reference repository is used to present the list of types. This repository is either the first one selected by the end user or the repository that is used as a BOF registry if the user has not selected a repository. If a selected type is not known to the reference repository that is used to drive the composition of the advanced search, it will be ignored.<br /> <br /> searchscopecheckbox Purpose Checkbox that enables a user to set a value for a search setting or capability. Currently, it is used to enable finding all versions or hidden objects.<br /> <br /> Attributes checkedvalue<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid value for the scopename attribute. Set to true or false for findAllVersions or findHidden. Set to a specific object type to set the base type for search.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) Label for the checkbox.<br /> <br /> labelalign<br /> <br /> (Optional) Vertical alignment of the checkbox label. Valid values are: left, right.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.<br /> <br /> 330<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchscopecheckbox<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted. The onchange event handler cannot run on the client (that is, the runatclient attribute cannot be true).<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onchange event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> scopename<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the global setting. Valid values are: type, findAllVersions, findHidden, DatabaseSearch.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 331<br /> <br /> searchsizeattribute<br /> <br /> uncheckedvalue<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a valid value for the scopename. Set to true or false for findAllVersions or findHidden. Set to a specific object type to set the base type for search.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) ??<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> searchsizeattribute Purpose Subclass of SearchAttribute control. It can be used to input search values on size attributes. You can configure the global size values that are displayed, and their labels, by extending /wdk/config/advsearchex.xml and copying the <searchsizeattributerange> element and its contents.<br /> <br /> Attributes andorvisible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the AND/OR selector is displayed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> attribute<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size attribute of an object type in a repository that can be searched.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of this control.<br /> <br /> 332<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchsizeattribute<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) String to be displayed for the attribute.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.<br /> <br /> removable<br /> <br /> (Optional) To enable (True) or disable (False) removing the attribute from the containing group.<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size (in pixels) of the control if it is rendered as a text control.<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of this control.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 333<br /> <br /> searchtemplatefreelist<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage Size options can be configured for all instances of this control by extending the control configuration file /wdk/config/advsearchex.xml. The following control attributes can be configured to add a search size option: Element<br /> <br /> Description<br /> <br /> <option><br /> <br /> Size option for display. Contains <label>, <value>, <operator>, and <unit> elements.<br /> <br /> <label><br /> <br /> String or <nlsid>. The NLS ID key is resolved by the NLS resource file SearchControlNlsProp.properties.<br /> <br /> <operator><br /> <br /> Size operator. Valid operators are: LT (less than), GT (greater than).<br /> <br /> <value><br /> <br /> Default value to be displayed.<br /> <br /> <unit><br /> <br /> Units for value. Valid units: MB, KB.<br /> <br /> searchtemplatefreelist Purpose Displays a list of search templates that are available.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclassinputtext<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control for the input-text (attribute value). Default value set to SearchTemplateFreeListTag. DEFAULT_CSSCLASS_INPUT_TEXT (defaultDocbaseAttributeStyle)<br /> <br /> cssclasslabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control for the label (attribute name to display).<br /> <br /> 334<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchtemplatehiddenxedlist<br /> <br /> Default value set to SearchTemplateFreeListTag. DEFAULT_CSSCLASS_LABEL (fieldlabel). id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the search template to display.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed inmarks) to apply to this control; for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta;DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of this control as an input control (text-input or dropdownlist).<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> searchtemplatehiddenxedlist Purpose Displays a search template’s sources and fixed expressions.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 335<br /> <br /> searchtemplatehiddenxedlist<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclasslabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control for the label (attribute name to display). Default value set to SearchTemplateFreeListTag. DEFAULT_CSSCLASS_LABEL (fieldlabel).<br /> <br /> cssclasstext<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control for the text (attribute value). Default value set to SearchTemplateHiddenFixedListTag.DEFAULT_CSSCLASS_TEXT (defaultDocbaseAttributeStyle)<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the search template to display when displaying a saved search template.<br /> <br /> showfixedconstraints<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to also display the fixed expressions with the hidden expressions. Default is false.<br /> <br /> showsources<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to ’true’ to display the sources (locations) of the search template. Default is true.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed inmarks) to apply to this control; for example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta;DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfxs (WEB-INF\tlds\dmfxsearch_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> 336<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> sortableclustertreelist<br /> <br /> sortableclustertreelist Purpose Displays a search cluster tree (that is, ClusterTreeDefinition objects) that users can sort.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of this control.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable (True) or disable (False) selection of multiple items for Add or Remove. If a move operation is chosen, only the first selection is moved. Default is false.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted.<br /> <br /> onselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). The form is not submitted until the onselect event is fired.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of this control.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 337<br /> <br /> sortablelistbox<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value stored in the control. Stores the name of the selected tree item.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of this control.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> sortablelistbox Purpose Displays a listbox of values that the user can reorder and delete values.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> 338<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> sortablelistbox<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Vertical length of this control.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable (True) or disable (False) multiple selection in the listbox. When multiselect is enables, the you can select multiple items in the list and perform these actions: To delete all selected items, click Remove. To move only the first item of the selection, click the up or down arrows. You cannot move all the items in a selection.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used. Will be deleted.<br /> <br /> onselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used. Will be deleted.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the onselect event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of rows of selectable data visible in this control.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control. For example: style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used. Will be deleted.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether the control is rendered as visible (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Horizontal length of this control.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 339<br /> <br /> strategyselector<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage When this control is initialized, the first item is selected. You can initialize this control with values using a Java class. You can add values to this control after initialization by using another control.<br /> <br /> strategyselector Purpose Selector for selecting a search cluster strategy.<br /> <br /> Attributes cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> forceselection<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to require a cluster strategy to be selected (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of this control.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> 340<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> strategyselector<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted.<br /> <br /> onselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true). The form is not submitted until the onselect event is fired.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) The ID of the cluster strategy that is initially selected. This value must match the the corresponding clusterStrategy element’s id attribute in the WDK\config\clusterstrategies_config.xml file.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of this control.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 341<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> Usage This control is populated with the list of cluster strategies specified in the WDK\config\clusterstrategies_config.xml file. Each list item is composed of a cluster strategy localized label and ID. Each cluster strategy’s localized label is displayed in the list. The cluster strategy localized labels are specified in the wdk\strings\com\documentum\web\formext\control\cluster\ClusterStrategiesNlsProp.properties file. The ID is the clusterStrategy element’s id attribute specified in the clusterstrategies_config.xml file. An example of a cluster strategy defined in the clusterstrategies_config.xml file is: <clusterStrategy id='subject' nlsid='MSG_SUBJECT' icon='taxmgmt.gif'> <criterion>object_name</criterion> <criterion>subject</criterion> <criterion>title</criterion> </clusterStrategy><br /> <br /> Text display and input label Purpose Text label control that can be used to label an image, user input control, or other user interface element.<br /> <br /> Attributes align<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Image label only) HTML horizontal alignment attribute. Default is center.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides label with data from a data source.<br /> <br /> encodelabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the label is to be encoded (True) or not (False). Specify true if the label can contain HTML. Default is false.<br /> <br /> 342<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Image label only) Height of the label. Set this to the height of the graphic, so that it lines up correctly.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> imagefolder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Folder in which the label graphics are stored. If left.gif, right.gif and bg.gif are not found, a normal label is displayed instead of an image label.<br /> <br /> label<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed as the label.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the label attribute value.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Image label only) Width of the label. Default is the width of the label text.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 343<br /> <br /> text<br /> <br /> text Purpose Renders an HTML text box.<br /> <br /> Attributes autocompleteenabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Enables (True) or disables (False) autocompletion on the control. Default is True.<br /> <br /> autocompleteid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Key that is used to store the autocomplete list in the user preferences. You can set the same ID on two text controls, for example, if they share the same set of suggestions. If the control has no ID specified, the ID will be generated based on the form id and text control name, in the form consisting of formid_controlid. For docbaseattribute controls that render a text control, an ID is generated using the attribute name, for example, keyword or title.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides value and nlsid with a string from a data source.<br /> <br /> defaultonenter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether pressing the Enter key calls the JavaScript handleKeyPress() function (True) or not (False). Must be used with a button (on the same page) that has its default attribute set to true. The button event is fired when the user presses the Enter key in the defaultonenter control. The disableenter attribute overrides this attribute.<br /> <br /> 344<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> text<br /> <br /> disableenter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to prevent a form from being submitted when a user presses the Enter key while editing the title (that is, when the text input field has the focus) in the comment editor. Overrides the defaultonenter attribute. Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> maxautocompletesuggestionsize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of matching suggestions to display to the user. Default is 10.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onchange event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Length of the text control.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 345<br /> <br /> textarea<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed in the text box.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> textarea Purpose Generates an HTML multi-line text box.<br /> <br /> 346<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> textarea<br /> <br /> Attributes cols<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of columns in the text area control.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the value and nlsid attributes with a value from a data source.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control accepts focus (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name for this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the value attribute value.<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when this control’s value is changed by the user. This event is not handled immediately. It is handled on the server only when the form is submitted.<br /> <br /> rows<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of rows in the text area control.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onchange event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 347<br /> <br /> textarea<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value displayed in the text area box.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> wrap<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to turn word-wrapping on for displaying and submitted data from the textarea field (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> 348<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> browsertree (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Trees browsertree (Webtop) Purpose Generates the display of browser tree nodes including custom nodes. All attributes are the same as those for the Docbase-enabled control docbasefoldertree. You can set the limit for number of folders to be displayed in the tree in the file Environment.properties, located in /WEB-INF/classes/com/documentum/web/formext. Larger numbers will be replaced with a More Folders link for better performance.<br /> <br /> Attributes cachechildren<br /> <br /> (Optional) Determines whether children are cached when nodes are collapsed (default = true)<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> disabledclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class to apply to text of disabled rows.<br /> <br /> disabledstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) An entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes and applied to a disabled tree item<br /> <br /> dragenabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether dragging the control is supported (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> frameborder<br /> <br /> (Optional) When width and height are specified to put the tree in an iFrame, specifies whether a frame border is required (default = true).<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) The height of the entire tree control. Use with width to put the tree in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 349<br /> <br /> browsertree (Webtop)<br /> <br /> includeassemblydocuments<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to include virtual document assemblies (snapshots) in the tree<br /> <br /> includevirtualdocuments<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to show virtual documents in the tree<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable multiple expansion of tree nodes (True) or not (False). Setting this attribute to true might have a negative impact performance.<br /> <br /> multiselectdepth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Level at which multiple expansion is supported. For example, a level of 2 prevents multiple repositories (level 1) from being expanded in the tree.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nodeheight<br /> <br /> (Optional) The height of an individual node graphic (default = 17). If node images exist, default height = height of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> nodewidth<br /> <br /> (Optional) The width of an individual node graphic (default = 17). If node images exist, default width = width of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> normalclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to text of normal rows.<br /> <br /> normalstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) An entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes and applied to a normal tree item<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the control has been modified (fired when an onclick occurs).<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks clicks this control. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> oncollapse<br /> <br /> (Optional) Fire when the user attempts to collapse a node. If you override this node, then you need to write code to collapse the appropriate node.<br /> <br /> ondrop<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of an event handler for the drop event in the component class.<br /> <br /> 350<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> browsertree (Webtop)<br /> <br /> onexpand<br /> <br /> (Optional) Fired when the user attempts to expand a node. If you override this node, then you need to write code to expand the appropriate node.<br /> <br /> rootpath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Repository path to the root folder for the tree (default = the repository root itself).<br /> <br /> selectedclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class to apply to text of selected rows.<br /> <br /> selectedstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) An entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes and applied to a selected tree item.<br /> <br /> showicons<br /> <br /> (Optional) Determines visibility of icons for each tree item (default = false).<br /> <br /> showlines<br /> <br /> (Optional) Determines visibility of tree lines (default = true).<br /> <br /> showroot<br /> <br /> (Optional) Determines visibility of the root node (default = true).<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute. Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Sets the selected node ID. Stores the name of the selected tree item. This attribute is generally managed programmatically.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) The width of the entire tree control. Use with height to put the tree in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 351<br /> <br /> tree<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmwt (WEB-INF\tlds\dmwebtop_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> tree Purpose Generates a tree control.<br /> <br /> Attributes cachechildren<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether children are cached when nodes are collapsed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) the CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> disabledclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to the text of disabled rows.<br /> <br /> disabledstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule (enclosed in quotes) to apply to the disabled control.<br /> <br /> dragenabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Unsupported.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether this control is enabled (True) or disabled (False).<br /> <br /> frameborder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether a frame border is required (True) or not (False). Default is true. Valid only when the width and height attributes are specified.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of the entire tree control. Use with the width attribute. The tree is placed in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height.<br /> <br /> 352<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> tree<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> inlinerefresh<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to cause partial refresh of the tree (True) rather than the full tree (False) when user expands or collapses a node.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to enable multiple expansion of tree nodes (True) or not (False).To add or remove a node to or from the current selection, use Ctrl+click. To select all the nodes from the first node selected to the current one, use Shift+click. A parent and child cannot be selected at the same time.<br /> <br /> multiselectdepth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Level at which multiple expansion is supported. For example, a level of 2 prevents multiple repositories (level 1) from being expanded in the tree.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nodeheight<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of an individual node graphic. Default is 17. If the node images exist, default is the height of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> nodewidth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of an individual node graphic. Default is 17. If the node images exist, default is the width of Tplus.gif.<br /> <br /> normalclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class to apply to the text of normal rows.<br /> <br /> normalstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes to apply to a normal tree item.<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks a tree item. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> oncollapse<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user attempts to collapse a node. If you override this node, then you need to write code to collapse the appropriate node.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 353<br /> <br /> tree<br /> <br /> ondrop<br /> <br /> (Optional) Unsupported.<br /> <br /> onexpand<br /> <br /> (Optional) Client event fired when the user attempts to expand a node. If you override this node, then you need to write code to expand the appropriate node.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> selectedclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) Class to apply to the text of selected rows.<br /> <br /> selectedstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Entire CSS-syntax style sheet rule enclosed in quotes to apply to a selected tree item<br /> <br /> showicons<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether icons associated with each tree item are displayed (True) or not (False). Default is false.<br /> <br /> showlines<br /> <br /> (Optional)Whether to display lines between trees (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> showroot<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the root node is displayed (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value stored in the control. Stores the name of the selected tree item.<br /> <br /> 354<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> combocontainerpanel<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of the entire tree control. Use with the height attribute. The tree is placed in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height. If no Iframe is used, the tree is rendered inline.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> User feedback combocontainerpanel Purpose Generates a panel to display progress.<br /> <br /> Attributes progressbarid<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the assoicated progressbar control on the page.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 355<br /> <br /> formatmessageparams<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage This control should be used to wrap a <dmfx:containerinclude/> control in order to display a progress bar. The JSP page must also contain a progressbar control.<br /> <br /> formatmessageparams Purpose Formats a message by inserting parameters into the message at runtime.<br /> <br /> Attributes align<br /> <br /> (Optional) HTML horizontal alignment attribute. Default is center.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the nlsid attribute.<br /> <br /> encodelabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the label is to be encoded (True) or not (False). Specify true if the label can contain HTML. Default is false.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height (in pixels) of the message field.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Required) NLS lookup key. ID of an NLS string that provides the fixed portion of the message, with dynamic placeholder within numbered brackets ({})<br /> <br /> 356<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> progressbar<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width (in pixels) of the message field.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage The parameters are contained within the body of the control using argument controls. The place holders in an nlsid string are filled in at runtime with the argument values. For example: "MSG_CHECKED_IN_BY =Checked in by {0} has a placeholder for 1 parameter, {0}. During runtime, the placeholder {0} gets filled in with first argument in control body. For example: <dmfx:formatmessageparams nlsid="MSG_CHECKED_IN_BY"> <dmfx:argument name="vm_owner" datafield="owner_name"/> </dmfx:formatmessageparams><br /> <br /> The NLS string in the properties file is as follows: MSG_CHECKED_IN_BY=checked in by {0},<br /> <br /> progressbar Purpose Displays a progress bar. Should be used with a progressbarupdater or a combocontainerpanel control for which the progressbarid attribute value is set to the same value as the progressbar id.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 357<br /> <br /> progressbarupdater<br /> <br /> Attributes height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of the progress bar control.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> maximum<br /> <br /> (Optional) Maximum percent value on progress bar scale. Default is 100.<br /> <br /> message<br /> <br /> (Optional) String message to be displayed with the progress bar.<br /> <br /> minimum<br /> <br /> (Optional) Minimum percent value on progress bar scale. Default is 0.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the message attribute value.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Current percent complete.<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width (in pixels) of the progress bar.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> progressbarupdater Purpose Updates a progress bar at specified steps. Should be used with a progressbar control.<br /> <br /> 358<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> promptedtext<br /> <br /> Attributes name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> progressbarid<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the progressbar control with which this control is associated. Must matche the ID attribute on the progressbar control in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> stepbarid<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of a step bar.<br /> <br /> steplabelid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Current percent complete.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> promptedtext Purpose Text for a prompt.<br /> <br /> Attributes autocompleteenabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Enables (True) or disables (False) autocompletion on the control. Default is True.<br /> <br /> autocompleteid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Key used to store the autocomplete list in the user preferences. You can set the same ID on two text controls, for example, if they share the same set of suggestions. If the control does<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 359<br /> <br /> promptedtext<br /> <br /> not have an ID specified, the ID is generated using this syntax: formid_controlid. formid is the form id attribute and controlid is the text control name. For docbaseattribute controls that render a text control, an ID is generated using the attribute name; for example, "keyword or "title. cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> datafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Overrides the nlsid attribute.<br /> <br /> defaultonenter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether pressing the Enter key calls the JavaScript handleKeyPress() function (True) or not (False). Must be used with a button (on the same page) that has its default attribute set to true. The button event is fired when the user presses the Enter key in the defaultonenter control.<br /> <br /> enabled<br /> <br /> (Optional) Sets whether the control is enabled.<br /> <br /> focus<br /> <br /> (Optional) True to allow the control to accept focus.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> maxautocompletesuggestionsize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of matching suggestions to display to the user. Default is 10.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> nlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is substituted for the message attribute value.<br /> <br /> onchange<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the control has been modified (fired when an onclick occurs).<br /> <br /> onclick<br /> <br /> (Optional) Event fired when the user clicks a tree item. This event is handled immediately on the server (when the runatclient attribute is false) or on the client (when the runatclient attribute is true).<br /> <br /> prompt<br /> <br /> (Optional) Text for the prompt.<br /> <br /> runatclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the onclick event is to run on the client (True) or the server (False).<br /> <br /> 360<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> promptedtext<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Length of the text control.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional) Value (a whole number from 0 to 32767, inclusive) that determines the order in which this control is tabbed to (that is, receives focus when the user presses the Tab key) in relation to the other controls on the page. Controls on the same JSP are tabbed to in this sequence: Controls that specify a positive number in this attribute are tabbed to starting from the lowest number to the highest. Controls that do not have this attribute, or specify a value of 0 (zero) or no value for this attribute are tabbed to in the order they appear in the character stream. To prevent this control from being tabbed to (in most browsers), specify a value of -1 for this attribute.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> tooltip<br /> <br /> (Optional) String displayed when you place the mouse pointer over this control.<br /> <br /> tooltipnlsid<br /> <br /> (Optional) NLS key to use when looking up a localized tooltip string.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Optional) Sets the selected node ID. Stores the name of the selected tree item. This attribute is generally managed programmatically.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) The width of the entire tree control. Use with height to put the tree in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 361<br /> <br /> vdmbindingruleformatter<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmf (WEB-INF\tlds\dmform_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Virtual documents vdmbindingruleformatter Purpose Formats a virtual document binding rule.<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> vdmtreegridname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the vdmtreegrid control for which the binding rule output is formatted.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> 362<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> vdmtreegrid<br /> <br /> vdmtreegrid Purpose Generates a grid display of a virtual document tree or snapshot (assembly). The grid is a data container similar to the data grid and must contain vdmtreegridrow tags to display the data.<br /> <br /> Attributes bordersize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Border (in pixels) around the datagrid.<br /> <br /> cellpadding<br /> <br /> (Optional) Spacing between the cell content and cell border.<br /> <br /> cellspacing<br /> <br /> (Optional) Spacing between the cells in the grid.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> expanddepth<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number (integer) of node levels to expand.<br /> <br /> fixedheaders<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the datagrid header rows are to scroll with the body rows (False) or not (True). Default is false. To set this attribute value for all datagrid controls in your application, set the following element value in the app.xml file: <desktopui<.<datagrid>.<fixedheaders>. This element ’s default value is true.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of the entire tree control. Use with the width attribute. The tree is placed in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> paged<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether data is displayed in pages (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> pagesize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of objects per page, if the pagesize attribute is set to true.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 363<br /> <br /> vdmtreegridRow<br /> <br /> rowselection<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Enables (True) or disables (False) mouse or keyboard row selection (selecting one or more objects) and right-click context menus. Default is True. The app.xml file’s desktopui/datagrid/rowselection element must be set to true to enable this attribute.<br /> <br /> showroot<br /> <br /> (Optional) Determines whether the root node is displayed (default = true).<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> vdmid<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document root node.<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of the entire tree control. Use with the height attribute. The tree is placed in an IE Iframe of the specified width and height. If no Iframe is used, the tree is rendered inline.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> vdmtreegridRow Purpose Generates a table row for each node in a virtual document.<br /> <br /> 364<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> vdmtreegridRow<br /> <br /> Attributes align<br /> <br /> (Optional) Horizontal alignment of the row.<br /> <br /> altclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class for alternating rows.<br /> <br /> altstyle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Inline CSS rule for alternating rows.<br /> <br /> cssclass<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS class to apply to this control.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of the row.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> showindent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to indent the nodes by node level in an outline style (True) or not (False). Default is false.<br /> <br /> showplusminus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to display +/- symbols for nodes that can be expanded or collapsed (True) or not (False). Default is false.<br /> <br /> style<br /> <br /> (Optional) CSS rule (enclosed in quotation marks) to apply to this control; for example:style="{COLOR: darkmagenta; TEXT-DECORATION: underline}"<br /> <br /> valign<br /> <br /> (Optional) Vertical alignment of the row.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 365<br /> <br /> workoweditorapplet<br /> <br /> Web Workow Manager workoweditorapplet Purpose Generates an applet that displays the workflow editor.<br /> <br /> Attributes align<br /> <br /> (Optional) Horizontal alignment of applet text. Possible values are the same as those for the HTML IMG tag: left, right, top, texttop, middle, absmiddle, baseline, bottom, absbottom.<br /> <br /> height<br /> <br /> (Optional) Height of the applet.<br /> <br /> hspace<br /> <br /> (Optional) Horizontal space between applet and surrounding text.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> successhandler<br /> <br /> (Optional) Server-side event handler that handles the applet return.<br /> <br /> tracelevel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to turn on (1) or off (0) tracing.<br /> <br /> viewonly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to disable (True) or enable (False) all editing controls. When this attribute value is true, only File > New, File > Open, and File > Save As menu items are enabled.<br /> <br /> vspace<br /> <br /> (Optional) Vertical space between applet and surrounding text.<br /> <br /> width<br /> <br /> (Optional) Width of the applet.<br /> <br /> 366<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workowcompletetypeformatter<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Workow workowcompletetypeformatter Purpose Wraps a value for the integer that signifies the type of workflow completion.<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 367<br /> <br /> workowdisabledformatter<br /> <br /> workowdisabledformatter Purpose Wraps the integer that signifies the workflow in or out.<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> workowdurationformatter Purpose Wraps the integer that signifies the workflow duration.<br /> <br /> 368<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workowstateicon<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> workowstateicon Purpose Obtains an icon that represents the workflow state of a repository object.<br /> <br /> Attributes name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> size<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size (in pixels) of the icon.<br /> <br /> state<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object state.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 369<br /> <br /> workowtaskstatusvalueformatter<br /> <br /> statedatafield<br /> <br /> (Optional) Datafield that overrides the state attribute value. The datafield supplies the state for the object, for example, statedatafield=’w.r_runtime_state’.<br /> <br /> visible<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) Whether this control is displayed (True) or hidden (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> workowtaskstatusvalueformatter Purpose Wraps a workflow task status value.<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 370<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workqueueagvalueformatter<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> workqueueagvalueformatter Purpose Wraps a work queue flag value (isAssigned).<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> workqueuetaskstatusvalueformatter Purpose Wraps a work queue task status value.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 371<br /> <br /> xforms<br /> <br /> Attributes id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> performerName<br /> <br /> (Required) User name of the work queue performer.<br /> <br /> wqname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> xForms xforms Purpose Renders a form for viewing or editing using the Chiba open source xforms engine. The application server must have Java 1.4.x to display forms. The user must have the role form_user to view or edit a form. Forms are designed through the Documentum Forms Builder product.<br /> <br /> 372<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> xforms<br /> <br /> Attributes formstemplate<br /> <br /> (Optional)ID of the template.<br /> <br /> id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of this control. The ID is generated by the framework. You can also set the ID in the JSP page.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of this control. Named controls are cached on the server. Controls with the same name are automatically indexed.<br /> <br /> objectid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID for the form.<br /> <br /> readonly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to render the form for viewing only (True) or editing (False).<br /> <br /> tabindex<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> xformsconfigid<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID that corresponds to an xforms configuration.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Tag library descriptor dmfx (WEB-INF\tlds\dmformext_1_0.tld)<br /> <br /> Usage When a form is saved, the control passes the form content to the Chiba engine for validation. Errors are passed to the form. Each button on the form has a configurable event that is fired when the button is clicked. The events are configured in an XML Configuration file whose ID is specified in the control xformsconfigid attribute. If a component must respond to a button event, the component should register an XFormsControlListener and set the control event handler. The listener is required if the component would like to listen to events that the control fires. The events are named onTriggerIdwhere TriggerId is the trigger name. Your component should add the listener in the onControlInitialized() method of the component class. For example, if the Xforms Configuration file specifies a trigger listener for the Submit button with the ID submit-trigger, the component can register an event that responds to this trigger as follows: public void onControlInitialized(Form form, Control control) {<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 373<br /> <br /> xforms<br /> <br /> if (control instanceof XForms) { XForms value = (XForms)control; value.setEventHandler("onsubmit-trigger", "onSubmitTrigger", form); addControlListener(new XFormsControlListener()); } } public void onSubmitTrigger(Control control, ArgumentList arg) { //handle event here }<br /> <br /> The XForms Configuration file is a Chiba Configuration file. For more information on Chiba configuration, see the Chiba Web site.<br /> <br /> 374<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Chapter 2 Actions Reference Overview Actions are grouped according to how they are used.<br /> <br /> Common elements This topic describes the elements that can be specified in more than one action configuration file. Elements that can only be specified in one action configuration file are described in that action’s entry.<br /> <br /> failoverenabled <failoverenabled>true</failoverenabled><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to enable (true) failover for this action or not (false). Failover means that user session data is persisted, and the load balancer routes the last HTTP request before failover to a secondary server. Make sure that application-level failover is specified in the app.xml file. You must implement failover in your custom action.<br /> <br /> reverse-precondition Set to true to turn off the action for components within a precondition. Specify this element within a <precondition> element preceding the <component> elements that specify the components for which to turn off the action. In the following definition for the move action, the action is disabled in the search component: <precondition class="com.documentum.web.formext.action.ComponentPrecondition"> <reverse-precondition>true</reverse-precondition> <component>search</component> </precondition><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 375<br /> <br /> appintginsertobject<br /> <br /> Application connectors appintginsertobject Purpose Downloads object content to the client and sends the InsertObject event; called from within a Windows application (Application Connectors).<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Location of the current document. User can then choose a new file name to import to that folder or an existing document to check in to the folder, or navigate from the folder.<br /> <br /> locatorcomponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Locates the destination folder for import. Specify the component to start with (for example, myfiles_streamline).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\appintg_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage With Application Connectors, the repository object is inserted into the active document at the current cursor position.<br /> <br /> 376<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintginsertweblink<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> appintginsertweblink Purpose Downloads a virtual link or DRL to the client and sends the InsertWebLink event; called from within a Windows application (Application Connectors).<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Location of the current document. User can then choose a new file name to import to that folder or an existing document to check in to the folder, or navigate from the folder.<br /> <br /> locatorcomponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Locates the destination folder for import. Specify the component to start with (for example, myfiles_streamline).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\appintg_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage With Application Connectors, a link to the repository object is inserted into the active document at the current cursor position.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 377<br /> <br /> appintgnewfromtemplate<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> appintgnewfromtemplate Purpose Creates a new document from a template, called from within a Windows application (Application Connectors)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\appintg_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 378<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgopenfrom<br /> <br /> appintgopenfrom Purpose Locates a document in a repository to open within a Windows application (Application Connectors).<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of document.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of folder in which the document is located.<br /> <br /> launchViewer<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether to launch a viewing application.<br /> <br /> locatorcomponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the locator component to use for locating the document, for example, myfiles_streamline.<br /> <br /> showViewEdit<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to display the View/Edit prompt to the user (True) or not (False). Default is true.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\appintg_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 379<br /> <br /> appintgsaveas<br /> <br /> appintgsaveas Purpose Performs an import or checkin of current document from within a Windows application (Application Connectors)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of document<br /> <br /> doCheckout<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> filenamewithpath<br /> <br /> (Required) Name and path of the file to be checked in.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Location of the current document. The user can then choose a new file name to import to that folder or an existing document to check in to the folder, or navigate from the folder<br /> <br /> locatorcomponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Locates the destination folder for import. Specify the component to start with (for example, myfiles_streamline)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\appintg_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 380<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> about (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Application management about (Webtop) Purpose Calls the component about (Webtop), page 868 to display information about the Webtop application and to optionally display tools.<br /> <br /> Parameters enableTools<br /> <br /> (Optional) alias ctrlKeyPressed. Set to true to display buttons to launch the API and DQL editors.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 381<br /> <br /> conguredocbroker<br /> <br /> conguredocbroker Purpose Launches the configuredocbroker component in the dialogcontainer.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\preferences_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> launchauthenticate Purpose Launches the authenticate component<br /> <br /> 382<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> launchauthenticateexternalsource<br /> <br /> Parameters docbase<br /> <br /> (Required) Repository for which to display the login dialog<br /> <br /> docbroker<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the connection broker to which the specified repository is projected<br /> <br /> docbrokerPort<br /> <br /> (Optional) Port that needs to be used for the specified connection broker<br /> <br /> suppressLoginEvent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether to fire the "loginSuccess" or "loginCancel" client events after the login dialog has been dismissed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\session_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> launchauthenticateexternalsource Purpose Displayed when a user is required to provide credential to an external source<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 383<br /> <br /> logout<br /> <br /> Parameters externalSource<br /> <br /> (Required) Source that is set up in the ECI server. It is an internal name for the source, and is used to obtain a suitable source name. For example, for an internal source name ’general/GoogleBackends/Google-French,’ it returns ’Google-French.’<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\session_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> logout Purpose Logs the user out of the application<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from /wdk/config/session_actions.xml. See logout, page 385.<br /> <br /> 384<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> logout<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\session_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition /wdk/config/session_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements execution/homeurl <execution> <homeurl></homeurl> </execution><br /> <br /> URL to a JSP page or component that will be displayed when the user logs out of the application.<br /> <br /> logout Purpose Logs the user out of the application<br /> <br /> Parameters homeurl<br /> <br /> (Optional) URL to a JSP page or component that will be displayed when the user logs out of the application or when a DRL action has been completed by a default account (anonymous) user<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 385<br /> <br /> logout (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\session_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> logout (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK logout action and sets the value of the homeurl attribute to the component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from /wdk/config/session_actions.xml. See logout, page 385.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\session_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition /webcomponent/config/session_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 386<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newwindow<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newwindow Purpose Launches the newwindow component to open a second WDK application browser window<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 387<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_acl)<br /> <br /> Attributes attributes (type dm_acl) Purpose Displays the attributes of an ACL<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the ACL.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_acl<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_externalresult) Purpose Displays the attributes page for an external result object<br /> <br /> 388<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_group)<br /> <br /> Parameters entryId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the result entry.<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the query used for searching the external source.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_externalresult_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_externalresult<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_group) Purpose Displays the attributes for a repository group or creates a new group.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected group. Set to newobject to create a new group.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the group.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 389<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_member_group)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_member_group) Purpose Displays the attributes for an object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 390<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_member_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6) Purpose Displays the attributes for a dm_member_user object. Requires a Documentum Collaborative Services license.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_member_user<br /> <br /> entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 391<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays the attributes for an object.<br /> <br /> Parameters enableShowAll<br /> <br /> (Optional) Determines whether the Show All checkbox is displayed.(true|false)<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_user, entitlement collaboration6) Purpose Displays the attributes for a dm_user object. Requires a Documentum Collaborative Services license.<br /> <br /> 392<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_user) Purpose Displays attributes for the selected user.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected user. Set to newobject to create a new user.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 393<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_workqueue_category)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_workqueue_category) Purpose Displays the attributes of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_category_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 394<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_workqueue_doc_prole)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_category<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_workqueue_doc_prole) Purpose Displays the attributes page for a work queue document profile object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue document profile object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue document profile.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_doc_profile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_doc_profile<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 395<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_workqueue_policy)<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_workqueue_policy) Purpose Displays the attributes page for a work queue policy<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_policy_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_policy<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_workqueue) Purpose Displays the attributes of a dmc_workqueue object.<br /> <br /> 396<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> history (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> history (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays the audit trail for an object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 397<br /> <br /> modifyversionlabels (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> modifyversionlabels (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Modifies the version labels on an object or one or more nodes in a virtual document.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the virtual document node on which to change the version label.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the object on which to change version labels.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 398<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> permissions (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> permissions (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays the permissions for a selected object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 399<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays the properties of an object (dm_sysobject).<br /> <br /> Parameters enableShowAll<br /> <br /> (Optional) Determines whether the Show All checkbox is displayed.(true|false)<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> preferForms<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to launch the forms properties component<br /> <br /> templateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of associated Xforms template, if any<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> 400<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> relationships (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> relationships (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Shows relationships between objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder that contains the selected object.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the folder that contains the selected object. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example, /Documentation/Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectNamePrefix<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 401<br /> <br /> rename (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> rename (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Renames an object in the repository. The user must have a role of contributor or higher and write_permit access to the parent folder or cabinet (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be renamed.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who owns the checked in object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> versions (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays the versions of an object. Versions are disabled for folders and cabinets<br /> <br /> 402<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> folderbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder that contains the selected object.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the folder that contains the selected object. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example, /Documentation/Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectNamePrefix<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> Cabinets and folders folderbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Allows the administrator to browse a list of folders in a repository.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 403<br /> <br /> newcabinet (type dm_docbase)<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newcabinet (type dm_docbase) Purpose Creates a new cabinet in a repository<br /> <br /> Parameters ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user having the rights to create a new cabinet<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 404<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newfolder (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_cabinet_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_docbase<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newfolder (type dm_folder) Purpose Creates a new folder. The user must have a contributor role. The permit value folder_link_permit performs a check for write permissions on the folder when the folder security is enabled.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the folder or cabinet that will contain the new object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the owner of the folder or cabinet. Used by the NewObjectPrecondition class to determine whether the action can be performed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 405<br /> <br /> rename (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> rename (type dm_folder) Purpose Renames a folder in the repository. The user must have a role of contributor or higher and write_permit access to the parent folder or cabinet (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the folder to be renamed.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who owns the folder<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 406<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> submitforcategorization (type dm_document)<br /> <br /> Categories submitforcategorization (type dm_document) Purpose Submits a document for categorization by the CI Server. The repository must have Content Intelligence Services installed and configured.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_document_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_document<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 407<br /> <br /> addtoclipboard (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Clipboard operations addtoclipboard (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Adds an object to the clipboard.<br /> <br /> Parameters isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be added to the clipboard.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of owner of the object to be added to the clipboard<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) The content type of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\clipboard\dm_sysobject_clipboard_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 408<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addtoclipboard (type dmc_workqueue_category)<br /> <br /> addtoclipboard (type dmc_workqueue_category) Purpose Adds a dmc_workqueue_category object to the queue management clipboard.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_workqueue_category object to add to the clipboard.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the dmc_workqueue_category to be added to the clipboard.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type of the object to be added to the clipboard<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_category_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_category<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 409<br /> <br /> addtoclipboard (type dmc_workqueue)<br /> <br /> addtoclipboard (type dmc_workqueue) Purpose Adds a dmc_workqueue object to the clipboard.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be added to the clipboard.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the object.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type of the object to be added to the clipboard.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 410<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> copy (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> copy (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Copies a clipboard object to a new location<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\clipboard\dm_sysobject_clipboard_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Usage Copy behavior can be configured in the <copy_operation> element of app.xml. Set the value of the child element <retainstorageareas> to true to retain storage areas. The abstract clipboard class ignores auxiliary files for the linked or copied object if they are not in the clipboard. The link or copy operation proceeds without the auxiliary files. Whether a linked file is auxiliary can be determined by calling isAuxiliaryObject(objectId).<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 411<br /> <br /> copyhere (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> copyhere (type dm_folder) Purpose Copies a clipboard object to the target folder.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the target folder to which the clipboard contents are to be copied.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> link (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Links a clipboard object to a new location<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 412<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> linkhere (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\clipboard\dm_sysobject_clipboard_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> linkhere (type dm_folder) Purpose Links a clipboard object to the target folder.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the target folder to which the clipboard contents are to be linked.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 413<br /> <br /> move (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> move (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Moves a clipboard object to a new location<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\clipboard\dm_sysobject_clipboard_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Usage The move operation can be globally configured as the value of <move_operations>.<all_versions rel="nofollow"> in app.xml to move the selected version (false) or to move all versions of the selected object (true). With the value of true, if the object has versions linked to other folders, only the versions linked to the folder containing the current version will be moved. When a virtual document is selected and move, only the root document is moved with all its versions, not the descendants.<br /> <br /> 414<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> movehere (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> movehere (type dm_folder) Purpose Moves a clipboard object to the target folder.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the target folder to which the clipboard contents are to be moved.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 415<br /> <br /> viewclipboard<br /> <br /> viewclipboard Purpose Displays the clipboard<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Collaboration accessiblefolderbrowser (entitlement collaboration6, role dce_user_manager) Purpose Enables a Documentum Collaborative Services manager to locate dm_user objects.<br /> <br /> 416<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (entitlement collaboration, type dmc_notepage)<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6<br /> <br /> role<br /> <br /> dce_user_manager<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (entitlement collaboration, type dmc_notepage) Purpose Deletes a dmc_notepage object. Requires a Documentum Collaborative Services license.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 417<br /> <br /> drlview (entitlement collaboration, type dmc_notepage)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which the dmc_notepage object to delete resides.<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Lock owner of the dmc_notepage object to delete.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dmc_notepage object to delete.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Owner name of the dmc_notepage object to delete.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\notepage\dmc_notepage_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dmc_notepage<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drlview (entitlement collaboration, type dmc_notepage) Purpose Navigates to the parent folder or object of the DRL and opens the dmc_notepage object for viewing. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> 418<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> drlview (type dmc_datatable_row)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dmc_notepage object to be opened.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\notepage\dmc_notepage_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dmc_notepage<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drlview (type dmc_datatable_row) Purpose Navigates to the parent folder or object of the DRL and opens the dmc_datatable_row object for viewing. Requires a Documentum Collaborative Services license.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from view:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See view (type dm_sysobject), page 489.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 419<br /> <br /> editle (entitlement collaboration, type dmc_notepage)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\table_entry_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition view:webcomponent/config/library/datatables/table_entry_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dmc_notepage<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editle (entitlement collaboration, type dmc_notepage) Purpose Launches the editing application for dmc_notepage objects as recognized by the operating system for the document extension. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dmc_notepage object to be opened.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User name of owner of the dmc_notepage object to be opened.<br /> <br /> 420<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> editle (type dmc_calendar_event)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\notepage\dmc_notepage_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dmc_notepage<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editle (type dmc_calendar_event) Purpose Edits dmc_calendar_event objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See editfile (type dm_sysobject), page 476.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\calendar_event_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 421<br /> <br /> editle (type dmc_datatable_row)<br /> <br /> Parent Denition editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar_event<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editle (type dmc_datatable_row) Purpose Calls the properties (type dmc_datatable), page 1026 container component to edit dmc_datatable_row objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See editfile (type dm_sysobject), page 476.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\table_entry_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> 422<br /> <br /> dmc_datatable_row<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> editle (type dmc_datatable)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editle (type dmc_datatable) Purpose Calls the properties (type dmc_datatable), page 1026 container component to edit dmc_datatable objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See editfile (type dm_sysobject), page 476.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\table_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_datatable<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 423<br /> <br /> er_properties (Webtop)<br /> <br /> er_properties (Webtop) Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters enableShowAll<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> er_objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> newFile<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\eroom_properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> er_search (Webtop) Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> 424<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> folderbrowse (entitlement collaboration6, role dce_user_manager)<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\eroom_search_action.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> folderbrowse (entitlement collaboration6, role dce_user_manager) Purpose Enables a Documentum Collaborative Services manager to browse a list of folders in a repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 425<br /> <br /> folderbrowse (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6)<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6<br /> <br /> role<br /> <br /> dce_user_manager<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> folderbrowse (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6) Purpose Enables browsing a list of folders in a repository. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services license.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 426<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> govern (entitlement collaboration)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_member_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> govern (entitlement collaboration) Purpose Causes an object to become governed by a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services. The object’s access is restricted to a rooms membership, and object can be governed by only one room.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the governed folder that will contain the selected object..<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the room that will govern the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 427<br /> <br /> governfolder (entitlement collaboration)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> governfolder (entitlement collaboration) Purpose Launches the govern component to govern a folder. The UI asks the user to specify whether child objects should also become governed. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the governed folder that will contain the new governed folder.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the folder owner<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the room that will govern the folder<br /> <br /> sourceFolderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder that will be added to the governed folder or room<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 428<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> groupbrowse (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> groupbrowse (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6) Purpose Allows the administrator to browse a list of groups for dm_member_user objects in a repository. Requires a Documentum Collaborative Services license.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_member_user<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 429<br /> <br /> import (type dmc_datatable)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> import (type dmc_datatable) Purpose Imports dmc_datatable objects from the client file system to the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the target folder into which to import the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\table_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_datatable<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 430<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> markread (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> markread (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject) Purpose Marks a topic as having been read. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the topic to mark as read.<br /> <br /> topicStatus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid values of TopicStatusAttributeDataHandler: 0 (STATUS_DISABLED) | 1 (STATUS_NONE) | 2 (STATUS_NO_COMMENTS) | 3 (STATUS_READ) | 4 (STATUS_UNREAD)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\discussion\topic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 431<br /> <br /> markunread (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> markunread (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject) Purpose Marks a selected topic as unread. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the topic to mark as unread.<br /> <br /> topicStatus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid values of TopicStatusAttributeDataHandler: 0 (STATUS_DISABLED) | 1 (STATUS_NONE) | 2 (STATUS_NO_COMMENTS) | 3 (STATUS_READ) | 4 (STATUS_UNREAD)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\discussion\topic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 432<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> nativeroombrowse (type dm_group)<br /> <br /> nativeroombrowse (type dm_group) Purpose Calls the nativeroomobjectlocatorcontainer, page 1004 to browse a room.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the room to browse.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newcalendar (type dm_folder, entitlement collaboration6) Purpose Creates a new calendar, which is a dm_folder object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 433<br /> <br /> newcalendarevent (type dmc_calendar)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of a dm_folder object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User name of the owner of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\calendar_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newcalendarevent (type dmc_calendar) Purpose Creates a new calendar event object (dmc_calendar).<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_calendar object to create.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User name of the owner of the dmc_calendar object.<br /> <br /> 434<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newinvitewindow (entitlement collaboration6)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\calendar_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newinvitewindow (entitlement collaboration6) Purpose Calls the newinvitewindow (entitlement collaboration), page 1009 component to send an invitation to selected room members.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_room object for which to send an invitation.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 435<br /> <br /> newnotepage (entitlement collaboration, type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newnotepage (entitlement collaboration, type dm_folder) Purpose Creates a new note object. A note is a content file that can be displayed directly in the browser. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the folder or cabinet that will contain the new object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the owner of the folder or cabinet. Used by the NewObjectPrecondition class to determine whether the action can be performed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 436<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newroom (entitlement collaboration, privilege creategroup, type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newroom (entitlement collaboration, privilege creategroup, type dm_folder) Purpose Creates a new room object (subtype of dm_folder). Requires Documentum Collaborative Services<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the cabinet in which to create a room.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the object owner<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> privilege<br /> <br /> creategroup<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 437<br /> <br /> newtable (type dm_folder, entitlement collaboration6)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newtable (type dm_folder, entitlement collaboration6) Purpose Calls the newtable, page 1016 component to create a new dmc_datatable object. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_folder object in which to create the dmc_datatable object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User name of the owner of the new dmc_datatable object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\table_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 438<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newtableentry (type dmc_datatable)<br /> <br /> newtableentry (type dmc_datatable) Purpose Calls the newtableentry, page 1018 component to create a new entry in a dmc_datatable object. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_datatable object in which to create the new entry.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User name of the owner of the dmc_datatable object in which to create the new entry.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\table_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_datatable<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 439<br /> <br /> newuser (entitlement collaboration6, privilege sysadmin, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> newuser (entitlement collaboration6, privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Enables administrators to create users (dm_user objects). Requires a Documentum Collaborative Services license.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected user. Set to newobject to create a new user.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6 Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 440<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newuser (entitlement collaboration6, role dce_user_manager, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> newuser (entitlement collaboration6, role dce_user_manager, type dm_user) Purpose Enables a Documentum Collaborative Services manager to create a new user (dm_user object). Requires Documentum Collaborative Services license.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected user.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6 Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> role<br /> <br /> dce_user_manager<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 441<br /> <br /> options (type dmc_room)<br /> <br /> options (type dmc_room) Purpose Launches the roomoptions component with room options such as setting a banner and default permissions<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Room ID<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_room<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> properties (entitlement collaboration6, type dm_user) Purpose Displays the properties of a user (dm_user object).<br /> <br /> 442<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> roommembers (type dmc_room)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected user.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6 Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> roommembers (type dmc_room) Purpose Displays the members of a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters enableShowAll<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the room<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 443<br /> <br /> showtopic (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_room<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> showtopic (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays a discussion with threaded topics. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of folder containing a discussion<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to folder containing a discussion<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the discussion.<br /> <br /> topicStatus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid values of TopicStatusAttributeDataHandler: 0 (STATUS_DISABLED) | 1 (STATUS_NONE) | 2 (STATUS_NO_COMMENTS) | 3 (STATUS_READ) | 4 (STATUS_UNREAD)<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used<br /> <br /> 444<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> showtopicaction (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\discussion\topic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> showtopicaction (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays a topic. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the current folder<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the topic’s parent<br /> <br /> topicStatus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid values of TopicStatusAttributeDataHandler: 0 (STATUS_DISABLED) | 1 (STATUS_NONE) | 2 (STATUS_NO_COMMENTS) | 3 (STATUS_READ) | 4 (STATUS_UNREAD)<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type of the selected object<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 445<br /> <br /> showtopicaction (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\discussion\topic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> showtopicaction (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose Calls the WDK showtopic action to launch the showtopic component, which displays a topic.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder containing the note.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the topic.<br /> <br /> topicStatus<br /> <br /> (Optional) Integer that denotes status of topic (set by topicstatus control): 0 = disabled | 1 = none | 2 = read | 3 = unread<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Subtype of dm_sysobject. Must be dmc_notepage or a subtype in order to be viewed.<br /> <br /> 446<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> tableelds (type dmc_datatable_row)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> tableelds (type dmc_datatable_row) Purpose Calls the tablefields, page 1042 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dmc_datatable_row object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\table_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 447<br /> <br /> ungovern (entitlement collaboration)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_datatable_row<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> ungovern (entitlement collaboration) Purpose Causes an object to become ungoverned by a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the room that governs the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 448<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> ungovernfolder (entitlement collaboration)<br /> <br /> ungovernfolder (entitlement collaboration) Purpose Causes a folder to become ungoverned by a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected folder.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who owns the selected folder.<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the room that currently governs the folder.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (entitlement collaboration, type dmc_notepage) Purpose Displays a note object. A note is a content file that can be displayed directly in the browser. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 449<br /> <br /> view (type dmc_calendar_event)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the folder in which the dmc_notepage object resides.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dmc_notepage object to view.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\notepage\dmc_notepage_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dmc_notepage<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dmc_calendar_event) Purpose Calls the attributes (type dmc_calendar_event), page 968 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See editfile (type dm_sysobject), page 476.<br /> <br /> 450<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> view (type dmc_datatable_row)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\calendar_event_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar_event<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dmc_datatable_row) Purpose Calls the properties (type dmc_datatable), page 1026 container component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from view:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See view (type dm_sysobject), page 489.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\table_entry_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 451<br /> <br /> newdocument (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> Parent Denition view:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_datatable_row<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Creating objects newdocument (type dm_folder) Purpose Creates a document within a folder. The user must have a contributor role. The permit value folder_link_permit performs a check for write permissions on the folder when folder security is enabled.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Document format<br /> <br /> editAfterCreate<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether the document can be edited after creation<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the folder or cabinet that will contain the new object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the owner of the folder or cabinet. Used by the NewObjectPrecondition class to determine whether the action can be performed.<br /> <br /> 452<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> exporttocsv<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Data export exporttocsv Purpose Calls the exporttocsv, page 1049 component to export a datagrid to a comma-separated value file.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 453<br /> <br /> cancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Downloading and uploading content cancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Cancels the checked out status of an object. The user must have version level permission (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT | VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> Parameters isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the object to check out, when checking out part of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be checked in.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root object of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 454<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> checkin (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> checkin (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Checks in the selected object. The user must have version_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT|VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT). The user must be assigned to a contributor role defined in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters filenamewithpath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name and path of the file to be checked in.<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> keepLocalFile<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to keep the local file on the machine (True) or not (False).Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the repository node<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be checked in.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who owns the checked in object<br /> <br /> retainLock<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to keep the lock on the object (True) or not (False).Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 455<br /> <br /> checkout (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> silent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to check in the object without displaying the checkin or checkin from dialog box (True) or not (False). If you specify true for this parameter, you must specify a valid value for the version parameter.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root for a virtual document, when checking in a virtual document<br /> <br /> version<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to check in the object as a major, minor, branched, or the same version when true is specified for the silent parameter. Valid values are: major, minor, branch, same. If this parameter is not specified, then the checkin dialog box is displayed even when true is specified for the silent parameter.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> checkout (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Checks out the selected object. The user must have version level permission (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> 456<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> checkout (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters compoundArchitecture<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> isIgnoreDescendents<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean value that indicates whether or not to check out descendants in a virtual document.<br /> <br /> isLockOnly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object should be locked but not copied to the checkout location<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the object to check out, when checking out part of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be checked out.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who owns the checked in object<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 457<br /> <br /> delete (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> delete (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Deletes a user from the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected user.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_folder) Purpose Deletes one or more folder objects. The user must have a role of contributor.<br /> <br /> 458<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_group)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) The ID of the folder in which the object is located<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the user who owns the object to be deleted<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_group) Purpose Deletes a group from the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the group.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 459<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_notication)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_notication) Purpose Deletes a notification.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the notification object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_notification_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 460<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_notification<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Deletes one or more objects. The user must have a role of contributor. In addition, the user must have the DELETE_PERMIT access (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT | VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) The ID of the folder in which the object is located<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the user who owns the object to be deleted<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 461<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_comment)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_comment) Purpose Deletes one or more comment objects. The user must have a role of contributor.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the object to be deleted<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_comment_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_comment<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 462<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> delete (type dmr_content) Purpose Deletes the selected rendition. The user must have write permission on the base object.If the selected object is a replica, it cannot be deleted.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Required) Type of the selected rendition.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type job_request) Purpose Deletes a job request from the repository.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 463<br /> <br /> downloadcontent (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\renamelog\renamelog_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> job_request<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> downloadcontent (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Downloads the selected object to the disk.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isIgnoreDescendents<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean value that indicates whether or not to download descendants in a virtual document.<br /> <br /> 464<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> drledit (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the object to download, when checking out part of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of a virtual document (when operating on a child node).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drledit (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Extends the action editfile (type dm_sysobject), page 476 and opens a DRL for editing. This action is not defined for folders.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See editfile (type dm_sysobject), page 476.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 465<br /> <br /> drledit (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drledit (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose Navigates to myfiles component and performs editfile action on the object referenced by the DRL (document resource locator).<br /> <br /> Parameters navigateOnComplete<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: By default (true), navigates to the main component after the edit action. When this value is set to false, the component does not navigate to the main component after the edit action.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to open for editing.<br /> <br /> 466<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> drledit (type search_template)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drledit (type search_template) Purpose Uses a DRL to open a search template for editing.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from edittemplate:webcomponent/config/actions/dmc_search_template_ actions.xml. See edittemplate (type search_template), page 573.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition edittemplate:webcomponent/config/actions/dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 467<br /> <br /> drlview (type dm_folder) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> search_template<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drlview (type dm_folder) (Webtop) Purpose Navigates to the parent folder or object and performs the view action on the object referenced by the DRL. This action is scoped to dm_sysobject, dm_folder, and dmi_queue_item.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 468<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> drlview (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> drlview (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) Purpose Opens a DRL to a dm_message_archive object for viewing.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the folder in which the dm_message_archive object resides.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_message_archive object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_message_archive_action.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drlview (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Opens a DRL for viewing.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 469<br /> <br /> drlview (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from view:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See view (type dm_sysobject), page 489.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition view:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drlview (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose Navigates to the parent folder or object and performs the view action on the object referenced by the DRL. This action is scoped to dm_sysobject, dm_folder, and dmi_queue_item.<br /> <br /> Parameters assembledFromId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document from which the assembly was created.<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> 470<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> drlview (type dmi_queue_item) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the object is a virtual document (True) or not (False)<br /> <br /> navigateOnComplete<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: By default (true), navigates to the main component after the view action. When this value is set to false, the component does not navigate to the main component after the edit action.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_message_archive object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drlview (type dmi_queue_item) (Webtop) Purpose Navigates to the parent folder or object and performs the view action on the object referenced by the DRL. This action is scoped to dm_sysobject, dm_folder, and dmi_queue_item.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 471<br /> <br /> drlview (type search_template)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the dmi_queue_item object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmi_queue_item object to view.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dmi_queue_item_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmi_queue_item<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drlview (type search_template) Purpose Navigates to the parent folder or object and performs the view action on the search template object referenced by the DRL.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from runsearchtemplate:webcomponent/config/actions/dmc_search_ template_actions.xml. See runsearchtemplate (type search_template), page 578.<br /> <br /> 472<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> edit (type dm_smart_list)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition view:webcomponent/config/actions/dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> search_template<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> edit (type dm_smart_list) Purpose Calls the advsearch, page 1337 component to edit a saved search.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes.<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Indicates whether the object is a reference object (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who has checked out the object.<br /> <br /> navigation<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of navigation upon execution.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 473<br /> <br /> edit (type dm_smart_list)<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the object owner.<br /> <br /> querydeftype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the saved search. Valid values are: IDfSmartList.TYPE_QUERY_BUILDER = "query_builder" IDfSmartList.TYPE_ PASSTHROUGH_QUERY = "passthrough_ query" IDfSmartList.TYPE_UNKNOW = ""IDfSmartList.TYPE_UNKNOW is only used in version 5.3.x. If this parameter value is not specified, it is retrieved from the object specified by the objectId parameter.For this action to be enabled (for example, from the menu or right-click context menu): The value of this parameter must be IDfSmartList.TYPE_QUERY_BUILDER or IDfSmartList.TYPE_UNKNOW, or The value retrieved from the object must be IDfSmartList.TYPE_QUERY_BUILDER. Otherwise, this action is disabled.Since 6.0: passthrough_query value.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_smart_list_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_smart_list<br /> <br /> Caller searchstoreclassic, page 1372 searchstorestreamline, page 1373<br /> <br /> Usage The advanced search component is displayed when "query_builder is specified for the querydeftype parameter.<br /> <br /> 474<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> editafternew (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> The user must have read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT). The advanced search component is displayed when "query_builder is specified for the querydeftype parameter.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled Since 6.0 SP1. See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> editafternew (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Launches the editing application, as recognized by the operating system for the document extension, when a new object is created. The user must have a contributor role.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See editfile (type dm_sysobject), page 476.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition editfile:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 475<br /> <br /> editle (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editle (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Launches the editing application, as recognized by the operating system for the document extension. The user must have version level permission (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT). The user must also have a contributor role.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object (dm_query only)<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the object to open, when opening part of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed. (This is the only parameter defined for templates.)<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the object<br /> <br /> skipVersionCheck<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to prompt the user to choose the current version of an object when the object is not the current version (False) or not (True). Default is false.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> 476<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> export (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> export (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Exports the object to the local file system.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format of the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the object to export, when exporting part of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be exported.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 477<br /> <br /> exportrendition (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> exportrendition (type dmr_content) Purpose Exports a rendition to the local file system and launches the viewing application for the selected rendition<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Required) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) A valid value for the page_modifier attribute of the dmr_content object. Do not pass in your own value for PDF renditions.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 478<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> import (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> import (type dm_folder) Purpose Launches import of an object from the local file system to the repository. The user must have a contributor role. The permit value folder_link_permit performs a check for write permissions on the folder when the folder security is enabled.<br /> <br /> Parameters baseDocbaseType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Base object type for import<br /> <br /> docbaseType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type of imported object<br /> <br /> filePath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the file on the local machine<br /> <br /> format<br /> <br /> (Optional) Format of the object to be imported<br /> <br /> isDirectory<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean that indicates whether the object being imported is a directory<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the destination folder.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of object to be imported<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the owner of the destination folder.<br /> <br /> parentPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Repository path into which the file is imported<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 479<br /> <br /> importrendition (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> importrendition (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Imports an HTML or PDF rendition of the selected object. The user must have version level permission on the object. The user must have read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of rendition to import<br /> <br /> fileNameWithPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path (including the file name) of the file to import.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the object<br /> <br /> 480<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> importrendition (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> importrendition (type dmr_content) Purpose Imports a file to create a new rendition<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when importing the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a reference<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 481<br /> <br /> importrenditiongeneric (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> importrenditiongeneric (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Imports an HTML or PDF rendition of the selected object. The user must have version level permission on the object.<br /> <br /> Parameters<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition importrendition:application=’webcomponent’ type=’dm_sysobject’<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 482<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> importrenditiongeneric (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> importrenditiongeneric (type dmr_content) Purpose Imports a file to create a new rendition<br /> <br /> Parameters<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition importrendition:application=’webcomponent’ type=’dm_sysobject’<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view_as_html_drilldown (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) Purpose Calls the drilldown (type dm_message_archive), page 1058 component to open a dm_message_archive object for viewing as HTML.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 483<br /> <br /> view_as_html (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder in which to start browsing. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example: /Documentation/Library/subfolder.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_message_archive object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_message_archive_action.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view_as_html (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) Purpose Calls the doclist (type dm_message_archive), page 1164 component to open a dm_message_archive object for viewing as HTML.<br /> <br /> 484<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> view_as_outlook_mail_msg (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder in which to start browsing. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example: /Documentation/Library/subfolder.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_message_archive object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_message_archive_action.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view_as_outlook_mail_msg (type dm_message_ archive) (Webtop) Purpose Calls the exportviewcontainer (type dm_message_archive), page 1108 or the httpview (Webtop), page 1133 component to open a dm_message_archive object for viewing in Microsoft Outlook.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 485<br /> <br /> view (type dm_folder) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true if the selected object is a reference object.<br /> <br /> launchViewer<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether to launch a viewing application.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_message_archive object to view.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_message_archive_action.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dm_folder) (Webtop) Purpose Launches a viewing application.<br /> <br /> 486<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> view (type dm_folder) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of object to view, in bytes<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isCurrentVDMNode<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the node is the root node of the current virtual document. The menu item to remove a node is disabled if the node is the root node.<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a reference<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to specify that the object to be viewed is a virtual document<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document. If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of object owner<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 487<br /> <br /> view (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> view (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) Purpose Calls the drilldown (type dm_message_archive), page 1058 component to open a dm_message_archive object for viewing as HTML, the doclist (type dm_message_archive), page 1164 component to open a dm_message_archive object for viewing as HTML, the exportviewcontainer (type dm_message_archive), page 1108 or the httpview (Webtop), page 1133 component to open a dm_message_archive object for viewing in Microsoft Outlook.<br /> <br /> Parameters assembledFromId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document from which the assembly was created.<br /> <br /> contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of object to view, in bytes.<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> isCurrentVDMNode<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the node is the root node of the current virtual document. The menu item to remove a node is disabled if the node is the root node.<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a reference.<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to specify that the object to be viewed is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document. If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who has the object locked.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> 488<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> view (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_message_archive_action.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Launches the viewing application for the selected object. The user must have read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> Parameters assembledFromId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document from which the assembly was assembled<br /> <br /> contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isIgnorePrefRenditions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to ignore the user’s preference for opening renditions (True) or not (False). Default is false. Since 5.3 SP4.<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 489<br /> <br /> view (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> launchViewer<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether to launch a viewing application.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the virtual document node to view.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose Launches a viewing application.<br /> <br /> 490<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> view (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters assembledFromId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document from which the assembly was assembled.<br /> <br /> contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of object to view, in bytes.<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> isCurrentVDMNode<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the node is the root node of the current virtual document. The menu item to remove a node is disabled if the node is the root node.<br /> <br /> isIgnorePrefRenditions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to ignore the user’s preference for opening renditions (True) or not (False). Default is true. Since 5.3 SP4.<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a reference.<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to specify that the object to be viewed is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document. If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who has the object locked.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 491<br /> <br /> view (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dmr_content) Purpose Launches the viewing application for the selected rendition.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Required) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isIgnorePrefRenditions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to ignore the user’s preference for opening renditions (True) or not (False). Default is true.Since 5.3 SP4.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) A valid value for the page_modifier attribute of the dmr_content object. You should not pass in your own value for PDF renditions.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 492<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> view (type search_template)<br /> <br /> view (type search_template) Purpose Launches a viewing application to view a search template.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from runsearchtemplate:webcomponent/config/actions/dmc_search_ template_actions.xml. See runsearchtemplate (type search_template), page 578.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition runsearchtemplate:webcomponent/config/actions/dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> search_template<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> viewcontent (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Opens a virtual document for viewing. The user must have at least read permit on the virtual document.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 493<br /> <br /> viewcontent (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> launchViewer<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether to launch a viewing application.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the virtual document node to view.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 494<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_queued)<br /> <br /> Emailing links to objects sendlocator (type dm_queued) Purpose Sends one or more object locators through email.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to send.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the object type. If null, an object fetch will determine the type.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queued_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_queued<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 495<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Sends one or more object locators through email<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to send.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the object type. If null, an object fetch will determine the type.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sendto (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Sends an object to a user or group<br /> <br /> 496<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> sendtodistributionlist (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to send.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sendtodistributionlist (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Sends an object to a distribution list<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to send.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 497<br /> <br /> newformat (type dm_format)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Formats newformat (type dm_format) Purpose Creates a new Documentum format<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Set value to newobject to create new format.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\format\dm_format_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> 498<br /> <br /> dm_format<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_format)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_format) Purpose Displays the properties of a selected format.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\format\dm_format_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_format<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 499<br /> <br /> accessibilityaction<br /> <br /> General user interface accessibilityaction Purpose Handles accessibility option for buttons and menu items in a component.<br /> <br /> Parameters accessible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to call the menubar component in accessible mode<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 500<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> accessibilityaction (type dm_acedm_requiredgroupdm_requiredgroupsetdm_restriction)<br /> <br /> accessibilityaction (type dm_acedm_ requiredgroupdm_requiredgroupsetdm_restriction) Purpose Not used.<br /> <br /> Parameters accessible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Not used.<br /> <br /> aceavailableactions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> basicpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> extpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> extpermit_readonly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_accessor_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_ace, dm_requiredgroup, dm_requiredgroupset, dm_restriction<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 501<br /> <br /> accessiblefolderbrowser (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> accessiblefolderbrowser (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Locator for dm_user objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> 502<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> auditimagingaction<br /> <br /> Imaging Services auditimagingaction Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters activity<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> description<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> printername<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\imaging_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 503<br /> <br /> saveannotation (type dm_document)<br /> <br /> saveannotation (type dm_document) Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\imaging_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_document<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Jobs abortjob Purpose Aborts an asynchronous action or component job.<br /> <br /> 504<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> showjobstatus<br /> <br /> Parameters jobId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the job to abort.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> showjobstatus Purpose Displays the status of running asynchronous jobs.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 505<br /> <br /> showjobstatushistory<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> showjobstatushistory Purpose Displays the history of asynchronous jobs.<br /> <br /> Parameters jobId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected job.<br /> <br /> jobName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected job.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 506<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> applylifecycle (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Lifecycles applylifecycle (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Attaches a lifecycle (business policy) to an object<br /> <br /> Parameters isReplica<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean indicating whether the object is a replica; the action is invalid for replicas<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the selected object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The object to which a lifecycle will be applied.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 507<br /> <br /> demote (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> demote (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Demotes an object to the previous lifecycle state.<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be demoted.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> detachlifecycle (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Detaches a lifecycle from the selected object.<br /> <br /> 508<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> promote (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be demoted.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> promote (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Promotes an object to the next lifecycle state.<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be promoted.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 509<br /> <br /> restorelifecycle (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> restorelifecycle (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Restores an object from the suspended state to the active state (resumes previous state)<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 510<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> suspendlifecycle (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> suspendlifecycle (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Suspends the lifecycle state of the selected object<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 511<br /> <br /> ndtarget (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Locating objects ndtarget (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Allows the user to click on a reference object and navigate to the object or folder in the remote repository<br /> <br /> Parameters isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true if the selected object is a reference object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the reference object.<br /> <br /> openFolder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true if the reference object is a folder.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 512<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> ndtarget (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> ndtarget (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose Allows the user to click on a reference object and navigate to the object or folder in the remote repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true if the selected object is a reference object.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the reference object.<br /> <br /> openFolder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true if the reference object is a folder.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 513<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_cabinet)<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_cabinet) Purpose Specifies the locations in the repository of a given object (links). This action is disabled for dm_cabinet objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_cabinet_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_cabinet<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_group) Purpose Allows an administrator to get locations where the group owns objects, ACLS, or workflows.<br /> <br /> 514<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_member_group)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the group.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_member_group) Purpose Specifies the locations in the repository of a given object (links).<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) The name of the selected object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 515<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_member_user)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_member_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_member_user) Purpose Specifies the locations in the repository of a given object (links).<br /> <br /> Parameters objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) The name of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 516<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_member_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Specifies the locations in the repository of a given object (links).<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder that contains the selected object.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the folder that contains the selected object. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example, /Documentation/Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectNamePrefix<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 517<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_user) Purpose Allows the administrator to view all of the groups, ACLs, alias sets, objects, and workflows that the specified user owns or belongs to.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) The name of the selected user<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 518<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> rendition_transformation (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Media and transformation rendition_transformation (type dmr_content) Purpose Requires Media Transformation Services. Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when transforming the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder from which the action was called<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the object owner<br /> <br /> transformableToRendition<br /> <br /> (Optional) The valid rendition to which the object can be transformed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 519<br /> <br /> transformation (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> transformation (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Requires Media Transformation Services. Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> transformationtonewrelation (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Requires Media Transformation Services. Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> 520<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> transformationtonewrelation (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> transformableToRendition<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> transformationtonewrelation (type dmr_content) Purpose Requires Media Transformation Services. Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 521<br /> <br /> transformationtonewrendition (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder from which the action was called<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the object owner<br /> <br /> transformableToRendition<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> transformationtonewrendition (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Requires Media Transformation Services. Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> 522<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> transformationtonewrendition (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> transformableToRendition<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> transformationtonewrendition (type dmr_content) Purpose Transforms the object to the selected rendition. Requires Media Transformation Services. Customization not supported.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 523<br /> <br /> addtobrowserfavorites<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when transforming the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder from which the action was called<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the object owner<br /> <br /> transformableToRendition<br /> <br /> (Optional) The valid rendition to which the object can be transformed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Navigational aids addtobrowserfavorites Purpose Generates a bookmark to a DRL for a selected object.<br /> <br /> 524<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> registerevents (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage Returns the object name and DRL for each object.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Notications registerevents (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Registers for notification when certain events occur on an object. Replica and reference objects cannot be registered.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 525<br /> <br /> registerreadevent (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters events<br /> <br /> (Optional) List of the specific events for which to register.<br /> <br /> notificationStatus<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) True, if the current user is registered for events on the selected object; False, if not.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the object whose events should be registered for notification<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> registerreadevent (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Registers a user to receive notification when a specific object is read (that is, viewed, edited, exported, or checked out).<br /> <br /> 526<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> unregisterevents (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters events<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the event for which to register. Valid value is: dm_getfile.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to which this event (specified in the events attribute) applies.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> unregisterevents (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Removes registration for notification when certain events occur on an object<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 527<br /> <br /> unregisterreadevent (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters events<br /> <br /> (Optional) List of specific events for which to remove registration.<br /> <br /> notificationStatus<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) True, if the current user is registered for events on the selected object; False, if not.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the object from which to remove event registration.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> unregisterreadevent (type dm_sysobject) Purpose De-registers a user from receiving notification when an object is read (that is, viewed, edited, exported, or checked out).<br /> <br /> 528<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_action_make_library_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_physical_container)<br /> <br /> Parameters events<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the event for which to de-register. Valid value is: dm_getfile.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to which this event (specified in the events attribute) applies.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Physical Records Manager These actions require a Physical Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_action_make_library_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_physical_container) Purpose Calls the makelibraryrequest, page 1244 component and the makelibraryrequestcontainer, page 1245 container to make a library request. Requires Physical Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 529<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_action_make_library_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_physical_document)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the object for which the request is being made.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\request\prm_physical_container_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> prm<br /> <br /> role<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_library_user<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_physical_container<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_action_make_library_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_physical_document) Purpose Calls the makelibraryrequest, page 1244 component and the makelibraryrequestcontainer, page 1245 container to make a library request. Requires Physical Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> 530<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_cancel_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_library_request)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the object for which the request is being made.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\request\prm_physical_document_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> prm<br /> <br /> role<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_library_user<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_physical_document<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_cancel_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_library_request) Purpose Cancels a library request. Requires Physical Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 531<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_user_request_list (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user)<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who has the object locked.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the object for which the cancellation is being made.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\request\prm_library_request_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> prm<br /> <br /> role<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_library_user<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_library_request<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_user_request_list (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user) Purpose Calls the userrequestlist (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user), page 1248 to display a list of Physical Records Manager library users. Requires Physical Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 532<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> deleteformatpref<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\request\prm_generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> prm<br /> <br /> role<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_library_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Preferences deleteformatpref Purpose Deletes a user’s format preferences and caches the changes until they are committed.<br /> <br /> Parameters primaryFormat<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the primary format.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type to which this format preference applies.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 533<br /> <br /> editformatpref<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Caller format_preferences_summary, page 1257<br /> <br /> Usage This action updates the format_preferences_summary, page 1257 component’s cached list of format preferences and displays the updated list. When the user saves the changes in the format_preferences_summary, page 1257 component, the format preference is committed to the repository.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editformatpref Purpose Edits a user’s format preferences and caches the changes until they are committed.<br /> <br /> Parameters editApp<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the application to edit objects with the format specified in the primaryFormat attribute.<br /> <br /> isEditing<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the format is already being edited (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> 534<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> preferences<br /> <br /> preferredRenditionFormat<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the preferred format for displaying renditions.<br /> <br /> primaryFormat<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the primary format.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type to which this format preference applies.<br /> <br /> viewApp<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the application to view objects with the format specified in the preferredRenditionFormat attribute.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Caller format_preferences_summary, page 1257<br /> <br /> Usage Calls the format_pref_attr_selector component and passes in this action’s arguments.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> preferences Purpose Allows a user to set preferences.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 535<br /> <br /> createpreset (type dmc_preset_package)<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> Presets createpreset (type dmc_preset_package) Purpose Calls the preseteditorcontainer, page 1272 container component to create a preset.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 536<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_preset_package)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_preset_package_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_preset_package<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_preset_package) Purpose Calls the deletepreset (type dmc_preset_package), page 1266 component, which is contained in the deletepresetcombocontainer (type dmc_preset_package), page 1267 container component, to delete a dmc_preset_package object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dm_preset_package object to delete.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the dmc_preset_package object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 537<br /> <br /> editpreset (type dmc_preset_package)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_preset_package_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_preset_package<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editpreset (type dmc_preset_package) Purpose Calls the preseteditorcontainer, page 1272 container component to modify a preset.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the object to edit.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_preset_package_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_preset_package<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 538<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> migratepresets<br /> <br /> migratepresets Purpose Prepare preset objects to be deployed to a production repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object name of the preset to prepare for migration.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_preset_package_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> presetdocbaseselector Purpose Enable selecting repositories from the multiselector.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 539<br /> <br /> presetgrouplocator<br /> <br /> Parameters selections<br /> <br /> (Optional) Names of repositories to display.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\preset_generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> presetgrouplocator Purpose Enables selecting preset users, groups and roles.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-separated list of IDs of the objects to intially select.<br /> <br /> 540<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetlocationlocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\preset_generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> presetlocationlocator Purpose Calls the presetlocationlocatorcontainer, page 1278 container component to navigate preset cabinets and folders.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> invalidpresetentries<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the object IDs of folders that do not exist or are from other repositories. Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 541<br /> <br /> presetobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\preset_generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> presetobjectlocator Purpose Calls the presetobjectlocatorcontainer, page 1282 container component to locate preset objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> invalidpresetentries<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the object IDs of folders that do not exist or are from other repositories. Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> 542<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetobjecttypelocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\preset_generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> presetobjecttypelocator Purpose Calls the presetobjecttypelocatorcontainer, page 1284 container component to locate preset object types.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma- or semicolon-delimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 543<br /> <br /> presetpermissionlocator<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\preset_generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> presetpermissionlocator Purpose Calls the aclobjectlocatorcontainer, page 1386 to select ACLs.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited delimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\preset_generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 544<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetuserorgrouplocator<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> presetuserorgrouplocator Purpose Calls the userorgrouplocator, page 1507 component, contained in the userorgrouplocatorcontainer, page 1509 component container, to locate preset users, groups, and roles.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list users and groups in a flat list, set to false to display users and groups in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple user/group selection.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\preset_generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 545<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_preset_package)<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_preset_package) Purpose Calls the presetwizardcontainer, page 1291 component container to display the properties of a dmc_preset_package object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dmc_preset_package object for which to display properties.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_preset_package_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_preset_package<br /> <br /> Records Manager createrecordrelation (entitlement recordsmanager, type dm_sysobject not dm_folder) Purpose Creates a relationship between formal records.Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> 546<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> declareformalrecord (entitlement recordsmanager, role dmc_rm_recordscontributor, type dm_sysobjectnotdm_folder)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the source formal record object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\relationships\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject,not dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> declareformalrecord (entitlement recordsmanager, role dmc_rm_recordscontributor, type dm_sysobjectnotdm_folder) Purpose Creates formal records.Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 547<br /> <br /> removerecordrelationships (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which to create the formal record object.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the formal record object to create.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\declarerecord\dmc_rm_record_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> role<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_recordscontributor<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject, not dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removerecordrelationships (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Deletes the relationship between formal records.Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> 548<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewformalrecordassociations (entitlement recordsmanager, type dm_sysobjectnotdm_folder) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters isRecordRelationship<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: True indicates that the relationship is between formal records.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the source formal record object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\relationships\dm_relation_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> viewformalrecordassociations (entitlement recordsmanager, type dm_sysobjectnotdm_folder) (Webtop) Purpose Calls the viewContainedInFormalRecords (entitlement recordsmanager) (Webtop), page 1321 component to view a list of formal record objects that contain a specified object. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the formal record object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 549<br /> <br /> viewrecordrelationships (entitlement recordsmanager, type dm_sysobjectnotdm_folder)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject,not dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> viewrecordrelationships (entitlement recordsmanager, type dm_sysobjectnotdm_folder) Purpose Calls the view_record_relationships (entitlement recordsmanager), page 1320 component view relationships between records. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which the source formal record resides.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the folder in which the source formal record resides.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the source formal record object.<br /> <br /> 550<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> deleterelation (type dm_document)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\relationships\dm_relation_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject, not dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> Relationships between objects deleterelation (type dm_document) Purpose Calls a component that deletes a relation object (dm_relation) for two dm_document objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters relationObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_relation object to delete.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 551<br /> <br /> newrelation (type dm_document)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_document_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_document<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newrelation (type dm_document) Purpose Calls a component that creates a relation object (dm_relation) for two dm_document objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters childObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the child object.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the parent object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_document_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_document<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 552<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> comment (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Renditions comment (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Checks for a rendition in the allowable formats and generates JavaScript to invoke Adobe Acrobat 6 in a new browser window. The allowable formats for comments are specified in /webcomponent/app.xml. The Adobe Comment Connector feature must be enabled for the repository. This action does not check for the presence of Adobe Acrobat on the client machine.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Required) Type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the template<br /> <br /> format<br /> <br /> (Required) File format of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 553<br /> <br /> createhtmlrendition (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> createhtmlrendition (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Creates an HTML rendition of the object.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> createhtmlrendition (type dmr_content) Purpose Creates an HTML rendition of a document<br /> <br /> 554<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> createhtmlrenditiongeneric (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Required) File format to use when creating the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> createhtmlrenditiongeneric (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Creates an HTML rendition of the object<br /> <br /> Parameters<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 555<br /> <br /> createhtmlrenditiongeneric (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition createhtmlrendition:application=’webcomponent’ type=’dm_sysobject’<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> createhtmlrenditiongeneric (type dmr_content) Purpose Creates an HTML rendition of a document<br /> <br /> Parameters<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition createhtmlrendition:application=’webcomponent’ type=’dm_sysobject’<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> 556<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> createpdfrendition (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> createpdfrendition (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Creates a PDF rendition of the object.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 557<br /> <br /> createpdfrendition (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> createpdfrendition (type dmr_content) Purpose Creates a PDF rendition of a document.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Required) File format to use when creating the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> createpdfrenditiongeneric (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Creates a PDF rendition of the object.<br /> <br /> 558<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> createpdfrenditiongeneric (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Parameters<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition createpdfrendition:application=’webcomponent’ type=’dm_sysobject’<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> createpdfrenditiongeneric (type dmr_content) Purpose Creates a PDF rendition of a document<br /> <br /> Parameters<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmr_content_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 559<br /> <br /> renditions (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parent Denition createpdfrendition:application=’webcomponent’ type=’dm_sysobject’<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> renditions (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays the renditions for a selected object<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Required) The content type of the renditions to display.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder that contains the selected object.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the folder that contains the selected object. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example, /Documentation/Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectNamePrefix<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 560<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> refresh (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Replicas and References refresh (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Refreshes a reference or replica object to reflect changes in the object source.<br /> <br /> Parameters isReplica<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean parameter that specifies whether the object is a replica.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to refresh (not ID of the source object.)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 561<br /> <br /> changehomedblog (type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Repository changehomedblog (type dm_user) Purpose Displays user change home repository requests and their status.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 562<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> changehomedocbase (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> changehomedocbase (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Changes the user’s home repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> changehomedocbase (type dm_member_user) Purpose Changes the user’s home repository.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 563<br /> <br /> selectrepository<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_member_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> selectrepository Purpose This action allows the user to select a repository from a list of preferred repositories. Displays visible repositories for the list of connection brokers. The user can manually enter the name of a connection broker to select a repository that connects to that broker.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 564<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_smart_list)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\session_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Search delete (type dm_smart_list) Purpose Deletes smart lists.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the dm_folder object that contains the dm_smart_list object to delete..<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who has the dm_smart_list object locked.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_smart_list object to delete.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User name of the owner of the dm_smart_list object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 565<br /> <br /> delete (type search_template)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_smart_list_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_smart_list<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled Since 6.0 SP1. See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> delete (type search_template) Purpose Calls the delete, page 1094 component and the combocontainer, page 1158 container to delete search templates.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the folder in which the search template resides.<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who has checked out the search template.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the search template to be viewed.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the owner of the search template.<br /> <br /> 566<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> drledit (type dm_smart_list)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> search_template<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled Since 6.0 SP1. See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> drledit (type dm_smart_list) Purpose Opens a DRL to a dm_smart_list object for editing.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from edit:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_smart_list_actions.xml. See edit (type dm_smart_list), page 473.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_smart_list_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 567<br /> <br /> drlview (type dm_smart_list)<br /> <br /> Parent Denition edit:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_smart_list_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_smart_list<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drlview (type dm_smart_list) Purpose Opens a DRL to a dm_smart_list object for viewing.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from view:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_smart_list_actions.xml. See view (type dm_smart_list), page 585.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_smart_list_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition view:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_smart_list_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> 568<br /> <br /> dm_smart_list<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> edit_search<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> edit_search Purpose Calls the advsearch, page 1337 component, which is contained in the advsearchcontainer, page 1340 container component, to edit a saved search.<br /> <br /> Parameters queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the query to edit. Valid value is a queryId in the com.documentum. webcomponent.library.search.SearchInfo class.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\search_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> editle (type dm_smart_list) Purpose Calls the advsearch, page 1337 component to edit a saved search.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 569<br /> <br /> editle (type dm_smart_list)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes.<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object (pointer to smart list in another repository).<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the smart list.<br /> <br /> navigation<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of navigation upon execution.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the smart list.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the smart list owner.<br /> <br /> querydeftype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the saved search. Valid values are: IDfSmartList.TYPE_QUERY_BUILDER = "query_builder" IDfSmartList.TYPE_ PASSTHROUGH_QUERY = "passthrough_ query" IDfSmartList.TYPE_UNKNOW = ""IDfSmartList.TYPE_UNKNOW is only used in version 5.3.x. If this parameter value is not specified, it is retrieved from the object specified by the objectId parameter.For this action to be enabled (for example, from the menu or right-click context menu): The value of this parameter must be IDfSmartList.TYPE_QUERY_BUILDER or IDfSmartList.TYPE_UNKNOW, or The value retrieved from the object must be IDfSmartList.TYPE_QUERY_BUILDER. Otherwise this action is disabled.Since 6.0: passthrough_query value.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type of smartlist (dm_smartlist or subtype).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 570<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> editle (type search_template)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_smart_list_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_smart_list<br /> <br /> Caller searchstoreclassic, page 1372 searchstorestreamline, page 1373<br /> <br /> Usage The advanced search component is displayed when "query_builder is specified for the querydeftype parameter. The user must have read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT). The advanced search component is displayed when "query_builder is specified for the querydeftype parameter.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled Since 6.0 SP1. See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> editle (type search_template) Purpose Calls the advsearch, page 1337 component to edit a search template.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from edittemplate:webcomponent/config/actions/dmc_search_template_ actions.xml. See edittemplate (type search_template), page 573.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 571<br /> <br /> editsearch<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition edittemplate:webcomponent/config/actions/dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> search_template<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editsearch Purpose Calls the advsearch component.<br /> <br /> Parameters queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internal ID assigned to the search.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 572<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> edittemplate (type search_template)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> edittemplate (type search_template) Purpose Calls the savesearchtemplate, page 1355 to edit a search template to change the list of fixed and free constraints of the template (without modifying the search).<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the search template.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the search template to be edited.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the search template.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> search_template<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 573<br /> <br /> edittemplatedenition (type search_template)<br /> <br /> Usage The user must have read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled Since 6.0 SP1. See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> edittemplatedenition (type search_template) Purpose Edit the template in the advanced search component to modify the search definition.<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the search template definition.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the search template definition to edit.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the search template definition.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 574<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> importexternalresult (type dm_externalresult)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> search_template<br /> <br /> Usage The user must have read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled Since 6.0 SP1. See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> importexternalresult (type dm_externalresult) Purpose Imports a file listed after searching an external source<br /> <br /> Parameters entryId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the result entry.<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internal ID of the query used for searching the external source.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_externalresult_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 575<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_externalresult)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_externalresult<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_externalresult) Purpose Displays the properties component for an external result object<br /> <br /> Parameters entryId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the result entry.<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the query used for searching the external source.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_externalresult_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_externalresult<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> 576<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> revisesearchtemplate<br /> <br /> See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> revisesearchtemplate Purpose Calls the searchtemplate component to revise a search with its original search template form instead of the classical advanced search component.<br /> <br /> Parameters queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internal ID assigned to the search.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 577<br /> <br /> runsearchtemplate (type search_template)<br /> <br /> runsearchtemplate (type search_template) Purpose Displays a search form from a search template and create a search.<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who has the search template checked out.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the search template.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the search template.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_search_template_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> search_template<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled Since 6.0 SP1. See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> 578<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> save_search<br /> <br /> save_search Purpose Calls the advsearch, page 1337 component, which is contained in the advsearchcontainer, page 1340 container component, to save search results.<br /> <br /> Parameters queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the query to save. This parameter value is saved as a queryId in the com.documentum.webcomponent.library. search.SearchInfo class.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\search_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> savesearch Purpose Saves a search as a search template if the search template service is available or create a template from another search template.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 579<br /> <br /> savesearchtemplate<br /> <br /> Parameters queryId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Internal ID assigned to the query<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> savesearchtemplate Purpose Calls the savesearchtemplate component.<br /> <br /> Parameters queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internal ID assigned to the search.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> 580<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> search<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> search Purpose Performs a search based on a query.<br /> <br /> Parameters query<br /> <br /> (Required) Query or DQL string<br /> <br /> queryType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether the query is a String value or DQL. Valid values: string | dql<br /> <br /> ranking<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag. True to display the ranking of search results.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 581<br /> <br /> searchuser (type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> searchuser (type dm_user) Purpose Displays a list of users.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 582<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> view (type dm_externalresult)<br /> <br /> view (type dm_externalresult) Purpose Views the content of an external search result<br /> <br /> Parameters entryId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the result entry.<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the query used for searching the external source.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_externalresult_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_externalresult<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dm_query) Purpose Launches the search component for viewing a query. The user must have the read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 583<br /> <br /> view (type dm_query)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object (dm_query only)<br /> <br /> navigation<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of navigation to perform after the action<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the object owner (dm_query only)<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type (dm_query only)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_query_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_query<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 584<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> view (type dm_smart_list)<br /> <br /> view (type dm_smart_list) Purpose Calls the search, page 1356 component to run the saved search.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes.<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object.<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who has checked out the object.<br /> <br /> navigation<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of navigation upon execution. Default is returnJump.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the object owner.<br /> <br /> query<br /> <br /> (Optional) Query in the format specified by the queryType parameter. Default is r_object_id.<br /> <br /> querydeftype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the saved search. Valid values are: IDfSmartList.TYPE_QUERY_BUILDER = "query_builder" IDfSmartList.TYPE_ PASSTHROUGH_QUERY = "passthrough_ query" IDfSmartList.TYPE_UNKNOW = ""IDfSmartList.TYPE_UNKNOW is only used in version 5.3.x. If this parameter value is not specified, it is retrieved from the object specified by the objectId parameter. For this action to be enabled (for example, from the menu or right-click context menu), the value of this parameter or the value retrieved from the object must be a valid value; otherwise, this action is disabled.Since 6.0: passthrough value.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 585<br /> <br /> view (type dm_smart_list)<br /> <br /> queryType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the kind of the query that is specified in the query parameter or specific results to display. Valid values are: string or null: Keywords. dql: DQL query. objectId: Object ID of the smartlist. querydef: XML content of a smartlist. queryId: (Internal use only) An active query for editing. lastQuery: Display the results of the last executed search. savedResults: Display saved search results. Default is objectId.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_smart_list_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_smart_list<br /> <br /> Caller search, page 1356<br /> <br /> Usage The user must have read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT). Launches the search component to run the saved search when "query_builder" or "passthrough_query" is specified for the querydeftype<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled Since 6.0 SP1. See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> 586<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewsavedresults (type dm_smart_list)<br /> <br /> viewsavedresults (type dm_smart_list) Purpose Calls the search, page 1356 component to view the saved search results of the saved search.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes.<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> hasresults<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the dm_smart_list object contains search results (True) or not (False). To enable this action, set this parameter’s value to true; otherwise, this parameter’s value is retrieved from the object specified by the objectId parameter.<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the object is a reference object (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object (dm_query only).<br /> <br /> navigation<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of navigation to perform after the action.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected dm_smart_list object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the object owner (dm_query only).<br /> <br /> query<br /> <br /> (Optional) Query in the format specified by the queryType parameter.<br /> <br /> queryType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the saved search. Valid values are: IDfSmartList.TYPE_QUERY_BUILDER = "query_builder" IDfSmartList.TYPE_ PASSTHROUGH_QUERY = "passthrough_ query" IDfSmartList.TYPE_UNKNOW = ""IDfSmartList.TYPE_UNKNOW is only used in version 5.3.x.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 587<br /> <br /> aclbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_smart_list_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_smart_list<br /> <br /> Caller searchstoreclassic, page 1372 searchstorestreamline, page 1373<br /> <br /> Usage The user must have read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled Since 6.0 SP1. See failoverenabled, page 375.<br /> <br /> Security aclbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Allows the administrator to browse a list of ACLs in the repository<br /> <br /> 588<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addaccessortorevoke (type dm_common_restriction)<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> addaccessortorevoke (type dm_common_restriction) Purpose Adds an accessor to an in-memory list of accessors to revoke from the ACLs of more than one selected object.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: To display all objects in a flat list (True) or a drop-down list (False).<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: Support multiple object selection (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 589<br /> <br /> addaceaction (type dm_ace)<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) String that represents the permission to be applied to the accessor.<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the room that currently governs the folder.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_common_restriction<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> addaceaction (type dm_ace) Purpose Adds a user or group entry to an ACL<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: True to list all objects in a flat list, false to display a drop down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: True to support multiple object selection<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> 590<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addgroupmembership<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set of working and new permits. Valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT | VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the room, in the case of a room ACL<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_ace<br /> <br /> addgroupmembership Purpose Adds a user or group to a group<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of user or group<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the ACL (permission set)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 591<br /> <br /> addrestriction (type dm_restriction)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_ace<br /> <br /> addrestriction (type dm_restriction) Purpose Adds a restriction to the ACL. Trusted Content Services must be enabled in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: true to list all objects in a flat list, false to display a drop down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: true to support multiple object selection<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set of working and new permits. Valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT | VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the room, in the case of a room ACL<br /> <br /> 592<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> aliassetbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_restriction<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> aliassetbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Allows the administrator to browse a list of alias sets in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 593<br /> <br /> aliassetbrowse (type dm_group)<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> aliassetbrowse (type dm_group) Purpose Allows the administrator to browse a list of alias sets in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 594<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_acl)<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_acl) Purpose Deletes an ACL.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the ACL.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Required) Object type of the ACL.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_acl<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editaceaction Purpose Edits an entry in an ACL.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 595<br /> <br /> editaceaction<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of user or group to add to ACL.<br /> <br /> basicpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the basic permit for the accessor. Valid values are 1 (none), 2 (browse), 3 (read), 4 (relate), 5 (version), 6 (write), 7 (delete). Default = 3 (read)<br /> <br /> extpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The extended permission for the accessor. Valid values are EXECUTE_ PROCEDURE_BIT, CHANGE_LOCATION_BIT, CHANGE_STATE_BIT, CHANGE_ PERMISSIONS_BIT, TAKE_OWNERSHIP_BIT. Default = 0 (no extended permissions)<br /> <br /> extpermit_readonly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to disable extended permission controls<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the ACL<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of ACL<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) String representation of the permission that is being applied to the accessor<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid types of IDfPermit: DF_ACCESS_PERMIT = 0 DF_EXTENDED_ PERMIT = 1 DF_APPLICATION_PERMIT = 2 DF_ACCESS_RESTRICTION = 3 DF_EXTENDED_RESTRICTION = 4 DF_APPLICATION_RESTRICTION = 5 DF_REQUIRED_GROUP = 6 DF_REQUIRED_ GROUP_SET = 7<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 596<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> editacepermitaction<br /> <br /> editacepermitaction Purpose Sets extended permissions in an ACL including Trusted Content Services support if it is configured for the repository<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of accessor (user or group)<br /> <br /> basicpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the basic permit for the accessor. Valid values are 1 (none), 2 (browse), 3 (read), 4 (relate), 5 (version), 6 (write), 7 (delete). Default = 3 (read)<br /> <br /> extpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The extended permission for the accessor. Valid values are EXECUTE_ PROCEDURE_BIT, CHANGE_LOCATION_BIT, CHANGE_STATE_BIT, CHANGE_ PERMISSIONS_BIT, TAKE_OWNERSHIP_BIT. Default = 0 (no extended permissions)<br /> <br /> extpermit_readonly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to disable extended permission controls<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the ACL<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of ACL<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) String representation of the permission that is being applied to the accessor<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid types of IDfPermit: DF_ACCESS_PERMIT=0DF_EXTENDED_ PERMIT = 1DF_APPLICATION_PERMIT = 2DF_ACCESS_RESTRICTION = 3DF_EXTENDED_RESTRICTION = 4DF_APPLICATION_RESTRICTION = 5DF_REQUIRED_GROUP = 6DF_REQUIRED_ GROUP_SET = 7<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 597<br /> <br /> editrestriction (type dm_restriction)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> editrestriction (type dm_restriction) Purpose Edits the restricted access of selected users or groups. Trusted Content Services must be enabled in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of user or group to add to ACL.<br /> <br /> basicpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the basic permit for the accessor. Valid values are 1 (none), 2 (browse), 3 (read), 4 (relate), 5 (version), 6 (write), 7 (delete). Default = 3 (read)<br /> <br /> extpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The extended permission for the accessor. Valid values are EXECUTE_ PROCEDURE_BIT, CHANGE_LOCATION_BIT, CHANGE_STATE_BIT, CHANGE_ PERMISSIONS_BIT, TAKE_OWNERSHIP_BIT. Default = 0 (no extended permissions)<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of ACL<br /> <br /> 598<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> getowner (type dm_acl)<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) String representation of the permission that is being applied to the accessor<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid types of IDfPermit: DF_ACCESS_PERMIT=0DF_EXTENDED_ PERMIT = 1DF_APPLICATION_PERMIT = 2DF_ACCESS_RESTRICTION = 3DF_EXTENDED_RESTRICTION = 4DF_APPLICATION_RESTRICTION = 5DF_REQUIRED_GROUP = 6DF_REQUIRED_ GROUP_SET = 7<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_restriction<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> getowner (type dm_acl) Purpose Gets the ACL owner name<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 599<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_acl)<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: true to list all objects in a flat list, false to display a drop down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: true to support multiple object selection<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of ACL object.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_acl<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> locations (type dm_acl) Purpose Displays the locations where an ACL is used.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> 600<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newacl (type dm_acl)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_acl<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newacl (type dm_acl) Purpose Creates a new ACL<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the ACL.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 601<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_acl)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_acl<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_acl) Purpose Displays the properties of an ACL.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_acl<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 602<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removeaccessor<br /> <br /> removeaccessor Purpose Removes an accessor from an ACL<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of accessor (user or group) to be removed<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid types of IDfPermit: DF_ACCESS_PERMIT=0DF_EXTENDED_ PERMIT = 1DF_APPLICATION_PERMIT = 2DF_ACCESS_RESTRICTION = 3DF_EXTENDED_RESTRICTION = 4DF_APPLICATION_RESTRICTION = 5DF_REQUIRED_GROUP = 6DF_REQUIRED_ GROUP_SET = 7<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 603<br /> <br /> removeaccessortorevoke (type dm_common_restriction)<br /> <br /> removeaccessortorevoke (type dm_common_ restriction) Purpose Removes an accessor from an in-memory list of accessors to revoke from the ACLs of more than one selected object.<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of user or group to remove from the in-memory list.<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid types of IDfPermit: DF_ACCESS_PERMIT = 0 DF_EXTENDED_ PERMIT = 1 DF_APPLICATION_PERMIT = 2 DF_ACCESS_RESTRICTION = 3 DF_EXTENDED_RESTRICTION = 4 DF_APPLICATION_RESTRICTION = 5 DF_REQUIRED_GROUP = 6 DF_REQUIRED_ GROUP_SET = 7<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_common_restriction<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 604<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removerestriction (type dm_restriction)<br /> <br /> removerestriction (type dm_restriction) Purpose Removes an access restriction for selected users or group. Trusted Content Services must be enabled in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of user or group for which to remove the restriction<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid types of IDfPermit: DF_ACCESS_PERMIT=0, DF_EXTENDED_ PERMIT = 1, DF_APPLICATION_PERMIT = 2, DF_ACCESS_RESTRICTION = 3, DF_EXTENDED_RESTRICTION = 4, DF_APPLICATION_RESTRICTION = 5, DF_REQUIRED_GROUP = 6, DF_REQUIRED_GROUP_SET = 7<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_restriction<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 605<br /> <br /> rmaccessor<br /> <br /> rmaccessor Purpose Removes an entry from an ACL.<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of user or group to remove from the ACL.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Subscriptions subscribe (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Subscribes the user to an object.<br /> <br /> 606<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> subscribeothers (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> subscribeothers (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Enables a user to subscribe other users to objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the object.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 607<br /> <br /> unsubscribe (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> unsubscribe (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Unsubscribes an object.<br /> <br /> Parameters events<br /> <br /> (Optional) List of the events for which to remove subscriptions.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 608<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testcustomattrs (type wdk5_testtype_1)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Testing testcustomattrs (type wdk5_testtype_1) Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This action can be used for internal testing to display custom attributes.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from versions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See versions (type dm_sysobject), page 402.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition versions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> wdk5_testtype_1<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 609<br /> <br /> testcustomrepeatingattrs (type wdk5_testtype_2)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> testcustomrepeatingattrs (type wdk5_testtype_2) Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This action can be used for internal testing of repeating attributes display.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from versions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See versions (type dm_sysobject), page 402.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition versions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> wdk5_testtype_2<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 610<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testdocbasescope (docbase CS52ORABuild162wdkFormnotw2k52WDK_CustomTest01, type wdk5_testtype_3)<br /> <br /> testdocbasescope (docbase CS52ORABuild162wdkFormnotw2k52WDK_ CustomTest01, type wdk5_testtype_3) Purpose One of a set of components and actions that tests controls and actions. This action can be used for internal testing of scope on repository and type values.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from renditions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions. xml. See renditions (type dm_sysobject), page 560.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition renditions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope docbase<br /> <br /> CS52ORABuild162, wdkForm, not w2k52WDK_CustomTest01<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> wdk5_testtype_3<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 611<br /> <br /> testlterattrs (type wdk5_testtype_3)<br /> <br /> testlterattrs (type wdk5_testtype_3) Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This action can be used for internal testing to filter an action by a scope value.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from versions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See versions (type dm_sysobject), page 402.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition versions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> wdk5_testtype_3<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 612<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testmultirole (role consumernotadministrator, type wdk5_testtype_4)<br /> <br /> testmultirole (role consumernotadministrator, type wdk5_testtype_4) Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This action can be used for internal testing of roles.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from renditions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions. xml. See renditions (type dm_sysobject), page 560.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition renditions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope role<br /> <br /> consumer, not administrator<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> wdk5_testtype_4<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 613<br /> <br /> testmultiscope (type wdk5_testtype_1wdk5_testtype_2)<br /> <br /> testmultiscope (type wdk5_testtype_1wdk5_ testtype_2) Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This action can be used for internal testing of multiple scope values.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from renditions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions. xml. See renditions (type dm_sysobject), page 560.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition renditions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> wdk5_testtype_1, wdk5_testtype_2<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 614<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testmultiscopeandnot (type wdk5_testtype_1notwdk5_testtype_2)<br /> <br /> testmultiscopeandnot (type wdk5_testtype_ 1notwdk5_testtype_2) Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This action can be used for internal testing of multiple scopes and excluding values.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from renditions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions. xml. See renditions (type dm_sysobject), page 560.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition renditions:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> wdk5_testtype_1, not wdk5_testtype_2<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 615<br /> <br /> testnotkeyword (type notwdk5_testtype_1)<br /> <br /> testnotkeyword (type notwdk5_testtype_1) Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This action can be used for internal testing of scope that excludes certain values.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from history:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml. See history (type dm_sysobject), page 397.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition history:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> not wdk5_testtype_1<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 616<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> showallmessages<br /> <br /> User feedback showallmessages Purpose Calls the messages, page 1469 component to display a data grid of all the user’s messages for a session.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 617<br /> <br /> accessiblefolderbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Users, groups, and roles accessiblefolderbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Locates dm_user objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma- or semicolon-delimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> 618<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> accessiblefolderbrowse (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> accessiblefolderbrowse (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6) Purpose Locates dm_member_user objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma- or semicolon-delimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_member_user<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 619<br /> <br /> addgroupmembership (type dm_restriction)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> addgroupmembership (type dm_restriction) Purpose Adds a user or group to a group that has restricted access. Trusted Content Services must be enabled in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of user or group<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the ACL (permission set)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_restriction<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 620<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addprocessorauthentication<br /> <br /> addprocessorauthentication Purpose Sets the skill level and authorized document profiles for a new work queue processor<br /> <br /> Parameters multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to allow multiple selection<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\userprofile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> addrequiredgroup Purpose Adds a group of users to an ACL. A user must belong to that group in order to satisfy any security check with that ACL (Requires that Trusted Content Services be enabled in the repository.)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 621<br /> <br /> addrequiredgroupset<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: True to list all objects in a flat list, false to display a drop down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: True to support multiple object selection<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set of working and new permits. Valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT | VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of a room, in the case of a room ACL<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> addrequiredgroupset Purpose Creates a set of groups. A user must belong to one of the groups in order to satisfy any security check with that ACL (Requires that Trusted Content Services be enabled in the repository.)<br /> <br /> 622<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> adduserorgroup (type grouplist)<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: true to list all objects in a flat list, false to display a drop down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean: true to support multiple object selection<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set of working and new permits. Valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT | VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the room, in the case of a room ACL<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> adduserorgroup (type grouplist) Purpose Adds a user or group to the repository<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 623<br /> <br /> adminbrowse (type dm_group)<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: true to list all objects in a flat list, false to display a drop down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: true to support multiple object selection<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\grouplist_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> grouplist<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> adminbrowse (type dm_group) Purpose Allows the administrator to browse a list of group administrators in a repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 624<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> groupbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> groupbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Allows the administrator to browse a list of groups in a repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 625<br /> <br /> groupbrowse (type dm_group)<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> groupbrowse (type dm_group) Purpose Allows the administrator to browse a list of groups in a repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 626<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> groupreassign (type dm_group)<br /> <br /> groupreassign (type dm_group) Purpose Renames a group<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected group.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the group.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> groupreassign (type dm_member_group) Purpose Renames a group.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 627<br /> <br /> grouprenamelog (type dm_group)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected group.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the group.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_member_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> grouprenamelog (type dm_group) Purpose Displays requests for renaming groups.<br /> <br /> Parameters renametarget<br /> <br /> 628<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of objects requested for rename. Valid values: USER | GROUP<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newgroup (privilege creategroup, type dm_group)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newgroup (privilege creategroup, type dm_group) Purpose Creates a new group in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Must have a value of newobject to create a new group.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the group.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 629<br /> <br /> newrole (privilege creategroup, type dm_role)<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> creategroup<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newrole (privilege creategroup, type dm_role) Purpose Creates a new role in the repository (dm_group object with attributes group_class="role" and group_name=" role_name").<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected role. Set to newobject to create a new role.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the role.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\role\dm_role_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> creategroup<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_role<br /> <br /> 630<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newuser (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newuser (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Creates a new user in the repository<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected user. Set to newobject to create a new user.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 631<br /> <br /> ownerbrowse (type dm_group)<br /> <br /> ownerbrowse (type dm_group) Purpose Allows the administrator to browse a list of group owners in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_group) Purpose Displays the properties for the repository group or creates a new group.<br /> <br /> 632<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_member_group)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected group. Set to newobject to create a new group.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the group.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_group_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_member_group) Purpose Displays the properties of a dm_member_group object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the group for which to display properties<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of group<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 633<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_member_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6) Purpose Displays the properties of a dm_member_user object. Requires a Documentum Collaborative Services license.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the user.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of user<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 634<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_member_user<br /> <br /> entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration6<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_user) Purpose Displays properties for a selected user.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected user. Set to newobject to create a new user.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 635<br /> <br /> reassignuser (privilege superuser, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> reassignuser (privilege superuser, type dm_user) Purpose Renames a user.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the user to reassign.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) The name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> superuser<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reassignuser (type dm_member_user) Purpose Renames a user.<br /> <br /> 636<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removerequiredgroup<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected user. Set to newobject to create a new user.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_member_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removerequiredgroup Purpose Removes a group requirement from an ACL. (Requires that Trusted Content Services be enabled in the repository.)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 637<br /> <br /> removerequiredgroupset<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Group to be removed from ACL<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid types of IDfPermit: DF_ACCESS_PERMIT DF_EXTENDED_ PERMIT DF_APPLICATION_PERMIT DF_ACCESS_RESTRICTION DF_EXTENDED_ RESTRICTION DF_APPLICATION_ RESTRICTION DF_REQUIRED_GROUP DF_REQUIRED_GROUP_SET<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> removerequiredgroupset Purpose Removes a set of required groups from an ACL. (Requires that Trusted Content Services be enabled in the repository.)<br /> <br /> 638<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removeuserorgroup (type dm_member_group)<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of group set to remove<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid types of IDfPermit: DF_ACCESS_PERMIT=0DF_EXTENDED_ PERMIT = 1, DF_APPLICATION_PERMIT = 2, DF_ACCESS_RESTRICTION = 3, DF_EXTENDED_RESTRICTION = 4, DF_APPLICATION_RESTRICTION = 5, DF_REQUIRED_GROUP = 6, DF_REQUIRED_GROUP_SET = 7<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acl_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> removeuserorgroup (type dm_member_group) Purpose Allows the administrator to remove a group from the repository<br /> <br /> Parameters groupId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the group to remove.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 639<br /> <br /> removeuserorgroup (type dm_member_user)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_member_group<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removeuserorgroup (type dm_member_user) Purpose Allows the administrator to remove a user from the repository<br /> <br /> Parameters groupId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the user to remove.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\dm_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 640<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> selectuser (type selectuser)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_member_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> selectuser (type selectuser) Purpose Selects a user<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\selectuser_action.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> selectuser<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 641<br /> <br /> userbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user)<br /> <br /> userbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Allows the administrator to browse a list of users in the repository<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> userimport (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) Purpose Imports a user from another repository in the domain<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 642<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> userorgroupchooser<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope privilege<br /> <br /> sysadmin<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> userorgroupchooser Purpose Displays a locator component for selecting users or groups for use with work queues<br /> <br /> Parameters groupName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of group from which to locate a member user or group<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 643<br /> <br /> userrenamelog (type dm_user)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> userrenamelog (type dm_user) Purpose Displays job requests for renaming users.<br /> <br /> Parameters renametarget<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of objects requested for rename. Valid values: USER | GROUP<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\dm_user_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 644<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewreport (type dm_rename_log)<br /> <br /> viewreport (type dm_rename_log) Purpose Displays a selected job report for a user or group rename or user change home repository job.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Job request ID.<br /> <br /> oldname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Old name of user or group<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\renamelog\renamelog_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_rename_log<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Virtual documents addcomponent (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Adds a child node to a virtual document. The child object must be in the same repository.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 645<br /> <br /> addcomponent (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters compoundArchitecture<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean specifying whether the object is a compound virtual document<br /> <br /> insertAfterNodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document node after which the new node is added<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the root object<br /> <br /> newNodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> newNodeObjectIds<br /> <br /> (Required) IDs of the objects to be added to the virtual document.<br /> <br /> newVDRootNodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the parent node for the new object.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the parent node for the new object.<br /> <br /> preconditionShouldDisplayErrors<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to display errors when the precondition criteria are not met.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 646<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addcomponentfromclipboard (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> addcomponentfromclipboard (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Adds a child node to a virtual document from the clipboard<br /> <br /> Parameters compoundArchitecture<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean specifying whether the object is a compound virtual document<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the root object<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the object to be added as a child node<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Parent node.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of a virtual document (when operating on a child node).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 647<br /> <br /> addcomponentfromleselector (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> addcomponentfromleselector (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Adds a child node to a virtual document from the file selector.<br /> <br /> Parameters compoundArchitecture<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean specifying whether the object is a compound virtual document<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the root object<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the object to be added as a child node<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Parent node.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of a virtual document (when operating on a child node).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 648<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addnewvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> addnewvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Create content and add it to a virtual document<br /> <br /> Parameters compoundArchitecture<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean specifying whether the object is a compound virtual document<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the parent for the new content.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the parent for the new content.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Owner of the object, evaluated by the role precondition<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 649<br /> <br /> assemblylist (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> assemblylist (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays the structure of a virtual document snapshot.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from viewassembly:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_ actions.xml. See viewassembly (type dm_sysobject), page 677.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition viewassembly:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> assemblylist (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose Calls the main (Webtop), page 887 or assemblylist (Webtop), page 1516 component to display the structure of a virtual document snapshot.<br /> <br /> 650<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> assemblyliststreamline (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from viewassembly:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_ actions.xml. See viewassembly (type dm_sysobject), page 677.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition assemblylist:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> assemblyliststreamline (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays the structure of a virtual document snapshot in drilldown (streamline) view.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from streamlineviewassembly:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_ sysobject_actions.xml. See streamlineviewassembly (type dm_sysobject), page 667.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 651<br /> <br /> assemblyliststreamline (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition streamlineviewassembly:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> assemblyliststreamline (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose Calls the assemblyliststreamline, page 1517 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from streamlineviewassembly:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_ sysobject_actions.xml. See streamlineviewassembly (type dm_sysobject), page 667.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 652<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> freezeassembly (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition assemblyliststreamline:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> freezeassembly (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Freezes a virtual document snapshot. The user must have a contributor role.<br /> <br /> Parameters assembledFromId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the parent virtual document, if any<br /> <br /> isFrozenAssembly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean parameter that specifies whether the snapshot to be frozen is already frozen<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the snapshot<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who owns the snapshot<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 653<br /> <br /> makesimple (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> makesimple (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Converts a virtual document to a simple document if the document has no child nodes.<br /> <br /> Parameters isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a virtual document (required for pre-4.1 repository virtual documents)<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document. If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be converted into a virtual document.<br /> <br /> 654<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> makevirtual (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> makevirtual (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Converts a simple object to a virtual document.<br /> <br /> Parameters isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a virtual document (required for pre-4.1 repository virtual documents)<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document. If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be converted into a virtual document.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 655<br /> <br /> newassembly (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newassembly (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Creates a new virtual document snapshot. The user must have a contributor role assigned in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which to create the assembly<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document. If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Owner of virtual document. Used by role precondition to determine whether user can create an assembly.<br /> <br /> 656<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Adds content to a virtual document<br /> <br /> Parameters editAfterCreate<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to opening editing application after creating the new node<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the object to add to the virtual document.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Owner of virtual document. Used by role precondition to determine whether user can add a node.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 657<br /> <br /> openassembly (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> openassembly (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Opens a virtual document assembly (snapshot) in the virtual document editor<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> launchViewer<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether to launch a viewing application.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the node in a virtual document<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> pathInfo<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to be displayed in the breadcrumb<br /> <br /> selectedNodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-separated list of nodeIds that should be initially selected when the vdmlist component is first displayed<br /> <br /> structureComponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the component that displays virtual document structure<br /> <br /> 658<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> openvirtualdocument (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> openvirtualdocument (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Opens a virtual document in the virtual document structure viewing component.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> launchViewer<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether to launch a viewing application.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the node in a virtual document<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> pathInfo<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to be displayed in the breadcrumb<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 659<br /> <br /> removecomponent (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> selectedNodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-separated list of nodeIds that should be initially selected when the vdmlist component is first displayed<br /> <br /> structureComponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the component that displays virtual document structure<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removecomponent (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Removes a component document of dm_sysobject type from a virtual document.<br /> <br /> 660<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removevirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters isCurrentVDMNode<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true if the object to be removed is the current virtual document node (node cannot delete itself).<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the node to be removed from the virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be removed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removevirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Removes a node from a virtual document<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 661<br /> <br /> reordercomponents (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters isCurrentVDMNode<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true if the object to be removed is the current virtual document node (node cannot delete itself)<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the node to be removed<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document root<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reordercomponents (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Changes the order of nodes in a virtual document<br /> <br /> 662<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reordervirtualdocumentnodes (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters compoundArchitecture<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean specifying whether the object is a compound virtual document<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a virtual document (required for pre-4.1 repository virtual documents)<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document. If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the child node to be removed<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be converted into a virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reordervirtualdocumentnodes (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Changes the order of nodes in a virtual document<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 663<br /> <br /> repositioncomponent (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the node to be changed<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document root node<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> repositioncomponent (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Rearranges the structure of a virtual document<br /> <br /> Parameters insertAfterNodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document node after which to move the object.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) Node ID of the current parent node for the object.<br /> <br /> preconditionShouldDisplayErrors<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to display errors on evaluation of the precondition<br /> <br /> 664<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> savechanges<br /> <br /> targetParentNodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) Node ID of the new parent node for the object.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the root of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> savechanges Purpose Saves changes made to a virtual document structure<br /> <br /> Parameters closeUponCompletion<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to close virtual document structure after saving<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the virtual document to save.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Owner of the virtual document<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 665<br /> <br /> setbindingrule (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> setbindingrule (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Allows a user to set a binding rule on a virtual document node. The setbindingrule precondition determines that the selected object is a virtual document node. Also, the precondition checks that the user has at least version permission on the virtual document parent node.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the document node on which to set a binding rule.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of virtual document root<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 666<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> streamlineviewassembly (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> streamlineviewassembly (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays in drilldown (streamline) view a list of virtual document snapshots for the selected object.<br /> <br /> Parameters assembledFromId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document from which the assembly was assembled<br /> <br /> isLaunchedFromDRL<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the virtual document was displayed from a DRL (True) or not (False).Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the assembly<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 667<br /> <br /> streamlineviewvirtualdoc (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> streamlineviewvirtualdoc (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays a virtual document in the drilldown view.<br /> <br /> Parameters isCurrentVDMNode<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the node is the root node of the current virtual document. The menu item to remove a node is disabled if the node is the root node.<br /> <br /> isLaunchedFromDRL<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the virtual document was displayed from a DRL (True) or not (False).Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a virtual document (required for pre-4.1 repository virtual documents)<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document. If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 668<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> unfreezeassembly (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> unfreezeassembly (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Unfreezes a frozen virtual document snapshot. The user must have a contributor role assigned in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters isFrozenAssembly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean parameter that specifies whether the snapshot to be unfrozen is frozen<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the snapshot<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document snapshot.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who owns the snapshot<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 669<br /> <br /> vdmclickactionprompt (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdmclickactionprompt (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays a dialog box allowing the user to view a virtual document structure or edit the document.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isLaunchedFromDRL<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the virtual document was displayed from a DRL (True) or not (False).Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object<br /> <br /> launchViewer<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether to launch a viewing application.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the node in a virtual document<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> pathInfo<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to be displayed in the breadcrumb<br /> <br /> selectedNodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-separated list of nodeIds that should be initially selected when the vdmlist component is first displayed<br /> <br /> structureComponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of component to be used for displaying the virtual document structure<br /> <br /> useAssembly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to display a list of assemblies.Set to false to display a list of virtual documents.<br /> <br /> 670<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> vdmcopyoption (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdmcopyoption (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Presents the user with options for the type of copy operation on a virtual document<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the object that will be copied.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 671<br /> <br /> vdmlist (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdmlist (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays a list of virtual documents in a list view<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from viewvirtualdoc:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_ actions.xml. See viewvirtualdoc (type dm_sysobject), page 679.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition viewvirtualdoc:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 672<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> vdmlist (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> vdmlist (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK vdmlist component and adds support for the classic view. Displays the structure of a virtual document. The user can navigate to the different parts of the virtual document by clicking on the breadcrumb or the child node.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from viewvirtualdoc:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_ actions.xml. See viewvirtualdoc (type dm_sysobject), page 679.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition vdmlist:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdmliststreamline (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays a list of virtual documents in a streamline (drilldown) view<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 673<br /> <br /> vdmliststreamline (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from streamlineviewvirtualdoc:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_ sysobject_actions.xml. See streamlineviewvirtualdoc (type dm_sysobject), page 668.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition streamlineviewvirtualdoc:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdmliststreamline (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose Provides a streamline view of virtual documents. Both the vdmlist components provide a UI that displays the children and root in a virtual document, allows navigation through the virtual document’s hierarchy, and displays menus to launch actions on selected items.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from streamlineviewvirtualdoc:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_ sysobject_actions.xml. See streamlineviewvirtualdoc (type dm_sysobject), page 668.<br /> <br /> 674<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> vdmvalidate (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition vdmliststreamline:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdmvalidate (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Calls the vdmvalidate, page 1545 component and the vdmvalidate_container, page 1546 container to validate a virtual document.<br /> <br /> Parameters compoundArchitecture<br /> <br /> (Optional) Compound document type of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) Node ID of the virtual document node to validate.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the object to validate.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the root of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 675<br /> <br /> viewassemblies (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> viewassemblies (type dm_sysobject) Purpose View all assemblies generated from a virtual document<br /> <br /> Parameters assembledFromId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document from which the assembly was assembled<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of folder containing the virtual document<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to folder containing the virtual document<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a virtual document (required for pre-4.1 repository virtual documents)<br /> <br /> 676<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewassembly (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document. If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document for which to display assemblies<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> viewassembly (type dm_sysobject) Purpose View an assembly object<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 677<br /> <br /> viewvdm (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters assembledFromId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document from which the assembly was assembled<br /> <br /> isLaunchedFromDRL<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the assembly was displayed from a DRL (True) or not (False).Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> viewvdm (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays a virtual document tree<br /> <br /> 678<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewvirtualdoc (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters isCurrentVDMNode<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true if user has selected the current node for viewing<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a virtual document (required for pre-4.1 repository virtual documents)<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document.If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> viewvirtualdoc (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays a virtual document in the objectlist view<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 679<br /> <br /> viewvirtualdoc (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters isCurrentVDMNode<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the node is the root node of the current virtual document. The menu item to remove a node is disabled if the node is the root node.<br /> <br /> isLaunchedFromDRL<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the virtual document was displayed from a DRL (True) or not (False).Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a virtual document (required for pre-4.1 repository virtual documents)<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document. If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 680<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> abortfailedautoworkowtask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Workows abortfailedautoworkowtask (type dm_task) Purpose Aborts a failed automatic workflow task.<br /> <br /> Parameters canCompleteTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the task is active and can be completed.<br /> <br /> isFailedAutoTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that an automatic task has failed and can be re-run.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task.<br /> <br /> userCost<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined cost data, stored as double in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> userTime<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined time data, stored as integer in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 681<br /> <br /> abortworkow (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> abortworkow (type dm_workow) Purpose Aborts a workflow.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow.<br /> <br /> supervisor<br /> <br /> (Optional) User name of workflow supervisor<br /> <br /> workflowRuntimeState<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow. 0=dormant | 1=running | 2=finished | 3=halted | 4=terminated<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 682<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> acceptworkowtask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> acceptworkowtask (type dm_task) Purpose Accepts a workflow task for the user.<br /> <br /> Parameters canAcquireTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates that the task is in a state such that it can be acquired (not paused, already acquired, or finished)<br /> <br /> isGroupOwned<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates that the task is assigned to a group of which the user is a member<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 683<br /> <br /> addattachment (type dmi_package)<br /> <br /> addattachment (type dmi_package) Purpose Adds an attachment to a workflow package<br /> <br /> Parameters formTemplateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the XForm template<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Task ID<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the attachment object<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the workflow package<br /> <br /> runtimeState<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow. 0=dormant | 1=running | 2=finished | 3=halted | 4=terminated. Only 0 or 1 can be suspended.<br /> <br /> versionlabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Version label for the attachment<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmi_package_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmi_package<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 684<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addwfattachment<br /> <br /> addwfattachment Purpose Adds an ad hoc attachment to a workflow<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> attributes (type workow_calendar) Purpose Attributes of a workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 685<br /> <br /> cancelcheckout (type dm_process)<br /> <br /> Parameters actiontype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the action to be performed.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object name of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\calendar\workflow_calendar_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> workflow_calendar<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> cancelcheckout (type dm_process) Purpose Cancels the checked out status of an object. The user must have version level permission (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT | VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from cancelcheckout:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_ actions.xml. See cancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject), page 454.<br /> <br /> 686<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> changeperformer (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_process_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition cancelcheckout:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_process<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> changeperformer (type dm_task) Purpose Changes the performer of a future task in a workflow<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Activity name of the future task.<br /> <br /> supervisor<br /> <br /> (Optional) Workflow supervisor<br /> <br /> taskRuntimeFlag<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow task. Valid values: 0=dormant | 1=acquired | 2=finished | 3-6 =paused | 7=ready<br /> <br /> workflowId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow.<br /> <br /> workflowRuntimeState<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow activity. Valid values: 0=dormant | 1=running | 2=finished | 3=halted | 4=terminated<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 687<br /> <br /> changesupervisor (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> changesupervisor (type dm_workow) Purpose Changes the supervisor of a workflow.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow.<br /> <br /> workflowRuntimeState<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow activity. Valid values: 0=dormant | 1=running | 2=finished | 3=halted | 4=terminated<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 688<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> comment (type dm_process)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> comment (type dm_process) Purpose Adds a comment to a workflow template<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the template<br /> <br /> startworkflowId<br /> <br /> (Required) Component ID of the task manager component to be displayed as the first tab in the container.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_process_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_process<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 689<br /> <br /> comment (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> comment (type dm_task) Purpose Adds a comment to a workflow task.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task<br /> <br /> taskmanagerId<br /> <br /> (Required) Component ID of the task manager component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> commitchanges (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Asks the user whether to save changes to a virtual document before displaying it. Called by the vdmviewcomponent when a user views a virtual document that has been checked out.<br /> <br /> 690<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> completefailedautoworkowtask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the template<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the person who created the document<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> completefailedautoworkowtask (type dm_task) Purpose Completes a failed automatic workflow task.<br /> <br /> Parameters canCompleteTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the task is active and can be completed.<br /> <br /> isFailedAutoTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that an automatic task has failed and can be re-run.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 691<br /> <br /> delegateworkowtask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task.<br /> <br /> userCost<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined cost data, stored as double in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> userTime<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined time data, stored as integer in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delegateworkowtask (type dm_task) Purpose Delegates a task in a workflow.<br /> <br /> 692<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_activity)<br /> <br /> Parameters canCompleteTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the task is active and can be completed.<br /> <br /> isDelegable<br /> <br /> (Optional) True to specify that the task can be delegated<br /> <br /> isFailedAutoTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that an automatic task has failed and can be re-run.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_activity) Purpose Deletes one or more activity objects. The user must have a role of contributor.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 693<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_process)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) The ID of the folder in which the object is located<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the object<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the user who owns the object to be deleted<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_activity_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_activity<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_process) Purpose Deletes one or more workflow templates. The user must have a role of contributor.<br /> <br /> 694<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) The ID of the folder in which the workflow template is located<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who has checked out the workflow template<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the workflow template to be deleted.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who owns the workflow template to be deleted<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_process_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_process<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_workow) Purpose Deletes a workflow object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 695<br /> <br /> delete (type workow_calendar)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> workflowRuntimeState<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow. 0=dormant | 1=running | 2=finished | 3=halted | 4=terminated<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type workow_calendar) Purpose Enables deleting workflow business calendars.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object name of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> 696<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> deletenotication (type dm_notication)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\calendar\workflow_calendar_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> workflow_calendar<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> deletenotication (type dm_notication) Purpose Deletes a notification from a router.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the notification.<br /> <br /> routerId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the router.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 697<br /> <br /> drlview (type dm_process)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_notification<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drlview (type dm_process) Purpose Navigates to the parent folder or object of the DRL and opens the workflow template for viewing.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from view:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_process_actions.xml. See view (type dm_process), page 738.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_process_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition view:webcomponent/config/actions/dm_process_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_process<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 698<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> editle (type dm_process)<br /> <br /> editle (type dm_process) Purpose Launches the Web Workflow Manager to allow editing of a workflow template. The user must have version level permission (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT). The user must also have a contributor role.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow template. (This is the only parameter defined for templates.)<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) User who owns the workflow template<br /> <br /> setError<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to pass the precondition error message to the WebcomponentErrorService as a non-fatal message<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_process_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_process<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 699<br /> <br /> editstartwfnote (type dmi_package)<br /> <br /> editstartwfnote (type dmi_package) Purpose Allows the user to add or edit a task note at the start of a workflow<br /> <br /> Parameters operationType<br /> <br /> (Required) Type of operations to perform on a note. Valid values: add | edit | remove.<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the workflow package.<br /> <br /> processId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow template<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmi_package_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmi_package<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> edittasknote (type dmi_package) Purpose Allows the user to add, remove, or edit a task note<br /> <br /> 700<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> emailperformers (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Parameters operationType<br /> <br /> (Required) Type of edit operation: add | edit | remove<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the workflow package.<br /> <br /> queueItemId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow task, which is passed as the objectId value to the edittasknote component.<br /> <br /> queueItemState<br /> <br /> (Required) State of queue item. Valid values: dormant | acquired | paused | ready | null.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmi_package_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmi_package<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> emailperformers (type dm_workow) Purpose Calls the container component to send an email to the dm_workflow object performers.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 701<br /> <br /> emailsupervisor (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_workflow object.<br /> <br /> wfperformers<br /> <br /> (Required) User names of the workflow performers.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> emailsupervisor (type dm_workow) Purpose Calls the container component to send an email to the supervisor of the dm_workflow object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_workflow object.<br /> <br /> wfsupervisor<br /> <br /> (Required) User name of the supervisor of the dm_workflow object.<br /> <br /> 702<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> nishworkowtask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> nishworkowtask (type dm_task) Purpose Finishes a workflow task.<br /> <br /> Parameters canCompleteTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the task is active and can be completed.<br /> <br /> hasEmptyMandatoryPkg<br /> <br /> (Optional) The task contains an empty package that must be passed with the task<br /> <br /> isFailedAutoTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that an automatic task has failed and can be re-run.<br /> <br /> isManual<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether transition is manual or automated.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 703<br /> <br /> forwardroutertask (type dm_router_task)<br /> <br /> userCost<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined cost data, stored as double in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> userTime<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined time data, stored as integer in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> forwardroutertask (type dm_router_task) Purpose Forwards a router task.<br /> <br /> Parameters canCompleteTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) True to specify that the user can complete the task<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the router task.<br /> <br /> 704<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> forwardworkowtask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_router_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> forwardworkowtask (type dm_task) Purpose Forwards a task in a workflow.<br /> <br /> Parameters canCompleteTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the task is active and can be completed.<br /> <br /> hasEmptyMandatoryPkg<br /> <br /> (Optional) The task contains an empty package that must be passed with the task<br /> <br /> hasForwardPaths<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether there are any remaining paths in the workflow<br /> <br /> isManual<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether transition is manual or automated.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 705<br /> <br /> halttask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> userCost<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined cost data, stored as double in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> userTime<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined time data, stored as integer in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> halttask (type dm_task) Purpose Halts (pauses) a task in a workflow.<br /> <br /> 706<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> haltworkow (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Task name.<br /> <br /> taskRuntimeFlag<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow task. Valid values: 0=dormant |1=acquired | 2=finished | 3 6 =paused | 7=ready<br /> <br /> workitemId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work item.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> haltworkow (type dm_workow) Purpose Halts a workflow<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 707<br /> <br /> historicalprocessreport<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow.<br /> <br /> supervisor<br /> <br /> (Optional) User name of workflow supervisor<br /> <br /> workflowRuntimeState<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow. 0=dormant | 1=running | 2=finished | 3=halted | 4=terminated<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> historicalprocessreport Purpose Creates a report showing historical workflow data.<br /> <br /> Parameters ownerName<br /> <br /> 708<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> historicaluserreport<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> historicaluserreport Purpose Creates a report showing historical workflow data organized by user<br /> <br /> Parameters ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 709<br /> <br /> history (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> history (type dm_task) Purpose Displays the history of a workflow task.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> taskmanagerId<br /> <br /> (Required) Component ID of the task manager component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 710<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newprocess (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> newprocess (type dm_folder) Purpose Creates a new workflow template by launching the Web workflow manager. The user must have a contributor role. The permit value folder_link_permit performs a check for write permissions on the folder when folder security is enabled.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the folder in which to create the template.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the owner of the folder or cabinet. Used by the NewObjectPrecondition class to determine whether the action can be performed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 711<br /> <br /> newWorkowCalendar (type workow_calendar)<br /> <br /> newWorkowCalendar (type workow_calendar) Purpose Creates a new workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> Parameters actiontype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the action to be performed.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object name of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\calendar\workflow_calendar_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> workflow_calendar<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> rejectroutertask (type dm_router_task) Purpose Rejects a router.<br /> <br /> 712<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> rejectworkowtask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Parameters canCompleteTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) True to specify that the user can complete the task<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the router task.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_router_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> rejectworkowtask (type dm_task) Purpose Rejects a task in a workflow<br /> <br /> Parameters canCompleteTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the task is active and can be completed.<br /> <br /> hasEmptyMandatoryPkg<br /> <br /> (Optional) The task contains an empty package that must be passed with the task<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 713<br /> <br /> removeattachment (type dmi_package)<br /> <br /> hasRejectPaths<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether there are any reject paths in the workflow<br /> <br /> isManual<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether transition is manual or automated.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task.<br /> <br /> userCost<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined cost data, stored as double in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> userTime<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined time data, stored as integer in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removeattachment (type dmi_package) Purpose Removes an attachment from a workflow package<br /> <br /> 714<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removestartwfattachment (type dmi_package)<br /> <br /> Parameters attachmentName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the attachment<br /> <br /> isPackageManufactured<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the package was added in this task or previously<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow task.<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the workflow package.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmi_package_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmi_package<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removestartwfattachment (type dmi_package) Purpose Removes an attachment before the workflow has started<br /> <br /> Parameters attachmentName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the attachment<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow task.<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the workflow package.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 715<br /> <br /> removestartwfwfattachment (type dmi_wf_attachment)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmi_package_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmi_package<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removestartwfwfattachment (type dmi_wf_ attachment) Purpose Removes an attachment before the workflow has started<br /> <br /> Parameters attachmentName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the attachment to be removed from the workflow.<br /> <br /> docId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the attachment.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 716<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removewfattachment (type dmi_wf_attachment)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmi_wf_attachment_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmi_wf_attachment<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removewfattachment (type dmi_wf_attachment) Purpose Removes an attachment from a workflow<br /> <br /> Parameters attachmentName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the attachment to be removed from the workflow<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the queue item.<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the workflow package<br /> <br /> wf_attachment_id<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the attachment to be removed from the workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmi_wf_attachment_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 717<br /> <br /> repeatworkowtask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmi_wf_attachment<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> repeatworkowtask (type dm_task) Purpose Repeats a task in a workflow<br /> <br /> Parameters canCompleteTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the task is active and can be completed.<br /> <br /> isFailedAutoTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that an automatic task has failed and can be re-run.<br /> <br /> isRepeatable<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether a task can be repeated<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task.<br /> <br /> userCost<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined cost data, stored as double in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> userTime<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined time data, stored as integer in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 718<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditclassic (type dm_workow) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditclassic (type dm_workow) (Webtop) Purpose Launches the reportdetailscontainerclassic (type dm_workflow) (Webtop), page 1560 component , which displays several workflow report components. This action is called by a link in the reportmainclassic (Webtop), page 1571 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 719<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditdrilldown (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditdrilldown (type dm_workow) Purpose Displays several workflow report components.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 720<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditlist (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditlist (type dm_workow) Purpose Displays several workflow report components.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditstreamline (type dm_workow) (Webtop) Purpose Launches the component reportdetailscontainerstreamline (type dm_workflow) (Webtop), page 1563, which displays several workflow report components. This action is called by a link in the reportmainstreamline (Webtop), page 1575 component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 721<br /> <br /> reportdetailsmap (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportdetailsmap (type dm_workow) Purpose Displays several workflow report components<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 722<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarydrilldown (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarydrilldown (type dm_workow) Purpose Displays several workflow report components<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dm_workflow object to report on.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 723<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarydrilldown (type dm_workow) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarydrilldown (type dm_workow) (Webtop) Purpose Launches the component reportdetailscontainerstreamline (type dm_workflow) (Webtop), page 1563, which displays several workflow report components. This action is called by a link in the component reportmainstreamline (Webtop), page 1575.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarylist (type dm_workow) Purpose Displays several workflow report components.<br /> <br /> 724<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarylist (type dm_workow) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarylist (type dm_workow) (Webtop) Purpose Displays several workflow report components. This action is called by a link in the component reportmain_list.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 725<br /> <br /> reportmainclassic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportmainclassic (Webtop) Purpose Calls the component reportmainclassic (Webtop), page 1571 and displays a list of workflow instances and its attributes.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 726<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportmaindrilldown<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportmaindrilldown Purpose Displays a list of workflow instances and their attributes.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportmainsettings Purpose Displays report settings.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 727<br /> <br /> reportmainstreamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters documentId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a document for which workflows will be reported<br /> <br /> filter<br /> <br /> (Required) Sets the selected filter. Valid values: 0 = all | 1 = completed | 2 = running<br /> <br /> overdueDays<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the number of days overdue for which to display a report<br /> <br /> overdueOnly<br /> <br /> (Required) True to filter for overdue task status.<br /> <br /> templateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a template for which workflows will be reported<br /> <br /> userName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user for which to display workflows.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportmainstreamline (Webtop) Purpose Calls the reportmainstreamline (Webtop), page 1575 component and displays a list of workflow instances and its attributes.<br /> <br /> 728<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> rerunfailedautoworkowtask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> rerunfailedautoworkowtask (type dm_task) Purpose Reruns a failed automatic workflow task<br /> <br /> Parameters canCompleteTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that the task is active and can be completed.<br /> <br /> isFailedAutoTask<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies that an automatic task has failed and can be re-run.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 729<br /> <br /> resumetask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> userCost<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined cost data, stored as double in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> userTime<br /> <br /> (Optional) Customer-defined time data, stored as integer in Server. Can be audited and summed up for completed workflows.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> resumetask (type dm_task) Purpose Resumes a task in a workflow that was previously halted<br /> <br /> 730<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> resumeworkow (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Task name.<br /> <br /> taskRuntimeFlag<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow task. Valid values: 0=dormant |1=acquired | 2=finished | 3 6 =paused | 7=ready<br /> <br /> workitemId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the work item to resume.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> resumeworkow (type dm_workow) Purpose Resumes a halted workflow<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 731<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_notication)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow.<br /> <br /> supervisor<br /> <br /> (Optional) User name of workflow supervisor<br /> <br /> workflowRuntimeState<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow. 0=dormant | 1=running | 2=finished | 3=halted | 4=terminated<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_notication) Purpose Sends one or more object locators through email<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to send.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the object type. If null, an object fetch will determine the type.<br /> <br /> 732<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_router_task)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_notification_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_notification<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_router_task) Purpose Sends one or more object locators through email<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to send.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the object type. If null, an object fetch will determine the type.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_router_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 733<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_router_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_task) Purpose Sends one or more object locators through email<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to send.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the object type. If null, an object fetch will determine the type.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 734<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> startworkow (type dm_process)<br /> <br /> startworkow (type dm_process) Purpose Starts a workflow using a selected template. The user starts the workflow by selecting a document. The startworkflow component is added to the container dynamically. The user must have a contributor level of client capability.<br /> <br /> Parameters attachmentIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) IDs of the objects attached to the workflow<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow template.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who starts the workflow<br /> <br /> startworkflowId<br /> <br /> (Required) Component ID of the task manager component to be displayed as the first tab in the container.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_process_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_process<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 735<br /> <br /> startworkowfromdoc (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> startworkowfromdoc (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Starts a workflow with the selected document. The user starts the workflow by selecting a workflow template. The user must have a contributor level of client capability.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to route through the workflow<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who starts the workflow<br /> <br /> startworkflowId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Component ID of the task manager component to be displayed as the first tab in the container<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 736<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> startworkownotemplate<br /> <br /> startworkownotemplate Purpose Starts a workflow without a workflow template<br /> <br /> Parameters ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Owner of the object for which to start a workflow<br /> <br /> startworkflowId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Component ID of the taskmanager component to be displayed as the first tab in the container.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dm_notication) Purpose Displays a notification.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 737<br /> <br /> view (type dm_process)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the notification object.<br /> <br /> taskmanagerId<br /> <br /> (Required) Component ID of the task manager component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_notification_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_notification<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dm_process) Purpose Launches the Web Workflow Manager for viewing a workflow template. The user must have read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> 738<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> view (type dm_router_task)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow template.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> setError<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to pass the precondition error message to the WebcomponentErrorService as a non-fatal message<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_process_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_process<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dm_router_task) Purpose Launches the viewing application for the selected object. The user must have read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 739<br /> <br /> view (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> taskmanagerId<br /> <br /> (Required) Component ID of the task manager component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_router_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_router_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dm_task) Purpose Launches the task manager for viewing a task.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) dm_queue_id of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> taskmanagerId<br /> <br /> (Required) Component ID of the task manager component.<br /> <br /> 740<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> view (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dm_workow) Purpose Launches the Web Workflow Manager to display the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> workflowRuntimeState<br /> <br /> (Required) (Required) Integer that specifies whether the workflow runtime state is Dormant (0), Running (1), Terminated (2), Halted (3), or Finished (4).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 741<br /> <br /> workowavailability<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_workflow_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowavailability Purpose Sets the user’s availability to receive workflow tasks<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 742<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workowcalendarlist (type workow_calendar)<br /> <br /> workowcalendarlist (type workow_calendar) Purpose Enables displaying a list of workflow business calendars.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\calendar\workflow_calendar_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> workflow_calendar<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowstatusclassic (Webtop) Purpose Launches the workflowstatusclassic (Webtop), page 1669 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 743<br /> <br /> workowstatusdrilldown<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowstatusdrilldown Purpose Displays in a drilldown view the workflows initiated by the user and the status of the workflows<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 744<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workowstatuslist<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowstatuslist Purpose Displays in an object list view the workflows initiated by the user and the status of the workflows<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowstatusstreamline (Webtop) Purpose Launches the workflowstatusstreamline (Webtop), page 1671 component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 745<br /> <br /> addprocessorworkqueue<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\generic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Work queue management addprocessorworkqueue Purpose Adds a work queue processor to a work queue.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> 746<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addworkqueuemember<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\userprofile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> addworkqueuemember Purpose Adds a user as a valid processor for a work queue.<br /> <br /> Parameters addQueueMemberContext<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean that must have a value of true to perform action<br /> <br /> groupName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Must have a value of queue_processor to perform action<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to allow multiple selection<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of work queue<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of work queue<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queueusersandgroups_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 747<br /> <br /> assign_queued_task (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> assign_queued_task (type dm_task) Purpose Assigns a task from a work queue to a particular performer.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_task object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the task.<br /> <br /> performer<br /> <br /> (Required) User name of the owner to whom to assign the task.<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queued_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 748<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_queuegroup)<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_queuegroup) Purpose Displays the attributes of dm_queuegroup objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_queuegroup object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dm_queuegroup object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queuegroup_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_queuegroup<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_queueprocessor) Purpose Displays the attributes of work queue processors.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 749<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_wq_skill_info)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_user object that represents a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dm_user object that represents a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queueprocessor_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_queueprocessor<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_wq_skill_info) Purpose Displays the attributes of dmc_wq_skill_info objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_wq_skill_info object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dmc_wq_skill_info object.<br /> <br /> 750<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> changeprocessorworkqueuemember<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_wq_skill_info_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_wq_skill_info<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> changeprocessorworkqueuemember Purpose Edit the user profile for a work queue member in a work queue.<br /> <br /> Parameters direct_member<br /> <br /> (Required) (Boolean) True, if the processor was added as a user to the work queue; False, if the processor is a member of a group that was added to the work queue.<br /> <br /> member<br /> <br /> (Required) (Boolean) True, if the processor is a member of a group that was added to the work queue; False, if the processor was added as a user to the work queue.<br /> <br /> name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 751<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_queued)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\userprofile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_queued) Purpose Deletes a queue item in the inbox.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the queue item.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queued_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 752<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_category)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_queued<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_category) Purpose Deletes one or more objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the selected object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_category_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_category<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 753<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_doc_prole)<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_doc_prole) Purpose Deletes a work queue document profile object. This action is available only when the document profile is not used.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue document profile object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the work queue document profile.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the work queue document profile object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_doc_profile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_doc_profile<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 754<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_policy)<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_policy) Purpose Deletes a work queue policy. This action is available only when the policy is not being used.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_policy_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_policy<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue) Purpose Deletes one or more workqueue objects. The user must have a role of contributor.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 755<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_wq_skill_info)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the selected object to be deleted<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the object to be deleted<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_wq_skill_info) Purpose Deletes dmc_wq_skill_info objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_wq_skill_info object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the dmc_wq_skill_info object.<br /> <br /> 756<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> deletenotication (type dm_queued)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_wq_skill_info_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_wq_skill_info<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> deletenotication (type dm_queued) Purpose Deletes a notification from a router.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the notification.<br /> <br /> routerId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the router.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgr_actions.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 757<br /> <br /> docproleadd<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_queued<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docproleadd Purpose Adds a work queue document profile object<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Work queue ID<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\docprofileadd_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 758<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docproleremove<br /> <br /> docproleremove Purpose Removes a work queue document profile object. This action is available only if the document profile is not being used.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\docprofileadd_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editprocessorauthentication Purpose Sets the skill level and authorized document profiles for an existing work queue processor.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 759<br /> <br /> editwquserskill (type dmc_wq_user_skill)<br /> <br /> Parameters docprofile_enable<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to enable setting a profile for the user<br /> <br /> docprofile_name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name to assign to the profile<br /> <br /> skill<br /> <br /> (Optional) Adds a value to the dropdown list of skills in the form of an NLS ID<br /> <br /> username<br /> <br /> (Required) Sets a label for the User Name, in the form of an NLS ID<br /> <br /> wq_name<br /> <br /> (Required) Work queue name<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\userprofile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editwquserskill (type dmc_wq_user_skill) Purpose Enables editing of dmc_wq_user_skill objects.<br /> <br /> 760<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> get_work<br /> <br /> Parameters skill_info_id<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the dmc_wq_skill_info object.<br /> <br /> skill_values<br /> <br /> (Optional) For the specified skill, the actual skill values (String) of the user.<br /> <br /> user_name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_wq_user_skill_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_wq_user_skill<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> get_work Purpose Retrieves the highest priority unassigned task from a work queue<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 761<br /> <br /> managequeueinbox (type dmc_workqueue)<br /> <br /> Parameters allowPullEmptyOnly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to false to allow the user to get the next task even if the user’s inbox contains other active tasks.<br /> <br /> getWorkContext<br /> <br /> (Required) Set to true to allow this action within the context of the calling component (set by inboxdrilldown and inboxlist). The action will be disabled within components that do not set the value to true.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Owner of the task<br /> <br /> userName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Current user<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> managequeueinbox (type dmc_workqueue) Purpose Manages the work queue inbox containing the tasks of the selected queue.<br /> <br /> 762<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> move_queued_task (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> queuename<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected queue.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> move_queued_task (type dm_task) Purpose Moves a task from one work queue to another.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_task object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the dm_task object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 763<br /> <br /> move (type dmc_workqueue_category)<br /> <br /> performer<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the performer.<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of work queue.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queued_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> move (type dmc_workqueue_category) Purpose Moves a work queue or work queue category to a new location.<br /> <br /> Parameters ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the work queue to be moved.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 764<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> move (type dmc_workqueue)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_category_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_category<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> move (type dmc_workqueue) Purpose Moves a clipboard object to a new location.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 765<br /> <br /> myworkqueuecategories<br /> <br /> myworkqueuecategories Purpose Displays a list of the work queue categories of which the current user is a manager.<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: true to allow rearrangement of order.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\queue_management_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 766<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newWorkQueue (type dmc_workqueue)<br /> <br /> newWorkQueue (type dmc_workqueue) Purpose Creates a new work queue object.<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Required) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newWorkQueueCategory Purpose Creates a new work queue category object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 767<br /> <br /> newWorkQueueDocProle (type dmc_workqueue_doc_prole)<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Required) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue category object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue category object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_category_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newWorkQueueDocProle (type dmc_workqueue_ doc_prole) Purpose Creates a new work queue document profile object.<br /> <br /> 768<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newWorkQueuePolicy (type dmc_workqueue_policy)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue document profile object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue document profile.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_doc_profile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_doc_profile<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newWorkQueuePolicy (type dmc_workqueue_policy) Purpose Creates a new work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 769<br /> <br /> newWQSkillInfo (type dmc_wq_skill_info)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_policy_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_policy<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newWQSkillInfo (type dmc_wq_skill_info) Purpose Creates dmc_wq_skill_info objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_wq_skill_info object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dmc_wq_skill_info object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_wq_skill_info_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 770<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> processorqueueinbox (type dmc_workqueue)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_wq_skill_info<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> processorqueueinbox (type dmc_workqueue) Purpose Displys the inbox for a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> queuename<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue to display in the work queue inbox.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 771<br /> <br /> processorskillattributes<br /> <br /> processorskillattributes Purpose Modify a work queue processor’s skill attributes.<br /> <br /> Parameters skill_info_id<br /> <br /> (Optional) skill_info_id attribute to modify.<br /> <br /> skill_values<br /> <br /> (Optional) Values to change to in the specified skill_info_id parameter.<br /> <br /> user_name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue processor.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\userprofile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> processorworkloadinbox Purpose Displays the work queue items assigned to a particular work queue processor.<br /> <br /> 772<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_queuegroup)<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of group to which user or group must belong to process inbox queue items.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Owner of group<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the workload queue<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\queue_member_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_queuegroup) Purpose Displays the properties of dm_queuegroup objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_queuegroup object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dm_queuegroup object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 773<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_queueprocessor)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queuegroup_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_queuegroup<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_queueprocessor) Purpose Displays the properties of work queue processors.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_user object that represents a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) The user_name attribute value in the dm_user object that represents a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 774<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_workqueue_category)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queueprocessor_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_queueprocessor<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_workqueue_category) Purpose Displays the properties of an object (dmc_workqueue_category).<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_category_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_category<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 775<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_workqueue_doc_prole)<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_workqueue_doc_prole) Purpose Displays the properties of a dmc_workqueue_doc_profile object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_workqueue_doc_ profile object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dmc_workqueue_doc_ profile object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_doc_profile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_doc_profile<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_workqueue_policy) Purpose Displays the properties component for a work queue policy.<br /> <br /> 776<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_workqueue)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_policy_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_policy<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_workqueue) Purpose Displays the properties of a dmc_workqueue object<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected object<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 777<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_wq_skill_info)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_wq_skill_info) Purpose Displays properites for dmc_wq_skill_info objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_wq_skill_info object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dmc_wq_skill_info object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_wq_skill_info_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 778<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> pull_queued_task (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_wq_skill_info<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> pull_queued_task (type dm_task) Purpose Calls the pullqueuedtask, page 1702 component in the pullqueuedtaskcontainer, page 1702 container component.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Queue item ID of the dm_task object to be selected.<br /> <br /> performer<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user to whom to assign the dm_task object<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue from which to select the the dm_task objects.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queued_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 779<br /> <br /> queuelist<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> queuelist Purpose Displays a list of the available work queues and work queue categories.<br /> <br /> Parameters category_path<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> object_name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Queue ID.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\list\queuelist_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 780<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> queuelist (Webtop)<br /> <br /> queuelist (Webtop) Purpose Calls queuelist (Webtop), page 1708 to display a list of the available work queues and work queue categories.<br /> <br /> Parameters category_path<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) IDs of queue management nodes in the browsertree.<br /> <br /> object_name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Queue ID.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\queuelistclassic_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 781<br /> <br /> queuemonitorlist<br /> <br /> queuemonitorlist Purpose Displays an overview screen showing the status of a manager’s work queues.<br /> <br /> Parameters ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> queueusersandgroups (type dmc_workqueue) Purpose Displays a list of the users and groups assigned to a work queue.<br /> <br /> 782<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reassign_queued_task (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue.<br /> <br /> queuename<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_workqueue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reassign_queued_task (type dm_task) Purpose Changes the user assigned to work on a work queue task.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_task object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 783<br /> <br /> removeprocessorauthentication<br /> <br /> performer<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the performer to which to reassign the task.<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue for which to assign a task.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queued_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removeprocessorauthentication Purpose Removes the skill level and authorized document profile settings for a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 784<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removeworkqueuemember<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\userprofile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removeworkqueuemember Purpose Removes a user from the list of valid processors for a work queue.<br /> <br /> Parameters addQueueMemberContext<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean that must have a value of true to perform action.<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of queue from which to remove a user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queueusersandgroups_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 785<br /> <br /> suspend_queued_task (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> suspend_queued_task (type dm_task) Purpose Suspends a task from a work queue.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_task object.<br /> <br /> runtimeState<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow. Valid values are: 0 = dormant 1 = running 2 = finished 3 = halted 4 = terminated Only 0 and 1 can be suspended.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queued_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> unassign_queued_task (type dm_task) Purpose Removes a work queue task from an individual processor’s task list and returns it to the work queue.<br /> <br /> 786<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> unsuspend_queued_task (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_task object.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the dm_task object.<br /> <br /> performer<br /> <br /> (Required) Performer to whom the task was assigned.<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queued_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> unsuspend_queued_task (type dm_task) Purpose Returns a suspended queue task to active state.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 787<br /> <br /> updateprocessorauthentication<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_task object.<br /> <br /> runtimeState<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow. Valid values are: 0 = dormant 1 = running 2 = finished 3 = halted 4 = terminated Only 0 and 1 can be suspended.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queued_task_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> updateprocessorauthentication Purpose Updates the skill level and authorized document profiles for a work queue processor<br /> <br /> Parameters docprofile_name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name to assign to the profile<br /> <br /> skill<br /> <br /> (Optional) Adds a value to the dropdown list of skills in the form of an NLS ID<br /> <br /> 788<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> updateprocessorskill<br /> <br /> username<br /> <br /> (Required) Sets a label for the User Name, in the form of an NLS ID<br /> <br /> wq_name<br /> <br /> (Required) Work queue name<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\userprofile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> updateprocessorskill Purpose Updates the skill level for a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue processor (dm_queueprocessor) object.<br /> <br /> requiredSkillIds<br /> <br /> (Required) Ids of the dmc_wq_skill_info objects the work queue requires.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 789<br /> <br /> view (type dm_queued)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\userprofile_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> view (type dm_queued) Purpose Launches the viewing application for the selected object. The user must have read_permit access to the object (valid values: DELETE_PERMIT | WRITE_PERMIT |VERSION_PERMIT | RELATE_PERMIT | READ_PERMIT | BROWSE_PERMIT | NONE_PERMIT).<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> taskmanagerId<br /> <br /> (Required) Component ID of the task manager component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_queued_actions.xml<br /> <br /> 790<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewqueuemanagementclipboard<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_queued<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> viewqueuemanagementclipboard Purpose Displays the contents of the queue management clipboard.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queue_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 791<br /> <br /> newxforms (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> XForms newxforms (type dm_folder) Purpose Creates a new form. The user must have the role form_user and folder_link_permit permission. Customization is not supported.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the current folder in which the form will be created.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the owner of the folder or cabinet. Used by the NewObjectPrecondition class to determine whether the action can be performed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 792<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> saveasxforms (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> saveasxforms (type dm_folder) Purpose Creates a new form from a current form. The user must have the role form_user. Launched as a menu item for a selected object in the list view. Customization is not supported.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format of the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the current folder in which the form will be created.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not implemented<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_folder_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 793<br /> <br /> saveasxforms (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> saveasxforms (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Creates a new form from a current form. The user must have the role form_user.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format of the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the current folder in which the form will be created.<br /> <br /> ownerName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Owner of object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dm_sysobject_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 794<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Chapter 3 Components Reference Overview Components are grouped according to how they are used.<br /> <br /> Common elements This topic describes the elements that can be specified in more than one component configuration file. Elements that can only be specified in one component configuration file are described in that component’s entry.<br /> <br /> actiontable <actiontable rel="nofollow">/webcomponent/testbed/wdklinks.jsp</actiontable><br /> <br /> For internal use only.<br /> <br /> allversionsvisible <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to display all versions (true) or only the current version (false).<br /> <br /> asynchronous <asynchronous rel="nofollow">true</asynchronous><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to enable (true) or disable (false) asynchronous execution of a component job. The default is false.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 795<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> attributes 1 <attributes rel="nofollow"> 2<attribute column="1" rel="nofollow"> 3<name>name</name> 4<columnheader>MSG_OBJECT_NAME</columnheader> </attribute> ... </attributes><br /> <br /> 1 Contains attribute definitions for columns to display. 2 Specifies a mapping for an attribute to a column. Specify an integer that represents the position of the column in relation to the other columns. 3 Specifies the name of the attribute. 4 Specifies the name of the column header.<br /> <br /> autogettaskdefault <autogettaskdefault rel="nofollow">false</autogettaskdefault><br /> <br /> Default value for auto get next task checkbox (default = unchecked).<br /> <br /> base_type <base_type>dm_cabinet</base_type><br /> <br /> Specifies the base type (which includes subtypes) for the component.<br /> <br /> bindingcomponentversion <bindingcomponentversion>latest</bindingcomponentversion><br /> <br /> Specifies the version of components that are supported by the container component. Default: latest.<br /> <br /> breadcrumbiconwellmode <breadcrumbiconwellmode>true</breadcrumbiconwellmode><br /> <br /> Whether to use the iconwell node (true) or the repository node (false) as the root of the breadcrumb. See also iconwell, page 207.<br /> <br /> 796<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> cabinets <cabinets>objectlist</cabinets><br /> <br /> Link to a component for a cabinet.<br /> <br /> category <category>categoryclassic</category><br /> <br /> Link to a component for a category.<br /> <br /> clientevent 1 <clientevent>aiEvent</clientevent> 1 Specifies the client event to be fired on page rendering that is handled on the client. For events that are handled by Application Connectors, an aiEvent is fired and passed to the Application Connectors.<br /> <br /> columns (for data columns) 1 <columns> 2<column attribute="r_object_type">false</column> ... </columns><br /> <br /> 1 Root element of the element structure that configures data columns. Use with the celltemplate, page 96 control. 2 Specifies whether the column is displayed (true) or not (false) for an object type attribute specified in this element’s attribute attribute.<br /> <br /> columns (for streamline view) 1 <columns> <loadinvisibleattributes>true</loadinvisibleattributes><br /> <br /> 2<column> 3<attribute rel="nofollow">r_version_label</attribute> 4<label> 5<nlsid>MSG_VERSION_LABEL</nlsid> </label><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 797<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> 6<visible>true</visible> </column> ... </columns> 1 Specifies the order of columns and whether they are displayed in streamline view. Contains <column> elements. 2 Root element for the element structure that configures a column. 3 Attribute to be displayed in the column. 4 Label for the column. Valid value is a string. Can specify an <nlsid> child element instead of a string. 5 NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is displayed. 6 Whether to show the column (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> columns_list 1 <columns_list> 2<loadinvisibleattribute>true</loadinvisibleattributes> 3<column> 4<attribute rel="nofollow">r_version_label</attribute> 5<label> <nlsid>MSG_VERSION_LABEL</nlsid> </label> 6<visible>true</visible> </column> ... </columns_list><br /> <br /> 1 Specifies the order of columns and whether they are displayed in classic view. Contains <column> elements. 2 Whether to load and calculate hidden columns (true) or not (false). 3 Contains the configurable elements for a column. 4 Attribute to be displayed in the column. 5 Label for the column. Valid value is a string. Can specify an <nlsid> child element instead of a string. 6 Whether to show the column (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> columns_all_saved_searches 1 <columns_all_saved_searches> 2<loadinvisibleattribute>true</loadinvisibleattribute> 3<column> 4<attribute rel="nofollow">object_name</attribute> 5<label> 6<nlsid>MSG_NAME</nlsid> </label> 7<visible>true</visible> </column><br /> <br /> 798<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> ... </columns_all_saved_searches><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br /> <br /> Specifies the attributes to load in columns for all saved searches. Whether to load and calculate hidden columns (true) or not (false). Specifies a mapping for an attribute to a column. Specifies the name of the attribute. Specifies the name of the column header. Specifies the NLS ID specified in the NLS file for the component. Specifies whether the column is to be displayed (true) or hidden (false).<br /> <br /> columns_drilldown 1 <columns_drilldown> 2<loadinvisibleattribute>true</loadinvisibleattribute> 3<column> 4<attribute rel="nofollow">object_name</attribute> 5<label> 6<nlsid>MSG_NAME</nlsid> </label> 7<visible>true</visible> </column> ... </columns_drilldown><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br /> <br /> Specifies the order and visibility of attribute columns in the search results. Whether to load and calculate hidden columns (true) or not (false). Corresponds to a column in the search results. Contains <attribute rel="nofollow">, <label>, and <visible> elements. Corresponds to an attribute of the search result. Must be a sysobject attribute. Label for the column in the search results. Contains string or <nlsid>. Specifies the NLS ID specified in the NLS file for the component. Boolean flag that sets the visibility of the column in the search results.<br /> <br /> columns_my_saved_searches 1 <columns_my_saved_searches> 2<loadinvisibleattribute>true</loadinvisibleattribute> 3<column> 4<attribute rel="nofollow">object_name</attribute> 5<label> 6<nlsid>MSG_NAME</nlsid> </label> 7<visible>true</visible> </column> ... </columns_my_saved_searches><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 799<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br /> <br /> Specifies the order and visibility of attribute columns for a user’s saved searches. Whether to load and calculate hidden columns (true) or not (false). Corresponds to a column in saved searches. Contains <attribute rel="nofollow">, <label>, and <visible> elements. Corresponds to an attribute of the saved searches. Label for the column in the saved searches. Contains string or <nlsid>. Specifies the NLS ID specified in the NLS file for the component. Boolean flag that sets the visibility of the column in the saved searches.<br /> <br /> columns_saved_search 1 <columns_saved_search> 2<loadinvisibleattribute>true</loadinvisibleattribute> 3<column> 4<attribute rel="nofollow">object_name</attribute> 5<label> 6<nlsid>MSG_NAME</nlsid> </label> 7<visible>true</visible> </column> ... </columns_saved_search><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br /> <br /> Specifies the order and visibility of attribute columns for a saved search. Whether to load and calculate hidden columns (true) or not (false). Corresponds to a column in a saved search. Contains <attribute rel="nofollow">, <label>, and <visible> elements. Corresponds to an attribute of a saved search. Label for the column in a saved search. Contains string or <nlsid>. Specifies the NLS ID specified in the NLS file for the component. Boolean flag that sets the visibility of the column in a saved search.<br /> <br /> comments 1 <comments> 2<comment> 3<attribute rel="nofollow">object_name</attribute> 4<visible>true</visible> </comment> ... </comments><br /> <br /> 1 Contains one or more <comment> elements. 2 Specifies comment attributes to include in the TopicResultSet. Contains <attribute rel="nofollow"> and <visible> elements. 3 Sets the name of the attribute to be included in the result set.<br /> <br /> 800<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> 4 Set to true to make the attribute visible.<br /> <br /> commitorder 1 <commitorder> 2<component>multiobjectspermissions</component> <component>multiobjectsattributes</component> </commitorder><br /> <br /> 1 Contains <component> elements that specify the order in which properties changes will be saved. 2 Value specifies one or more contained component for which changes will be saved in the order the components are listed within <commitorder>.<br /> <br /> containerselectable <containerselectable>true</containerselectable><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether the container type is selectable when the container is a subtype of the objecttype.<br /> <br /> contenttypepanelvisible <contenttypepanelvisible>true</contenttypepanelvisible><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to show the content type panel (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> cost_attribute_conditions 1 <cost_attribute_conditions> 2<number> 3<condition> 4<nlsid>MSG_EQUAL_TO</nlsid> </condition> ... </number> </cost_attribute_conditions><br /> <br /> 1 Specifies the operators that can be used to define a range of user-specified task costs for the business process historical report. The unit for task cost is not defined. To enable users to specify a cost for a task, you must enable the showusertimeandcost element in the taskmanager, page 1635 component. 2 Container for <condition> elements. 3 Container for <nlsid> elements.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 801<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> 4 Specifies the NLS ID for an operator.<br /> <br /> default_binding_lter_values 1 <default_binding_filter_values> 2<version_label>Approved</version_label> ... </default_binding_filter_values><br /> <br /> 1 List of version labels to include in the default child version dropdown. These values are in addition to "CURRENT" and existing version labels on the virtual document root node. 2 Additional label to display, for example, Approved.<br /> <br /> default_type <default_type>dm_cabinet</default_type><br /> <br /> Specifies the default object type selection for the component. Must be the same as the one (or one of its subtypes) specified in the <base_type> element.<br /> <br /> defaultaccounts 1 <defaultaccounts> 2<filter docbase=repository-name> 3<defaultaccount> 4<username>username</username> 5<password>encrypted_password</password> 6<domain>domain_name</domain> </defaultaccount> </filter> ... 7<logoffoncomplete>true</logoffoncomplete> </defaultaccounts><br /> <br /> 1 Contains anonymous access login information in one or more <defaultaccount> elements. 2 Optional filter to specify the account for a single repository. Set the repository attribute on this element to the repository name. 3 Sets up anonymous access for virtual links. 4 Name of a user in the target repository. 5 Password for the anonymous user. Can be encrypted with the Trusted Authenticator Tool. Refer to Web Development Kit Development Guide for instructions. 6 Optional network domain name for login to the repository. 7 Set to true to log the default account off and close the window after the DRL action is performed.<br /> <br /> 802<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> defaultsources <defaultsources>preferred_sources</defaultsources><br /> <br /> Sets the default search locations to be displayed for a search. Valid values: current_docbase (current repository) | visibile_docbases (all visible repositories) | preferred_sources (all visible repositories and external sources set in the user’s preferences) | all_sources (all visible repositories and external sources).<br /> <br /> defaultview <defaultview>my</defaultview><br /> <br /> Default display when the end user preference is not set. Valid values are: my all<br /> <br /> Default is all, which displays all search templates.<br /> <br /> displayresultspath <displayresultspath>true</displayresultspath><br /> <br /> Set to true to query and display the folder path to each result object. A value of false will speed performance.<br /> <br /> docbase-type-mappings 1 <docbase-type-mappings> 2<docbase-type-mapping> 3<format>msg</format> 4<type>dm_email_message</type> </docbase-type-mapping> ... </docbase-type-mappings><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4<br /> <br /> Contains file format to object type mappings. Contains <format> and <type> elements. File format. Object type.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 803<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> document-docbase-base-type <document-docbase-base-type>dmc_calendar_event</document-docbase-base-type><br /> <br /> Default base for retrieving a type list to be displayed on import.<br /> <br /> document-docbase-type <document-docbase-type>dmc_calendar_event</document-docbase-type><br /> <br /> Default selected object type of an object to be imported. Must be the type or subtype of <document-docbase-base-type>.<br /> <br /> document_lter 1 <document_filter> 2<preset_item id="type_filter"> 3<selection> 4<entries> 5<entry></entry> </entries> </selection> </preset_item> </document_filter><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4 5<br /> <br /> Preset filter for documents. Specifies the kind of preset item; in this case, an object type filter. Contains the <entries> element. Contains <entry> elements. An <entry> element.<br /> <br /> dragdrop 1 <dragdrop> 2<sourceactions></sourceactions> 3<targetactions></targetactions> 4<dataproviders> 5<dataprovider> 6<format>com.documentum.web.formext.control.dragdrop.ObjectIdData</format> 7<provider>com.documentum.web.formext.control.dragdrop.ObjectIdDataProvider</provider> </dataprovider> ... </dataproviders> </dragdrop><br /> <br /> 804<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> 1 Supports the drag and drop feature. 2 Contains zero or more <sourceaction> classes that support drag and drop actions on sources in the component. 3 Contains zero or more <targetaction> classes that support drag and drop actions on targets in the component. 4 Contains one or more <dataprovider> elements. 5 Contains a <format> element and a <provider> element. 6 Fully qualified class name for the class that provides data for the format. Built-in formats include object ID, tree node, and external files. 7 Fully qualified class name for the class that implements IDragDropDataProvider and provides data for the associated format.<br /> <br /> duration_attribute_conditions 1 <duration_attribute_conditions> 2<number> 3<condition> 4<nlsid>MSG_EQUAL_TO</nlsid> </condition> ... </number> </duration_attribute_conditions><br /> <br /> 1 Specifies the operators that can be used to define a range of user-specified task durations for the business process historical report. The unit for task duration is not defined. To enable users to specify a duration for a task, you must enable the showusertimeandcost element in the taskmanager, page 1635 component. 2 Container for <condition> elements. 3 Container for <nlsid> elements. 4 Specifies the NLS ID for an operator.<br /> <br /> enableShowAll <enableShowAll>true</enableShowAll><br /> <br /> Whether to display (true) or hide (false) the Show All Properties link.<br /> <br /> entrypage <entrypage>classic</entrypage><br /> <br /> Default entry view when the entryPage parameter is not specified in the request.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 805<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> failoverenabled <failoverenabled>true</failoverenabled><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to enable (true) failover for this component or not (false).<br /> <br /> lenameltervisible <filenamefiltervisible>false</filenamefiltervisible><br /> <br /> Whether to display the file name filter (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> lter <filter role="administrator, dce_user_manager"> ... </filter><br /> <br /> Standard WDK filter that applies a scope qualifier such as type or role, which limits the application of contained elements to user contexts that match the scope value.<br /> <br /> atlist <flatlist>false</flatlist><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to display a flat list (true) or a drop-down list (false) of all selectable objects.<br /> <br /> folder-docbase-type <folder-docbase-type>dmc_calendar</folder-docbase-type><br /> <br /> Default folder type of a folder to be imported.<br /> <br /> folder_lter 1 <folder_filter> 2<preset_item id="type_filter"> <selection> <entries> <entry></entry><br /> <br /> 806<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> ... </entries> ... </selection> </preset_item> </folder_filter><br /> <br /> 1 Specifies a preset filter for folders. 2 Standard preset_item structure that specifies an object type filter. See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> formsavefolderpath <formsavefolderpath>/System/Workflow/Processing Form</formsavefolderpath><br /> <br /> Path in the repository to associated XForm, if any. For example, /System/Workflow/Processing Form.<br /> <br /> header 1 <header visible="true"> 2<showpagingcontrol>true</showpagingcontrol> 3<showclosebutton>true</showclosebutton> </header><br /> <br /> 1 Contains header settings <showpagingcontrol> and <showclosebutton>. Set the visible attribute to true to display a header when the objectgrid component is used as standalone. Sub-components can override this element to configure the header. 2 True to display a paging control within the header 3 True to display a close button within the header<br /> <br /> help-entries 1 <help-entries> 2<entry id="default">default.htm</entry> ... </help-entries><br /> <br /> Specifies the relative paths to help files in the application.<br /> <br /> helppath <helppath>Web Workflow Manager</helppath><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 807<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> Subdirectory of the help folder that contains online help for the Web workflow manager. For example, a path of webwfmhelp could be resolved to C:\Program Files\Apache Group\Tomcat 4.1\webapps\webtop\help\en\webwfmhelp and a similar path for each installed language pack (replacing "en)<br /> <br /> hideEvents <hideEvents>dm_changestateactivity</hideEvents><br /> <br /> Specifies one or more events to hide from the report. See the Content Server Administration Guide for a list of events.<br /> <br /> highlight_matching_terms <highlight_matching_terms>true</highlight_matching_terms><br /> <br /> Set to true to highlight matches for search terms in the results.<br /> <br /> homeURL <homeURL>/component/testbed</homeURL><br /> <br /> Specifies the URL that should be displayed when the logout action is invoked. The default value ensures that the testbed component is loaded again after the session is released.<br /> <br /> homecabinet <homecabinet>homecabinet_classic</homecabinet><br /> <br /> Specifies the component that displays a user’s home cabinet.<br /> <br /> iconwell_icon 1 <iconwell_icon>icons/iconwell/iconwell_cabinets.gif</iconwell_icon> 1 Path within a theme directory to the icon. For example, a path of /icons/perspective/inbox32.gif would map to a file at /root_directory/custom/theme/mytheme/icons/perspective\inbox32.gif. See Web Development Kit Development Guidefor information on how themes are located.<br /> <br /> 808<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> inbox <inbox>inboxclassic</inbox><br /> <br /> Specifies a component that displays a user’s inbox.<br /> <br /> includetypes <includetypes>dm_sysobject</includetypes><br /> <br /> Optional element (cannot be more than one instance of this element) that specifies a comma-separated list of Documentum types to be included in the view. The container must be listed along with the subtypes within the container; for example, dm_folder, dm_document. <includetypes descend="true">dm_sysobject</includetypes><br /> <br /> Comma-delimited list of object types to display for search. Set the descend attribute to true to search subtypes of the selected type; set to false to search only the selected type..<br /> <br /> includeunlisted <includeunlisted>true</includeunlisted><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to display (true) hidden users or not (false).<br /> <br /> init-controls 1 <init-controls> 2<control name="downloadDescCheckbox" type="com.documentum.web.form.control.Checkbox"> 3<init-property> 4<property-name>value</property-name> <property-value>false</property-value> </init-property> ... </control> ... </init-controls><br /> <br /> 1 Initializes values for controls. 2 Names a control and sets its initial value. The value of the name attribute must match the name of a control in the component JSP page. The value of the type attribute must be a fully qualified class name for a display control. For example, when the Name attribute value is branchrevision, the type attribute value is com.documentum.web.form.control.Radio. 3 Specifies an attribute on the control. Value is value. 4 Specifies an attribute on the control. Value is true.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 809<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> isIgnorePrefRenditions <isIgnorePrefRenditions>false</isIgnorePrefRenditions><br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to ignore the user’s preference for opening renditions (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> locator <locator></locator><br /> <br /> Locator component to be launched for selecting the attribute value. For example, the selectuserattributevalue component sets the value to useronlylocatorcontainer.<br /> <br /> lockInstance <lockInstance>true</lockInstance><br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the component is to lock the form instance automatically when the form is edited and release the lock when the component is exited (by submitting or canceling) (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> map 1 <map> 2<height>480</height> </map><br /> <br /> 1 Contains elements that configure the report map view. 2 Default height in pixels for report map view for applets that cannot resize with the browser (for example, Netscape).<br /> <br /> maxidletime <maxidletime>20</maxidletime><br /> <br /> Specifies how often (in minutes) the Web workflow manager sends event to the server to keep the session alive.<br /> <br /> 810<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> menugrouptarget <menugrouptarget>content</menugrouptarget><br /> <br /> Specifies the name of the frame that receives the content generated by a menu selection. If null or empty, the name of the form that is submitted is used. In Webtop, the content frame name is used.<br /> <br /> modiedwithindays <modifiedwithindays>7</modifiedwithindays><br /> <br /> Integer: Search for user’s objects that have been modified within the specified number of days.<br /> <br /> multidocbasesupport <multidocbasesupport>false</multidocbasesupport><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to enable (true) or disable (false) this locator to search for objects in more than one repository.<br /> <br /> myobjects <myobjects>myfiles_classic</myobjects><br /> <br /> Specifies component that displays a user’s My Files node.<br /> <br /> navigationlinks <navigationlinks>/webcomponent/testbed/navigationMenu.jsp</navigationlinks><br /> <br /> Displays links to a specified JSP. Used in the WDK Automated Test Framework.<br /> <br /> newcomponentname <newcomponentname>newcabinet</newcomponentname><br /> <br /> Specifies the name of the component that will be launched to create the new object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 811<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> nodes 1 <nodes> 2<filter role="administrator, dce_user_manager"> 3<node componentid="usermanagement"> 4<icon>usermgmt.gif</icon> 5<handlerclass>com.documentum.webtop.webcomponent.administration. UserManagementNavigationNode</handlerclass><br /> <br /> 6<label> 7<nlsid>MSG_USER_MANAGEMENT</nlsid> </label> 8<streamlinecomponent/> 9<description> <nlsid>MSG_USER_MANAGEMENT</nlsid> </description> </node> ... </filter> ... 10<docbase_nodes> <node/> ... </docbase_nodes> </nodes><br /> <br /> 1 Root element of an element structure that specifies the nodes in a tree. Contains <node> elements. 2 See filter, page 806. 3 Defines a node and its handler. In this element’s componentid attribute, specify the component to be launched from a tree node in the administration branch of the tree. Contains <icon>, <label>, <handlerclass>, and <description> elements. 4 File name of the icon to be used for the node. 5 Specifies the class to handle navigation within the node. 6 Specifies the label to be used for the node. May contain the <nlsid> element. 7 NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is displayed as the label. 8 Specifies the name of the component to be used to display the node when the user switches to the streamline view 9 String: Description that is displayed in the Description column for the node. May contain the <nlsid> element. 10 Supports custom Docbase navigation nodes for individual Docbases (contains <node> elements)<br /> <br /> nomaclsupport <nomaclsupport>nomaclsupport_permissions</nomaclsupport><br /> <br /> Specifies the name of the component to use when Trusted Content Services is not enabled for the repository. Default: permissions component.<br /> <br /> 812<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> nondocbasecolumns 1 <nondocbasecolumns> 2<column> 3<attribute rel="nofollow">path</attribute> 4<label> <nlsid>MSG_PATH</nlsid> </label> 5<visible>true</visible> </column> </nondocbasecolumns><br /> <br /> 1 Contains <column> elements that are databound or otherwise provided by the component class but are not included in the query. 2 Root element for the element structure that configures a column. 3 Attribute to be displayed in the column. 4 Label for the column. Valid value is a string. Can specify an <nlsid> child element instead of a string. 5 Whether to show the column (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> numberedtabs <numberedtabs>true</numberedtabs><br /> <br /> Boolean: To display each tab’s title with a sequential number (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> objectlters 1 <objectfilters> 2<objectfilter> 3<label> <nlsid>MSG_FILTER_FILES</nlsid> </label> 4<type>dm_document</type> </objectfilter> ... </objectfilters><br /> <br /> 1 Contains filters that define which objects should be shown in the objects selection list. 2 Specifies a filter for the items that are displayed. Contains <label>, <showfolders>, <type>. 3 Displays a label such as Folders or All. Can contain a string or <nlsid>. 4 To show folders only, set <showfolders> to true and <type> to null (no value). To show objects only, set <showfolders> to false and <type> to dm_sysobject. To show all, set <showfolders> to true and <type> to dm_sysobject. <type> can take any value that is a valid Docbase type.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 813<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> pageTitle <pageTitle>Webtop Test Bed</pageTitle><br /> <br /> Title displayed for the testbed component. This title can be used to distinguish different versions of the testbed component used by other WDK-based applications.<br /> <br /> permissionsservice <permissionsservice>com.documentum.webcomponent.library.permissions. PermissionsService</permissionsservice><br /> <br /> Specifies the package and class name of the permissions service.<br /> <br /> preferencedisplaygroups <preferencedisplaygroups> <group id=xxx> <members> <preference-ref id=a1 /> <preference-ref id=a2 /> ... </members> <label><nlsid>MSG_FOO</nlsid></label> </group> <group id=yyy> ... </group> ... </preferencedisplaygroups><br /> <br /> The order of groups and the order of preferences inside a group controls the display of preference groups. The preference-ref element must have an ID that matches an existing preference id in the <preferences> element of the component definition. The group <label> is used for rendering the group title.<br /> <br /> preferences 1 <preferences> 2<display_docbase_types> 3<docbase_type> 4<value>dm_document</value> 5<label> 6<nlsid>LBL_DOCUMENT</nlsid> </label> </docbase_type><br /> <br /> 814<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> ... </display_docbase_types> 7<show_repeating_attributes>true</show_repeating_attributes> 8<preference id="application.display.classic_cabinets_columns"> 9<label> 10<nlsid>CLASSIC_CABINETS_COLUMNS_LABEL</nlsid> </label> 11<columnlabel> 12<nlsid>CLASSIC_COLUMNS</nlsid> </columnlabel> 13<type>columnlist</type> 14<display_hint>hidden</display_hint> 15<value>component[id=doclist].columns</value> 16<editcomponent>columnselector</editcomponent> 17<editcontainer>columnselectorcontainer</editcontainer> </preference> ... </preferences><br /> <br /> 1 Container for preferences. 2 Container for specifying the object types for which column display preferences can be set. Only used in the display_preferences component. 3 Container to specify an object type. 4 Object type name. 5 The string name to display for the object type. 6 Specifies an NLS key that is resolved to a string in the <nlsbundle> class referenced in the component definition file. 7 Set to false to not display repeating attributes. Will not affect attributes in the default list or attributes already in the selected list. 8 Defines the preference and its required ID attribute. Disabled attribute is optional and defaults to false. 9 (Required) Sets the display name of the preference. 10 (Optional) Specifies an NLS key that is resolved to a string in the <nlsbundle> class referenced in the component definition file. Use this element inside <label> and <description>. 13 (Required) Specifies the data type of the preference value. Valid value are: int | string |boolean | columnlist. 14 Forces the control to use a type of display. Valid values are: password (for strings or integers) | dropdownlist | listbox | hidden. A <constraints> element containing one or more <element> elements must be present for drop-down list or list box. 15 Specifies the default value for the preference. 16 Specifies the component to launch for editing the preference. Configures column lists only (<type> columnlist</type>). 17 Specifies the container to launch for editing the preference. Configures column lists only (<type> columnlist</type>).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 815<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> preserve-le-extension <preserve-file-extension>true</preserve-file-extension><br /> <br /> Whether to keep (true) or strip out (false) the file extension as part of the object name when imported into the repository.<br /> <br /> preset_item 1 <preset_item id="format_filter"> 2<selection> 3<entries> 4<entry></entry> </entries> </selection> </preset_item><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4<br /> <br /> Preset item. The id attribute specifies the kind of filter that this preset represents. Defines a selection for the preset item. Contains <entry> elements. An entry.<br /> <br /> 1 <preset_item id="group_filter"> 2<selection> 3<entries> 4<entry></entry> </entries> </selection> </preset_item<br /> <br /> 1 Preset item. The id attribute specifies the kind of filter that this preset represents; in this case, a filter for groups. 2 Defines a selection for the preset item. 3 Contains <entry> elements. 4 An entry. 1 <preset_item id="format_filter"> 2<selection> 3<entries> 4<entry></entry> </entries> </selection> 5<allow_nocontent_entry rel="nofollow"></allow_nocontent_entry> </preset_item><br /> <br /> 1 Preset item. The id attribute specifies the kind of filter that this preset represents; in this case, a filter for file formats. 2 Defines a selection for the preset item.<br /> <br /> 816<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> 3 Contains <entry> elements. 4 An entry. 5 Enables allowing a blank entry.<br /> <br /> preset_item_denition 1 <preset_item_definition> 2<id>format_filter</id> 3<package_definition_name>webcomponent</package_definition_name> 4<itemdata_binding_definitions> 5<definition> 6<id>sole_itemdata</id> 7<target_definition_ids> 8<id>checkin_format_filter</id> ... </target_definition_ids> </definition> ... </itemdata_binding_definitions> </preset_item_definition><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8<br /> <br /> Defines a kind of preset item. ID of the kind of preset item; specified in the id attribute of the <preset_item> element. Specifies the preset package name for the definition. Specifies definitions for each item in the preset item definition. Contains <id>, <target_definition> elements. Specifies an ID for the <definition> element. Contains <id> elements. Specifies strings that identify different preset filters.<br /> <br /> preset_scope_denitions 1 <preset_scope_definitions> 2<definition> 3<name>docbase</name> 4<package_definition_name>wdk</package_definition_name> </definition> ... </preset_scope_definitions><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4<br /> <br /> Defines scopes for presets. Defines a single scope. Specifies the name of a scope. Specifies the name of the package definition.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 817<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> privatecabinet_visible <privatecabinet_visible>true</privatecabinet_visible><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to show (true) or hide (false) private cabinets that are not owned by the session user.<br /> <br /> privatecabinetvisible <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to make private cabinets visible (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> privategroupvisible <privategroupvisible>false</privategroupvisible><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether private groups are displayed (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> readOnly <readOnly>false</readOnly><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to display the attributes as read-only (true) or write (false). Applies to all types. The readOnly parameter overrides this element.<br /> <br /> savedetailsreport <savedetailsreport>false</savedetailsreport><br /> <br /> Set to true to save the workflow details report in CSV format. Default is false.<br /> <br /> search_types 1 <search_types> 2<type id="dm_document"> 3<name> <nlsid>MSG_DOCUMENT</nlsid> </name> 4<attributes rel="nofollow"> 5<attribute rel="nofollow"> 6<name> <nlsid>MSG_NAME</nlsid><br /> <br /> 818<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> </name> 7<docbase_attribute>object_name</docbase_attribute> 8<attribute_type rel="nofollow">string</attribute_type> </attribute> ... </attributes> </type> ... </search_types><br /> <br /> 1 Contains the types of objects (<type> that are searched for. The first type is the default. 2 The type attribute specifies the object type that is searched for. Value must be a valid object type in the repository. Contains <name>, <attributes rel="nofollow">. 3 Name that will be displayed for the object type. Contains string or <nlsid>. 4 Contains the attributes to be displayed. 5 Specifies an attribute to be displayed. 6 Name that will be displayed for the attribute. Contains string or <nlsid>. 7 Specifies the name of the attribute to be displayed. 8 Specifies the data type of the attribute.<br /> <br /> searchtypes 1 <searchtypes> 2<searchtype> 3<displayname> 4<nlsid>MSG_DOCUMENT_BYFULLTEXT</nlsid> </displayname> 5<docbasetype>dm_document</docbasetype> 6<fulltextsearch showranking="true">true</fulltextsearch> 7<column></column> </searchtype> ... </searchtypes><br /> <br /> 1 Contains the types of objects (<searchtype> that are searched for. The first type is the default. 2 Contains <displayname>, <docbasetype>, and <fulltextsearch>. 3 Name that will be displayed for the object type. Contains string or <nlsid>. 4 NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is displayed. 5 Type that is searched for. Value must be a valid object type in the repository. 6 True to perform full-text search on the type, false to search on properties only. By default, full-text search is performed on dm_document and subtypes only. Set the showranking attribute to true to show the Verity ranking of results. 7 Set to false to hide a column for the attribute that is specified. For example, a value of false and <column attribute=’r_content_size’> hides the size column for the object type.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 819<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> selectedattribute <selectedattribute>object_name</selectedattribute><br /> <br /> Selected attribute value. Set this value in the derived component. For example, the selectuserattributevalue component sets the value to object_name.<br /> <br /> serveroptionenabled <serveroptionenabled>false</serveroptionenabled><br /> <br /> Whether to display an additional login option for any running content servers (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> service 1 <service> 2<service-class>com.documentum.web.contentxfer.impl.ViewService</service-class> 3<transport-class>com.documentum.web.contentxfer.ucf.UcfContentTransport</transport-class> 4<post-processor-class>com.documentum.webcomponent.library.contenttransfer.view. LaunchViewer</post-processor-class> </service><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4<br /> <br /> Specifies service classes for content transfer. Specifies the fully qualified class name for the class that implements the service. Specifies the fully qualified class name for the class that implements the transport. Specifies the fully qualified class name for the class that implements any post-processing.<br /> <br /> setrepositoryfromobjectid <setrepositoryfromobjectid>true</setrepositoryfromobjectid><br /> <br /> Set to true to execute the query against the source repository. Affects reference and foreign objects.<br /> <br /> showattachmentinfo <showattachmentinfo>false</showattachmentinfo><br /> <br /> Boolean: true to show the attachment info.<br /> <br /> 820<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> showautogettask <showautogettask>true</showautogettask><br /> <br /> Set to true to display a checkbox to get next task automatically.<br /> <br /> showbreadcrumb <showbreadcrumb>true</showbreadcrumb><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to display (true) breadcrumbs or not (false).<br /> <br /> showlters <showfilters>false</showfilters><br /> <br /> True to show object type filters.<br /> <br /> showfolderpath <showfolderpath>true</showfolderpath><br /> <br /> Whether to display (true) the folder path to each result or not (false).<br /> <br /> showfolders <showfolders>false</showfolders><br /> <br /> Sets the user preference for whether to display folders. See type, page 824.<br /> <br /> showheaderforsinglepackage <showheaderforsinglepackage>true</showheaderforsinglepackage><br /> <br /> True to display the attached document header information when there is only one attached document.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 821<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> showjobstatus <showjobstatus>true</showjobstatus><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to display (true) the current status of a job or not (false).<br /> <br /> showoptions <showoptions>false</showoptions><br /> <br /> Set to true to display the additional options panel on the login page.<br /> <br /> showpagesastabs <showpagesastabs>true</showpagesastabs><br /> <br /> Whether to display attribute categories as tabs (true).<br /> <br /> showusertimeandcost <showusertimeandcost>true</showusertimeandcost><br /> <br /> Whether to enable (true) or disable (false) task duration and cost.<br /> <br /> skipVersionCheck <skipVersionCheck>false</skipVersionCheck><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to prompt the user to choose the current version of an object when the object is not the current version (False) or not (True).<br /> <br /> startComp <startComp>objectlist</startComp><br /> <br /> Specifies the component that will be loaded in the content frame initially.<br /> <br /> 822<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> startQueryString <startQueryString></startQueryString><br /> <br /> Specifies additional query string parameters to pass to the component loaded in the content frame, for example, folderPath.<br /> <br /> subscriptions <subscriptions>subscriptions_classic</subscriptions><br /> <br /> Specifies the component that displays the Subscriptions node.<br /> <br /> taskmgractionname <filter clientenv="not portal"> <taskmgractionname>taskmgrstreamline</taskmgractionname> </filter><br /> <br /> Specifies the name of the taskmanager component.<br /> <br /> taskmanagerid <taskmanagerid>taskmanager</taskmanagerid><br /> <br /> ID of the task manager component accessible from inbox.<br /> <br /> transformation 1 <transformation> 2<rendition value="transformationcontainerrendition"></rendition> 3<relation value="transformationcontainernewobject"></relation> 4<choose value="transformationcontainer"></choose> </transformation><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4<br /> <br /> Specifies the components for different transformations. Specifies the component to execute for renditions in the value attribute. Specifies the component to execute for relations in the value attribute. Specifies the component to execute for a choice in the value attribute.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 823<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> type <type>dm_sysobject</type><br /> <br /> Default object type for which to search.<br /> <br /> ucfrequired 1 <ucfrequired> 2<events> 3<event name="onInit" enabled="false"></event> ... </events> 4<pages> 5<page name="start" enabled="false"></page> <page name="invokeucf" enabled="true"></page> ... </pages> </ucfrequired><br /> <br /> 1 If this element is present, then the component requires UCF to be installed. Contains zero or more <events> and/or <pages> elements. 2 Contains one or more <event> elements that correspond to events in the component class, for example, onInit. If the <ucfrequired> element is present and UCF is disabled for events, one or more pages must have UCF enabled. 3 The component class method must be the value of the <event> name attribute, and the enabled attribute must be set to false to bypass UCF for the event. 4 Contains one or more <page> elements that correspond to JSP pages in the component definition, for example, start. 5 The page element in the component definition must be the value of the <page> name attribute, and the enabled attribute must be set to false to bypass UCF for the page.<br /> <br /> updatereplicasource <updatereplicasource>true</updatereplicasource><br /> <br /> Set to true to add a rendition to both the source and replica document. Set to false to add the rendition to the selected document only (either a source or replica).<br /> <br /> useronly <useronly>false</useronly><br /> <br /> 824<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to display users only (true) or not (false) in a recently used or modified list.<br /> <br /> useroptions 1 <useroptions> 2<filteroption> 3<label> 4<nlsid>MSG_ALL_QUEUE_TASKS</nlsid> </label> </filteroption> ... </useroptions><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4<br /> <br /> Container for filter options to display. Container for a filter option. Filter option name to display. NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is displayed.<br /> <br /> views 1 <views> 2<view applyto="root"> 3<queryfiltersets> 4<queryfilterset> 5<queryfilter> 6<displayname> <nlsid>TAXONOMY</nslid> </displayname> 7<containertypes>dm_taxonomy</containertypes> 8<includetypes>dm_taxonomy</includetypes> 9<excludetypes>dm_document</excludetypes> 10<attributefilters rel="nofollow"> 11<attributefilter rel="nofollow"> 12<and rel="nofollow">true</and> 13<attribute rel="nofollow">a_status</attribute> 14<predicate>eq</predicate> 15<value dqlformatted="false" casesensitive="true">online</value> </attributefilter> ... </attributefilters> </queryfilter> </queryfilterset> </queryfiltersets> </view> ... </views><br /> <br /> 1 Root element for an element structure that defines the following views:<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 825<br /> <br /> Components Reference<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> root Displays a hierarchical list of root containers of the selectable objects, for example, cabinets or folders<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> flatlist Displays all the selectable objects that meet the criteria. By default, myobject and recently used object locators display results in a flatlist.<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> container Displays a hierarchical list of objects within the selected root container. By default, subscriptions locators display results in a container (hierarchical) list.<br /> <br /> Contains <view> elements. 2 Defines a configuration for a specific view that is specified by the applyto attribute. Each view element configures root (cabinet view), container, and flatlist views. The applyto attribute must specify one or more of the views in a comma-separated list, for example, applyto=’root,container,flatlist’. 3 Element that contains <queryfilterset> elements that display drop-down lists if there is more than one filter (<queryfilterset>) defined. 4 Element that contains a set of queries contained in <queryfilter> elements that filter the selection list; for example, folders only. Defines one dropdown item. Each view can contain up to three filter sets. 5 Defines one DQL query: select <includetypes> from <containertypes> not <excludetypes> where <attribute rel="nofollow"> <predicate> <value> <and rel="nofollow"> <attribute rel="nofollow"> <predicate> <value>... 6 Specifies the name to be displayed for the queryfilter. Can contain a <nlsid> element or text string. 7 Comma-separated list of navigable object types, such as dm_cabinet, dm_folder. 8 Optional element (cannot be more than one instance of this element) that specifies a comma-separated list of object types to be included in the view. The container must be listed along with the subtypes within the container; for example, dm_folder, dm_document. 9 Optional element (cannot be more than one instance of this element) that specifies the type of object to be excluded from the view. if a container type is not one of the subtypes listed in this tag, the containers are not listed. If a container type is listed, the objects of the container type will be hidden, for example, dm_folder, dm_document hides all folders or documents. 10 Cannot be more than one instance of this element. Contains <attributefilter rel="nofollow"> sets that filter objects based on their attributes. 11 Contains <and rel="nofollow">, <attribute rel="nofollow">, <predicate>, and <value> to compose an attribute filter. 12 Boolean: true to combine attribute filters, false to perform OR filter (single tag only) 13 (Required) String attribute name, for example, a_content_type (single tag only) 14 Contains a logical operation such as equals. Valid values: sw (starts with), ew (ends with), co (contains), nc (not contains), eq (equal), ne (not equal), gt (greater than), ge (greater than or equal), lt (less than), le (less than or equal). 15 Use the attribute dqlformatted=’false’ to quote and escape a value. Use the attribute casesensitive=’true’ to require a case-sensitive comparison (must be true for integer attributes on Content Server/DB2 environment).<br /> <br /> 826<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> actiondispatcher<br /> <br /> windowparams <windowparams>height=600,width=800</windowparams><br /> <br /> Configuration for the new window. The parameters specified for this element are used when opening a new window using JavaScript.<br /> <br /> workowstatusactionname <workflowstatusactionname>workflowstatusdrilldown</workflowstatusactionname><br /> <br /> Specifies the action that calls the workflow status page.<br /> <br /> workqueuegroupvisible <workqueuegroupvisible>false</workqueuegroupvisible><br /> <br /> Boolean: Whether to display (true) work queue groups or not (false).<br /> <br /> Actions actiondispatcher Purpose Executes the passed action and, if necessary, displays the login, page 879 component. Any additional arguments are passed through to the action.<br /> <br /> Parameters action<br /> <br /> (Required) The action that is called by the dispatcher<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 827<br /> <br /> administration (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\actiondispatcher_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Administration administration (Webtop) Purpose The administration component contains a list of links that launch installed Docbase administration tools.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) IDs of the administration nodes.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\administration_component.xml<br /> <br /> 828<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> adminpropertycontainer<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements nodes See nodes, page 812.<br /> <br /> adminpropertycontainer Purpose Creates administration objects, such as IDfUser, IDfGroup, and IDfACL, based on the object ID or on the type specified as the value of the element, <objecttype>.<object>. When necessary, this component handles saving and reverting these objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object for which properties are displayed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\container\adminpropertycontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/ propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 829<br /> <br /> nodemanagement<br /> <br /> Elements numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813. objecttype <objecttype></objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to create.<br /> <br /> nodemanagement Purpose Handles nodes on the tree that have subnodes. It reproduces the nodes as a list in the content area.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) Target nodes in the tree<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\nodemanagement\nodemanagement_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 830<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgcontroller<br /> <br /> Application connectors appintgcontroller Purpose This component launches an action or component and sets up a return listener to load a success or failure page.<br /> <br /> Parameters disconnect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to disconnect all sessions before execution<br /> <br /> dispatchargs<br /> <br /> (Optional) Argument list to be passed to the dispatch item.<br /> <br /> dispatchitem<br /> <br /> (Required) Item to be dispatched.<br /> <br /> dispatchtype<br /> <br /> (Required) The action or component.<br /> <br /> docbase<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the Docbase to connect to.<br /> <br /> locale<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the Locale to use (default is "en_US).<br /> <br /> theme<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the Theme to use (default is "windowsxpsilver).<br /> <br /> view<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the view to use(Classic or Streamline view).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgcontroller\appintgcontroller_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 831<br /> <br /> appintgcontroller<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements clientevent See clientevent, page 797. dispatchitems 1 <dispatchitems> 2<item> 3<name>appintgnewfromtemplate</name> 4<type>action</type> 5<successpage>opendocumentevent</successpage> </item> ... </dispatchitems><br /> <br /> 1 Root element for a structure that defines the action or component to launch and the success page to load on successful execution. Contains <item> elements. 2 Containing element for a structure that defines an action or component. Contains <name>, <type>, and <successpage> elements. 3 Specifies the name (that is, the <action rel="nofollow"> or <component> element’s id attribute) of the action or component. 4 Specifies whether this <item> is an action or component. 5 Specifies the success page to be displayed for the action or component. locale <locale>en_US</locale><br /> <br /> Specifies the ISO locale in which to display the text of the success or failure page. menugroupid 1 <menugroupid>appintgmenubar</menugroupid> 1 ID attribute value of a <menugroup> element in the /webcomponent/config/library/ appintgmenubar/appintgmenubar_menugroup.xml file. theme <theme>windowsxpsilver</theme><br /> <br /> Webtop user interface theme that includes a set of colors, patterns and fonts.<br /> <br /> 832<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgcontroller (Webtop)<br /> <br /> appintgcontroller (Webtop) Purpose This component launches an action or component and sets up a return listener to load a success or failure page.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgcontroller:webcomponent/config/library/appintgcontroller/ appintgcontroller_component.xml. See appintgcontroller, page 831.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\appintgcontroller_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgcontroller:webcomponent/config/library/appintgcontroller/appintgcontroller_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements clientevent This element structure is inherited from appintgcontroller:webcomponent/config/library/ appintgcontroller/appintgcontroller_component.xml. See appintgcontroller, page 831. dispatchitems This element structure is inherited from appintgcontroller:webcomponent/config/library/ appintgcontroller/appintgcontroller_component.xml. See appintgcontroller, page 831. locale This element structure is inherited from appintgcontroller:webcomponent/config/library/ appintgcontroller/appintgcontroller_component.xml. See appintgcontroller, page 831.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 833<br /> <br /> appintgcontrollerlogin<br /> <br /> menugroupid <menugroupid>appintgmenubar</menugroupid><br /> <br /> This element structure is inherited from appintgcontroller:webcomponent/config/library/ appintgcontroller/appintgcontroller_component.xml. See appintgcontroller, page 831. theme This element structure is inherited from appintgcontroller:webcomponent/config/library/ appintgcontroller/appintgcontroller_component.xml. See appintgcontroller, page 831. view <view>classic</view><br /> <br /> Default Webtop view to display after user logs in.<br /> <br /> appintgcontrollerlogin Purpose This component is called when a user attempts to open a repository file from a Windows application but does not have an active repository session. It extends appintgcontroller, page 831 to fire the loginsuccess event.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgcontroller:webcomponent/config/library/appintgcontroller/ appintgcontroller_component.xml. See appintgcontroller, page 831.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgcontroller\appintgcontroller_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgcontroller:webcomponent/config/library/appintgcontroller/appintgcontroller_component.xml<br /> <br /> 834<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgcontrollerlogin (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements These element structures are inherited from appintgcontroller:webcomponent/config/library/ appintgcontroller/appintgcontroller_component.xml. See appintgcontroller, page 831.<br /> <br /> appintgcontrollerlogin (Webtop) Purpose This component is called when a user attempts to open a repository file from a Windows application but does not have an active repository session. It extends appintgcontroller, page 831 to fire the loginsuccess event.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgcontroller:webcomponent/config/library/appintgcontroller/ appintgcontroller_component.xml. See appintgcontroller, page 831.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\appintgcontroller_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgcontroller:webtop/config/appintgcontroller_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 835<br /> <br /> appintghelp<br /> <br /> Elements view This element structure is inherited from appintgcontroller:webtop/config/appintgcontroller_ component.xml. See appintgcontroller (Webtop), page 833.<br /> <br /> appintghelp Purpose This component is used to display help for Application Connector components.<br /> <br /> Parameters helpcontextid<br /> <br /> (Optional) Used by the WDK framework to launch a URL to a help file for Application Connectors<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintghelp\appintghelp_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 836<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintginsertcabinetslocator<br /> <br /> appintginsertcabinetslocator Purpose Enables inserting repository files when starting from cabinets; called from within a Windows application (Application Connectors).<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgopenfromcabinetslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromcabinetslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfromcabinetslocator, page 846.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintginsert\appintginsertcabinetslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgopenfromcabinetslocator:webcomponent/config/library/appintgopenfrom/ appintgopenfromcabinetslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements The element structures are inherited from appintgopenfromcabinetslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromcabinetslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfromcabinetslocator, page 846.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 837<br /> <br /> appintginsertcategorieslocator<br /> <br /> appintginsertcategorieslocator Purpose Enables inserting repository files when starting from categories; called from within a Windows application (Application Connectors).<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgopenfromcategorieslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromcategorieslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfromcategorieslocator, page 848.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintginsert\appintginsertcategorieslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgopenfromcategorieslocator:webcomponent/config/library/appintgopenfrom/ appintgopenfromcategorieslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements The parameters are inherited from appintgopenfromcategorieslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromcategorieslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfromcategorieslocator, page 848.<br /> <br /> 838<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintginsertlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> appintginsertlocatorcontainer Purpose Enables inserting repository files from within Windows applications. It displays a specific component for one of several different contexts.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer_component.xml. See appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer, page 850.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintginsert\appintginsertlocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/appintgopenfrom/ appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements The element structures are inherited from appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer_component.xml. See appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer, page 850.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 839<br /> <br /> appintginsertmyleslocator<br /> <br /> appintginsertmyleslocator Purpose Enables inserting repository files when starting in My Files; called from within a Windows application (Application Connectors).<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgopenfrommyfileslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfrommyfileslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfrommyfileslocator, page 852.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintginsert\appintginsertmyfileslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgopenfrommyfileslocator:webcomponent/config/library/appintgopenfrom/ appintgopenfrommyfileslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements All element structures are inherited from appintgopenfrommyfileslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfrommyfileslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfrommyfileslocator, page 852.<br /> <br /> 840<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintginsertobject<br /> <br /> appintginsertobject Purpose Downloads object content to the client and sends the InsertObject event; called from within a Windows application (Application Connectors).<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the folder in which the locator component initially opens. This folder is one in which the open document (that is, the document into which the object is being inserted) is located.<br /> <br /> locatorcomponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the locator component to call.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintginsert\appintginsertobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 841<br /> <br /> appintginsertsubscriptionslocator<br /> <br /> appintginsertsubscriptionslocator Purpose Enables inserting repository files when starting in Subscriptions; called from within a Windows application (Application Connectors).<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator, page 855.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintginsert\appintginsertsubscriptionslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator:webcomponent/config/library/appintgopenfrom/ appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements All element structures are inherited from appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator, page 855.<br /> <br /> 842<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintginsertweblink<br /> <br /> appintginsertweblink Purpose Downloads a virtual link or DRL to the client and sends the InsertWebLink event; called from within a Windows application (Application Connectors).<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Location of the current document. User can then choose a new file name to import to that folder or an existing document to check in to the folder, or navigate from the folder.<br /> <br /> locatorcomponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Locates the destination folder for import. Specify the component to start with (for example, myfiles_streamline).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintginsert\appintginsertweblink_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 843<br /> <br /> appintgnewfromtemplate<br /> <br /> appintgnewfromtemplate Purpose This component is used to create a new repository object from a template. This component is called from within a Microsoft Windows application.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgnewfromtemplate\appintgnewfromtemplate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> appintgopen Purpose This component is used to download content for view or edit a file when opened from within a Windows application. It verifies a user’s permissions, presents a view/edit prompt if necessary, then performs the view or checkout action as necessary.<br /> <br /> 844<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgopenfrom<br /> <br /> Parameters launchViewer<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: When true, this component will load the finish page when called from Search, Versions, Locations, and Renditions.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of object to view<br /> <br /> openDocument<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to open the document<br /> <br /> showViewEdit<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to display the View/Edit prompt to the user (True) or not (False). Default is true.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgopenfrom\appintgopen_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> appintgopenfrom Purpose This is the base component used to display locator containers when a file is opened from within a Windows application.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 845<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromcabinetslocator<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of folder in which to begin navigation<br /> <br /> launchViewer<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether to launch a viewing application.<br /> <br /> locatorcomponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the locator component displayed<br /> <br /> showViewEdit<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to display the View/Edit prompt to the user (True) or not (False). Default is true.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgopenfrom\appintgopenfrom_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromcabinetslocator Purpose Enables opening files when starting from Cabinets; called from Windows applications (Application Connectors).<br /> <br /> 846<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromcabinetslocator<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display a flat list of all selectable objects.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) The type of object to open<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgopenfrom\appintgopenfromcabinetslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 847<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromcategorieslocator<br /> <br /> contenttypepanelvisible See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. lter This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. lter This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. privatecabinetvisible This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. views This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromcategorieslocator Purpose Enables opening files when starting from Categories; called from Windows applications (Application Connectors).<br /> <br /> 848<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromcategorieslocator<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display a flat list of all selectable objects.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) The type of file selected<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgopenfrom\appintgopenfromcategorieslocator_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition categorylocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/categorylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible This element structure is inherited from categorylocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ categorylocator_component.xml. See categorylocator, page 952. breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 849<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> containerselectable This element structure is inherited from categorylocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ categorylocator_component.xml. See categorylocator, page 952. contenttypepanelvisible See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype This element structure is inherited from categorylocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ categorylocator_component.xml. See categorylocator, page 952. privatecabinetvisible This element structure is inherited from categorylocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ categorylocator_component.xml. See categorylocator, page 952. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer Purpose Enables opening files from the repository; called from Windows applications (Application Connectors). It displays a specific component for one of several different contexts.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the component to be displayed<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display a flat list of all selectable objects.<br /> <br /> 850<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which to begin the search<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of object to select<br /> <br /> repository<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the repository to be searched.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma- or semicolon-separated list of objects to be selected when the component is displayed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgopenfrom\appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. containerselectable See containerselectable, page 801. atlist See flatlist, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 851<br /> <br /> appintgopenfrommyleslocator<br /> <br /> multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> appintgopenfrommyleslocator Purpose This component is used to open a file from a Windows application when the user is navigating the repository via my files.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter.<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display a flat list of all selectable objects.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) The type of object to be selected<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgopenfrom\appintgopenfrommyfileslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/myobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 852<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgopenfrommyleslocator<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible See allversionsvisible, page 795. breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. atlist See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to select. privatecabinetvisible See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 853<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromrecentleslocator<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromrecentleslocator Purpose This component is used to open files from within a Windows application when the user is navigating the repository via recent files.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display a flat list of all selectable objects.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) The type of object to be selected<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgopenfrom\appintgopenfromrecentfileslocator_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796.<br /> <br /> 854<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator<br /> <br /> columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable See containerselectable, page 801. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype 1 <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype> 1 Specifies the object type of the objects to be selected. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator Purpose This component is used to open a file from within a Windows application when the user is navigating the repository via subscriptions.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display a flat list of all selectable objects.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) The type of object to be selected<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 855<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgopenfrom\appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/subscriptionlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible See allversionsvisible, page 795. breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. atlist See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype 1 <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> 856<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgsaveascabinets<br /> <br /> 1 Specifies the object type of the objects to be selected. privatecabinet_visible <privatecabinet_visible>true</privatecabinet_visible><br /> <br /> See privatecabinet_visible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> appintgsaveascabinets Purpose This component is used by the save ascommand when the user is navigating the repository via cabinets. This component is displayed in the container appintgsaveascontainer.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgopenfromcabinetslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromcabinetslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfromcabinetslocator, page 846.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgsaveas\appintgsaveascabinets_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgopenfromcabinetslocator:webcomponent/config/library/appintgopenfrom/ appintgopenfromcabinetslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 857<br /> <br /> appintgsaveascategories<br /> <br /> Elements breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. contenttypepanelvisible See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808.<br /> <br /> appintgsaveascategories Purpose This component is used by the save ascommand when the user is navigating the repository via categories. This component is displayed in the container appintgsaveascontainer.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgopenfromcategorieslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromcategorieslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfromcategorieslocator, page 848.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 858<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgsaveascategories<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgsaveas\appintgsaveascategories_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgopenfromcategorieslocator:webcomponent/config/library/appintgopenfrom/ appintgopenfromcategorieslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements breadcrumbiconwellmode 1 <breadcrumbiconwellmode>true</breadcrumbiconwellmode> 1 See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>true</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible <filenamefiltervisible>false</filenamefiltervisible><br /> <br /> See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 859<br /> <br /> appintgsaveascontainer<br /> <br /> appintgsaveascontainer Purpose This component is used to display components used to perform save as transactions in integrated applications.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) The component to be displayed<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter<br /> <br /> doCheckout<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> filenamewithpath<br /> <br /> (Required) Name and path of the file to be checked in<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display a flat list of all selectable objects.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which to save the object<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) The type of object to be created<br /> <br /> repository<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the repository in which to save the object.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma- or semicolon-delimited list of objects to be selected when the component is displayed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgsaveas\appintgsaveascontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> 860<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgsaveasmyles<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/appintgopenfrom/ appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements breadcrumbiconwellmode 1 <breadcrumbiconwellmode>true</breadcrumbiconwellmode> 1 See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. multidocbasesupport <multidocbasesupport>false</multidocbasesupport><br /> <br /> See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> appintgsaveasmyles Purpose This component is used to perform the save ascommand when the user is navigating the repository via the myfiles file list.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 861<br /> <br /> appintgsaveasmyles<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgopenfrommyfileslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfrommyfileslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfrommyfileslocator, page 852.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgsaveas\appintgsaveasmyfiles_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgopenfrommyfileslocator:webcomponent/config/library/appintgopenfrom/ appintgopenfrommyfileslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements breadcrumbiconwellmode 1 <breadcrumbiconwellmode>true</breadcrumbiconwellmode> 1 See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>true</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible <filenamefiltervisible>false</filenamefiltervisible><br /> <br /> See filenamefiltervisible, page 806.<br /> <br /> 862<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgsaveasrecentles<br /> <br /> iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808.<br /> <br /> appintgsaveasrecentles Purpose This component is used to perform the save ascommand when the user is navigating the repository via a list of recently viewed or edited files.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgopenfromrecentfileslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromrecentfileslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfromrecentfileslocator, page 854.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgsaveas\appintgsaveasrecentfiles_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgopenfromrecentfileslocator:webcomponent/config/library/appintgopenfrom/ appintgopenfromrecentfileslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements breadcrumbiconwellmode 1 <breadcrumbiconwellmode>true</breadcrumbiconwellmode> 1 See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 863<br /> <br /> appintgsaveassubscriptions<br /> <br /> columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808.<br /> <br /> appintgsaveassubscriptions Purpose This component is used to perform the save ascommand when the user is navigating the repository via a list of subscriptions.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator:webcomponent/ config/library/appintgopenfrom/appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator_component.xml. See appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator, page 855.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgsaveas\appintgsaveassubscriptions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator:webcomponent/config/library/appintgopenfrom/ appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 864<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> appintgxdql<br /> <br /> Elements breadcrumbiconwellmode 1 <breadcrumbiconwellmode>true</breadcrumbiconwellmode> 1 See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>true</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible <filenamefiltervisible>false</filenamefiltervisible><br /> <br /> See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808.<br /> <br /> appintgxdql Purpose Returns the results (in XML) of a Documentum Query Language (DQL) query statement.<br /> <br /> Parameters query<br /> <br /> (Required) DQL query statement.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 865<br /> <br /> clientapplicationinstaller<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\appintgxdql\appintgxdql_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> clientapplicationinstaller Purpose Lists the Application Connector installers that can be accessed from the current application server. Supports command line arguments for the installers and does not require authentication.<br /> <br /> Parameters application<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a comma-delimited list of applications to display<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\clientapplicationinstaller\clientapplicationinstaller_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 866<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> clientapplicationinstaller<br /> <br /> Elements applicationinstallers The application installer is constructed by concatenating current application server URL, client application installer, and installer parameters in the following element structure. 1 <applicationinstallers rel="nofollow"> 2<applicationinstaller rel="nofollow"> 3<application rel="nofollow">appconnectors</application> 4<label> 5<nlsid>MSG_APPCONNECTORS_LABEL</nlsid> </label> 6<description> <nlsid>MSG_APPCONNECTORS_DESCRIPTION</nlsid> </description> 7<installer>/webcomponent/install/appconnector/ Documentum-AppConnectors-Client-5.3.exe</installer> 8<cmdargs>/v"webtopUrl=$APP_SERVER"</cmdargs> </applicationinstaller> </applicationinstallers><br /> <br /> 1 Contains one or more <applicationinstaller rel="nofollow"> elements that define the installers. 2 Defines an application installer. Contains <application rel="nofollow">, <label>, <description>, <installer>, and <cmdargs>. 4 Contains a string label or NLS ID key to be displayed. 5 NLS ID key to be displayed. 6 Contains a string description or NLS ID key to be displayed that describes the application. 7 Path to the installer program relative to the Web application root, for example, /webcomponent/install/appconnector/installer.exe. 8 Supports the following system variables as command line arguments: $PROTOCOL, $PORT, APPLICATION, $APP_SERVER, $ROOT_PATH, $APP_SERVER dynamically passes the application server URL to the installer, for example, /vwebtopUrl=$APP_SERVERhttp://myserver/webtop. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 867<br /> <br /> about<br /> <br /> Application management about Purpose Displays information about the version of the application.<br /> <br /> Parameters enableTools<br /> <br /> (Optional) True to enable the display of DQL editor and API tester tools<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\about\about_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> about (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK about component and adds information about the Webtop application.<br /> <br /> 868<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> api<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from about:webcomponent/config/library/about/about_component.xml. See about, page 868.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\about_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition about:webcomponent/config/library/about/about_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> api Purpose Tests and executes Content Server API calls.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 869<br /> <br /> authenticate<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\utilities\api_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> authenticate Purpose Enables a user to log in to an additional content repository. Verifies the user’s name and password.<br /> <br /> Parameters docbase<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the content repository<br /> <br /> docbroker<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the connection broker<br /> <br /> docbrokerPort<br /> <br /> (Optional) Port number of the connection broker<br /> <br /> suppressLoginEvent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Prevents or enables the login event. Set to true to suppress the client events loginCancel and loginSuccess used by Application Connectors.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\authenticate_component.xml<br /> <br /> 870<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> authenticate (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parent Denition login:wdk/config/login_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from login:wdk/config/login_component.xml. See login, page 879. serveroptionenabled 1 <serveroptionenabled>false</serveroptionenabled> See serveroptionenabled, page 820. showoptions See showoptions, page 822.<br /> <br /> authenticate (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK login component and adds a required parameter for the repository to log into. This component is displayed when the user requests to log in to an additional repository after the initial login. Called from browsertree (Webtop), page 1459.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from authenticate:wdk/config/authenticate_component.xml. See authenticate, page 870.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 871<br /> <br /> authenticateexternalsource<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\authenticate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition authenticate:wdk/config/authenticate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> authenticateexternalsource Purpose Enables a user to provide credentials to an external source.<br /> <br /> Parameters externalSource<br /> <br /> (Required) Path to the external source<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\authenticateexternalsource_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 872<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> backdetector<br /> <br /> backdetector Purpose Detects the browser’s back button event during nested navigation to another component and prevents re-execution of operation unintentionally for operations that execute on component initialization, for example, UCF content transfer.<br /> <br /> Parameters ticket<br /> <br /> (Required) Ticket is generated by a call to BackDetector.setComponentNested() in ContentTransferServiceContainer. The caller can override BackDetector.setComponentNested() to generate a ticket internally and perform the redirection accordingly.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\backdetector_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage To handle the Back button event from a nested component in your custom component, add a call to BackDetector in your event handler that handles the return from nesting: if (BackDetector.clickBackButton(map)) { //abort the operation }<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 873<br /> <br /> dql<br /> <br /> dql Purpose The dql component edits and executes queries to a repository. This component is nested to from the Webtop about component.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\utilities\dql_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> dqleditor Purpose The dqleditor component edits and executes queries to a repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters query<br /> <br /> 874<br /> <br /> (Optional) DQL query<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> drl<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\dqleditor\dqleditor_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> drl Purpose Opens a DRL object (document resource locator) and prompts the user to view or edit it. You can also send an inbox item as a DRL. If the DRL is to an inbox item, the DRL will open the user’s inbox, and the task manager will open the inbox item. The login component is invoked unless the user has a session or a default account is configured for anonymous access. The appropriate repository is derived from the object ID.<br /> <br /> Parameters format<br /> <br /> (Optional) If the user can edit and view the passed object, a user interface is presented to allow the user to choose the action. If no format is specified for the action, the object’s native format is used.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object identified by the DRL.<br /> <br /> versionLabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Any labelled version can be passed, such as CURRENT. If no value is set for versionLabel and the object’s version is not current, an open current checkbox is shown.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 875<br /> <br /> drl<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\drl_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The DRL component displays View and Edit buttons. The event handlers for these buttons call the drlview (type dm_sysobject), page 469 and drledit (type dm_sysobject), page 465 actions, respectively. Requires the Nautilus File Manager on Mozilla clients. DRLs have the following syntax: http:// host_name:port/ app_name/component/drl?objectId=xxx. For example, the following DRL specifies an object and the format: http://localhost:8080/webtop/component/drl? objectId=090056ce8002d6ef&format=msw8<br /> <br /> Note: The format argument should not be supplied if the object has no content. Although 5.3 encryption is supported, this component uses triple DES encryption. So, you should use the password encryption tool, which uses triple DES encryption. The encrypted password is specified in this component’s configuration file. The DRL component supports the following anonymous access functionality: •<br /> <br /> Virtual links and DRLs have independent sets of stored credentials for anonymous access.<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> If the anonymous user account user does not have permission to perform the requested DRL operation (view or edit), a login dialog is presented.<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> Anonymous credentials are used only for content DRLs, not DRLs to folders or inbox.<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> User is logged out of the application after the anonymous DRL operation has been performed. (Configurable as the <logoffoncomplete> element in the drl component definition.)<br /> <br /> You can construct a DRL in your component class by importing the DRLComponent class and calling constructDRL(String strObjectId, String strVersionLabel, String strFormat, Component component). The version label and format parameters are optional. The following example initializes a bookmark control in component JSP page: BookmarkLink bookmark = (BookmarkLink)getControl( "bookmark", BookmarkLink.class); bookmark.setHREF(DRLComponent.constructDRL( strObjectId, null, null, this));<br /> <br /> 876<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> drlauthenticate<br /> <br /> Elements defaultaccounts See defaultaccounts, page 802. new-pw Triple DES encrypted password for the anonymous user. Can be encrypted with the Trusted Authenticator Tool. Refer to Web Development Kit Development Guide for instructions. password Password for the anonymous user. If new-pw is specified, then this element is ignored.<br /> <br /> drlauthenticate Purpose This component opens an object, prompting the user to select view or edit mode. Note that the opened object may differ if a version label is passed (for example, CURRENT). The login component is invoked if necessary.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from drl:wdk/config/drl_component.xml. See drl, page 875.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\drlauthenticate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition drl:wdk/config/drl_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 877<br /> <br /> index<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage Although 5.3 encryption is supported, this component uses triple DES encryption. So, you should use the password encryption tool, which uses triple DES encryption. The encrypted password is specified in this component’s configuration file.<br /> <br /> Elements defaultaccounts This element structure is inherited from drl:wdk/config/drl_component.xml. See drl, page 875. new-pw This element structure is inherited from drl:wdk/config/drl_component.xml. See drl, page 875. password This element structure is inherited from drl:wdk/config/drl_component.xml. See drl, page 875.<br /> <br /> index Purpose Not used.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\index\index.xml<br /> <br /> 878<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> login<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> login Purpose Performs an explicit login to a single repository or a trusted login to a J2EE application server. The trusted login will log in to the repositories accessible to the application.<br /> <br /> Parameters docbase<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the repository to log into<br /> <br /> startComponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) If an entry component name is specified, the login component will forward to that component after successful login.<br /> <br /> startPage<br /> <br /> (Optional) This parameter sets the component page that will be displayed on forward.<br /> <br /> startUrl<br /> <br /> (Optional) URL to forward to. If a startURL is specified, the login component will forward to that URL after successful login. This value takes precedence over startComponent. The URL must be relative to the root context, not relative to the directory location of the current JSP page.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\login_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 879<br /> <br /> login<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage For more information on the types of application login, see the section on application login and authentication inWeb Development Kit Development Guide. In addition to the showoptions element in the login component definition, the Web application’s definition file (app.xml) contains an <authentication rel="nofollow"> element whose child elements <domain> and <docbase> specify the default domain and repository, respectively. You can configure these values in the app.xml file in your custom directory (/custom/app.xml). These values for default domain and repository are used to initialize the login dialog. The user can change the domain and repository in the login screen, and the user’s selections will be stored in a cookie for the next login. Several types of login connections are provided in the WDK authentication framework: •<br /> <br /> Login dialog<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> Skip authentication (for example, to the login or password component)<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> J2EE principal user login<br /> <br /> Each Documentum component requires a Documentum connection unless skip authentication is configured (for example, for the login component). If a Documentum connection is not available when the component is called, the component dispatcher calls the authentication service to obtain a session. If the authentication service does not obtain a session, the dispatcher calls the login component to create one. The login component then forwards to the original request after authentication.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. serveroptionenabled 1 <serveroptionenabled>false</serveroptionenabled> See serveroptionenabled, page 820. showoptions See showoptions, page 822.<br /> <br /> 880<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> login (Webtop)<br /> <br /> login (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK login component and displays a login page, adding a Webtop application identification string in the login screen. The login component is called by the component dispatcher if a component is called without a valid session.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from login:wdk/config/login_component.xml. See login, page 879.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\login_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition login:wdk/config/login_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements centered 1 <centered>true</centered> 1 Whether to display the login dialog centered in the frame (true) or left-aligned (false). failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from login:wdk/config/login_component.xml. See login, page 879. serveroptionenabled 1 <serveroptionenabled>false</serveroptionenabled> See serveroptionenabled, page 820.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 881<br /> <br /> logoff<br /> <br /> showoptions See showoptions, page 822.<br /> <br /> logoff Purpose The logoff component is one of the components specified in the file Environment.properties (located in /WEB-INF/classes/com/documentum/web/formext) as a non_docbase_component, which means that it does not require a Documentum session.<br /> <br /> Parameters afterLogoff<br /> <br /> (Optional) Accepts as a value the following JavaScript functions on the Window object: closeWindow | forward<br /> <br /> forwardUrl<br /> <br /> (Optional) URL to which to forward the browser<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\logoff_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled 1 <failoverenabled>true</failoverenabled> 1 See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> 882<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> logoff (Webtop)<br /> <br /> logoff (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK logoff component and displays a Login Again link. The logoff component invalidates the user’s session.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from logoff:wdk/config/logoff_component.xml. See logoff, page 882.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\logoff_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition logoff:wdk/config/logoff_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from logoff:wdk/config/logoff_component.xml. See logoff, page 882.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 883<br /> <br /> main<br /> <br /> main Purpose The main component is an abstract application entry point. The default Web page in the application virtual root should redirect to this component. Override the main component to handle all timeouts and history releases, which by default are redirected to this component.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\main_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The default URL for Webtop is http:// server:port/webtop. This URL redirects to the main component. To redirect your default application page to the main component, use the following JavaScript function in your default.html or index.html page: <script> function redirect() { //Get the virtual dir via the window.location.pathname var strPath = window.location.pathname; var nIndex1 = strPath.indexOf("/"); var nIndex2 = strPath.indexOf("/", nIndex1 + 1); var strVirtualDir = strPath.substring( nIndex1 + 1, nIndex2); window.location.replace("/" + strVirtualDir + "/component/main"); } </script><br /> <br /> 884<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> main (version 5.3.0) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> main (version 5.3.0) (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK main component and establishes the streamline or classic view for Webtop. This component is the entry point for the Webtop application. It is called from the index.html and default.html pages (identical content).<br /> <br /> Parameters callerClientId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Internally generated ID for the client browser.<br /> <br /> entryPage<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the entry view. Supported values: classic and streamline. If entryPage is not specified, the user’s preference is used. If no preference, the default view specified in the <entrypage> element is used.<br /> <br /> entrySection<br /> <br /> (Optional) Determines the browsertree node (classic view) or tab (streamline view) to start in. If entrySection is not specified, the cabinets view is displayed by default for both classic and streamline views. The section values are described below: Classic viewThe section is the Docbase tree node. Valid values are homecabinet_classic, cabinets, inboxclassic, subscriptions_classic, myfiles_classic, and administration. These values correspond to node IDs in the browsertree component definition file. Streamline viewThe section determines the start tab. Valid values are homecabinet_drilldown, streamlineview, inboxstreamline, myfiles_streamline, and subscriptions_streamline. These values are<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 885<br /> <br /> main (version 5.3.0) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> specified as tab component IDs in the tab bar component definition file. objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Determines the object of the bookmark (a folder or an object). If the ID is a folder or cabinet, the folder or cabinet is displayed. If the ID is an object, the contents of the containing folder are displayed. The objectId argument cannot be used with an entrySection argument.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\main_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition main:wdk/config/main_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope version<br /> <br /> 5.3.0<br /> <br /> Usage For backward compatibility with version 5.3.<br /> <br /> Elements entrypage See entrypage, page 805. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from login:wdk/config/main_component.xml. See main, page 884.<br /> <br /> 886<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> main (Webtop)<br /> <br /> main (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK main component and establishes the streamline or classic view for Webtop. This component is the entry point for the Webtop application. It is called from the index.html and default.html pages (identical content).<br /> <br /> Parameters callerClientId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Internally generated ID for the client browser.<br /> <br /> entryPage<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the entry view. Supported values: classic and streamline. If entryPage is not specified, the user’s preference is used. If no preference, the default view specified in the <entrypage> element is used.<br /> <br /> entrySection<br /> <br /> (Optional) Determines the browsertree node (classic view) or tab (streamline view) to start in. If entrySection is not specified, the cabinets view is displayed by default for both classic and streamline views. The section values are described below: Classic viewThe section is the Docbase tree node. Valid values are homecabinet_classic, cabinets, inboxclassic, subscriptions_classic, myfiles_classic, and administration. These values correspond to node IDs in the browsertree component definition file. Streamline viewThe section determines the start tab. Valid values are homecabinet_drilldown, streamlineview, inboxstreamline, myfiles_streamline, and subscriptions_streamline. These values are specified as tab component IDs in the tab bar component definition file<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Determines the object of the bookmark (a folder or an object). If the ID is a folder or cabinet, the folder or cabinet is displayed. If the ID is an object, the contents of the containing<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 887<br /> <br /> newwindow<br /> <br /> folder are displayed. The objectId argument cannot be used with an entrySection argument.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\mainex_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition main:wdk/config/main_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements entrypage See entrypage, page 805. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from login:wdk/config/main_component.xml. See main, page 884.<br /> <br /> newwindow Purpose Opens a second WDK application browser window.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 888<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newwindow (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\newwindow\newwindow_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements windowparams See windowparams, page 827.<br /> <br /> newwindow (Webtop) Purpose Launched by the newwindow action to open a second WDK application browser window.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\newwindow_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newwindow:webcomponent/config/library/newwindow/newwindow_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 889<br /> <br /> portal_login<br /> <br /> Elements windowparams See windowparams, page 827.<br /> <br /> portal_login Purpose Enables logging in to a portal.<br /> <br /> Parameters docbase<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> startComponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> startPage<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> startUrl<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\portallogin\portallogin_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements showoptions See showoptions, page 822.<br /> <br /> 890<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removecredential<br /> <br /> removecredential Purpose Removes the user credentials (login name, password, repository, domain) for the specified repository by deleting the cookie. Saved credentials are turned on by default in /wdk/app.xml. Saved credentials are used for HTTP session timeout, DRLs, switching repositories, and accessing the application with a new browser session.<br /> <br /> Parameters docbase<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the repository for which the user credentials will be removed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\credential\removecredential_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage Username and password are encrypted and saved as browser cookies. This means that credentials saved with one browser, such as IE, will not be available if the user switches to another browser, such as Netscape. To turn off the save credentials feature, add the following section to your /custom/app.xml file, within the <application rel="nofollow"> element: <save_credential> <enabled>false</enabled> <encryption_key>encryption key here</encryption_key> <disabled_docbases> <docbase></docbase> </disabled_docbases> </save_credential><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 891<br /> <br /> savecredential<br /> <br /> To enable saved credentials in certain repositories, you must enable the credentials and then name the repositories that will not support saved credentials. In the following example from a /custom/app.xml file, all repositories except admin support saved credentials: <save_credential> <enabled>true</enabled> <encrypted_key>encryption key here</encrypted_key> <disabled_docbases> <docbase>admin</docbase> </disabled_docbases> </save_credential><br /> <br /> Note: The encryption key must be identical across all WDK application instances on the application server. If the key is changed by an administrator, users will be prompted for login. You can use the trusted authenticator tool (com.documentum.web.formext.session.TrustedAuthenticatorTool). See Web Development Kit Development Guide for details on this tool.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> savecredential Purpose Saves the user credentials (login name, password, repository, domain) as a cookie. This feature is turned on by default in /wdk/app.xml.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\credential\savecredential_component.xml<br /> <br /> 892<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> sso_login<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage Although 5.3 encryption is supported, this component uses triple DES encryption. This component automatically performs encryption for each user who saves credentials. You should use the password encryption tool, which uses triple DES encryption.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sso_login Purpose Enables a user to log in to a content repository using the single sign-on (SSO) feature.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from login:wdk/config/login_component.xml. See login, page 879.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\sso_login_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition login:wdk/config/login_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 893<br /> <br /> ucnvoker<br /> <br /> Usage The component dispatcher must invoke this component to authenticate the user against a particular repository.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from login:wdk/config/login_component.xml. See login, page 879. serveroptionenabled 1 <serveroptionenabled>false</serveroptionenabled> See serveroptionenabled, page 820. showoptions See showoptions, page 822.<br /> <br /> ucnvoker Purpose Enables invoking a component using the unified client facilities feature.<br /> <br /> Parameters targetComponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the component to invoke.<br /> <br /> targetComponentPage<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the component page to render as named in the component definition<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\ucfinvoker_component.xml<br /> <br /> 894<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> virtuallinkconnect<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> virtuallinkconnect Purpose Supports virtual links (URL to a single document) by providing authentication and a list of root paths that are used to resolve the path in the URL.<br /> <br /> Parameters redirectUrl<br /> <br /> (Required) URL to be displayed when the object cannot be located in the repository.<br /> <br /> virtualLinkPath<br /> <br /> (Required) URL to the feature that provides anonymous access, which allows the use of predefined login credentials (per repository) instead of requiring a user to log in using their credentials.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\virtuallinkconnect_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 895<br /> <br /> virtuallinkconnect<br /> <br /> Usage This component is part of the virtual link service. It has no user interface. The component is called by the browser after the virtual link servlet determines that the URL may contain a virtual link. A virtual link has this syntax: http://host[/docbase:path]/document<br /> <br /> This component reads the configuration information from its component definition file and provides authentication details to the virtual link handler based on the user’s current session. If the user does not have a session, the virtual link service presents a login page or is automatically logged in using anonymous login. Although 5.3 encryption is supported, this component uses triple DES encryption. So, you should use the password encryption tool, which uses triple DES encryption. The encrypted password is specified in this component’s configuration file. To support virtual links for anonymous login to multiple repositories, extend the virtuallinkconnect component’s configuration file in /wdk/virtuallinkconnect_component.xml and add the following elements with the repository-specific credentials for the anonymous user and default account credentials for all other repositories. <defaultaccounts> <filter docbase='repository_1"> <!-- one account per repository--> <account rel="nofollow"> <username>anonymous_username</username> <password>encrypted_password</password> <domain>domain_if_UNIX</domain> </account> </filter> <!-- default account for all remaining repositories. --> <defaultaccount> <username>anonymous_user2</username> <password>encrypted_password2</password> <domain></domain> </defaultaccount> </defaultaccounts><br /> <br /> See Web Development Kit Development Guide for more details about the virtual link service.<br /> <br /> Elements defaultaccounts 1 <defaultaccounts></defaultaccounts> 1 See defaultaccounts, page 802. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> 896<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_document)<br /> <br /> new-pw Triple DES encrypted password for the anonymous user. Can be encrypted with the Trusted Authenticator Tool. Refer to Web Development Kit Development Guide for instructions. password Password for the anonymous user. If new-pw is specified, then this element is ignored. rootpaths 1 <rootpaths> 2<rootpath>/</rootpath> </rootpaths><br /> <br /> 1 Contains one or more <rootpath> elements, which can optionally be enclosed within a <filter> element. 2 An absolute path to a repository.<br /> <br /> Attributes attributes (type dm_document) Purpose Displays the primary attributes of the selected document and includes a link to expand the attributes list or to display all attributes. The attributes component is designed to run within the container component properties, page 913.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_dm_ sysobject_component.xml. See attributes (type dm_sysobject), page 899.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 897<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_document)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\attributes\attributes_dm_document_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_dm_sysobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_document<br /> <br /> Usage You can configure the layout of the attributes display using the docbaseattributelist control (see ). See the control description for details. Each category of attributes that is defined in the list layout Configuration file can be shown as tabs or inline in the properties UI. Set the value of showpagesastabs in the Configuration file to true to display category tabs. The Show All attributes functionality is provided by an alternative layout to the base attributes layout. The layout is switched when the user clicks a link. The link is displayed if the enableshowall parameter is set to true. How Attributes are Saved The OK button in the properties component has an event handler in the parent class DialogContainer, which calls canCommitChanges() and onCommitChanges(). The latter method is implemented in the Properties class to save the object. Using lters You can configure the attributes definition to display a different UI based on the user role. The following example allows administrators to see all attributes and allows the attributes to be editable if they are editable in the repository: <filter role='administrator'> <enableShowAll>true</enableShowAll> </filter> <readOnly>false</readOnly><br /> <br /> Elements enableShowAll <filter role="administrator"> <enableShowAll>true</enableShowAll> </filter><br /> <br /> See enableShowAll, page 805.<br /> <br /> 898<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_ dm_sysobject_component.xml. See attributes (type dm_sysobject), page 899. readOnly <readOnly>false</readOnly><br /> <br /> See readOnly, page 818. showpagesastabs See showpagesastabs, page 822.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_sysobject) Purpose The attributes component displays the primary attributes of the selected object and includes a link to expand the attributes list or to display all attributes. The attributes component is designed to run within the container component properties, page 913.<br /> <br /> Parameters enableShowAll<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Displays the Show all attributes link (true) or hides it (false). The default depends on the user’s role: true for administrators, false for all non-administrator users.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object for which attributes are to be shown.<br /> <br /> readOnly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Displays the attributes as read-only (true) or in edit mode (false). This value does not override the state of the attributes in the repository. The value of this parameter does override individual readonly attributes that are set to false on the docbaseattribute controls in the UI.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 899<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\attributes\attributes_dm_sysobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Usage You can configure the layout of the attributes display using the docbaseattributelist control (see ). See the control description for details. Each category of attributes that is defined in the list layout Configuration file can be shown as tabs or inline in the properties UI. Set the value of showpagesastabs in the Configuration file to true to display category tabs. The Show All attributes functionality is provided by an alternative layout to the base attributes layout. The layout is switched when the user clicks a link. The link is displayed if the enableshowall parameter is set to true. How Attributes are Saved The OK button in the properties component has an event handler in the parent class DialogContainer, which calls canCommitChanges() and onCommitChanges(). The latter method is implemented in the Properties class to save the object. Using lters You can configure the attributes definition to display a different UI based on the user role. The following example allows administrators to see all attributes and allows the attributes to be editable if they are editable in the repository: <filter role='administrator'> <enableShowAll>true</enableShowAll> </filter> <readOnly>false</readOnly><br /> <br /> Elements enableShowAll See enableShowAll, page 805. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> 900<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docbaserepeatingattribute<br /> <br /> readOnly See readOnly, page 818. showpagesastabs See showpagesastabs, page 822.<br /> <br /> docbaserepeatingattribute Purpose Component called by the docbaseattributevalue, page 47 control to display an editing page for a repeating attribute.<br /> <br /> Parameters control<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the docbaseattributevalue control.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\docbaserepeatingattribute_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage When a docbaseattributevalue, page 47 control is used to display an attribute, an Edit link is displayed if the attribute is repeating, that is, if the attribute allows multiple values. The docbaserepeatingattribute component is called by an onClick event handler internal to the docbaseattributevalue control when the user clicks the Edit link. The event handler nests to the<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 901<br /> <br /> docbasesingleattribute<br /> <br /> docbaserepeatingattribute component, which means that the docbaserepeatingattribute component is nested within the component that contains the docbaseattributevalue control. By default, the docbaserepeatingattribute component opens the repeatingAttributes.jsp page, which displays an editing screen that allows the user to construct a list of values with an Add/Remove button. For repeating attributes without value assistance, a text box is displayed to for entry of values. For repeating attributes with closed-end value assistance, the user adds values by selecting values from a list. For repeating attributes with open-ended value assistance, there is both a text box and a list of values to select from. The JSP page can be customized by modifying the component definition file. Note: The docbaserepeatingattribute component can only be called from the docbaseattributevalue control.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> docbasesingleattribute Purpose Component called by the docbaseattributevalue, page 47 control to display an editing page for a single-value attribute.<br /> <br /> Parameters control<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the docbaseattributevalue control.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\docbasesingleattribute_component.xml<br /> <br /> 902<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> history<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage When the docbaseattributevalue, page 47 control is used to display an attribute, an Edit link is displayed if the attribute is single-valued with open-ended value assistance. The docbasesingleattribute component is called by an onClick event handler internal to the docbaseattributevalue control when the user clicks the Edit link. The event handler nests to the docbasesingleattribute component, which means that the docbasesingleattribute component is nested within the component that contains the docbaseattributevalue control. By default, the docbasesingleattribute component opens the singleAttribute.jsp page, which displays an editing screen that allows the user to either select a value from a list or enter a value in a text box. The JSP page can be customized by modifying the component definition file. Note: The docbasesingleattribute component can only be called from the docbaseattributevalue control.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> history Purpose Extends the component objectgrid, page 1170 and displays an object history (audit trail) including events, users, event source, and time stamp.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 903<br /> <br /> history<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\history\history_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectgrid:/webcomponent/config/navigation/objectgrid/objectgrid_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. header See header, page 807. lookuptable 1 <lookuptable> 2<lookup key="dm_archive" nlsid="MSG_ARCHIVE"></lookup> ... </lookuptable><br /> <br /> 1 Contains <lookup> elements that supply user-friendly textual descriptions for system and user defined events. NLS mappings are provided in the <nlsbundle> file. 2 Has two configurable attributes: key specifies the attribute name, and nlsid specifies the NLS key to match to a localized string for the attribute. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813. queryconditionstring 1 <queryconditionstring>audited_obj_id={r_object_id} or (id_5={r_object_ id} and event_name in ('dm_addpackage', 'dm_completedworkitem', 'dm_ removepackage', 'dm_signoff'))</queryconditionstring><br /> <br /> 1 Specify the query for events to be shown. The DQL query format will be of the form "select... from FROM dm_audittrail WHERE queryconditionstring. By default, the following histories will be displayed: dm_addpackage, dm_completedworkitem, dm_removepackage, and dm_signoff.<br /> <br /> 904<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> modifyversionlabels<br /> <br /> modifyversionlabels Purpose This component provides the UI and functionality to allow users to modify version labels on objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the node if it is part of a virtual document<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object being modified<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\modifyversionlabels\modifyversionlabels_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> multiobjectsattributes (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Displays the attribute values that are common between more than one selected object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 905<br /> <br /> multiobjectsdocbaserepeatingattribute<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) IDs of the selected objects.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\attributes\multiobjectsattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Usage This component is not valid for Application Connectors.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. readOnly See readOnly, page 818. showpagesastabs See showpagesastabs, page 822.<br /> <br /> multiobjectsdocbaserepeatingattribute Purpose Enables updating repeating-value attributes that are common between more than one selected object.<br /> <br /> 906<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> multiobjectsdocbasesingleattribute<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from docbaserepeatingattribute:wdk/config/docbaserepeatingattribute_ component.xml. See docbaserepeatingattribute, page 901.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\multiobjectsdocbaserepeatingattribute_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition docbaserepeatingattribute:wdk/config/docbaserepeatingattribute_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> multiobjectsdocbasesingleattribute Purpose Displays single-value attributes that are common between more than one selected object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from docbasesingleattribute:wdk/config/docbasesingleattribute_ component.xml. See docbasesingleattribute, page 902.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 907<br /> <br /> multiobjectsproperties<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\multiobjectsdocbasesingleattribute_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition docbasesingleattribute:wdk/config/docbasesingleattribute_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> multiobjectsproperties Purpose Displays the properties common between more than one selected object.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> 908<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> multiobjectsselectsingleattributevalue<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\properties\multiobjectsproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements commitorder See commitorder, page 801. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. multiobjectsservice 1 <multiobjectsservice>com.documentum.web.formext.control.docbase. MultiObjectsService</multiobjectsservice><br /> <br /> 1 Specifies the multiobject service.<br /> <br /> multiobjectsselectsingleattributevalue Purpose Provides UI and behavior for selecting a value for a single (not repeating) attribute that is common between more than one selected object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 909<br /> <br /> multiobjectsselectsingleattributevalue<br /> <br /> Parameters control<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the docbaseattributevalue control.<br /> <br /> locator<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a selector component to select a single attribute value<br /> <br /> selectedAttribute<br /> <br /> (Optional) Attribute to be passed to the locator<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\selectsingleattributevalue\multiobjectsselectsingleattributevalue_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition selectsingleattributevalue:webcomponent/config/library/selectsingleattributevalue/ selectsingleattributevalue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements locator See locator, page 810. selectedattribute See selectedattribute, page 820.<br /> <br /> 910<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> multiobjectsselectuserattributevalue<br /> <br /> multiobjectsselectuserattributevalue Purpose Provides UI and behavior for selecting a user to supply a value for an attribute that is common between more than one object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from multiobjectsselectsingleattributevalue:webcomponent/config/ library/selectsingleattributevalue/multiobjectsselectsingleattributevalue_component.xml. See multiobjectsselectsingleattributevalue, page 909.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\selectsingleattributevalue\multiobjectsselectuserattributevalue_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition multiobjectsselectsingleattributevalue:webcomponent/config/library/selectsingleattributevalue/ multiobjectsselectsingleattributevalue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements locator See locator, page 810. selectedattribute See selectedattribute, page 820.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 911<br /> <br /> multiobjectsversionlabels<br /> <br /> multiobjectsversionlabels Purpose Displays the version label attribute values of more than one selected object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from docbaserepeatingattribute:wdk/config/docbaserepeatingattribute_ component.xml. See docbaserepeatingattribute, page 901.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\multiobjectsversionlabels_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition versionlabels:wdk/config/versionlabels_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> 912<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> properties<br /> <br /> properties Purpose Extends the container propertysheetcontainer, page 915 and displays property sheets that show general information about the selected object, such as name, type, format and owner. The properties component contains attributes, history, and permissions. The properties component for dm_category objects extends this properties component.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the first contained component to be shown<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object for which properties are to be shown<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\properties\properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The following example adds the locations component to the list of properties for an object. Copy the properties component configuration file from /webcomponent/config/library/properties to your custom config directory. Add the locations component to the list of contained components: <contains> <component>attributes</component> <component>permissions</component> <component>history</component> <component>locations</component><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 913<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_externalresult)<br /> <br /> </contains><br /> <br /> Elements commitorder See commitorder, page 801. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. setrepositoryfromobjectid <setrepositoryfromobjectid>true</setrepositoryfromobjectid><br /> <br /> See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820.<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_externalresult) Purpose This component is used to display attributes components.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the component displayed<br /> <br /> entryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internal key to the query results.<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internally used to identify the current search context<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\properties\dm_externalresult_properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> 914<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> propertysheetcontainer<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_externalresult<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> propertysheetcontainer Purpose Extends wizardcontainer, page 1177 and contains attributes, history, and permissions.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) The contained component. Set the requiresVisit attribute to true to require the component to be visited before an OK button is displayed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition wizardcontainer:wdk/config/wizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 915<br /> <br /> propertysheetwizardcontainer<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The property sheet wizard container extends the propertysheetcontainer container and adds support for wizard-type navigation through the pages of a component (Previous and Next buttons) and through components in the container (tabs). Some examples of containers that extend the propertysheetwizardcontainer include adminpropertysheetcontainer, newcabinet, newdoc, and newfolder containers. Set requiresVisit attribute to true to declare that a particular component must be visited before the container can commit changes. In the following example, the attributes component must be viewed before the user can commit changes: <contains> <component>newFolder</component> <component requiresVisit='true'>attributes</component> <component>permissions</component> </contains><br /> <br /> You can also declare the visit requirement in the individual component definition. Add the following tag to a component definition: <requiresVisitBeforeCommit>true</requiresVisitBeforeCommit><br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> propertysheetwizardcontainer Purpose Extends the container propertysheetcontainer, page 915 and contains propertysheetcontainer, page 915 and wizardcontainer, page 1177. This container has Previous and Next buttons that move through pages in the currently selected components and another set of buttons that move through the contained components. The contained components are presented as horizontal tabs.<br /> <br /> 916<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> propertysheetwizardcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) The contained component. Set the requiresVisit attribute to true to require the component to be visited before an OK button is displayed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\propertysheetwizardcontainer\propertysheetwizardcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage If your component extends propertysheetwizardcontainer and you wish to show the contained components as vertical tabs, call setcomponentpage("vertical_tabs") in your component class.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 917<br /> <br /> rename<br /> <br /> rename Purpose Provides a simple UI for users to rename objects by entering a new name in a single text-edit field on a form. Webtop does not provide a menu to access this component.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to rename<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rename\rename_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> selectmultipleuserattributevalue Purpose Provides UI and behavior for selecting multiple users for which to supply a common attribute value.<br /> <br /> Parameters Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> 918<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> selectmultipleuserattributevalue<br /> <br /> control<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the docbaseattributevalue control.<br /> <br /> locator<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a selector component to select a single attribute value<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the object on which the component was invoked to select users. If the object is governed by a room, then a RoomUser locator component is invoked; otherwise, a UserLocator component is invoked.<br /> <br /> selectedAttribute<br /> <br /> (Optional) Attribute to be passed to the locator<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object IDs of the user objects that are selected on the right side of the page.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\selectsingleattributevalue\selectmultipleuserattributevalue_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition selectrepeatingattributevalue:webcomponent/config/library/selectsingleattributevalue/ selectrepeatingattributevalue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements locator See locator, page 810. roomlocator <roomlocator></roomlocator><br /> <br /> Room locator component to be launched for selecting the attribute value. Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 919<br /> <br /> selectmultipleuseridattributevalue<br /> <br /> selectedattribute See selectedattribute, page 820.<br /> <br /> selectmultipleuseridattributevalue Purpose Enables selection of multiple users to supply repeating-value attribute values.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from selectrepeatingattributevalue:webcomponent/config/ library/selectsingleattributevalue/selectrepeatingattributevalue_component.xml. See selectrepeatingattributevalue, page 922.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\selectsingleattributevalue\selectmultipleuserattributevalue_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition selectmultipleuserattributevalue:webcomponent/config/library/selectsingleattributevalue/ selectmultipleuserattributevalue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements locator See locator, page 810.<br /> <br /> 920<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> selectmultipleuserorgroupattributevalue<br /> <br /> selectedattribute <selectedattribute>r_object_id</selectedattribute><br /> <br /> See selectedattribute, page 820.<br /> <br /> selectmultipleuserorgroupattributevalue Purpose Provides UI and behavior for selecting multiple users or groups for which to supply a common attribute value.<br /> <br /> Parameters Since 6.0 SP1. The parameters are inherited from selectmultipleuserattributevalue:webcomponent/config/ library/selectrepeatingattributevalue/selectmultipleuserattributevalue_component.xml. See selectmultipleuserattributevalue, page 918.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\selectrepeatingattributevalue\selectmultipleuserorgroupattributevalue_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition Since 6.0 SP1. selectmultipleuserattributevalue:webcomponent/config/library/selectrepeatingattributevalue/ selectmultipleuserattributevalue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 921<br /> <br /> selectrepeatingattributevalue<br /> <br /> Elements locator See locator, page 810. roomlocator Since 6.0 SP1. <roomlocator></roomlocator><br /> <br /> Room locator component to be launched for selecting the attribute value. selectedattribute See selectedattribute, page 820.<br /> <br /> selectrepeatingattributevalue Purpose Component called by the docbaseattributevalue, page 47 control to display an editing page for a repeating-value attribute.<br /> <br /> Parameters control<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the docbaseattributevalue control.<br /> <br /> locator<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a selector component to select a repeating-value attribute value.<br /> <br /> selectedAttribute<br /> <br /> (Optional) Attribute to be passed to the locator.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 922<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> selectsingleattributevalue<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\selectsingleattributevalue\selectrepeatingattributevalue_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition docbaserepeatingattribute:wdk/config/docbaserepeatingattribute_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from docbaserepeatingattribute:wdk/config/ docbaserepeatingattribute_component.xml. See docbaserepeatingattribute, page 901. locator See locator, page 810. selectedattribute <selectedattribute>object_name</selectedattribute><br /> <br /> See selectedattribute, page 820.<br /> <br /> selectsingleattributevalue Purpose Provides UI and behavior for selecting a single (not repeating) attribute value.<br /> <br /> Parameters control<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the docbaseattributevalue control.<br /> <br /> locator<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a selector component to select a single attribute value<br /> <br /> selectedAttribute<br /> <br /> (Optional) Attribute to be passed to the locator<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 923<br /> <br /> selectuserattributevalue<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\selectsingleattributevalue\selectsingleattributevalue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition docbasesingleattribute:wdk/config/docbasesingleattribute_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage Extend this component to provide a locator for an open-ended attribute value of a single-value attribute. Register your component as the value of the <editcomponent> element for the desired attribute in a docbaseobjectconfiguration file. For more information on docbaseobject configuration, refer to docbaseobject, page 54.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> selectuserattributevalue Purpose Attribute value selector that provides a user interface and behavior for selecting a user.<br /> <br /> Parameters Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> 924<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> selectuserattributevalue<br /> <br /> control<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the docbaseattributevalue control.<br /> <br /> locator<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a selector component to select a single attribute value<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the object on which the component was invoked to select users. If the object is governed by a room, then a RoomUser locator component is invoked; otherwise, a UserLocator component is invoked.<br /> <br /> selectedAttribute<br /> <br /> (Optional) Attribute to be passed to the locator<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object IDs of the user objects that are selected on the right side of the page.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\selectsingleattributevalue\selectuserattributevalue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition selectsingleattributevalue:webcomponent/config/library/selectsingleattributevalue/ selectsingleattributevalue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements locator See locator, page 810. roomlocator <roomlocator></roomlocator><br /> <br /> Room locator component to be launched for selecting the attribute value. Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 925<br /> <br /> selectuseridattributevalue<br /> <br /> selectedattribute See selectedattribute, page 820.<br /> <br /> selectuseridattributevalue Purpose Enables selection of a user to supply single-value attribute values.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from selectsingleattributevalue:webcomponent/config/library/ selectsingleattributevalue/selectsingleattributevalue_component.xml. See selectsingleattributevalue, page 923.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\selectsingleattributevalue\selectuserattributevalue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition selectuserattributevalue:webcomponent/config/library/selectsingleattributevalue/ selectuserattributevalue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements locator See locator, page 810.<br /> <br /> 926<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> selectuserorgroupattributevalue<br /> <br /> selectedattribute See selectedattribute, page 820.<br /> <br /> selectuserorgroupattributevalue Purpose Attribute value selector that provides a user interface and behavior for selecting a user or group.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from selectsingleattributevalue:webcomponent/config/library/ selectsingleattributevalue/selectsingleattributevalue_component.xml. See selectsingleattributevalue, page 923.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\selectsingleattributevalue\selectuseror groupattributevalue_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition selectuserattributevalue:webcomponent/config/library/selectsingleattributevalue/ selectuserattributevalue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements locator See locator, page 810.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 927<br /> <br /> versionlabels<br /> <br /> roomlocator <roomlocator></roomlocator><br /> <br /> Room locator component to be launched for selecting the attribute value. Since 6.0 SP1. selectedattribute See selectedattribute, page 820.<br /> <br /> versionlabels Purpose Allows editing of version labels<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from docbaserepeatingattribute:wdk/config/docbaserepeatingattribute_ component.xml. See docbaserepeatingattribute, page 901.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\versionlabels_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition docbaserepeatingattribute:wdk/config/docbaserepeatingattribute_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 928<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> versions (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from docbaserepeatingattribute:wdk/config/ docbaserepeatingattribute_component.xml. See docbaserepeatingattribute, page 901.<br /> <br /> versions (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Extends objectgrid, page 1170, displays and allows users to edit version information on an object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\versions\versions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectgrid:/webcomponent/config/navigation/objectgrid/objectgrid_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 929<br /> <br /> versions (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. header See header, page 807. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> versions (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK versions component component and displays the versions for the selected object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from versions:webcomponent/config/library/versions/versions_ component.xml. See versions (type dm_sysobject), page 929.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\versions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition versions:webcomponent/config/library/versions/versions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> 930<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> versions (type wdk5_testtype_1)<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. columns_list See columns_list, page 798. dragdrop This element structure is inherited from versions:webcomponent/config/library/versions/versions_ component.xml. See versions (type dm_sysobject), page 929. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> versions (type wdk5_testtype_1) Purpose Extendsobjectgrid, page 1170, displays, and edits version information on an object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from versions:/webcomponent/config/library/versions/versions_ component.xml. See versions (type dm_sysobject), page 929.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition versions:/webcomponent/config/library/versions/versions_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 931<br /> <br /> versions (type wdk5_testtype_2)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> wdk5_testtype_1<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> versions (type wdk5_testtype_2) Purpose Extends objectgrid, page 1170 and displays and edits version information on an object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from versions:/webcomponent/config/library/versions/versions_ component.xml. See versions (type dm_sysobject), page 929.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition versions:/webcomponent/config/library/versions/versions_component.xml<br /> <br /> 932<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> versions (type wdk5_testtype_3)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> wdk5_testtype_2<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> versions (type wdk5_testtype_3) Purpose Extends objectgrid, page 1170 and displays and edits version information on an object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from versions:/webcomponent/config/library/versions/versions_ component.xml. See versions (type dm_sysobject), page 929.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition versions:/webcomponent/config/library/versions/versions_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 933<br /> <br /> allfolderlocator<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> wdk5_testtype_3<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> Cabinets and folders allfolderlocator Purpose Locates dm_folder objects in a repository and displays them in a hierarchical view. Users can navigate from the root cabinets to locate an object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 934<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> allfolderlocator<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\folderlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_folder</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 935<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_folder) Purpose Displays the primary attributes of the selected folder and includes a link to expand the attributes list or to display all attributes.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_dm_ sysobject_component.xml. See attributes (type dm_sysobject), page 899.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\attributes\attributes_dm_folder_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_dm_sysobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Usage You can configure the layout of the attributes display using the docbaseattributelist control (see ). See the control description for details. Each category of attributes that is defined in the list layout Configuration file can be shown as tabs or inline in the properties UI. Set the value of showpagesastabs in the Configuration file to true to display category tabs.<br /> <br /> 936<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> cabinetslocator<br /> <br /> The Show All attributes functionality is provided by an alternative layout to the base attributes layout. The layout is switched when the user clicks a link. The link is displayed if the enableshowall parameter is set to true. How Attributes are Saved The OK button in the properties component has an event handler in the parent class DialogContainer, which calls canCommitChanges() and onCommitChanges(). The latter method is implemented in the Properties class to save the object. Using lters You can configure the attributes definition to display a different UI based on the user role. The following example allows administrators to see all attributes and allows the attributes to be editable if they are editable in the repository: <filter role='administrator'> <enableShowAll>true</enableShowAll> </filter> <readOnly>false</readOnly><br /> <br /> Elements enableShowAll See enableShowAll, page 805. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_ dm_sysobject_component.xml. See attributes (type dm_sysobject), page 899. readOnly See readOnly, page 818. showpagesastabs See showpagesastabs, page 822.<br /> <br /> cabinetslocator Purpose The cabinetslocator component is a basic sysobject locator that displays folders and the content type.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 937<br /> <br /> cabinetslocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\cabinetslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. columns This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. containerselectable This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. contenttypepanelvisible This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. lenameltervisible This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> 938<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> lter This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. lter This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. privatecabinetvisible This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077. views This element structure is inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_folder) Purpose The delete component deletes dm_folders and other dm_sysobjects, deletes inbox notifications (dm_notification and dm_queued), and deletes folders (queries the user whether all objects should be deleted from a folder selected for deletion). This component must be used within the deletecontainer component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 939<br /> <br /> newcabinet<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the parent folder of the file or folder that is to be deleted. Applies only to dm_folder and dm_sysobject types.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be deleted. Applies to all types.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\delete\deletefolder_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newcabinet Purpose Creates a new cabinet. This component must run within the component newcabinetcontainer, page 942.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 940<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newcabinet<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\create\newcabinet_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements base_type See base_type, page 796. cabinet_lter 1 <cabinet_filter> 2<preset_item id="type_filter"> <selection> <entries> <entry></entry> </entries> </selection> </preset_item> </cabinet_filter><br /> <br /> 1 Specifies an object type preset filter for cabinets. 2 Standard preset_item structure that specifies an object type filter. See preset_item, page 816. default_type See default_type, page 802. preset_item See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 941<br /> <br /> newcabinetcontainer<br /> <br /> newcabinetcontainer Purpose Extends propertysheetwizardcontainer, page 916 and contains attributes, newcabinet, and permissions. The newcabinet component requires a visit.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the action execution class). The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\create\newcabinetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/ propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The container parameters are added by the LaunchComponent action execution class in order to support actions on multiple objects. Do not call the container by URL.<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> 942<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newfolder<br /> <br /> newfolder Purpose Creates a new folder. This component must run within the component newfoldercontainer, page 944.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the folder or cabinet that will contain the new folder.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\create\newfolder_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements base_type See base_type, page 796. default_type See default_type, page 802. folder_lter See folder_filter, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 943<br /> <br /> newfoldercontainer<br /> <br /> newfoldercontainer Purpose Extends propertysheetwizardcontainer, page 916 and contains attributes, newfolder, and permissions. The newfolder container requires a visit.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required): The name of the component to contain. Supplied by the action execution class.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\create\newfoldercontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/ propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> 944<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_category)<br /> <br /> Categories attributes (type dm_category) Purpose The attributes component displays the primary attributes of the selected object and includes a link to expand the attributes list or to display all attributes. The attributes component is scoped for dm_sysobject, dm_document, and dm_folder, with three different JSP pages to display attributes.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_dm_ sysobject_component.xml. See attributes (type dm_sysobject), page 899.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\properties\dm_category_properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_dm_folder_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_category<br /> <br /> Usage You can configure the layout of the attributes display using the docbaseattributelist control. See the control description for details. Each category of attributes that is defined in the list layout Configuration file can be shown as tabs or inline in the properties UI. Set the value of showpagesastabs in the Configuration file to true to display category tabs.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 945<br /> <br /> categoriesnotenabled<br /> <br /> The Show All attributes functionality is provided by an alternative layout to the base attributes layout. The layout is switched when the user clicks a link. The link is displayed if the enableshowall parameter is set to true. How Attributes are Saved The OK button in the properties component has an event handler in the parent class DialogContainer, which calls canCommitChanges() and onCommitChanges(). The latter method is implemented in the Properties class to save the object. Using lters You can configure the attributes definition to display a different UI based on the user role. The following example allows administrators to see all attributes and allows the attributes to be editable if they are editable in the repository: <filter role='administrator'> <enableShowAll>true</enableShowAll> </filter> <readOnly>false</readOnly><br /> <br /> Elements readOnly See readOnly, page 818. showpagesastabs See showpagesastabs, page 822.<br /> <br /> categoriesnotenabled Purpose Displays a message that CIS is not enabled for the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 946<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> categoryattributes<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\category\categorylist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> categoryattributes Purpose Sets the attributes of a work queue category.<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue category object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\categoryattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 947<br /> <br /> categoryclassic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> categoryclassic (Webtop) Purpose Extends the component WDK categorylist component and displays categories in a classic view. Only categories with a status of "online" are shown.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the category folder to navigate.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder in which to start browsing. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example, /Documentation/Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) List of dot-separated object IDs used to build an absolute location to display the categories.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\categoryclassic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition categorylist:webcomponent/config/navigation/category/categorylist_component.xml<br /> <br /> 948<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> categorydrilldown<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from categorylist:webcomponent/config/navigation/category/ categorylist_component.xml. See categorylist, page 950. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> categorydrilldown Purpose Allows the user to view CIS categories in a streamline style presentation. The repository must have CI types installed and configured to use this component.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the category folder to navigate<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder in which to start browsing. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example, /Documentation/Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 949<br /> <br /> categorylist<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\category\categorydrilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> categorylist Purpose Allows the user to browse CIS categories in a classic (tree and content frame) presentation. The repository must have CI types installed and configured to use this component.<br /> <br /> 950<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> categorylist<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the category folder to navigate<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder in which to start browsing. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example, /Documentation/Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\category\categorylist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 951<br /> <br /> categorylocator<br /> <br /> categorylocator Purpose Enables users to select categories.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\categorylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801.<br /> <br /> 952<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> categorylocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible <filenamefiltervisible>true</filenamefiltervisible><br /> <br /> See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_category</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> categorylocatorcontainer Purpose Enables users to select categories.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 953<br /> <br /> categorystreamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\categorylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> categorystreamline (Webtop) Purpose Displays categories in a streamline view. Only categories with a status of "online" are shown.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the category folder to navigate.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the category folder to navigate.<br /> <br /> nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) List of dot-separated object IDs used to build an absolute location to display the categories.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\categorystreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> 954<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> categorysubscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> Parent Denition categorydrilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/category/categorydrilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from categorydrilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/ category/categorydrilldown_component.xml. See categorydrilldown, page 949. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> categorysubscriptionlocator Purpose Enables user to select from a list of category subscriptions.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ subscriptionlocator_component.xml. See subscriptionlocator, page 1405.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 955<br /> <br /> categorysubscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\categorylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/subscriptionlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_category</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinet_visible <privatecabinet_visible>true</privatecabinet_visible><br /> <br /> See privatecabinet_visible, page 818. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>true</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818.<br /> <br /> 956<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_category)<br /> <br /> views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_category) Purpose Extends the container propertysheetcontainer, page 915 and displays property sheets that show general information about the selected object, such as name, type, format and owner. The properties component contains attributes, history, and permissions. The properties component for dm_category objects extends this properties component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_ component.xml. See properties, page 913.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\properties\dm_category_properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_category<br /> <br /> Elements commitorder See commitorder, page 801.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 957<br /> <br /> recentcategorylocator<br /> <br /> failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/ properties_component.xml. See properties, page 913. setrepositoryfromobjectid <setrepositoryfromobjectid>true</setrepositoryfromobjectid><br /> <br /> See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820.<br /> <br /> recentcategorylocator Purpose Locator for all recently selected categories.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml. See recentsysobjectlocator, page 1075.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\categorylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> 958<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> submitforcategorization<br /> <br /> containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_category</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> submitforcategorization Purpose Submits the selected object to a task queue for categorization by the category manager.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\submitforcategorization\submitforcategorization_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 959<br /> <br /> taxonomylocator<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> taxonomylocator Purpose This component is used to search for taxonomies.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\taxonomylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> 960<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> clipboard<br /> <br /> containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_taxonomy</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> Clipboard operations clipboard Purpose The clipboard component displays the contents of the current user’s clipboard and supports link and copy operations.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 961<br /> <br /> link<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\clipboard\clipboard_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage To disable clipboard functions for specific object types, use the addtoclipboard action (see addtoclipboard (type dm_sysobject), page 408).<br /> <br /> Elements dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> link Purpose This component is used to create a link to an object in the local repository or to create a reference object.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the target folder for the link<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object for which to create a link<br /> <br /> 962<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> linkcontainer<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\link\link_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> linkcontainer Purpose This component displays the link component, which is used to create a link to a local object or to create a reference object.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the action execution class). The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> localItems<br /> <br /> (Optional) This is a comma-separated list of IDs of linked items from the local repository. Local items are linked differently than items linked from external sources. IDs of items not listed in the localItems parameter are assumed to be from an external repository.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 963<br /> <br /> addroommembercontainer<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\link\linkcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Collaboration addroommembercontainer Purpose Container object for adding a user as a member of a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> 964<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addroomusercontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to allow selection of users in a sequential order.<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple selection.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_room object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\addroommembercontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> addroomusercontainer Purpose Enables adding users as members to rooms.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 965<br /> <br /> addroomusercontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to allow selection of users and groups in a sequential order.<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list users and groups in a flat list, set to false to display users and groups in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple user/group selection.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dm_user object to add.<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the room to which to add the user as a member.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\unlisteduser\unlisteduser_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userproperties:webcomponent/config/admin/user/userproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display.<br /> <br /> 966<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addroomuserorgrouplocator<br /> <br /> addroomuserorgrouplocator Purpose A locator that finds users or groups in a docbase. Used in operations that add groups or users to a room.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> This is a copy of the existing parameter description.(Required) ID of the dm_user or dm_group object to add.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\addroommembercontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 967<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_calendar_event)<br /> <br /> failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. includeunlisted See includeunlisted, page 809. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_calendar_event) Purpose Displays the attributes of a dmc_calendar_event object.<br /> <br /> 968<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_calendar_event)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_dm_ sysobject_component.xml. See attributes (type dm_sysobject), page 899.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\attributes_dmc_calendar_event_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_dm_sysobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar_event<br /> <br /> Elements enableShowAll See enableShowAll, page 805. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_ dm_sysobject_component.xml. See attributes (type dm_sysobject), page 899. readOnly See readOnly, page 818. showpagesastabs See showpagesastabs, page 822.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 969<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_datatable_row)<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_datatable_row) Purpose Displays the attributes of a dmc_datatable_row object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_dm_ sysobject_component.xml. See attributes (type dm_sysobject), page 899.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\attributes_dmc_datatable_row_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_dm_sysobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_datatable_row<br /> <br /> Elements enableShowAll See enableShowAll, page 805. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from attributes:webcomponent/config/library/attributes/attributes_ dm_sysobject_component.xml. See attributes (type dm_sysobject), page 899. readOnly See readOnly, page 818.<br /> <br /> 970<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> changeroommemberrole<br /> <br /> showpagesastabs See showpagesastabs, page 822.<br /> <br /> changeroommemberrole Purpose Specifies whether a given user is a contributor or an owner to a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\changeroomrolecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 971<br /> <br /> changeroommemberrolecontainer<br /> <br /> changeroommemberrolecontainer Purpose Container component for changing the roles assigned to room members. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to allow selection of members in a sequential order.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple selections.<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dmc_room object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\changeroomrolecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition roomuserorgrouplocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/rooms/ roomuserorgrouplocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport <multidocbasesupport>false</multidocbasesupport><br /> <br /> See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> 972<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> changeroommemberrolelocator<br /> <br /> changeroommemberrolelocator Purpose Displays a list of room members to select for changing their roles. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from roomuserorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/rooms/ roomuserorgrouplocatorcontainer_component.xml. See roomuserorgrouplocator, page 1035.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\changeroomrolecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition roomuserorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/rooms/roomuserorgrouplocatorcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements includeunlisted See includeunlisted, page 809.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 973<br /> <br /> changeroommemberrolestep<br /> <br /> changeroommemberrolestep Purpose This is a container component that displays the second step in the process to pick the role which the selected users will have.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\changeroomrolecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> 974<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> choosecontributors<br /> <br /> choosecontributors Purpose Sets the list of contributors for a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\newroom_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 975<br /> <br /> chooseowners<br /> <br /> atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> chooseowners Purpose Sets the owners for a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> 976<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> chooseowners<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\newroom_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. includeunlisted See includeunlisted, page 809. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 977<br /> <br /> dceuserattributes<br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> dceuserattributes Purpose Displays the properties for creating new users and for viewing existing users’ attributes.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dm_user object for which to display attributes.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the folder or cabinet in which the new object is to be created. If this is a new user then this parameter’s value is newobject.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\unlisteduser\unlisteduser_component.xml<br /> <br /> 978<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> dceuserproperties<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage This component also contains specific attributes for users created by users that belong to the dce_user_manager role. Provides the ability to create users with inline passwords, mark users as unlisted, and add restricted folders to a user.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> dceuserproperties Purpose Displays a room user’s properties (container for the dceuserattributes, page 978 component).<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the contained component.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dm_user object for which to display attributes.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the folder or cabinet in which the new object is to be created. If this is a new user then this parameter’s value is newobject.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\unlisteduser\unlisteduser_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 979<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_calendar_event)<br /> <br /> Parent Denition adminpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/admin/container/adminpropertycontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_calendar_event) Purpose Deletes a dmc_calendar_event object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_calendar_event object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\deletecalendarevent_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> 980<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar_event<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_calendar)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_calendar) Purpose Deletes a dmc_calendar object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from delete:webcomponent/config/library/delete/deletefolder_ component.xml. See delete (type dm_folder), page 939.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\deletecalendar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition delete:webcomponent/config/library/delete/deletefolder_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 981<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_comment)<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_comment) Purpose Deletes a comment from a thread.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_comment object to delete.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\discussion\deletecomment_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_comment<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_notepage) Purpose This component is used to delete dmc_notepage objects. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> 982<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_room)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from delete:webcomponent/config/library/delete/deletedocument_ component.xml. See delete (type dm_sysobject), page 1095.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\notepage\deletenotepage_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition delete:webcomponent/config/library/delete/deletedocument_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_notepage<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_room) Purpose Deletes room objects. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not required for deleting dmc_room objects.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dmc_room object to delete.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 983<br /> <br /> doclist (type dmc_calendar)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\deleteroom_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_room<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> doclist (type dmc_calendar) Purpose Displays the contents, including calendar events, of a dmc_calendar object.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\calendar_listing_components.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition webcomponent/config/navigation/doclist/doclist_component.xml<br /> <br /> 984<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> edit (type dmc_notepage)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> edit (type dmc_notepage) Purpose This component is used to edit dmc_notepage objects. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the note<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\notepage\editnotepage_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_notepage<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 985<br /> <br /> embeddedtopic<br /> <br /> embeddedtopic Purpose Enables a user to add, edit, or delete a topic in an embedded view. The embedded view appears at the bottom of dm_folder and dmc_notepage objects. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Folder path of the parent topic.<br /> <br /> nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) List of dot-separated object IDs used to build an absolute location to display the embedded topic<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the parent topic.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type of the topic parent<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\discussion\topicembedded_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage Use the componentinclude tag to embed the component at the bottom of parent page. The parameter objectId is that of the parent page and is used to acquire the existing topic or is used in the creation of a topic upon entry of the first comment. <dmfx:componentinclude name="showtopic" component="embeddedtopic"> <dmfx:argument name="objectId" contextvalue="objectId"> </dmfx:componentinclude><br /> <br /> 986<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> embeddedtopic (type dmc_room)<br /> <br /> Elements comments See comments, page 800.<br /> <br /> embeddedtopic (type dmc_room) Purpose Displays the topic for a folder or note at the bottom of the parent objects page in a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services. A user adds, edits or deletes a comment using the controls rendered by the components page.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from embeddedtopic:webcomponent/config/library/discussion/ topicembedded_component.xml. See embeddedtopic, page 986.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\topicembedded_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition embeddedtopic:webcomponent/config/library/discussion/topicembedded_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_room<br /> <br /> Elements comments See comments, page 800.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 987<br /> <br /> er_properties (Webtop)<br /> <br /> er_properties (Webtop) Purpose Used for eRoom 7.x for integration with Webtop. For internal use only. (Customization not supported.)<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> er_objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> newFile<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\eroom_properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements commitorder See commitorder, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/ properties_component.xml. See properties, page 913. setrepositoryfromobjectid See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820.<br /> <br /> 988<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> export (type dmc_datatable)<br /> <br /> export (type dmc_datatable) Purpose Exports dmc_datatable objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type of document being exported.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_datatable object to export.<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) A valid value for the page_modifier attribute of the dmc_datatable object. You should not pass in your own value for PDF renditions. Specifies a user-defined attribute (page_modifier) value that distinguishes between renditions.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\table_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_datatable<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 989<br /> <br /> govern (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> ucfrequired 1 <ucfrequired></ucfrequired> See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> govern (type dm_folder) Purpose Enables the user to specify whether governing should be applied to the children of a selected object to govern. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the folder that contains the object specified by the objectID parameter<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to govern<br /> <br /> sourceFolderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder that will be added to the governed folder or room<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\govern_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 990<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> homecabinet_classic (type dmc_calendar) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> homecabinet_classic (type dmc_calendar) (Webtop) Purpose Supports browsing of the user home cabinet for dmc_calendar objects. Users can select cabinets and folders and view their contents. The component is identical to the doclist component with the exception that the top-level navigation location is the user’s home cabinet path instead of the repository root cabinet list.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\calendar_listing_components.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition webtop/config/homecabinet_classic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar<br /> <br /> Elements columnpreferenceid <columnpreferenceid>application.display.presetlist_columns</columnpreferenceid><br /> <br /> columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 991<br /> <br /> homecabinet_classic (type dmc_datatable) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> showlters See showfilters, page 821. showthumbnail Since 6.0 SP1. Enables (true) and disables (false) displaying thumbnails.<br /> <br /> homecabinet_classic (type dmc_datatable) (Webtop) Purpose Supports browsing of the user home cabinet for dmc_datatable objects in classic view.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\datatable_listing_components.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition webtop/config/homecabinet_classic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_datatable<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797.<br /> <br /> 992<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> homecabinet_classic (type dmc_room) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. showlters See showfilters, page 821. showthumbnail Since 6.0 SP1. Enables (true) and disables (false) displaying thumbnails.<br /> <br /> homecabinet_classic (type dmc_room) (Webtop) Purpose Supports browsing of the user home room.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from homecabinet_classic:webtop/config/homecabinet_classic_ component.xml. See homecabinet_classic (Webtop), page 1182.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\room_homecabinet_classic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition homecabinet_classic:webtop/config/homecabinet_classic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_room<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 993<br /> <br /> homecabinet_list (type dmc_calendar)<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from homecabinet_classic:webtop/config/homecabinet_classic_ component.xml. See homecabinet_classic (Webtop), page 1182.<br /> <br /> homecabinet_list (type dmc_calendar) Purpose Browsing of a user’s home cabinet for dmc_calendar objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\calendar_listing_components.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition webcomponent/config/navigation/homecabinet/homecabinet_list_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 994<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> homecabinet_streamline (type dmc_room) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> homecabinet_streamline (type dmc_room) (Webtop) Purpose Supports browsing of the user home room.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from homecabinet_drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/ homecabinet/homecabinet_drilldown_component.xml. See homecabinet_drilldown, page 1184.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\room_homecabinet_streamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition homecabinet_streamline:webtop/config/homecabinet_streamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_room<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> import (type dmc_calendar_event) Purpose Imports dmc_calendar_event objects.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 995<br /> <br /> import (type dmc_calendar_event)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from import:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/ importcontent/import_component.xml. See import, page 1135.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\import_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition import:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/importcontent/import_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar_event<br /> <br /> Elements docbase-type-mappings See docbase-type-mappings, page 803. document_lter See document_filter, page 804. document-docbase-base-type See document-docbase-base-type, page 804. document-docbase-type See document-docbase-type, page 804. folder_lter See folder_filter, page 806. folder-docbase-type See folder-docbase-type, page 806.<br /> <br /> 996<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> import (type dmc_calendar)<br /> <br /> init-controls See init-controls, page 809. preserve-le-extension See preserve-file-extension, page 816. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> import (type dmc_calendar) Purpose Imports a dmc_calendar object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from import:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/ importcontent/import_component.xml. See import, page 1135.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\import_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition import:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/importcontent/import_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 997<br /> <br /> import (type dmc_calendar)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar<br /> <br /> Elements docbase-type-mappings See docbase-type-mappings, page 803. document_lter See document_filter, page 804. document-docbase-base-type See document-docbase-base-type, page 804. document-docbase-type See document-docbase-type, page 804. folder_lter See folder_filter, page 806. folder-docbase-type See folder-docbase-type, page 806. init-controls See init-controls, page 809. preserve-le-extension See preserve-file-extension, page 816. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> 998<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> myrooms_classic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> myrooms_classic (Webtop) Purpose Lists rooms used by the user. This component is displayed when the user is in classic view<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\myrooms_classic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myrooms_list:/webcomponent/config/library/rooms/myrooms_list_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. objecttype <objecttype>dmc_room</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preferences See preferences, page 814. showfolders See showfolders, page 821.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 999<br /> <br /> myrooms_drilldown<br /> <br /> myrooms_drilldown Purpose In My Rooms Streamline view component, used to display the rooms to which the user belongs.Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\myrooms_drilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myobjects_drilldown:/webcomponent/config/library/myobjects/myobjects_drilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from myobjects_drilldown:/webcomponent/config/library/ myobjects/myobjects_drilldown_component.xml. See myobjects_drilldown, page 1240. modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811. objecttype <objecttype>dmc_room</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display. preferences See preferences, page 814.<br /> <br /> 1000<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> myrooms_list<br /> <br /> showfolders See showfolders, page 821.<br /> <br /> myrooms_list Purpose My Rooms Classic view component, used to list rooms of which the user is a member.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\myrooms_list_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myobjects_list:/webcomponent/config/library/myobjects/myobjects_list_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from myobjects_list:/webcomponent/config/library/myobjects/ myobjects_list_component.xml. See myobjects_list, page 1067. modiedwithindays <modifiedwithindays>7</modifiedwithindays><br /> <br /> See modifiedwithindays, page 811.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1001<br /> <br /> myrooms_streamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> objecttype <objecttype>dmc_room</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showfolders <showfolders>false</showfolders><br /> <br /> See showfolders, page 821.<br /> <br /> myrooms_streamline (Webtop) Purpose Displays a drilldown style list of rooms used by the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\myrooms_streamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myrooms_drilldown:/webcomponent/config/library/rooms/myrooms_drilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797.<br /> <br /> 1002<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> nativeroomobjectlocator<br /> <br /> objecttype <objecttype>dmc_room</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display. preferences See preferences, page 814.<br /> <br /> nativeroomobjectlocator Purpose Locates and selects dmc_room objects in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the dmc_room object to select initially.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\nativeroomobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition persistentobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/persistentobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1003<br /> <br /> nativeroomobjectlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Elements attributes See attributes, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. objecttype <objecttype>dmc_room</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> nativeroomobjectlocatorcontainer Purpose Container for the nativeroomobjectlocator, page 1003component.<br /> <br /> Parameters multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\nativeroomobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1004<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newcalendar<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> newcalendar Purpose Creates a new dmc_calendar object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from newfolder:webcomponent/config/library/create/newfolder_ component.xml. See newfolder, page 943.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\newcalendar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newfolder:webcomponent/config/library/create/newfolder_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1005<br /> <br /> newcalendarcontainer<br /> <br /> Elements base_type See base_type, page 796. default_type See default_type, page 802. folder_lter See folder_filter, page 806.<br /> <br /> newcalendarcontainer Purpose Contains the newcalendar, page 1005 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from newfoldercontainer:webcomponent/config/library/create/ newfoldercontainer_component.xml. See newfoldercontainer, page 944.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\newcalendar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newfoldercontainer:webcomponent/config/library/create/newfoldercontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1006<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newcalendarevent<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> newcalendarevent Purpose Creates a new dmc_calendar_event object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from newdocbaseobject:webcomponent/config/library/create/ newdocbaseobject_component.xml. See newdocbaseobject, page 1044.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\newcalendarevent_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newdocbaseobject:webcomponent/config/library/create/newdocbaseobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dmc_calendar_event</objecttype><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1007<br /> <br /> newcalendareventcontainer<br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to create.<br /> <br /> newcalendareventcontainer Purpose Container for newcalendarevent, page 1007.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from newdocbaseobjectcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/create/ newdocbaseobject_component.xml. See newdocbaseobjectcontainer, page 1045.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\newcalendarevent_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newdocbaseobjectcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/create/newdocbaseobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811.<br /> <br /> 1008<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newinvitewindow (entitlement collaboration)<br /> <br /> newinvitewindow (entitlement collaboration) Purpose Displays a second WDK application browser window from which users can send an invitation to selected room members.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_room object for which to send an invitation.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_invites_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newwindow:webcomponent/config/library/newwindow/newwindow_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> Elements windowparams See windowparams, page 827.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1009<br /> <br /> newnotepage<br /> <br /> newnotepage Purpose This component is used to create a new notepage object. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the folder in which to create the new notepage object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\notepage\newnotepage_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements base_type See base_type, page 796. default_type See default_type, page 802.<br /> <br /> 1010<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newnotepagecontainer<br /> <br /> newnotepagecontainer Purpose This component is used to display the newnotepage component. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the component to be displayed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\notepage\newnotepagecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/ propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1011<br /> <br /> newroom<br /> <br /> newroom Purpose Creates a new room: its name, description, and default access controls. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services. This component must run within the container newroomcontainer, page 1012.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the cabinet in which the new room is created.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\newroom_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newroomcontainer Purpose Container component for creating new eRooms. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> 1012<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newroomgroup<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/ library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml. See propertysheetwizardcontainer, page 916.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\newroomcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/ propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> newroomgroup Purpose Creates a private group in a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1013<br /> <br /> newroomgroup<br /> <br /> Parameters groupName<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of group to which the selection will be restricted<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the room in which the private group is created<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\newroomgroupcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/objectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. objecttype <objecttype></objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate.<br /> <br /> 1014<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newroomgroupcontainer<br /> <br /> views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> newroomgroupcontainer Purpose Container component for creating private groups in a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the contained component to display first.<br /> <br /> groupName<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of group to be created<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the room in which the private group is created.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\newroomgroupcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1015<br /> <br /> newtable<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> newtable Purpose Creates a new dmc_datatable object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from newfolder:webcomponent/config/library/create/newfolder_ component.xml. See newfolder, page 943.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\newtable_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newfolder:webcomponent/config/library/create/newfolder_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements base_type See base_type, page 796.<br /> <br /> 1016<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newtablecontainer<br /> <br /> default_type See default_type, page 802. folder_lter See folder_filter, page 806.<br /> <br /> newtablecontainer Purpose A container component for creating a new dmc_datatable object.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\newtable_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/ propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1017<br /> <br /> newtableentry<br /> <br /> numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> newtableentry Purpose Creates a new dmc_datatable object entry.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from newdocbaseobject:webcomponent/config/library/create/ newdocbaseobject_component.xml. See newdocbaseobject, page 1044.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\newtableentry_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newdocbaseobject:webcomponent/config/library/create/newdocbaseobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dmc_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to create.<br /> <br /> 1018<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newtableentrycontainer<br /> <br /> newtableentrycontainer Purpose A container component for creating new dmc_datatable object table entries.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from newdocbaseobjectcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/create/ newdocbaseobject_component.xml. See newdocbaseobjectcontainer, page 1045.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\newtableentry_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newdocbaseobjectcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/create/newdocbaseobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811.<br /> <br /> notepage (type dmc_notepage) Purpose This component is used to display a note object. A note is a content file that can be displayed directly in the browser. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1019<br /> <br /> notepage (type dmc_notepage) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which the notepage is located<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the primary location for the folder in which the notepage is located<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the notepage to be displayed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\notepage\notepage_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_notepage<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> notepage (type dmc_notepage) (Webtop) Purpose Displays a note (content file that can be displayed directly in the browser). Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from notepage:webcomponent/config/library/notepage/notepage_ component.xml. See notepage (type dmc_notepage), page 1019.<br /> <br /> 1020<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> objectlist (type dmc_calendar) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\notepage_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition notepage:webcomponent/config/library/notepage/notepage_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_notepage<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> objectlist (type dmc_calendar) (Webtop) Purpose Displays a list of dmc_calendar objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\calendar_listing_components.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1021<br /> <br /> objectlist (type dmc_datatable) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parent Denition webtop/config/objectlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar<br /> <br /> Elements columnpreferenceid <columnpreferenceid>application.display.presetlist_columns</columnpreferenceid><br /> <br /> columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. showlters See showfilters, page 821. showthumbnail Since 6.0 SP1. Enables (true) and disables (false) displaying thumbnails.<br /> <br /> objectlist (type dmc_datatable) (Webtop) Purpose Displays a list of dmc_datatable objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1022<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> objectlist (type dmc_room) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\datatable_listing_components.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition webtop/config/objectlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_datatable<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. showlters See showfilters, page 821. showthumbnail Since 6.0 SP1. Enables (true) and disables (false) displaying thumbnails.<br /> <br /> objectlist (type dmc_room) (Webtop) Purpose Displays a list of all rooms in the repository.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1023<br /> <br /> objectlist (type dmc_room) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from objectlist:webtop/config/objectlist_component.xml. See objectlist (Webtop), page 1068.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\room_objectlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectlist:webtop/config/objectlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_room<br /> <br /> Usage This component can be initialized in the following ways: •<br /> <br /> No parameters Displays Docbase root cabinets<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> folderId Displays the primary location of the specified folder Id<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> folderIds Displays an absolute folder that is specified as a list of dot-separated (.) object IDs<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> folderPath Displays the folder that is specified by the path<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1024<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_calendar_event)<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_calendar_event) Purpose Displays the properties of a dmc_calendar_event object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_ component.xml. See properties, page 913.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\calendar_event_properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_calendar_event<br /> <br /> Elements commitorder See commitorder, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/ properties_component.xml. See properties, page 913. setrepositoryfromobjectid See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1025<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_datatable)<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_datatable) Purpose Displays the properties of dmc_datatable objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_ component.xml. See properties, page 913.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\table_properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_datatable<br /> <br /> Elements commitorder See commitorder, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/ properties_component.xml. See properties, page 913. setrepositoryfromobjectid <setrepositoryfromobjectid>true</setrepositoryfromobjectid><br /> <br /> Set to true to execute the query against the source repository. Affects reference and foreign objects.<br /> <br /> 1026<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_room)<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_room) Purpose Displays property sheets that show general information about the selected room object, such as name, type, format and owner. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_ component.xml. See properties, page 913.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_room<br /> <br /> Elements commitorder See commitorder, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/ properties_component.xml. See properties, page 913. setrepositoryfromobjectid See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1027<br /> <br /> recurrence<br /> <br /> recurrence Purpose Creates the recurring event portion of a dmc_calendar_event object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_calendar_event object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\calendars\newcalendarevent_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> richtextimagepicker Purpose Uploads an image into the Rich Text Editor, resulting in the insertion of an image tag <img> in the rich text HTML. The image file is stored in a temporary location on the application server until the rich text is saved, at which point the image file is saved to the repository. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services on the Content Server.<br /> <br /> 1028<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> richtextinsertlink<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\richtext\imagepicker_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> richtextinsertlink Purpose Inserts a link in the rich text editor. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services on the Content Server.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\richtext\insertlink_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1029<br /> <br /> roomgrouplocator<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> roomgrouplocator Purpose Displays a selection list with all groups for a room.<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to allow selection of members in a sequential order.<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the room whose members to include in the list.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\roomuserorgrouplocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1030<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> roomgrouplocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Parent Denition grouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/grouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. objecttype <objecttype>dm_group</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> roomgrouplocatorcontainer Purpose Contains one or more roomgrouplocator components.<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to allow selection of members in a sequential order.<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1031<br /> <br /> roominvite (entitlement collaboration)<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> nobuiltingroups<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to suppress display of built-in groups (Owners, Contributors, Members, Visitors)<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the room whose members to include in the list.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\roomuserorgrouplocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition grouplocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/grouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> roominvite (entitlement collaboration) Purpose Sends an invitation to selected room members.<br /> <br /> 1032<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> roommembership<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_room object for which to send an invitation.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_invites_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> collaboration<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> roommembership Purpose Displays a table listing all members of a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the room whose members are listed.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1033<br /> <br /> roomoptions<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\room_membership.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> roomoptions Purpose Sets the options for a room, including default permissions for contributors. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\newroom_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1034<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> roomuserorgrouplocator<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> roomuserorgrouplocator Purpose Displays a selection list with all members of a room. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to allow selection of members in a sequential order.<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> groupName<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of group to which the selection will be restricted<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple selection.<br /> <br /> nobuiltingroups<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to suppress display of built-in groups (Owners, Contributors, Members, Visitors).<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type to display.<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the room whose members to include in the list.<br /> <br /> toplevelusers<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display only those users added directly to room.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1035<br /> <br /> roomuserorgrouplocator<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\roomuserorgrouplocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. includeunlisted See includeunlisted, page 809. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> 1036<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> roomuserorgrouplocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> roomuserorgrouplocatorcontainer Purpose Container component for displaying a list of room members. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to allow selection of members in a sequential order.<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> groupName<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of a group to which the selection will be limited.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple selection.<br /> <br /> nobuiltingroups<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display only custom groups.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type to display.<br /> <br /> roomId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the room whose members to include in the list.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1037<br /> <br /> showtopic<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-separated list of IDs of objects that are to be initially selected.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> toplevelusers<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display only top-level users.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\roomuserorgrouplocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/ locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocatorcontainer, page 1509. multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> showtopic Purpose Displays a standalone topic page for objects that do not have embedded topics. The topic is rendered on the page along with the controls needed to add, edit, and delete comments. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> 1038<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> showtopic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Folder path of the parent topic<br /> <br /> nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) List of dot-separated object IDs used to build an absolute location for display<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the parent object<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Parent object type, for example, dm_folder<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\discussion\topicpage_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements comments See comments, page 800.<br /> <br /> showtopic (Webtop) Purpose Extends the webcomponent showtopic and displays an object’s associated topic. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from showtopic:/webcomponent/config/library/discussion/topicpage_ component.xml. See showtopic, page 1038.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1039<br /> <br /> spellchecker<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\topicpage_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition showtopic:/webcomponent/config/library/discussion/topicpage_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements comments See comments, page 800.<br /> <br /> spellchecker Purpose Checks the spelling in the rich text editor. Requires the ActiveX plug-in to be enabled in app.xml and a successful plug-in download to the client. Rich text editing or display requires Documentum Collaborative Services on the Content Server.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1040<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> streamlineview (type dmc_room) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\richtext\spellchecker_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The calling window needs to set the following variables: window.contentWindow window: the iFrame ContentWindow window.layerDoc: the iFrame document<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> streamlineview (type dmc_room) (Webtop) Purpose Displays dmc_room objects in the Webtop streamline view.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/drilldown/drilldown_ component.xml. See drilldown, page 1056.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\room_streamlineview_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition streamlineview:webtop/config/streamlineview_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1041<br /> <br /> tableelds<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_room<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> tableelds Purpose Displays table entries in a dmc_table object.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_table object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\newtable_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1042<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> ungovern (type dm_folder)<br /> <br /> ungovern (type dm_folder) Purpose Confirms that objects are being removed from a Room. Allows users to ungovern just a folder or the folder and all children. Children that are governed by a different room than the folder remain governed. Requires Documentum Collaborative Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object being removed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\rooms\ungovern_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_folder<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1043<br /> <br /> newdocbaseobject<br /> <br /> Creating objects newdocbaseobject Purpose Creates a new object in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to create.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\create\newdocbaseobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dmc_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to create.<br /> <br /> 1044<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newdocbaseobjectcontainer<br /> <br /> newdocbaseobjectcontainer Purpose Calls the newdocbaseobject, page 1044 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the component to call.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\create\newdocbaseobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/ propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1045<br /> <br /> newdoccontainer<br /> <br /> newdoccontainer Purpose Extends propertysheetwizardcontainer, page 916 and contains attributes, the component newdocument, page 1047, and permissions. The componentnewdocument, page 1047 requires a visit.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the component displayed<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type of document being created.<br /> <br /> editAfterCreate<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to open the new document object in edit mode after it has been created.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\create\newdoccontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/ propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage For performance reasons, validation is not performed on new document creation. The validation is performed only when the document is checked in. If the user creates a document with no format (zero content), then validation is done, because the document can not be edited and is not checked out. Both NewContainer and NewDocContainer determine the component name by calling a protected member function, getNewComponentName(). You can override this function to return the component<br /> <br /> 1046<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newdocument<br /> <br /> name. For example, the NewAssemblyContainer Java class, which derives from NewDocContainer, overrides the getNewComponentName() function to return "newassembly" as the contained component name. The parameters for combocontainer (parent of newdoccontainer) are added by the LaunchComponent action execution class in order to support actions on multiple objects. Do not call the container by URL.<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> newdocument Purpose Creates new objects. This component must run within the component newdoccontainer, page 1046 or the component newhttpdoccontainer, page 1048. Each custom object must have a template in the repository Templates cabinet in order for the template and its associated formats to show up in the newdocument UI.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the folder that will contain the new document<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1047<br /> <br /> newhttpdoccontainer<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\create\newdocument_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage Refer to newdoccontainer, page 1046.<br /> <br /> Elements combo_defaults 1 <combo_defaults> 2<base_type>dm_document</base_type> 3<type>dm_document</type> 4<format>msw8</format> </combo_defaults><br /> <br /> 1 Configures the preferred default selected object type and format and whether to display templates for supertypes of formats that do not have a template in the current repository. 2 Base object type of the one specified in <type>. 3 Default type to display in type combo box. Valid values: dm_sysobject or subtype. 4 Default format to display in format combo box. A template of this format must be available in the /Templates cabinet or subfolder. Valid values: ’name’ attribute values for dm_format object. document_lter See document_filter, page 804. preset_item See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> newhttpdoccontainer Purpose Extends newdoccontainer, page 1046.<br /> <br /> 1048<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> exporttocsv<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from newdoccontainer:webcomponent/config/library/create/ newdoccontainer_component.xml. See newdoccontainer, page 1046.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\httpcreate\newhttpdocument_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newdoccontainer:webcomponent/config/library/create/newdoccontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> Data import and export exporttocsv Purpose Exports datagrid row content to a comma-separated value file.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1049<br /> <br /> importcsv<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\exporttocsv\exporttocsv_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> importcsv Purpose Imports a comma-separated value file into a repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be imported.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\import_csv_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1050<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> importcsvcontainer<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> importcsvcontainer Purpose Contains the importcsv, page 1050 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the contained component.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be imported.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\datatables\import_csv_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1051<br /> <br /> alldocumentlocator<br /> <br /> Displaying lists of objects alldocumentlocator Purpose Locates dm_objects in a repository. It allows users to navigate from the root cabinets to locate objects. Users can filter objects by the content format.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\documentlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> 1052<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> dmr_contentlocator<br /> <br /> containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> dmr_contentlocator Purpose This component is the locator for all repository documents and dmr_content with folders shown.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1053<br /> <br /> dmr_contentlocator<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display a flat list of all selectable objects.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) The logical (base) type of the selectable type<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\dmr_contentlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition alldocumentlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/documentlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dm_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> 1054<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> dmr_contentlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> dmr_contentlocatorcontainer Purpose This component is the locator for all docbase documents and dmr_content with folders shown.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\dmr_contentlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition documentlocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/documentlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> documentlocatorcontainer Purpose Extends the container locatorcontainer, page 1066 and contains locator components: alldocumentlocator, page 1052, documentsubscriptionlocator, page 1400, mydocumentlocator, page 1234, and recentdocumentlocator, page 1073.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1055<br /> <br /> drilldown<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\documentlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> drilldown Purpose Displays a folder frame and a folder contents frame. The content pane supports filters similar to those in the doclist component. The user navigates by clicking on a folder or on a folder name in the breadcrumb control. The drilldown component has an extended version in Webtop called streamlineview. Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> 1056<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> drilldown<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the folder in which to start browsing<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder in which to start browsing. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example, /Documentation/Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> home_component<br /> <br /> (Optional) In Portal application, specifies portal component that calls this component. Used to construct a breadcrumb back to the portal.<br /> <br /> home_component_args<br /> <br /> (Optional) In Portal application, specifies arguments that are passed to the portal component that calls this component when the user clicks the breadcrumb to go back.<br /> <br /> isolate<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to disable clicking in the path to the drilldown component<br /> <br /> showAllVersions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to show all versions of the object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\drilldown\drilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1057<br /> <br /> drilldown (type dm_message_archive)<br /> <br /> failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. preferences See preferences, page 814. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> drilldown (type dm_message_archive) Purpose Displays a dm_message_archive object in a folder frame and a folder contents frame.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the folder in which to start browsing.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder in which to start browsing. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example: /Documentation/Library/subfolder.<br /> <br /> home_component<br /> <br /> (Optional) In Portal application, specifies portal component that calls this component. Used to construct a breadcrumb back to the portal.<br /> <br /> home_component_args<br /> <br /> (Optional) In Portal application, specifies arguments that are passed to the portal component that calls this component when the user clicks the breadcrumb to go back.<br /> <br /> isolate<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to disable clicking in the path to the drilldown component.<br /> <br /> 1058<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> drilldown (type dm_message_archive)<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the dm_message_archive object.<br /> <br /> showAllVersions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to show all versions of objects (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\messagearchive\messagearchive_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/drilldown/drilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/drilldown/ drilldown_component.xml. See drilldown, page 1056. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. preferences See preferences, page 814. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1059<br /> <br /> folderlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> folderlocatorcontainer Purpose Extends the containerlocatorcontainer, page 1066 and selects the folders to be searched. This container is used by advsearch, page 1337 and contains allfolderlocator, page 934, foldersubscriptionlocator, page 1401, and recentfolderlocator, page 1074.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\folderlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> 1060<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> locatecheckinlocalle<br /> <br /> locatecheckinlocalle Purpose Enables browsing the local filesystem to find files to check in.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatelocalfile:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/ locatelocalfile_component.xml. See locatelocalfile, page 1064.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\checkin\locatecheckinlocalfile_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatelocalfile:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/locatelocalfile_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> locatecheckinlocallecontainer Purpose Container for components that enable browsing the local filesystem to find files to check in.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1061<br /> <br /> locateimportlocalle<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatelocalfilecontainer:webcomponent/config/library/ contenttransfer/locatelocalfilecontainer_component.xml. See locatelocalfilecontainer, page 1065.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\checkin\locatecheckinlocalfilecontainer_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatelocalfilecontainer:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/locatelocalfilecontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> locateimportlocalle Purpose Displays local files for import into repositories.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatelocalfile:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/ locatelocalfile_component.xml. See locatelocalfile, page 1064.<br /> <br /> 1062<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> locateimportlocallecontainer<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\importcontent\locateimportlocalfile_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatelocalfile:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/locatelocalfile_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> locateimportlocallecontainer Purpose Container for components that display local files to import.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatelocalfilecontainer:webcomponent/config/library/ contenttransfer/locatelocalfilecontainer_component.xml. See locatelocalfilecontainer, page 1065.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\importcontent\locateimportlocalfilecontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1063<br /> <br /> locatelocalle<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatelocalfilecontainer:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/locatelocalfilecontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> locatelocalle Purpose Displays local files.<br /> <br /> Parameters fileName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the file to import.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\locatelocalfile_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1064<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> locatelocallecontainer<br /> <br /> locatelocallecontainer Purpose Container for components that display local files.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the action execution class). The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> fileName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the file to import.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\locatelocalfilecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1065<br /> <br /> locatorcontainer<br /> <br /> locatorcontainer Purpose Extends propertysheetcontainer, page 915 and serves as a base locator container component.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) The ID of the folder in which to begin the search.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> repository<br /> <br /> (Optional) The docbase in which to search<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected<br /> <br /> storelist<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1066<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> myobjects_list<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915. multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> myobjects_list Purpose Lists objects that are owned by the user. Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\myobjects\myobjects_list_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1067<br /> <br /> objectlist (Webtop)<br /> <br /> failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811. objecttype <objecttype>dm_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showfolders See showfolders, page 821.<br /> <br /> objectlist (Webtop) Purpose Displays a list of dm_sysobject objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the primary location of the specified folder Id<br /> <br /> folderIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a list of dot-separated object IDs that are used to build an absolute location to display as the path<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder in which to start browsing. This path must be a complete path from the Docbase root, for example, /Documentation%20Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> showAllVersions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to display all versions of the objects<br /> <br /> 1068<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> objectlist (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\objectlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition doclist:webcomponent/config/navigation/doclist/doclist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage This component can be initialized in the following ways: •<br /> <br /> No parameters Displays Docbase root cabinets<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> folderId Displays the primary location of the specified folder Id<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> folderIds Displays an absolute folder that is specified as a list of dot-separated (.) object IDs<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> folderPath Displays the folder that is specified by the path<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from doclist:webcomponent/config/navigation/doclist/doclist_ component.xml. See doclist, page 1162. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1069<br /> <br /> objectlocator<br /> <br /> preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> objectlocator Purpose The locator components locate objects in the repository. You can include locators in your component class when you need to locate Documentum objects. Locator components locate objects by type. Some locators search on specific criteria within the type, such as objects that are subscribed to or belong to the user. Two types of views are supported: flatlist, in which all selectable objects in the repository are shown, and hierarchical, in which the user can drill down from a list of root container (cabinets).<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which to search<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> storelist<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1070<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> persistentobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\objectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. objecttype <objecttype></objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> persistentobjectlocator Purpose Locates and selects any persistent object in the repository. It is a generic locator which can be configured to locate any object in the repository.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1071<br /> <br /> persistentobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\persistentobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements attributes See attributes, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. objecttype <objecttype></objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> 1072<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> recentdocumentlocator<br /> <br /> recentdocumentlocator Purpose Displays all objects that have been selected within the user’s current HTTP session. This component has no scope, but <objecttype> element is configured by default to restrict search to dm_document.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml. See recentsysobjectlocator, page 1075.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\documentlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1073<br /> <br /> recentfolderlocator<br /> <br /> objecttype <objecttype>dm_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> recentfolderlocator Purpose Extends recentsysobjectlocator, page 1075 and locates folders that were recently selected or used. This component has no scope, but the <objecttype> element restricts the search by default to dm_folder objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml. See recentsysobjectlocator, page 1075.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\folderlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1074<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> recentsysobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_folder</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> recentsysobjectlocator Purpose Extends objectlocator, page 1070 and locates objects that were recently selected or used.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type to display in the list<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1075<br /> <br /> recentsysobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/objectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> 1076<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> sysobjectlocator<br /> <br /> sysobjectlocator Purpose Displays all dm_sysobject objects in a locator.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Content type for filetype filter<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of folder in which to begin the search<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/objectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1077<br /> <br /> sysobjectlocator<br /> <br /> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> 1078<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> unlteredcontainersysobjectlocator<br /> <br /> unlteredcontainersysobjectlocator Purpose Extends sysobjectlocator, page 1077 and allows the user to navigate the repository from the root cabinet in order to locate a dm_sysobject. Two types of views are supported: flatlist, in which all selectable objects in the repository are shown, and hierarchical, in which the user can drill down from a list of root container (cabinets).<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\unfilteredcontainersysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1079<br /> <br /> locations<br /> <br /> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> Displaying lists of objects associated with an object locations Purpose Extends objectgrid, page 1170 and lists the folders and virtual documents to which the selected object is directly linked.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> 1080<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> locations (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locations\locations_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectgrid:/webcomponent/config/navigation/objectgrid/objectgrid_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. header See header, page 807. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> locations (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK locations component and lists the folders and virtual documents to which the selected object is directly linked. Gets the current view, sets the appropriate view page, and presents the Webtop browsertree.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1081<br /> <br /> relationships<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locations:/webcomponent/config/library/locations/locations_ component.xml. See locations, page 1080.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\locations_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locations:/webcomponent/config/library/locations/locations_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> relationships Purpose Extends objectgrid, page 1170 and lists the sysobjects to which the source sysobject has a relationship (dm_relation object).<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> 1082<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the sysobject for which to locate relationships<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> cancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\relationships\relationships_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectgrid:/webcomponent/config/navigation/objectgrid/objectgrid_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. header See header, page 807. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> Downloading and uploading content cancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 cancelcheckout component. It cancels the checkout of one or more previously checked out objects by removing the lock on the specified objects. This component must run within the 5.3 cancelcheckoutcontainer component or the httpcancelcheckoutcontainer. The cancelcheckout component is defined for dm_sysobject and dm_folder.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1083<br /> <br /> cancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the checked out object, when it is part of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required)The ID of the checked out docbase object.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of a virtual document (when operating on a child node).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\cancelcheckout\cancelcheckout_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> 1084<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> cancelcheckoutcontainer<br /> <br /> cancelcheckoutcontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 cancelcheckoutcontainer component. It allows users to remove the lock on specified checked-out documents<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\cancelcheckout\cancelcheckoutcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1085<br /> <br /> changeucfcheckoutlocation<br /> <br /> service See service, page 820. setrepositoryfromobjectid <setrepositoryfromobjectid>true</setrepositoryfromobjectid><br /> <br /> See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> changeucfcheckoutlocation Purpose Sets the checkout location for objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\general\changeucfcheckoutlocation_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> 1086<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> checkin (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> checkin (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 checkin component. It checks in objects that were checked out and sets properties on the objects. The checkin component is available in all views for objects that are checked out on the user’s current machine. This component must be used within 5.3 checkincontainer.<br /> <br /> Parameters keepLocalFile<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to keep the local file on the machine (True) or not (False).Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the node in a virtual document to check in<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to check in.<br /> <br /> retainLock<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to keep the lock on the object (True) or not (False).Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> silent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to check in the object without displaying the checkin or checkin from dialog box (True) or not (False). If you specify true for this parameter, you must specify a valid value for the version parameter.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Root object ID or the virtual document to check in.<br /> <br /> version<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to check in the object as a major, minor, branched, or the same version when true is specified for the silent parameter. Valid values are: major, minor, branch, same. If this parameter is not specified, then the checkin dialog box is displayed even when true is specified for the silent parameter.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1087<br /> <br /> checkin (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\checkin\checkin_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Usage To customize the checkin layout, use the control. First, create a definition file that is scoped to the custom type. In the JSP page for the custom type, add a tag for the custom attribute list that you wish to display on checkin. Add a tag similar to the following: <dmfx:docbaseattributelist name="attrlist" object="obj" attrconfigid="checkin"/><br /> <br /> All custom attributes that are in a category appear unless they are listed in the <ignore_attributes> element. Attributes are displayed in order of category. If the value of showpagesastabs, then the categories are displayed as tabs. You can have different attribute lists for checkin, properties, import, and other components.<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> 1088<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> checkincontainer<br /> <br /> checkincontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 checkincontainer component. Checking in multiple objects creates one checkin container and an inner checkin component instance for each object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\checkin\checkincontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1089<br /> <br /> checkout (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> service See service, page 820. setrepositoryfromobjectid See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> checkout (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 checkout component. It checks out objects from the repository without launching an editing application. The checkout component is available in all views for objects that are checked out on the user’s current machine. This component must be used within the 5.3 checkoutcontainer. The checkoutcontainer component extends . Checking out multiple objects creates one checkout container and an inner checkout component instance for each object.<br /> <br /> Parameters isIgnoreDescendents<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean value that indicates whether or not to check out descendants in a virtual document.<br /> <br /> isLockOnly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean value that indicates whether or not to check out objects that are locked.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) r_object_id of a virtual document node to check out.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to check out.<br /> <br /> skipVersionCheck<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to prompt the user to choose the current version of an object when the object is not the current version (False) or not (True). Default is false.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) r_object_id of the virtual document root.<br /> <br /> 1090<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> checkoutbyother<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\checkout\checkout_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820. skipVersionCheck See skipVersionCheck, page 822. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> checkoutbyother Purpose Informs the user that the requested object is checked out by another user.<br /> <br /> Parameters message<br /> <br /> (Optional) The message to display to the user.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1091<br /> <br /> checkoutbyothercontainer<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\checkout\checkoutbyother_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> checkoutbyothercontainer Purpose Container for informing the user that a requested object is checked out by another user.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the action execution class). The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> message<br /> <br /> (Optional) The message to display to the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\checkout\checkoutbyothercontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1092<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> checkoutcontainer<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> checkoutcontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 checkoutcontainer component. It is the container for the checkout process.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\checkout\checkoutcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1093<br /> <br /> delete<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> delete Purpose Base component for deleting work queue-related objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to delete.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1094<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\delete\deleteworkqueueobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_sysobject) Purpose The delete component deletes dm_folders and other dm_sysobjects, deletes inbox notifications (dm_notification and dm_queued), and deletes folders (queries the user whether all objects should be deleted from a folder selected for deletion). This component must be used within the deletecontainer component.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the parent folder of the file or folder that is to be deleted. Applies only to dm_folder and dm_sysobject types.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be deleted. Applies to all types.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\delete\deletedocument_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1095<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose The delete component deletes dm_folders and other dm_sysobjects, deletes inbox notifications (dm_notification and dm_queued), and deletes folders (queries the user whether all objects should be deleted from a folder selected for deletion).<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from delete:webcomponent/config/library/delete/deletedocument_ component.xml. See delete (type dm_sysobject), page 1095.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\deletedocument_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition delete:webcomponent/config/library/delete/deletedocument_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1096<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> download<br /> <br /> download Purpose The download component calls a servlet that forces download of an object to the browser.<br /> <br /> Parameters docId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the object to download.<br /> <br /> servletAction<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of action. Valid values: view | download.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\httpview\download_action_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> downloadcontentcontainer (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Container for components that enable downloading content objects.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1097<br /> <br /> downloadcontentcontainer (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\view\viewcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> 1098<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> edit (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> edit (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 edit component. It edits objects in the repository. This component must run within the editcontainer component. The edit component is defined for dm_sysobject scope. Editing is excluded for dm_folder objects by the notdefined attribute on the component element. The container extends .<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from checkout:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/checkout/ checkout_component.xml. See checkout (type dm_sysobject), page 1090.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\edit\edit_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition checkout:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/checkout/checkout_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820. skipVersionCheck See skipVersionCheck, page 822.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1099<br /> <br /> editcontainer (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> editcontainer (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 editcontainer component. It is the container for components that enable checking out objects and opening them for editing in an associated application.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\edit\editcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796.<br /> <br /> 1100<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> export (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> export (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 export component. Exports objects from the repository to the client file system. This component must run within the 5.3 component exportcontainer.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> isIgnoreDescendents<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether descendants of a virtual document should be ignored.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) r_object_id of a virtual document node to edit.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be exported.<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) A valid value for the page_modifier attribute of the dmr_content object. You should not pass in your own value for PDF renditions.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) r_object_id of the virtual document root.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1101<br /> <br /> export (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\export\export_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> export (type dmr_content) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 export component. It is used to export dm_sysobjects and dmr_content objects from the repository to the client file system. This component must run within the component exportcontainer. Export of multiple objects creates one export container and an inner export component instance for each object.<br /> <br /> 1102<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> export (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be exported(Required) ID of the object to be exported<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) A valid value for the page_modifier attribute of the dmr_content object. You should not pass in your own value for PDF renditions.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\export\export_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1103<br /> <br /> exportcontainer (type dm_message_archive)<br /> <br /> exportcontainer (type dm_message_archive) Purpose Container for displaying a dm_message_archive object to export.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\export\exportcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> 1104<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> exportcontainer (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> exportcontainer (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is a WDK 5.3 exportcontainer component. It is used to export dm_sysobjects and dmr_content objects from the repository to the client file system. Export of multiple objects creates one export container and an inner export component instance for each object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\export\exportcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1105<br /> <br /> exportcontainer (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired Whether to enable (true) or disable (false) UCF. To enable and disable UCF for specific events, specify the events/event element structure, where the event element’s attributes are: •<br /> <br /> name: name of event.<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> enabled: true to enable or false to disable UCF.<br /> <br /> Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> exportcontainer (type dmr_content) Purpose This is a WDK 5.3 exportcontainer component. It is used to export dm_sysobjects and dmr_content objects from the repository to the client file system. This component must run within the component exportcontainer. Export of multiple objects creates one export container and an inner export component instance for each object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> 1106<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> exportcontainer (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\export\exportcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1107<br /> <br /> exportviewcontainer (type dm_message_archive)<br /> <br /> exportviewcontainer (type dm_message_archive) Purpose Displays a dm_message_archive object to export.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\view\exportviewcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> 1108<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> externalresultimportcontainer<br /> <br /> service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> externalresultimportcontainer Purpose Container for components that enable importing local files into repositories.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the action execution class). The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> entryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internal key to the query results.<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internally used to identify the current search context<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\importcontent\externalresultimportcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1109<br /> <br /> getcontent<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> getcontent Purpose Streams Documentum object content to the browser without the use of applets. Login is requested if the user has not already logged in.<br /> <br /> Parameters format<br /> <br /> (Optional) If a value is provided, the component attempts to stream the content in the specified format. If not, the object’s native format is used.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a user-defined attribute (page_modifier) value that distinguishes between renditions.<br /> <br /> 1110<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> getcontent<br /> <br /> pageNumber<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the page number of a document.<br /> <br /> streamingMode<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether the file is to be opened in the client application appropriate to the file’s format or the browser. Valid values are: attachment: The downloaded file opens in the client application. inline: The downloaded file opens in the same browser window. Default is attachment.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\getcontent_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The start page is specified as the URL (/wdk5-download) that is mapped to the streaming content servlet. Following is an example of a URL to stream content to the browser: http://host:port/webtop/component/getcontent?objectId=0900d47f80002426 &format=richtext&pageNumber=1&ext=bmp&streamingMode=inline<br /> <br /> Because the getcontent component is a servlet, you must construct a fully qualified URL when calling getcontent from a component class. The URL must have the virtual root, which you can obtain from HttpServletRequest. For example: String strVirtualRoot = ((HttpServletRequest)pageContext. getRequest()).getContextPath(); String strUrl = strVirtualRoot + "/component/getcontent?objectId=" + args.get("objectId")); setRedirectUrl(strUrl);<br /> <br /> Elements streamingMode <streamingMode>attachment</streamingMode><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1111<br /> <br /> httpcancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Specifies whether the file is to be opened in the client application appropriate to the file’s format or the browser. Valid values are: attachment: The downloaded file opens in the client application. inline: The downloaded file opens in the same browser window. Default is attachment.<br /> <br /> httpcancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpcancelcheckout component. It enables cancelling checkouts of objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) r_object_id of the object for which to cancel the checkout.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\cancelcheckout\httpcancelcheckout_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> 1112<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> httpcancelcheckoutcontainer<br /> <br /> httpcancelcheckoutcontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpcancelcheckoutcontainer component. It is a container for components that enable cancelling the checkout of a repository object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\cancelcheckout\httpcancelcheckoutcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1113<br /> <br /> httpcheckin (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> service See service, page 820. setrepositoryfromobjectid See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820.<br /> <br /> httpcheckin (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpcheckin component. It checks in non-XML objects one at a time using the HTTP input mechanism.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to check in.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\checkin\httpcheckin_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809.<br /> <br /> 1114<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> httpcheckincontainer<br /> <br /> service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> httpcheckincontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpcheckincontainer. It checks in non-XML objects one at a time using the HTTP input mechanism. (XML objects must be checked in using the UCF checkin component, which contains a parser.) The httpcheckincontainer component extends combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\checkin\httpcheckincontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The parameters are added by the action execution class. Do not call the container by URL.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1115<br /> <br /> httpcheckout (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820. setrepositoryfromobjectid See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820.<br /> <br /> httpcheckout (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpcheckout component. It checks out objects from the repository without launching an editing application. The httpcheckout component is available in all views for objects that are checked out on the user’s current machine. This component must be used within the httpcheckoutcontainer, page 1117 container. Checking out multiple objects creates one checkout container and an inner checkout component instance for each object.<br /> <br /> Parameters isIgnoreDescendents<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean value that indicates whether or not to check out descendants in a virtual document.<br /> <br /> isLockOnly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean value that indicates whether or not to check out objects that are locked.<br /> <br /> 1116<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> httpcheckoutcontainer<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) r_object_id of a virtual document node to check out.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to check out.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) r_object_id of the virtual document root.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\checkout\httpcheckout_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> httpcheckoutcontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpcheckoutcontainer component. It is the container for components that enable checking out objects from a repository.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1117<br /> <br /> httpcheckoutcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\checkout\httpcheckoutcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> 1118<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> httpedit (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> httpedit (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpedit component. It enables checking out objects from repositories and opening them for editing in an associated application on the local machine.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from httpcheckout:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/ checkout/httpcheckout_component.xml. See httpcheckout (type dm_sysobject), page 1116.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\edit\httpedit_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition httpcheckout:webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/checkout/httpcheckout_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1119<br /> <br /> httpeditcontainer<br /> <br /> httpeditcontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpeditcontainer component. It is used to display components that enable checking out objects and opening them for editing in an associated application via the HTTP protocol.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\edit\httpeditcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> 1120<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> httpexport (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> httpexport (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpexport component. It is used to export dm_sysobjects from the repository to the client file system. This component must run within the 5.3 exportcontainer (see export (type dm_sysobject), page 1101).<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be exported<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) A valid value for the page_modifier attribute of the dmr_content object. You should not pass in your own value for PDF renditions.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\export\httpexport_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1121<br /> <br /> httpexport (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> httpexport (type dmr_content) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpexport component. It is used to export dmr_content objects from the repository to the client file system. This component must run within the 5.3 exportcontainer (see export (type dmr_content), page 1102).Export of multiple objects creates one export container and an inner export component instance for each object.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be exported<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) A valid value for the page_modifier attribute of the dmr_content object. You should not pass in your own value for PDF renditions.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\export\httpexport_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> 1122<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> httpexportcontainer<br /> <br /> httpexportcontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpexportcontainer component. It is the container for components that enable exporting objects from repositories to local machines.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\export\httpexportcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1123<br /> <br /> httpimport<br /> <br /> service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> httpimport Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpimport component. It must be used within the httpimportcontainer component. Using the HTTP protocol, it enables the import of local files into repositories.<br /> <br /> Parameters baseDocbaseType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Parent object_type of the object_type of the object to be imported.<br /> <br /> docbaseType<br /> <br /> (Optional) object_type that the file is to be imported as.<br /> <br /> filenameWithPath<br /> <br /> (Required) True to display the file path with the file name<br /> <br /> localFilePath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Full path to the file to be imported.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the target folder for import<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\importcontent\httpimport_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1124<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> httpimportcontainer<br /> <br /> Elements document-docbase-type See document-docbase-type, page 804. init-controls See init-controls, page 809. preserve-le-extension See preserve-file-extension, page 816. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> httpimportcontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpimportcontainer component. It is the container for components that use the HTTP protocol to import local files into repositories.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> filePath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the file on the local machine.<br /> <br /> isDirectory<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean that indicates whether the object being imported is a directory.<br /> <br /> parentPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Repository path into which the file is imported.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1125<br /> <br /> httpimportrendition<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\importcontent\httpimportcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> httpimportrendition Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpimportrendition component. It extends the component import, page 1135 and is used to import a single rendition into the repository using the HTTP content transfer. The component must run within the 5.3 container httpimportrenditioncontainer.<br /> <br /> 1126<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> httpimportrenditioncontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the target folder for import<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\importrendition\httpimportrendition_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820. updatereplicasource See updatereplicasource, page 824.<br /> <br /> httpimportrenditioncontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpimportrenditioncontainer component. It is the container for components that are used to import renditions into repositories.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1127<br /> <br /> httpimportrenditioncontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\importrendition\httpimportrenditioncontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> 1128<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> httpmultiledownload<br /> <br /> httpmultiledownload Purpose Displays a list of files to be downloaded over HTTP content transfer. The user will not have to open multiple windows at the same time to do simultaneous downloads. It is used by all outbound HTTP content transfer operations when more than one file is selected.<br /> <br /> Parameters componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used<br /> <br /> contentId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Array of IDs of selected objects for download.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\httpmultifiledownload_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> httpview Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 httpview component. It downloads repository content to the browser local file system and opens a viewing application on the client. The httpview component must run in the httpviewcontainer, page 1134 container.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1129<br /> <br /> httpview<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isIgnorePrefRenditions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to ignore the user’s preference for opening renditions (True) or not (False). Default is false for dm_sysobjects, but true for dmr_content objects.Since 5.3 SP4.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\view\httpview_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. isIgnorePrefRenditions See isIgnorePrefRenditions, page 810. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> 1130<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> httpview (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> httpview (type dmr_content) Purpose Downloads repository content to the browser local file system and opens a viewing application on the client. The view component must run in the view (type dmr_content), page 1143 container.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> isIgnorePrefRenditions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to ignore the user’s preference for opening renditions (True) or not (False). Default is true. Since 5.3 SP4.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\view\httpview_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. isIgnorePrefRenditions See isIgnorePrefRenditions, page 810.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1131<br /> <br /> httpview (type dmr_content) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> httpview (type dmr_content) (Webtop) Purpose Downloads repository content (of the dmr_content type) to the browser local file system and opens a viewing application on the client. The view component must run in the WDK httpview container.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> isIgnorePrefRenditions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to ignore the user’s preference for opening renditions (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\httpview_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809.<br /> <br /> 1132<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> httpview (Webtop)<br /> <br /> isIgnorePrefRenditions See isIgnorePrefRenditions, page 810. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> httpview (Webtop) Purpose Downloads repository content to the browser local file system and opens a viewing application on the client. The view component must run in the WDK httpview container.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system).<br /> <br /> isIgnorePrefRenditions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to ignore the user’s preference for opening renditions (True) or not (False). Default is true.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\httpview_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1133<br /> <br /> httpviewcontainer<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. isIgnorePrefRenditions See isIgnorePrefRenditions, page 810. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> httpviewcontainer Purpose 5.3 container for components that enable (via the HTTP protocol) viewing objects in an associated application on local machines.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\view\httpviewcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1134<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> import<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> import Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 import component. Imports objects from the client file system to the repository. The component must run within the 5.3 importcontainer or httpimportcontainer.<br /> <br /> Parameters baseDocbaseType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Parent object_type of the object_type of the object to be imported.<br /> <br /> defaultAttributesValues<br /> <br /> (Optional) Default attribute values for the object that is to be imported.<br /> <br /> docbaseType<br /> <br /> (Optional) object_type that the file is to be imported as.<br /> <br /> filenameWithPath<br /> <br /> (Required) True to display the file path with the file name<br /> <br /> format<br /> <br /> (Optional) dm_format of the object to be imported.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1135<br /> <br /> import<br /> <br /> isDirectory<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean that indicates whether the object being imported is a directory.<br /> <br /> localFilePath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Full path to the file to be imported.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the target folder for import<br /> <br /> oleScanEnable<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to enable (true) or disable (false) scanning files for OLE links. Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> parentPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Repository path into which the file is imported.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\importcontent\import_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage When the user imports a document and selects a custom type for the document, a format dropdown list is presented for selecting the associated document format. The custom type must have a template in order be associated with a format. You must have a template in the Templates cabinet for each format that will apply to your custom type. To customize the import layout, use the docbaseattributelist, page 42control. First, create a definition file that is scoped to each type for which you wish to provide a different set of import attributes, as described in docbaseattributelist, page 42. In the JSP page for the custom type, add a tag for the custom attribute list that you wish to display on import. Add a tag similar to the following: <dmfx:docbaseattributelist name="attrlist" object="obj" attrconfigid="import"/><br /> <br /> All custom attributes that are in a category appear unless they are listed in the <ignore_attributes> element. Attributes are displayed in order of category. If the value of showpagesastabs is true, then the categories are displayed as tabs. You can have different attribute lists for checkin, properties, import, and other components.<br /> <br /> 1136<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> import<br /> <br /> You can add default attribute values on import. The following example from a custom import class that extends Import adds the value in onInit. It adds a value for a custom date attribute named doc_date to an ArgumentList instance. DateTime dtDocDt = (DateTime)getControl("cust_doc_date", DateTime.class); argumentlist1.add("doc_date", new Long(dtDocDt.toDate().getTime()).toString()); setDefaultAttributesValues(argumentlist1);<br /> <br /> Elements docbase-type-mappings See docbase-type-mappings, page 803. document_lter See document_filter, page 804. document-docbase-base-type See document-docbase-base-type, page 804. document-docbase-type See document-docbase-type, page 804. folder_lter See folder_filter, page 806. folder-docbase-type See folder-docbase-type, page 806. init-controls See init-controls, page 809. preserve-le-extension See preserve-file-extension, page 816. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. service See service, page 820.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1137<br /> <br /> importcontainer<br /> <br /> ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> importcontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 importcontainer component. It is the container used to display components that enable the import of local files into repositories.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the action execution class). The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> filePath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the file on the local machine.<br /> <br /> isDirectory<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean that indicates whether the object being imported is a directory.<br /> <br /> parentPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Repository path into which the file is imported.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\importcontent\importcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1138<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> importrendition<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. max-import-les-and-folders <max-import-files-and-folders>1000</max-import-files-and-folders><br /> <br /> Specifies the maximum number of files and folders that can be imported in a single operation. propagatepreviouspagevalues <propagatepreviouspagevalues>false</propagatepreviouspagevalues><br /> <br /> Whether the previous page values are propagated to the next page (true) or not (false). service See service, page 820. ucfrequired Whether to enable (true) or disable (false) UCF. To enable and disable UCF for specific events, specify the events/event element structure, where the event element’s attributes are: •<br /> <br /> name: name of event.<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> enabled: true to enable or false to disable UCF.<br /> <br /> Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> importrendition Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 importrendition component. It extends the component import, page 1135 and is used to import a rendition into the repository. The component must run within the 5.3 container importrenditioncontainer.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1139<br /> <br /> importrendition<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the target folder for import<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\importrendition\importrendition_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824. updatereplicasource See updatereplicasource, page 824.<br /> <br /> 1140<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> importrenditioncontainer<br /> <br /> importrenditioncontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 importrenditioncontainer component. It is the container for components that enable the import of renditions into repositories.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\importrendition\importrenditioncontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1141<br /> <br /> view (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> service See service, page 820. ucfrequired Whether to enable (true) or disable (false) UCF. To enable and disable UCF for specific events, specify the events/event element structure, where the event element’s attributes are: •<br /> <br /> name: name of event.<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> enabled: true to enable or false to disable UCF.<br /> <br /> Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> view (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is a WDK 5.3 view component. It is used to download repository content to the browser local file system and open a viewing application on the client. The view component must run in the viewcontainer component. This component is defined for dm_sysobject and dmr_content scopes. The component is undefined for dm_folder using the notdefined attribute, so that folders cannot be viewed with a viewing application. The viewcontainer extends .<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of object to view<br /> <br /> isIgnoreDescendents<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean value that indicates whether or not to download descendants in a virtual document.<br /> <br /> isIgnorePrefRenditions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to ignore the user’s preference for opening renditions (True) or not (False). Default is false.Since 5.3 SP4.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) A valid value for the page_modifier attribute of the object. You should not pass in your own value for PDF renditions.<br /> <br /> 1142<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> view (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\view\view_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. isIgnorePrefRenditions See isIgnorePrefRenditions, page 810. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> view (type dmr_content) Purpose This is a WDK 5.3 view component. It is used to download repository content to the browser local file system and open a viewing application on the client. The view component must run in the viewcontainer component. This component is defined for dm_sysobject and dmr_content scopes. The component is undefined for dm_folder using the notdefined attribute, so that folders cannot be viewed with a viewing application. The viewcontainer extends .<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1143<br /> <br /> view (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of object to view<br /> <br /> isIgnorePrefRenditions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to ignore the user’s preference for opening renditions (True) or not (False). Default is true.Since 5.3 SP4.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) A valid value for the page_modifier attribute of the dmr_content object. You should not pass in your own value for PDF renditions.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\view\view_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. isIgnorePrefRenditions See isIgnorePrefRenditions, page 810. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> 1144<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewcontainer (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> viewcontainer (type dm_sysobject) Purpose This is the WDK 5.3 viewcontainer component. It is the container used to display components that enable viewing objects in an associated application on a local machine.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\view\viewcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1145<br /> <br /> viewcontainer (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> viewcontainer (type dmr_content) Purpose This is a WDK 5.3 viewcontainer component. It is a container used to display components that enable viewing objects from repositories.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\view\viewcontainer_component_dmr.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> 1146<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> sendemailcontainer<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> Emailing object links sendemailcontainer Purpose Invokes an email client.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_workflow object.<br /> <br /> wfperformers<br /> <br /> (Optional) User names of the workflow performers.<br /> <br /> wfsupervisor<br /> <br /> (Optional) User name of the supervisor of the dm_workflow object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1147<br /> <br /> sendlocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\sendemail\sendemailcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sendlocator Purpose Sends an email link (DRL, see drl, page 875) to one or more selected documents, folders, tasks, notifications, or quickflow items using the HTML mailto command.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the folder or object for which to send a locator.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\sendlocator\sendlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1148<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_notication)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_notication) Purpose Sends an email link (DRL, see drl, page 875) to one or more selected documents, folders, tasks, notifications, or quickflow items using the HTML mailto command.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sendlocator:webcomponent/config/library/sendlocator/ sendlocator_component.xml. See sendlocator, page 1148.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\sendlocator\sendlocator_workflow_items_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sendlocator:webcomponent/config/library/sendlocator/sendlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_notification<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1149<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_queued)<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_queued) Purpose Sends an email link (DRL, see drl, page 875) to one or more selected documents, folders, tasks, notifications, or quickflow items using the HTML mailto command.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sendlocator:webcomponent/config/library/sendlocator/ sendlocator_component.xml. See sendlocator, page 1148.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\sendlocator\sendlocator_workflow_items_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sendlocator:webcomponent/config/library/sendlocator/sendlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_queued<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_router_task) Purpose Sends an email link (DRL, see drl, page 875) to one or more selected documents, folders, tasks, notifications, or quickflow items using the HTML mailto command.<br /> <br /> 1150<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sendlocator:webcomponent/config/library/sendlocator/ sendlocator_component.xml. See sendlocator, page 1148.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\sendlocator\sendlocator_workflow_items_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sendlocator:webcomponent/config/library/sendlocator/sendlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_router_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sendlocator (type dm_task) Purpose Sends an email link (DRL, see drl, page 875) to one or more selected documents, folders, tasks, notifications, or quickflow items using the HTML mailto command.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sendlocator:webcomponent/config/library/sendlocator/ sendlocator_component.xml. See sendlocator, page 1148.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1151<br /> <br /> sendlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\sendlocator\sendlocator_workflow_items_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sendlocator:webcomponent/config/library/sendlocator/sendlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sendlocatorcontainer Purpose This component is used to display a sendlocator component, which is used to send an email link (DRL, see drl, page 875) to one or more selected documents, folders, tasks, notifications, or quickflow items using the HTML mailto command.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> 1152<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> sendtodistributionlist<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\sendlocator\sendlocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> sendtodistributionlist Purpose Sends objects to users within an ad hoc workflow (also known as quickflow).<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to send<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\sendto\sendtodistributionlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1153<br /> <br /> format_preferences<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Formats format_preferences Purpose Enables the user to set format preferences for preferred renditions.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\format\format_preferences_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements base_type See base_type, page 796. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> 1154<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> formatattributes<br /> <br /> formatattributes Purpose Displays attributes of objects or creates new objects of type dm_format. This component is contained within the container formatproperties, page 1156.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object for which properties are displayed. Set to newobject to create a new format.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\format\formatattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> formatlist Purpose Displays a list of formats in the repository (objects of type dm_format).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1155<br /> <br /> formatproperties<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\format\formatlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> formatproperties Purpose Extends the container adminpropertycontainer, page 829 and the attributes of format objects or creates a new format object. Contains the component formatattributes, page 1155.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object for which properties are displayed. Set to newobject to create a new format.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1156<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> select_application<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\format\formatproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition adminpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/admin/container/adminpropertycontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dm_format</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display.<br /> <br /> select_application Purpose Enables the user to select an application from the file system to use as the standard application for a given rendition or format type. Clicking OK returns the full path of the application to the calling component as a return parameter.<br /> <br /> Parameters path<br /> <br /> (Optional) File system path to the folder displayed as the default starting location.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1157<br /> <br /> combocontainer<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\selectapplication\select_application_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> General user interface combocontainer Purpose Extends the component wizardcontainer, page 1177 and adds support for multiple instances of the same contained component. This allows the user to perform multi-select operations for a component. An Apply to all prompt is displayed when the user selects multiple operations.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1158<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> combocontainer<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition wizardcontainer:wdk/config/wizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The combo container extends the wizard container and adds support for multiple instances of the same contained component. This allows the user to perform multi-select operations for a component. An Apply to All prompt is displayed when the user selects multiple operations. Change notifications and paging methods are called as appropriate for each button event. Control values that are changed by the user are propagated to all instances of the control in other embedded components. For example, a user selects two checked out documents and then selects Checkin. When the user enters a description for the first file and selects Next, the description is propagated to the description field of the next file. Some examples of actions that use the combocontainer include delete, rename, sendto, removeattachment, abort, halt, or resume workflow. The parameters, component and componentArgs, are added by the LaunchComponent action execution class in order to support actions on multiple objects. Do not call the container by URL.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. propagatepreviouspagevalues <propagatepreviouspagevalues>false</propagatepreviouspagevalues><br /> <br /> Whether the previous page values are propagated to the next page (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1159<br /> <br /> container<br /> <br /> container Purpose The container component is a generic container component definition. It is the base component for all containers.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) The contained component. Set the requiresVisit attribute to true to require the component to be visited before an OK button is displayed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\container_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage Set requiresVisit attribute to true to declare that a particular component must be visited before the container can commit changes. In the following example, the attributes component must be viewed before the user can commit changes: <contains> <component>newFolder</component> <component requiresVisit='true'>attributes</component> <component>permissions</component> </contains><br /> <br /> You can also declare the visit requirement in the individual component definition. Add the following tag to a component definition: <requiresVisitBeforeCommit>true</requiresVisitBeforeCommit><br /> <br /> 1160<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> dialogcontainer<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> dialogcontainer Purpose Extends the container container, page 1160, making a single set of arguments available to a single contained component and providing a set of dialog buttons.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) The contained component. Set the requiresVisit attribute to true to require the component to be visited before an OK button is displayed.<br /> <br /> subTitle<br /> <br /> (Optional) Text for the subtitle of the dialog box.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> title<br /> <br /> (Optional) Text for the title of the dialog box.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition container:wdk/config/container_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1161<br /> <br /> doclist<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The dialog container extends the abstract container and adds dialog support for a single contained component. The dialog layout contains a header and footer. The header includes a title (MSG_TITLE) and object label (MSG_OBJECT). The footer contains OK (MSG_OK), Cancel (MSG_CANCEL) or Close (MSG_CLOSE), and Help buttons. Change notifications are called as appropriate for each button event. The OK and Cancel buttons are disabled if canCommitChanges() or canCancelChanges() return false, respectively. If both methods return false, the Close button is displayed. Some examples of actions that use the dialogcontainer include removeuserorgroup, add_translation (Web Publisher), newchangeset (Web Publisher). If an action launches a component within dialogcontainer, the component fills up the entire browser frame. To display the component within the content frame only, add the <navigation>jump</navigation> element to any location within the <execution> element.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> doclist Purpose Displays the contents of a folder as a list of objects and folders. The user can filter the list to see folders only, documents only, folders and documents, or all objects. The user navigates through a separate tree frame or by clicking on a folder in the doc list. This component is extended in Webtop as the objectlist component.<br /> <br /> 1162<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> doclist<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the folder in which to start browsing<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder in which to start browsing. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example, /Documentation/Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> showAllVersions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to show all versions of the object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\doclist\doclist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The doclist and drilldown components have a default set of standard sysobject attributes that are displayed and formatted in columns. You can also configure columns to be displayed dynamically based on other attributes. SeeWeb Development Kit Development Guide for more information.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1163<br /> <br /> doclist (type dm_message_archive)<br /> <br /> objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> doclist (type dm_message_archive) Purpose Displays a dm_message_archive object and its dm_message_attachment objects as a list of objects and folders.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which to initially display.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the folder in which to initially display.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the dm_message_archive object to display.<br /> <br /> showAllVersions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to show all versions of objects (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\messagearchive\messagearchive_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1164<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> multiargdialogcontainer<br /> <br /> Parent Denition doclist:webcomponent/config/navigation/doclist/doclist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from doclist:webcomponent/config/navigation/doclist/doclist_ component.xml. See doclist, page 1162. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> multiargdialogcontainer Purpose Extends the container dialogcontainer, page 1161 and allows multiple sets of arguments (following a multi-select in classic view, for example) to be used by a single component contained in this container. Contains sendtodistributionlist, page 1153.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1165<br /> <br /> navigation (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\multiargdialogcontainer\multiargdialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> navigation (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) Purpose Launches the homecabinet_classic (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop), page 1181 component to browse a dm_message_archive object and its dm_message_attachment objects in a user’s home cabinet in classic view.<br /> <br /> 1166<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> navigationcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the folder in which to initially display.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_message_archive object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dm_message_archive_action.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> navigationcontainer Purpose Displays a breadcrumb, title, and drop-down list above an included component to support navigation to an object from the included component. This container component is a base component and must be extended in order to add components.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Contained component.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the primary location of the specified folder Id<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1167<br /> <br /> navigationcontainer<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder in which to start browsing. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example, /Documentation/Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Selected object.<br /> <br /> objectNamePrefix<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\navigationcontainer\navigationcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The navigation container wraps navigation components and provides a header with active breadcrumb and title controls. The breadcrumb allows the user to navigate to an object that is displayed, and the drilldown component is updated by the breadcrumb selection. Override this component definition to jump to another navigation component using a breadcrumb. The navigationcontainer definition includes a <navigation> element that specifies the type of navigation. Some examples of actions that use the navigationcontainer include versions, locations, relationships, renditions.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1168<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> navigationcontainer (Webtop)<br /> <br /> navigationcontainer (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK navigationcontainer component and displays a breadcrumb, title, and drop-down list above an included component to support navigation to an object from the included component. This container component is a base component and must be extended in order to add components.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\navigationcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition /webcomponent/config/navigation/navigationcontainer/navigationcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> nestedcomponentcontainer Purpose Extends the container dialogcontainer, page 1161 and displays Close and Help buttons for the component that is nested within this container.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1169<br /> <br /> objectgrid<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\nestedcomponentcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> objectgrid Purpose Renders the result of a query attached to a data grid.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1170<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> objectgrid<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\objectgrid\objectgrid_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The objectgrid component and the datagrid control can both display objects. The objectgrid component renders attributes for a single object type. Some examples of components that extend objectgrid to display objects are locations, relationships, renditions, versions, and history. In Webtop, components that extend object grid component display a subset of the dm_sysobject attributes and the folder path for the objects in the result set. If your component doesn’t need to display attributes other than those of dm_sysobject, you can use the default object grid JSP pages. To display other dm_sysobject attributes, you must extend this component and modify the JSP page data fields to display the attributes you wish. Components that extend ObjectGrid provide the query string by implementing getQuery(String strVisibleAttrs, ArgumentList args). You must also provide custom JSP pages that display the custom attributes from your query. For an example of a customized attribute display of the query resultset, see /webcomponent/library/relationships/relationships.jsp. Sample override of getQuery (error handling removed): protected String geQuery(String strVisibleAttrs, ArgumentList args) { String strQuery = null; String strCustomAttr = args.get("customAttr"); strQuery = new StringBuffer(512) .append("SELECT" ") .append(strVisibleAttrs) .append(INTERNAL_attrs) .append(" from mycustomobject(all) ") .append("WHERE mycustomattr = '") .append(strCustomAttr) .append("')" .toString(); return strQuery; }<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1171<br /> <br /> streamlineview (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. header See header, page 807. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> streamlineview (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) Purpose Displays dm_message objects and their dm_message_attachment objects in the Webtop streamline view.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from drilldown:webcomponent/config/library/messagearchive/ messagearchive_component.xml. See drilldown (type dm_message_archive), page 1058.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\messagearchive_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition drilldown:webcomponent/config/library/messagearchive/messagearchive_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1172<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> streamlineview (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> streamlineview (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK drilldown component and displays the Webtop streamline view of folders and content, adding a title frame at top and status bar frame at bottom. This component is called from a tab in the tabbar component. This component is the default folder viewing component as defined in the Webtop component main (Webtop), page 887.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/drilldown/drilldown_ component.xml. See drilldown, page 1056.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\streamlineview_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/drilldown/drilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1173<br /> <br /> tabbar (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/drilldown/ drilldown_component.xml. See drilldown, page 1056. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. preferences See preferences, page 814. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> tabbar (Webtop) Purpose The tabbar component is loaded into a frame iin the Webtop streamlineview component. The UI contains a tab bar control, tab selection event handlers, and a Docbase selector control.<br /> <br /> Parameters entryTab<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the tab (component ID) to be displayed on the first tab.<br /> <br /> refreshOnInit<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the content component is to be initialized during tab bar initialization (True) or not (False). Defaultis true. Since 5.3 SP5.<br /> <br /> 1174<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> tabbar (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\tabbar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements entrytab <entrytab>homecabinet_streamline</entrytab><br /> <br /> Specifies the default tab to be selected on entry to the streamline component. Can be overridden by user preference. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. tabs 1 <tabs> 2<tab componentid="homecabinet_streamline"> 3<label> 4<nlsid>MSG_HOME_CABINET</nlsid> </label> 5<tooltip> 6<nlsid>MSG_HOME_CABINET_TIP</nlsid> </tooltip> 7<classiccomponent>homecabinet_classic</classiccomponent> </tab> ... </tabs><br /> <br /> 1 Root element for a structure that specifies tabs that are links to components. 2 The componentid attribute corresponds to a component defined in the application. The component is displayed when the user clicks a tab. 3 Contains a string or <nlsid> that is displayed on the tab UI. 4 NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is displayed. 5 Tip that is displayed on mouseover. Can be string or <nlsid>. 6 NLS lookup key. The string corresponding to the NLS ID is displayed. 7 Specifies the component to be displayed if the user switches to classic view.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1175<br /> <br /> titlebar (Webtop)<br /> <br /> titlebar (Webtop) Purpose Displays buttons and provides client-side event handlers for advanced search, clipboard, preferences, logout, and help, and a text field and button for simple search. The titlebar component is included in the top frame of both the classic and streamline views. There is no dynamic behavior in the title bar, so no special component class is provided.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\titlebar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> toolbar (Webtop) Purpose Displays action buttons for checkin, checkout, and properties. The tool bar component is included in the top frame of the classic view UI of the main component.<br /> <br /> 1176<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> wizardcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\toolbar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> wizardcontainer Purpose Displays a component within a wizard framework, where each layout page (JSP) is presented as a different page in the wizard. Provides navigation buttons.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1177<br /> <br /> wizardcontainer<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\wizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The wizard container extends the dialog container and adds wizard navigation support for a single contained component that has multiple pages. The wizard layout adds Next (MSG_NEXT) and Previous (MSG_PREVIOUS) buttons. Component.hasNextPage() and hasPrevPage() are called on the contained component to determine when to enable and display the next and previous page navigation buttons. The methods onNextPage() and onPrevPage() are called to switch the contained component page when the user clicks the Next or Previous button. The component within the container must support onNextPage() and onPrevPage(), which returns false in the base Component class. The taskcomponentcontainer in /webcomponent/config/library/workflow/taskmanager extends the wizardcontainer. Use this component as an example of how to extend the wizardcontainer. For information on programmatically navigating between next or previous components, refer to .<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> 1178<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> componentlist<br /> <br /> Helpers componentlist Purpose Generates a list of components with their scopes and other information. This list can be generated (after login to the application) through a URL such as the following: http:// host_name:8080/ webtop/component/componentlist/. Displays all components in the application, with links. Each link displays the name of the config file, NLS bundle, parameters, whether it is a container, whether it is configurable, the fully qualified class name, and the component description from the component definition file.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\componentList\component_list.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1179<br /> <br /> help-index<br /> <br /> help-index Purpose Help files are mapped in the help-index component definition. The help_component.xml configuration file stores a list of reference entries for HTML help pages. This definition is overridden by the Webtop help component, which has entries for help topics.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\help\help_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements help-entries See help-entries, page 807.<br /> <br /> help-index (Webtop) Purpose Specifies context-sensitive map entries for help topics. For information about adding custom or localized help files to the application, see Web Development Kit Development Guide.<br /> <br /> 1180<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> homecabinet_classic (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\help_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition help-index:/webcomponent/config/help/help_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements help-entries See help-entries, page 807.<br /> <br /> Home Cabinet homecabinet_classic (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) Purpose Supports browsing of a dm_message_archive object and its dm_message_attachment objects in a user’s home cabinet in classic view.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1181<br /> <br /> homecabinet_classic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from homecabinet_list:webcomponent/config/library/messagearchive/ messagearchive_component.xml. See homecabinet_list (type dm_message_archive), page 1187.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\messagearchive_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition homecabinet_list:webcomponent/config/library/messagearchive/messagearchive_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797.<br /> <br /> homecabinet_classic (Webtop) Purpose Supports browsing of the user home cabinet. Users can select cabinets and folders and view their contents. The visibility of object types is configurable. The component is identical to the doclist component with the exception that the top-level navigation location is the user’s home cabinet path instead of the repository root cabinet list.<br /> <br /> 1182<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> homecabinet_classic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the folder in which to initially display.<br /> <br /> nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) Nodes to be displayed as the breadcrumb path.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\homecabinet_classic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition homecabinet_list:webcomponent/config/navigation/homecabinet/homecabinet_list_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. preset_item See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1183<br /> <br /> homecabinet_drilldown<br /> <br /> showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> homecabinet_drilldown Purpose Supports browsing of the user home cabinet contents. The user can select cabinets or folders and drill down into them to see their contents. The visibility of object types is configurable. The component is identical to the drilldown component except that the top-level navigation location is the user’s home cabinet path instead of the repository root cabinet list. Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the folder in which to start browsing.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\homecabinet\homecabinet_drilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> 1184<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> homecabinet_drilldown (type dm_message_archive)<br /> <br /> failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> homecabinet_drilldown (type dm_message_archive) Purpose Supports browsing of a dm_message_archive object and its dm_message_attachment objects in a user’s home cabinet.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the folder in which to start browsing.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the dm_message_archive object to browse.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\messagearchive\messagearchive_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition homecabinet_drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/homecabinet/homecabinet_drilldown_ component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1185<br /> <br /> homecabinet_list<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from homecabinet_drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/ homecabinet/homecabinet_drilldown_component.xml. See homecabinet_drilldown, page 1184. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> homecabinet_list Purpose Supports browsing of the user home cabinet. Users can select cabinets and folders and view their contents. The visibility of object types is configurable. The component is identical to the doclist component with the exception that the top-level navigation location is the user’s home cabinet path instead of the repository root cabinet list.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> 1186<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the folder in which to start browsing.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> homecabinet_list (type dm_message_archive)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\homecabinet\homecabinet_list_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> homecabinet_list (type dm_message_archive) Purpose Supports browsing of a dm_message_archive object and its dm_message_attachment objects in a user’s home cabinet.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1187<br /> <br /> homecabinet_list (type dm_message_archive)<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which to initially display.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to the folder in which to initially display.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the dm_message_archive object.<br /> <br /> showAllVersions<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether to show all versions of objects (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\messagearchive\messagearchive_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition homecabinet_list:webcomponent/config/navigation/homecabinet/homecabinet_list_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. preset_item See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> 1188<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> homecabinet_streamline (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> homecabinet_streamline (type dm_message_ archive) (Webtop) Purpose Supports browsing of a dm_message_archive object and its dm_message_attachment objects in a user’s home cabinet in streamline view.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from homecabinet_drilldown:webcomponent/config/library/ messagearchive/messagearchive_component.xml. See homecabinet_drilldown (type dm_message_archive), page 1185.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\messagearchive_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition homecabinet_drilldown:webcomponent/config/library/messagearchive/messagearchive_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1189<br /> <br /> homecabinet_streamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> homecabinet_streamline (Webtop) Purpose Supports browsing of a dm_message_archive object and its dm_message_attachment objects in a user’s home cabinet in streamline view.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from homecabinet_drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/ homecabinet/homecabinet_drilldown_component.xml. See homecabinet_drilldown, page 1184.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\homecabinet_streamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition homecabinet_drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/homecabinet/homecabinet_drilldown_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from homecabinet_drilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/ homecabinet/homecabinet_drilldown_component.xml. See homecabinet_drilldown, page 1184.<br /> <br /> 1190<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> objectlist (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> objectlters See objectfilters, page 813. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> objectlist (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) Purpose Displays a list of dm_message_archive objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from doclist:webcomponent/config/library/messagearchive/ messagearchive_component.xml. See doclist (type dm_message_archive), page 1164.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\messagearchive_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition doclist:webcomponent/config/library/messagearchive/messagearchive_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_message_archive<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1191<br /> <br /> bravaviewer<br /> <br /> Imaging Services bravaviewer Purpose This is a sample IGC Brava viewer component for illustration purposes only.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from daejaviewer:webcomponent/config/library/imaging/samples/ daejaviewer_component.xml. See daejaviewer, page 1193.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\imaging\samples\bravaviewer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition daejaviewer:webcomponent/config/library/imaging/samples/daejaviewer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements CreateAnno and CreateRedact These element structures are inherited from daejaviewer:webcomponent/config/library/imaging/ samples/daejaviewer_component.xml. See daejaviewer, page 1193.<br /> <br /> 1192<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> daejaviewer<br /> <br /> daejaviewer Purpose Base component used by the Image Viewer Framework. All the other viewer components, such as pdfviewer and bravaviewer, are derived from this base component, which means that they share the same component behavior class and parameters but with different JSP pages to embed different viewers. The JSP page for the base component uses Daeja ViewOne Pro as the viewer.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Document to be opened by the viewer.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\imaging\samples\daejaviewer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements CreateAnno and CreateRedact <filter> <CreateAnno>true</CreateAnno> <CreateRedact>false</CreateRedact> </filter><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1193<br /> <br /> getannotation<br /> <br /> getannotation Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters format<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\imaging\getannotation_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> getdocument Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> 1194<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> imagingserviceservlet<br /> <br /> Parameters format<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> pageNumber<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\imaging\getdocument_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> imagingserviceservlet Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters format<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> pageNumber<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1195<br /> <br /> pdfviewer<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\imaging\samples\imagingserviceservlet_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> pdfviewer Purpose Component derived from daejaviewer component; the JSP page shows Acrobat Reader as the viewer.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from daejaviewer:webcomponent/config/library/imaging/samples/ daejaviewer_component.xml. See daejaviewer, page 1193.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\imaging\samples\pdfviewer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition daejaviewer:webcomponent/config/library/imaging/samples/daejaviewer_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1196<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> printdocuments (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements CreateAnno and CreateRedact These element structures are inherited from daejaviewer:webcomponent/config/library/imaging/ samples/daejaviewer_component.xml. See daejaviewer, page 1193.<br /> <br /> printdocuments (type dm_sysobject) Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters clientlog<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> inline<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\imaging\printdocuments_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1197<br /> <br /> saveannotation<br /> <br /> Elements printablemimetypes <printablemimetypes> <mimetype>application/pdf</mimetype> ... </printablemimetypes><br /> <br /> For internal use only.<br /> <br /> saveannotation Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters format<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> pageModifier<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> pageNumber<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\imaging\saveannotation_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1198<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewcontainer_imaging (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> viewcontainer_imaging (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Sample viewer container component used to illustrate the use of other viewer components, for example, daejaviewer and pdfviewer.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Viewer container component; use defaultviewer to call the default viewer component; use pdfviewer to call the viewer component for showing a PDF document.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component. Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\imaging\samples\viewcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements defaultviewer <defaultviewer>daejaviewer</defaultviewer><br /> <br /> Specifies the default viewer.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1199<br /> <br /> inboxclassic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. pdfviewer <pdfviewer>pdfviewer</pdfviewer><br /> <br /> Specifies the PDF viewer. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Inbox inboxclassic (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK inboxlist component and displays the inbox in a single-selection list format. This component is a node in the component.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\inboxclassic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition inboxlist:webcomponent/config/navigation/inbox/inboxlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1200<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> inboxdrilldown<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements autogettaskdefault See autogettaskdefault, page 796. columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from inboxlist:webcomponent/config/navigation/inbox/inboxlist_ component.xml. See inboxlist, page 1604. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showattachmentinfo See showattachmentinfo, page 820. showautogettask See showautogettask, page 821. showlters See showfilters, page 821. taskmanagerid See taskmanagerid, page 823.<br /> <br /> inboxdrilldown Purpose Lists the user’s inbox tasks, using a streamline-style layout. Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1201<br /> <br /> inboxdrilldown<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\inbox\inboxdrilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements autogettaskdefault See autogettaskdefault, page 796. columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. showattachmentinfo See showattachmentinfo, page 820. showautogettask See showautogettask, page 821. showlters See showfilters, page 821. taskmanagerid See taskmanagerid, page 823. workowreportactionname <workflowreportactionname>reportmaindrilldown</workflowreportactionname><br /> <br /> 1202<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> inboxstreamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Specifies the action that calls the workflow report page. workowstatusactionname See workflowstatusactionname, page 827.<br /> <br /> inboxstreamline (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK inboxdrilldown component and displays the inbox in a drilldown view. This component is a node in the tabbar (Webtop), page 1174 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\inboxstreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition inboxdrilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/inbox/inboxdrilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements autogettaskdefault See autogettaskdefault, page 796.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1203<br /> <br /> jobabort<br /> <br /> columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from inboxdrilldown:webcomponent/config/navigation/inbox/ inboxdrilldown_component.xml. See inboxdrilldown, page 1201. showattachmentinfo See showattachmentinfo, page 820. showautogettask See showautogettask, page 821. showlters See showfilters, page 821. taskmanagerid See taskmanagerid, page 823. workowreportactionname <workflowreportactionname>reportmainstreamline</workflowreportactionname><br /> <br /> Specifies the action that calls the workflow report page. workowstatusactionname See workflowstatusactionname, page 827.<br /> <br /> Jobs jobabort Purpose Called by the action abortjob, page 504 to abort a running asynchronous action or component job.<br /> <br /> 1204<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> jobprogressmonitor<br /> <br /> Parameters jobId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the job to abort.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\async\jobabort_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> jobprogressmonitor Purpose Displays the progress of an asynchronous job<br /> <br /> Parameters jobId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the asynchronous job<br /> <br /> pending<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that signals to the JobProgressMonitor class that the job is already pending. This flag is set by the content transfer container class when nesting to the jobprogressmonitor component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1205<br /> <br /> jobstatus<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\progress\progress_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> jobstatus Purpose This component displays status and details about every running asynchronous action or component job.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\async\jobstatus_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1206<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> jobstatushistory<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> jobstatushistory Purpose This component displays job history and messages for a selected job.<br /> <br /> Parameters jobId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected job.<br /> <br /> jobName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the selected job.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\async\jobstatushistory_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1207<br /> <br /> renamejobrequestlist<br /> <br /> renamejobrequestlist Purpose Displays jobs that rename users or groups<br /> <br /> Parameters renametarget<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of objects to be renamed. Valid values: user | group. Default = user<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\renamelog\renamejobrequestlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Lifecycles alllifecyclelocator Purpose Locates dm_policy objects in a repository.<br /> <br /> 1208<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> alllifecyclelocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\lifecyclelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1209<br /> <br /> applylifecycle (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_policy</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> applylifecycle (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Applies a lifecycle to the selected object. It displays the available lifecycles in the system. Contains applylifecycleall (type dm_sysobject), page 1212.<br /> <br /> 1210<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> applylifecycle (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the component within the container<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Optional) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component. Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to which a lifecycle shall be applied<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\applylifecycle\applylifecyclecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1211<br /> <br /> applylifecycleall (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> applylifecycleall (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Applies a lifecycle to all selected objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to which the lifecycle shall be applied<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\applylifecycle\applylifecycle_all_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> lifecyclefolderlocator Purpose Extends the component sysobjectlocator, page 1077 and displays in a folder view all objects with attached lifecycles.<br /> <br /> 1212<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> lifecyclefolderlocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\lifecyclelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1213<br /> <br /> lifecyclelocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_policy</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> lifecyclelocatorcontainer Purpose Extends the container locatorcontainer, page 1066 and contains lifecyclelocator components: alllifecyclelocator, page 1208, lifecyclesubscriptionlocator, page 1215, lifecyclefolderlocator, page 1212, and recentlifecyclelocator, page 1217.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1214<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> lifecyclesubscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\lifecyclelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> lifecyclesubscriptionlocator Purpose Extends subscriptionlocator, page 1405 and displays subscribed lifecycle objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ subscriptionlocator_component.xml. See subscriptionlocator, page 1405.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\lifecyclelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/subscriptionlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1215<br /> <br /> lifecyclesubscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_policy</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinet_visible See privatecabinet_visible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> 1216<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> recentlifecyclelocator<br /> <br /> recentlifecyclelocator Purpose Locates lifecycles that were recently selected or used. This component has no scope, but the <objecttype> element restricts the search to objects of type dm_policy.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml. See recentsysobjectlocator, page 1075.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\lifecyclelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1217<br /> <br /> selectlifecycle (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> objecttype <objecttype>dm_policy</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> selectlifecycle (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Selects a lifecycle.<br /> <br /> Parameters type<br /> <br /> (Required) Object type of the lifecycle.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\applylifecycle\selectlifecyclecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> 1218<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> ndtarget (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Elements breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> Locating objects ndtarget (Webtop) Purpose Allows the user to click on a reference object and navigate to the object or folder in the remote repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the reference object.<br /> <br /> openFolder<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true if the reference object is a folder.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\findtarget_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1219<br /> <br /> choosetransformationtype<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Media and transformation choosetransformationtype Purpose A transformation selection component. Requires Media Transformation Services. Enables the user to select the available media profiles.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\choosetransformationtype_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1220<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> transformationapplylifecycle (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> transformationapplylifecycle (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Applies a lifecycle (business policy) to the selected transformed dm_sysobject object. Requires Media Transformation Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the transformed object to which a lifecycle will be applied.<br /> <br /> objectType<br /> <br /> (Required) Content type of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\transformationapplylifecycle_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition transformationapplylifecyclecontainer:webcomponent/config/library/transformation/ transformationapplylifecyclecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1221<br /> <br /> transformationapplylifecycle (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> transformationapplylifecycle (type dmr_content) Purpose Applies a lifecycle (business policy) to the selected transformed dmr_content object. Requires Media Transformation Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the transformed object to which a lifecycle will be applied.<br /> <br /> objectType<br /> <br /> (Required) Content type of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\transformationapplylifecycle_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition transformationapplylifecyclecontainer:webcomponent/config/library/transformation/ transformationapplylifecyclecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1222<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> transformationapplylifecycleall (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> transformationapplylifecycleall (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Applies a lifecycle (business policy) to all the selected transformed dm_sysobject objects. Requires Media Transformation Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the transformed object to which a lifecycle will be applied.<br /> <br /> objectType<br /> <br /> (Required) Content type of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\transformationapplylifecycle_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition applylifecycleall:webcomponent/config/library/applylifecycle/applylifecycle_all_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1223<br /> <br /> transformationapplylifecycleall (type dmr_content)<br /> <br /> transformationapplylifecycleall (type dmr_content) Purpose Applies a lifecycle (business policy) to all the selected transformed dmr_content objects. Requires Media Transformation Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the transformed object to which a lifecycle will be applied.<br /> <br /> objectType<br /> <br /> (Required) Content type of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\transformationapplylifecycle_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition applylifecycleall:webcomponent/config/library/applylifecycle/applylifecycle_all_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmr_content<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1224<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> transformationapplylifecyclecontainer<br /> <br /> transformationapplylifecyclecontainer Purpose Base container for the transformationapplylifecycle component. Requires Media Transformation Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from applylifecycle:webcomponent/config/library/applylifecycle/ applylifecyclecontainer_component.xml. See applylifecycle (type dm_sysobject), page 1210.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\transformationapplylifecyclecontainer_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition applylifecycle:webcomponent/config/library/applylifecycle/applylifecyclecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1225<br /> <br /> transformationcontainer<br /> <br /> transformationcontainer Purpose Base container for transformation. Requires Media Transformation Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the component to contain. Supplied by the action execution class).<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component. Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the transformed object.<br /> <br /> renditionId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the content selected for transformation.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\transformationcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/ propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> 1226<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> transformationcontainernewobject<br /> <br /> transformation See transformation, page 823.<br /> <br /> transformationcontainernewobject Purpose Transformation container for the new object. Requires Media Transformation Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from transformationcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/ transformation/transformationcontainer_component.xml. See transformationcontainer, page 1226.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\transformationcontainer_newobject_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition transformationcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/transformation/transformationcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements transformation See transformation, page 823.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1227<br /> <br /> transformationcontainerrendition<br /> <br /> transformationcontainerrendition Purpose Transformation container for the new rendition. Requires Media Transformation Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from transformationcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/ transformation/transformationcontainer_component.xml. See transformationcontainer, page 1226.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\transformationcontainer_rendition_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition transformationcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/transformation/transformationcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements transformation See transformation, page 823.<br /> <br /> transformationdetails Purpose Specifies transformation details for an object. Requires Media Transformation Services.<br /> <br /> 1228<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> transformationdetails<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\transformationdetails_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements controlproperties 1 <controlproperties> 2<textareanumcols value="32"></textareanumcols> 3<textareanumrows value="5"></textareanumrows> 4<thumbnailheight value="40"></thumbnailheight> 5<thumbnailwidth value="40"></thumbnailwidth> 6<listboxsize value="5"></listboxsize> 7<colorpickernumrows value="24"></colorpickernumrows> 8<colorpickerwidth value="200"></colorpickerwidth> 9<colorpickerheight value="20"></colorpickerheight> </controlproperties><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br /> <br /> Contains specifications for the control. Number of columns of the text block. Number of rows of the text block. Height of the content object thumbnail . Width of the content object thumbnail. Size of the list box . Number of rows of the color picker. Width of the color picker. Height of the color picker.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1229<br /> <br /> transformationnewobjectdef<br /> <br /> transformationnewobjectdef Purpose Provides definition of the new transformation object. Requires Media Transformation Services.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\transformationnewobjectdef_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements showaliasset <showaliasset>false</showaliasset><br /> <br /> Whether to display (true) the alias set or not (false).<br /> <br /> transformationselect Purpose A transformation selection component. Requires Media Transformation Services. Enables the user to select the available media profiles.<br /> <br /> 1230<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> menubar<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\transformation\transformationselect_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Menus menubar Purpose Adds a bar of menu controls.<br /> <br /> Parameters accessible<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to render menu selections accessible (Section 508 compliant)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1231<br /> <br /> menubar (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\menubar\menubar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. menucongids 1 <menuconfigids> 2<id>menubar_file_menu</id> ... </menuconfigids><br /> <br /> 1 Contains <id> elements that identify <menuconfig> elements. 2 A string that corresponds to the ID attribute of a <menuconfig> element. menugrouptarget See menugrouptarget, page 811.<br /> <br /> menubar (Webtop) Purpose Adds a bar of menu controls in the top frame of workarea.jsp (the content frame of the Webtop classic view). The menubar component loads into a frame of the workarea.jsp (part of the main component set of JSP pages).<br /> <br /> 1232<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> menubar (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from menubar:/webcomponent/config/library/menubar/menubar_ component.xml. See menubar, page 1231.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\menubar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition menubar:/webcomponent/config/library/menubar/menubar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. menucongids See menuconfigids, page 1232. menugrouptarget See menugrouptarget, page 811.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1233<br /> <br /> mydocumentlocator<br /> <br /> My Files mydocumentlocator Purpose Extends myobjectlocator, page 1238 and displays all objects of type dm_document or its subtypes that are owned by the user. The scope is not defined, but the <objecttype> element restricts this component to dm_document objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from myobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ myobjectlocator_component.xml. See myobjectlocator, page 1238.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\documentlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/myobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795.<br /> <br /> 1234<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> myles_classic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811. objecttype <objecttype>dm_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> myles_classic (Webtop) Purpose Lists objects that are checked out or recently used by the user. The time interval since last modified date, as a criterion for display, is configurable.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1235<br /> <br /> myles_classic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\myfiles_classic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myobjects_list:/webcomponent/config/library/myobjects/myobjects_list_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from myobjects_list:/webcomponent/config/library/myobjects/ myobjects_list_component.xml. See myobjects_list, page 1067. modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811. objecttype <objecttype>dm_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showfolders See showfolders, page 821.<br /> <br /> 1236<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> myles_streamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> myles_streamline (Webtop) Purpose Displays a folder frame and a folder contents frame for folders that contain objects checked out or recently edited by the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\myfiles_streamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myobjects_drilldown:/webcomponent/config/library/myobjects/myobjects_drilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from myobjects_list:/webcomponent/config/library/myobjects/ myobjects_list_component.xml. See myobjects_list, page 1067. modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811. objecttype <objecttype>dm_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display. preferences See preferences, page 814.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1237<br /> <br /> myobjectlocator<br /> <br /> showfolders See showfolders, page 821.<br /> <br /> myobjectlocator Purpose Extends sysobjectlocator, page 1077 and displays all sysobjects that are owned by the user.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\myobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1238<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> myobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1239<br /> <br /> myobjects_drilldown<br /> <br /> myobjects_drilldown Purpose Displays a folder frame and a folder contents frame for folders that contain objects owned by the user.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\myobjects\myobjects_drilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811. objecttype <objecttype>dm_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display. preferences See preferences, page 814.<br /> <br /> 1240<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_prm_library_request)<br /> <br /> showfolders See showfolders, page 821.<br /> <br /> Physical Records Manager attributes (type dmc_prm_library_request) Purpose Displays the attributes of a dmc_prm_library_request object.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\request\attributes_prm_library_request_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_library_request<br /> <br /> Elements showpagesastabs See showpagesastabs, page 822.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1241<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_address_locatorcontainer<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_address_locatorcontainer Purpose Container for the dmc_prm_addresslocator, page 1242 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\prm_address_locator_container.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_addresslocator Purpose Contains dmc_prm_physical_address objects.<br /> <br /> 1242<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_addresslocator<br /> <br /> Parameters attachedDocIds<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\prm_address_locator_container.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition allfolderlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/folderlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1243<br /> <br /> makelibraryrequest<br /> <br /> objecttype <objecttype>dmc_prm_address</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> makelibraryrequest Purpose Creates a library request (dmc_prm_library_request object).<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the dmc_prm_library_ request object to create.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\request\make_prm_library_request_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1244<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> makelibraryrequestcontainer<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> makelibraryrequestcontainer Purpose Contains the makelibraryrequest, page 1244 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the component to contain. Supplied by the action execution class.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Optional) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component. Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\request\make_prm_library_request_container_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1245<br /> <br /> pendingtargets<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> pendingtargets Purpose Displays a list of all pending items in a library request.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the library request object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\request\pending_targets_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1246<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_prm_library_request)<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_prm_library_request) Purpose Displays the properties of dmc_prm_library_request objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_ component.xml. See properties, page 913.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\request\prm_library_request_properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_library_request<br /> <br /> Elements commitorder See commitorder, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/ properties_component.xml. See properties, page 913. setrepositoryfromobjectid See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1247<br /> <br /> requestedtargets<br /> <br /> requestedtargets Purpose Displays a list of all items in a library request.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the library request object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\request\requested_targets_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> userrequestlist (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user) Purpose Displays a list of a user’s library requests.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1248<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> columnselector<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\request\user_request_list.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> prm<br /> <br /> role<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_library_user<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Preferences columnselector Purpose Edits display preferences. The JSP page contains an attributeselector control that generates the lists of columns, selected columns, and selection buttons.<br /> <br /> Parameters columns<br /> <br /> (Required) A serialized list of items to populate the available items list box. See multiselector control for details on the list format.<br /> <br /> defaultSelectedColumns<br /> <br /> (Optional) A serialized list of items to populate the selected items list box before the user performs an initial selection.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1249<br /> <br /> columnselector<br /> <br /> docbaseTypes<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the repository types, in addition to the default option, to populate the attribute selectors docbase types drop-down list. If omitted, no docbase types will be available for selection. This is a simple list of alternating type names and values. To pass in as a string argument to the column selector, the list may be passed to ColumnListUtil.<br /> <br /> enableOrdering<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: true to enable the user to control the order of columns.<br /> <br /> selectedColumns<br /> <br /> (Optional) A serialized list of items to populate the selected columns list box.<br /> <br /> showRepeatingAttributes<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether repeating attributes should be shown when selecting one of the repository types specified by docbasetypes. Default is true.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\display\columnselector_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The onCommitChanges method sets a list of return values by calling Form.setReturnValue. If your component nests to the columnselector component and implements IReturnListener, you can get the values from the Map instance with the onReturn(Form form, Map map) method.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1250<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> columnselectorcontainer<br /> <br /> columnselectorcontainer Purpose Edits display preferences. The JSP page contains an attributeselector control that generates the lists of columns and selected columns and the selection buttons.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the action execution class. The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> displaytitle<br /> <br /> (Optional) A title for the component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\display\columnselectorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1251<br /> <br /> component_preferences<br /> <br /> component_preferences Purpose Enables users to set preferences for portals.<br /> <br /> Parameters componentid<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> context<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\portal\component\component_preferences_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> debug_preferences Purpose Sets debugging preferences during application development. This component is designed to run within the preferences component, which is a property sheet container.<br /> <br /> 1252<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> display_preferences<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\debug\debug_preferences_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> display_preferences Purpose Sets the user’s preferences for the columns to be displayed by another component. This component is presented within the preferences container. Displays the following (generated by the preference control): the component’s list of columns in the order they will appear, and checkboxes (if appropriate) to use the cabinets view and to use thumbnails.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1253<br /> <br /> display_preferences (version 5.3.0) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\display\display_preferences_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage WDK display preferences are edited by the columnselector component. The editing component is configurable as the value of the display_preferences <editcomponent> element. You cannot display an attribute if is_searchable is set to false. For more information on configuring display preferences, see WDK Development Guide.<br /> <br /> Elements preferencedisplaygroups See preferencedisplaygroups, page 814. preferences See preferences, page 814.<br /> <br /> display_preferences (version 5.3.0) (Webtop) Purpose Sets the user’s preferences for the columns to be displayed by another component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\display_preferences_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition display_preferences:webcomponent/config/environment/preferences/display/display_preferences_ component.xml<br /> <br /> 1254<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> display_preferences (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Scope version<br /> <br /> 5.3.0<br /> <br /> Elements preferencedisplaygroups See preferencedisplaygroups, page 814. preferences See preferences, page 814.<br /> <br /> display_preferences (Webtop) Purpose Sets the user’s preferences for the columns to be displayed by another component.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\display_preferences_ex_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition display_preferences:webcomponent/config/environment/preferences/display/display_preferences_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1255<br /> <br /> format_pref_attr_selector<br /> <br /> Elements preferencedisplaygroups See preferencedisplaygroups, page 814. preferences See preferences, page 814.<br /> <br /> format_pref_attr_selector Purpose Enables selection of the attributes for a preferred rendition setting.<br /> <br /> Parameters editApp<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the application to edit content of the specified preferred rendition format.<br /> <br /> isEditing<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the format is already being edited (True) or not (False).<br /> <br /> preferredRenditionFormat<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the preferred rendition format.<br /> <br /> primaryFormat<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the primary format.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type to which the preferred rendition setting applies.<br /> <br /> viewApp<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the application to view content of the specified preferred rendition format.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> 1256<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> format_preferences_summary<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\format\format_preference_attr_selector_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition format_preferences:webcomponent/config/environment/preferences/format/format_preferences_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Caller editformatpref, page 534<br /> <br /> Usage If the isEditing parameter value that was passed from the editformatpref, page 534 action is true, this component sets the values of its controls to the values of the passed parameters. If the isEditing parameter value that was passed from the editformatpref, page 534 action is false, then the controls are populated with string values that prompt the user to input a value (for example, Choose an object type). When the user clicks OK in this component, the format preference is passed to the format_preferences_summary, page 1257 component and displays them. When the user saves the changes in the format_preferences_summary, page 1257 component, the format preference is committed to the repository.<br /> <br /> Elements base_type See base_type, page 796. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> format_preferences_summary Purpose Displays the current set of format preferences and allow a user to add, edit and delete specific format preferences.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1257<br /> <br /> formatpreferencescontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\format\format_preferences_summary_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage When the user saves the format preferences in this component, the format preferences are committed to the repository.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> formatpreferencescontainer Purpose Container for the format_preferences_summary, page 1257 component that enables users to set format preferences.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> 1258<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> general_preferences<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\format\format_preferences_container_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> general_preferences Purpose Enables the user to select a UI theme and the startup location.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1259<br /> <br /> general_preferences (version 5.3.0) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\general\general_preferences_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> general_preferences (version 5.3.0) (Webtop) Purpose Enables the user to select a UI theme and the startup location.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\general_preferences_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition general_preferences:webcomponent/config/environment/preferences/general/general_preferences_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope version<br /> <br /> 1260<br /> <br /> 5.3.0<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> general_preferences (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> general_preferences (Webtop) Purpose Enables the user to select a UI theme and the startup location.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\general_preferences_ex_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition general_preferences:webcomponent/config/environment/preferences/general/general_preferences_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> portal_preferences Purpose Enables users to set preferences for portals..<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1261<br /> <br /> portlet_preferences<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\portal\portal_preferences_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> portlet_preferences Purpose Enables users to set preferences for portlets. For internal use only.<br /> <br /> 1262<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> preferences<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\portal\portlet\portlet_preferences_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> preferences Purpose Extends the propertysheet container. Launched by the preferences action to contain several preferences components.<br /> <br /> Parameters Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1263<br /> <br /> smartnavigation_preferences<br /> <br /> component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the action execution class. The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> refreshclient<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to refresh the page once the user has restored all preferences.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\preferences_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> smartnavigation_preferences Purpose Enables users to set their preferences for displaying the results of search strategies on the smart navigation panel; that is, add and remove search cluster strategies, and move the cluster strategies up and down.<br /> <br /> 1264<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> visiblerepository_preferences<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\search\cluster\smartnavigation_preferences_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> visiblerepository_preferences Purpose Enables the user to select repositories that will be visible in the login dialog. The repositories that are displayed for selection are those that are accessible to the connection brokers in the user’s preferred connection broker list. The user can select or enter new connection brokers by clicking the Configure connection broker link.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1265<br /> <br /> deletepreset (type dmc_preset_package)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\visiblerepository\visiblerepository_preferences_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Presets deletepreset (type dmc_preset_package) Purpose Deletes dmc_preset_package objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dmc_preset_package object to delete.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\delete\deletepreset_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> 1266<br /> <br /> dmc_preset_package<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> deletepresetcombocontainer (type dmc_preset_package)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> deletepresetcombocontainer (type dmc_preset_ package) Purpose Displays dmc_preset_package objects to delete.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\dmc_preset_package_actions.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_preset_package<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1267<br /> <br /> migratepresets<br /> <br /> propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> migratepresets Purpose Prepare preset objects to be deployed to a production repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Object name of the preset to prepare for migration.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\migrate\migratepreset_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage ACL object ID references are udpated to use object_name and owner_name. Location folder object ID references are updated with aspects. Repository scope references are updated to production repository scopes.<br /> <br /> 1268<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetactionitem<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> presetactionitem Purpose Enables editiing preset action items.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\items\presetactionitem_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements menucongs 1 <menuconfigs> 2<menuconfig> 3<id>menubar_file_menu</id> 4<nlsbundle>com.documentum.webcomponent.library.menubar.MenuBarNlsProp</nlsbundle> </menuconfig> ... </menuconfigs><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4<br /> <br /> Specifies a menu items in a menubar. Specifies a single menu item. Specifies the ID of a menu item. Specifies the NLS bundle for the menu.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1269<br /> <br /> presetallfolderlocator<br /> <br /> preset_item_denition See preset_item_definition, page 817.<br /> <br /> presetallfolderlocator Purpose Locates all preset folders in a repository and displays them in a hierarchical view.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\presetlocationlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition allfolderlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/folderlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1270<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetautoattributesitem<br /> <br /> presetautoattributesitem Purpose Enables editing of preset auto attributes items.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\items\presetautoattributesitem_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements basetype <basetype>dm_document</basetype><br /> <br /> Specifies the base object type. excludetypes <excludetypes>dm_folder</excludetypes><br /> <br /> A list of comma-separated object types to be excluded. preset_item_denition See preset_item_definition, page 817.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1271<br /> <br /> presetdocbasenamescope<br /> <br /> presetdocbasenamescope Purpose Enables setting repository scope for presets.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\scopes\presetdocbasenamescope_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements preset_scope_denitions See preset_scope_definitions, page 817. show_selections Sets the initial display of selections to expanded (true) or collapsed (false). Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> preseteditorcontainer Purpose Container for the presetscopes, page 1287 and presetitems, page 1275 components.<br /> <br /> 1272<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetformatitem<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the action execution class. The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the preset object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\preseteditorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/ propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> presetformatitem Purpose Enables editing preset formats.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1273<br /> <br /> presetgroupitem<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\items\presetformatitem_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements preset_item_denition See preset_item_definition, page 817.<br /> <br /> presetgroupitem Purpose Enables editing preset group items.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\items\presetgroupitem_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1274<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetitems<br /> <br /> Elements grouplters 1 <groupfilters> 2<groupfilter> 3<group_class> 4<nlsid>MSG_ALL_FILTER</nlsid> </group_class> 5<label> 6<nlsid>MSG_ALL_FILTER</nlsid> </label> </groupfilter> ... </groupfilters><br /> <br /> 1 Specifies a filter for groups. preset_item_denition See preset_item_definition, page 817.<br /> <br /> presetitems Purpose Enables editing preset items.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\items\presetitems_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1275<br /> <br /> presetlifecycleitem<br /> <br /> Elements preset_item_editors 1 <preset_item_editors> 2<preset_item_editor> 3<componentname>presetpermissionitem</componentname> 4<label> 5<nlsid>MSG_PERMISSION_EDITOR</nlsid> </label> </preset_item_editor> ... </preset_item_editors><br /> <br /> show_summary <show_summary>true</show_summary><br /> <br /> Whether to initially display the summary (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> presetlifecycleitem Purpose Enables selecting a lifecycle for a preset.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\items\presetlifecycleitem_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1276<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetlist<br /> <br /> Elements preset_item_denition See preset_item_definition, page 817.<br /> <br /> presetlist Purpose Displays a list of available presets.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\presetlist\presetlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columnpreferenceid <columnpreferenceid>application.display.presetlist_columns</columnpreferenceid><br /> <br /> columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1277<br /> <br /> presetlocationlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> presetlocationlocatorcontainer Purpose Enables navigating preset cabinets and folders.<br /> <br /> Parameters Since 6.0 SP1. invalidpresetentries<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the object IDs of folders that do not exist or are from other repositories.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\presetlocationlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> 1278<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetlocationscope<br /> <br /> presetlocationscope Purpose Enables setting location scope for a preset.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\scopes\presetlocationscope_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements preset_scope_denitions See preset_scope_definitions, page 817. show_selections Sets the initial display of selections to expanded (true) or collapsed (false). Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> presetnavigationitem Purpose Sets preferences for the preset navigation editor.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1279<br /> <br /> presetobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\items\presetnavigationitem_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements exclude_node Excludes navigation nodes in this component. For example, in this component’s configuration file, the administration node is not displayed: <navigation_exclusion_nodes> <exclude_node>administration</exclude_node> </navigation_exclusion_nodes><br /> <br /> preset_item_denition See preset_item_definition, page 817.<br /> <br /> presetobjectlocator Purpose Enables locating preset objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> 1280<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\presetobjectlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dmc_preset_package</objecttype><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1281<br /> <br /> presetobjectlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> presetobjectlocatorcontainer Purpose Contains the presetobjectlocator, page 1280 component to locate dmc_preset_package objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\presetobjectlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1282<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetobjecttypelocator<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> presetobjecttypelocator Purpose Enables locating dmc_preset_package objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\presetobjecttypelocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition persistentobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/persistentobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1283<br /> <br /> presetobjecttypelocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Elements attributes See attributes, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_type</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> presetobjecttypelocatorcontainer Purpose Contains the presetobjecttypelocator, page 1283 component to locate dmc_preset_package objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\presetobjecttypelocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1284<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetotherdocbaselocationeditor<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> presetotherdocbaselocationeditor Purpose Enables editing locations in other repositories to which a preset is applied.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\presetlocationlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage Although you can remove a location preset in another repository directly in this component, to add a location preset, you must log into the repository.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1285<br /> <br /> presetpermissionitem<br /> <br /> Elements iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808.<br /> <br /> presetpermissionitem Purpose Enables defining permission sets as preset items.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\items\presetpermissionitem_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements preset_item_denition See preset_item_definition, page 817.<br /> <br /> 1286<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetscopes<br /> <br /> presetscopes Purpose Enables defining scopes for a dmc_preset_package object.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\scopes\presetscopes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements preset_scope_editors 1 <preset_scope_editors> 2<preset_scope_editor> 3<componentname>presetusergrouprolescope</componentname> 4<label> 5<nlsid>MSG_USER_GROUP_ROLE_SCOPE</nlsid> </label> </preset_scope_editor> ... </preset_scope_editors><br /> <br /> presettemplateitem Purpose Enables defining items for a preset template.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1287<br /> <br /> presettypeitem<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\items\presettemplateitem_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements preset_item_denition See preset_item_definition, page 817.<br /> <br /> presettypeitem Purpose Enables defining object types as preset items.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> 1288<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presettypescope<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\items\presettypeitem_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements preset_item_denition See preset_item_definition, page 817.<br /> <br /> presettypescope Purpose Enables setting the object type scope for a preset.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\scopes\presettypescope_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements preset_scope_denitions See preset_scope_definitions, page 817.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1289<br /> <br /> presetusergrouprolescope<br /> <br /> show_selections Sets the initial display of selections to expanded (true) or collapsed (false). Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> presetusergrouprolescope Purpose Enables setting a user, group, or role scope for a preset.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\scopes\presetusergrouprolescope_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements preset_scope_denitions See preset_scope_definitions, page 817. show_selections Sets the initial display of selections to expanded (true) or collapsed (false). Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> 1290<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> presetwizardcontainer<br /> <br /> presetwizardcontainer Purpose Contains the presetscopes, page 1287 and presetitems, page 1275 components to enable creating and modifying dmc_preset_package objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the action execution class. The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the dmc_preset_package object to modify.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\presetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetwizardcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/propertysheetwizardcontainer/ propertysheetwizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1291<br /> <br /> presetworkowitem<br /> <br /> presetworkowitem Purpose Enables setting the workflows that can be started for a preset.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\presets\items\presetworkflowitem_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements preset_item_denition See preset_item_definition, page 817.<br /> <br /> Records Manager assemblylist (type dmc_rm_formal_record) (Webtop) Purpose Displays the structure of a virtual document snapshot for a dmc _rm_formal_record object.<br /> <br /> 1292<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> assemblylist (type dmc_rm_formal_record) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from vdmlist:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/vdmlist_ component.xml. See vdmlist, page 1541.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\recordlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition vdmlist:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/vdmlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_formal_record<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. default_binding_lter_values See default_binding_filter_values, page 802. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. preset_item See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1293<br /> <br /> assemblyliststreamline (type dmc_rm_formal_record) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> assemblyliststreamline (type dmc_rm_formal_ record) (Webtop) Purpose Displays the structure of a virtual document snapshot for a dmc_rm_formal_record object in drilldown (streamline) view.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from vdmliststreamline:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/ vdmliststreamline_component.xml. See vdmliststreamline, page 1543.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\recordliststreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition vdmliststreamline:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/vdmliststreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_formal_record<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. default_binding_lter_values See default_binding_filter_values, page 802. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> 1294<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_rm_formal_rec_folderdmc_rm_formal_rec_cabinet)<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_rm_formal_rec_folderdmc_rm_ formal_rec_cabinet) Purpose Displays the primary attributes of the selected dmc_rm_formal_record object or dmc_rm_formal_rec_cabinet and includes a link to expand the attributes list or to display all attributes. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from xforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/xforms_component.xml. See xforms, page 1743.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\declarerecord\attribute_rm_formalfolder_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recordattributes:webcomponent/config/library/records/declarerecord/attribute_rm_formalrecord_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_formal_rec_folder, dmc_rm_formal_ rec_cabinet<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1295<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_rm_formal_record)<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_rm_formal_record) Purpose Displays the primary attributes of the selected dmc_rm_formal_record object or dmc_rm_formal_rec_cabinet and includes a link to expand the attributes list or to display all attributes. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from xforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/xforms_component.xml. See xforms, page 1743.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\declarerecord\attribute_rm_formalrecord_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recordattributes:webcomponent/config/library/records/declarerecord/attribute_rm_formalrecord_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_formal_record<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1296<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> cancelcheckout (type dmc_rm_formal_record)<br /> <br /> cancelcheckout (type dmc_rm_formal_record) Purpose Cancels the checkout of one or more previously checked out dmc_rm_formal_record objects by removing the lock on the specified objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from cancelcheckout:/webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/ cancelcheckout/cancelcheckout_component.xml. See cancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject), page 1083.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\cancelcheckout\cancelcheckout_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition cancelcheckout:/webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/cancelcheckout/cancelcheckout_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_formal_record<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1297<br /> <br /> cancelcheckoutcontainer (type dmc_rm_formal_record)<br /> <br /> cancelcheckoutcontainer (type dmc_rm_formal_ record) Purpose Allows users to remove the lock on specified checked-out dmc_rm_formal_record objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\cancelcheckout\cancelcheckoutcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition cancelcheckoutcontainer:/webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/cancelcheckout/ cancelcheckoutcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_formal_record<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. service See service, page 820. setrepositoryfromobjectid See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820.<br /> <br /> 1298<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> checkin (type dmc_rm_formal_record)<br /> <br /> ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> checkin (type dmc_rm_formal_record) Purpose Checks in dmc_rm_formal_record objects that were checked out and sets properties on objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the node in a virtual document to check in.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the dmc_rm_formal_record object to check in.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Root object ID or the virtual document to check in.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\checkin\checkin_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition checkin:/webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/checkin/checkin_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_formal_record<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1299<br /> <br /> checkincontainer (type dmc_rm_formal_record)<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> checkincontainer (type dmc_rm_formal_record) Purpose Checking in multiple dmc_rm_formal_record objects creates one checkin container and an inner checkin component instance for each object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\checkin\checkincontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1300<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> checkout (type dmc_rm_formal_record)<br /> <br /> Parent Denition checkincontainer:/webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/checkin/checkincontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_formal_record<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. service See service, page 820. setrepositoryfromobjectid <setrepositoryfromobjectid>true</setrepositoryfromobjectid><br /> <br /> See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> checkout (type dmc_rm_formal_record) Purpose Checks out dmc_rm_formal_record objects from the repository without launching an editing application. This component is available in all views for dmc_rm_formal_record objects that are checked out on the user’s current machine. Checking out multiple objects creates one checkout container and an inner checkout component instance for each dmc_rm_formal_record object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from checkout:/webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/checkout/ checkout_component.xml. See checkout (type dm_sysobject), page 1090.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1301<br /> <br /> checkoutcontainer (type dmc_rm_formal_record)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\checkout\checkout_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition checkout:/webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/checkout/checkout_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_formal_record<br /> <br /> Elements init-controls See init-controls, page 809. service See service, page 820. skipVersionCheck See skipVersionCheck, page 822. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> checkoutcontainer (type dmc_rm_formal_record) Purpose Container for the checkout process for dmc_rm_formal_record objects.<br /> <br /> 1302<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> declareformalrecord (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\checkout\checkoutcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition checkoutcontainer:/webcomponent/config/library/contenttransfer/checkout/checkoutcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_formal_record<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. service See service, page 820. ucfrequired See ucfrequired, page 824.<br /> <br /> declareformalrecord (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Declare, that is, createformal record objects from existing objects. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1303<br /> <br /> declareFormalRecordContainer (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\declarerecord\declareformalrecord_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> declareFormalRecordContainer (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Container for the declareformalrecord (entitlement recordsmanager) component. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Optional) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> 1304<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> leplanlocator (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\declarerecord\declareformalrecordcontainer_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newdoccontainer:webcomponent/config/library/create/newdoccontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> leplanlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Enables selection of a file plan in which to place a record. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1305<br /> <br /> leplanlocator (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\fileplan_locator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition allfolderlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/folderlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_folder</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> 1306<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> leplanlocatorcontainer (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> leplanlocatorcontainer (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Container for the fileplanlocator component. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\fileplan_locator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition folderlocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/folderlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> leplanmyobjectlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Displays all file plan objects that are owned by the user. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1307<br /> <br /> leplanmyobjectlocator (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from myobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ myobjectlocator_component.xml. See myobjectlocator, page 1238.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\fileplan_locator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/myobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808.<br /> <br /> 1308<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> leplansubscriptionlocator (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811. objecttype <objecttype>dm_folder</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> leplansubscriptionlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Displays a user’s subscribed file plans. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ subscriptionlocator_component.xml. See subscriptionlocator, page 1405.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\fileplan_locator_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1309<br /> <br /> leplansubscriptionlocator (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> Parent Denition subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/subscriptionlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_folder</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinet_visible See privatecabinet_visible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> 1310<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> formalrecordcombocontainer (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> formalrecordcombocontainer (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Enables a user to perform multi-select operations on formal record objects. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\declarerecord\formalrecordcombocontainer_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1311<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_rm_formal_record)<br /> <br /> properties (type dmc_rm_formal_record) Purpose Enables users to view and change properties of dmc_rm_formal_record objects. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_ component.xml. See properties, page 913.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\declarerecord\formalrecord_properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/properties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_rm_formal_record<br /> <br /> Elements commitorder See commitorder, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from properties:webcomponent/config/library/properties/ properties_component.xml. See properties, page 913. setrepositoryfromobjectid See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820.<br /> <br /> 1312<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> recordattributes<br /> <br /> recordattributes Purpose Displays the attributes of formal record objects in a form based on a form template. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from xforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/xforms_component.xml. See xforms, page 1743.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\declarerecord\attribute_rm_formalrecord_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition xforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/xforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> recordlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Locator for formal record objects. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1313<br /> <br /> recordlocator (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the source formal record object of the create relationship action. This formal record will be excluded from the list of formal records, since an object cannot have a relationship to itself.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\rm_record_locator_container.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible><br /> <br /> 1314<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> recordlocatorcontainer (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> recordlocatorcontainer (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Container for the recordlocator (entitlement recordsmanager), recordmyobjectlocator (entitlement recordsmanager), and recordsubscriptionlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) components. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID for the formal record that is the parent of the relationship to create.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1315<br /> <br /> recordmyobjectlocator (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\rm_record_locator_container.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> recordmyobjectlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Displays all formal record objects owned by a user. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from myobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ myobjectlocator_component.xml. See myobjectlocator, page 1238.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1316<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> recordmyobjectlocator (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\rm_record_locator_container.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/myobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1317<br /> <br /> recordsubscriptionlocator (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> recordsubscriptionlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose Displays all formal record objects to which a user is subscribed. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ subscriptionlocator_component.xml. See subscriptionlocator, page 1405.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\rm_record_locator_container.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/subscriptionlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> 1318<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> recordsubscriptionlocator (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinet_visible See privatecabinet_visible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1319<br /> <br /> view_record_relationships (entitlement recordsmanager)<br /> <br /> view_record_relationships (entitlement recordsmanager) Purpose View relationships between records. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the source record.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\relationships\record_relationships.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectgrid:/webcomponent/config/navigation/objectgrid/objectgrid_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. header See header, page 807. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> 1320<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewContainedInFormalRecords (entitlement recordsmanager) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> viewContainedInFormalRecords (entitlement recordsmanager) (Webtop) Purpose View a list of formal record objects that contain a specified object. Requires a Records Manager license.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object contained within the formal record objects to display.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\view_contained_in_formal_records.xml<br /> <br /> Scope entitlement<br /> <br /> recordsmanager<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1321<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentlocator (type rm_classication_guide)<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentlocator (type rm_classication_ guide) Purpose This component is a locator specialized for locating document attachments based on the rm_classification_guide type.<br /> <br /> Parameters objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\classification_guide_locator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition xformsattachmentlocator:webcomponent/config/xforms/locator/xformsattachmentlocator_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> rm_classification_guide<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> 1322<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentlocator (type rm_dod5015ch4record)<br /> <br /> containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>rm_classification_guide</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentlocator (type rm_ dod5015ch4record) Purpose Locator that locates document attachments for objects of the rm_dod5015ch4record type.<br /> <br /> Parameters objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1323<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentlocator (type rm_dod5015ch4record)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\records\locator\original_classified_records_locator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition xformsattachmentlocator:webcomponent/config/xforms/locator/xformsattachmentlocator_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> rm_dod5015ch4record<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate.<br /> <br /> 1324<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> deleterelation (type dm_document)<br /> <br /> privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818.<br /> <br /> Relationships between objects deleterelation (type dm_document) Purpose Deletes an existing relation (dm_relation) between two dm_document objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters relationObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_relation object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\delete\deleterelation_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_document<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1325<br /> <br /> newrelation (type dm_document)<br /> <br /> newrelation (type dm_document) Purpose Creates a new relation (dm_relation) between two dm_document objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters childObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the child object in the relation.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the parent object in the relation.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\create\newrelation_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_document<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newrelationcontainer Purpose Container for newrelation (type dm_document), page 1326 component, which creates a new relation (dm_relation) between two dm_document objects.<br /> <br /> 1326<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newrelationcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters childObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the child object in the relation.<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which to begin the search.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the parent object in the relation.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> repository<br /> <br /> (Optional) Repoitory in which to search.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\create\newrelationcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1327<br /> <br /> relationships (Webtop)<br /> <br /> relationships (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK relationships component and lists the sysobjects to which the source sysobject has a relationship (dm_relation object).<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from relationships:/webcomponent/config/library/relationships/ relationships_component.xml. See relationships, page 1082.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\relationships_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition relationships:/webcomponent/config/library/relationships/relationships_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> 1328<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> renditions (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Renditions renditions (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Extends objectgrid, page 1170 and lists the renditions of an object. This component is defined with dm_sysobject scope. For dm_folder objects it is specifically not defined, so that the renditions component is not available for folders.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of content to be rendered.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be rendered.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\renditions\renditions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectgrid:/webcomponent/config/navigation/objectgrid/objectgrid_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1329<br /> <br /> renditions (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> header See header, page 807. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> renditions (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK renditions component and lists the renditions of an object. This component is defined with dm_sysobject scope.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from renditions:/webcomponent/config/library/renditions/renditions_ component.xml. See renditions (type dm_sysobject), page 1329.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\renditions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition renditions:/webcomponent/config/library/renditions/renditions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Usage For dm_folder objects, this component is specifically not defined, so that the renditions component is not available for folders.<br /> <br /> 1330<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> changehomedocbase<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> Repository changehomedocbase Purpose Changes the user’s home docbase. The component offers the choice of running the associated job immediately or waiting until the scheduled job.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the new home repository<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) User name<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\changehomedocbase_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1331<br /> <br /> changepassword<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> changepassword Purpose The component provides a user interface and functionality that allow users to change their repository passwords. The login and changepassword components are the only two Documentum components that do not require a Documentum connection.<br /> <br /> Parameters docbase<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the repository in which the user is changing the password<br /> <br /> domain<br /> <br /> (Optional) Network domain for the repository<br /> <br /> username<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of user who is changing the password<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\changepassword_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements editableusername <editableusername>true</editableusername><br /> <br /> Boolean. True to allow the username to be edited.<br /> <br /> 1332<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> conguredocbroker<br /> <br /> conguredocbroker Purpose This component allows the user to select the connection brokers that will supply repositories for login. A dropdown list of connection brokers that are specified in the application server dmcl.ini file is displayed. The user can enter the name of another connection broker to the list. The component verifies the existence and connection to connection brokers when the user clicks OK.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\configuredocbroker_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> launchrepositoryselector Purpose This component is nested in the locatorcontainer component to call the launchauthenticate action.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1333<br /> <br /> repositoryselector<br /> <br /> Parameters suppressLoginEvent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether to fire the loginSuccess or loginCancel client events after the login dialog has been dismissed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\launchrepositoryselector_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> repositoryselector Purpose This component allows the user to select a repository to be added to a list of preferred repositories. Like the login component, this component and its container are listed in Environment.properties as non_docbase_components. Displays visible repositories for the list of connection brokers. The user can manually enter the name of a connection broker to select a repository that connects to that broker.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1334<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> repositoryselectorcontainer<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\repositoryselector_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> repositoryselectorcontainer Purpose A container that enables selection of a content repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\repositoryselectorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1335<br /> <br /> setretentiondate (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Retention Policy Services setretentiondate (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Sets a retention date for the object in its storage location. The action is executed asynchronously.<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of user who has checked out the document<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object for which the retention date is set.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\retentiondate\setretentiondate_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1336<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> advsearch<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Caller Not called in Webtop.<br /> <br /> Elements asynchronous See asynchronous, page 795.<br /> <br /> Search advsearch Purpose WDK 5.3 advanced search allows a user to select type, type attributes, and location for search. The data dictionary supplies searchable types and attributes as well as value assistance (except conditional value assistance). Search results display columns are configured in the search column and can be selected by users in the display_preferences component UI.<br /> <br /> Parameters drilldown<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to use the drilldown view by default to display the search results. This parameter is set to false in Webtop when the user selects classic view in preferences.<br /> <br /> folderpath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Used to populate the radio button that displays the current location<br /> <br /> includetypes<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited list of object types to display for search. Subtypes of the selected type will also be searched. Overrides the default set in the <includetypes> element.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1337<br /> <br /> advsearch<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the object id of the saved search to be revised<br /> <br /> query<br /> <br /> (Optional) Full-text query string<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Internally used to identify the current search context<br /> <br /> showwait<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether to show the wait page for a non-DQL query. By default, the wait page is displayed.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Initial search type, defaults to the first type in includetypes<br /> <br /> usedocumentpresetfilter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to activate the use of the type filter preset element from the newDocument component. This element overrides the includetypes element value. Since 6.0 SP1.<br /> <br /> usepreviousinput<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to restore previous search criteria input, if possible<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\advsearch_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. includetypes See includetypes, page 809. This element value is not used if <usedocumentpresetfilter> is set to true.<br /> <br /> 1338<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> advsearch (Webtop)<br /> <br /> usedocumentpresetlter Since 6.0 SP1. Set to true to use the Types preset rule (which is also used by the newdocument component) to limit the displayed types in the Object Types field; the includetypes element value is ignored. Set to false to use the includetypes element value. Default is false.<br /> <br /> advsearch (Webtop) Purpose The Webtop 5.3 advanced search allows a user to select type, type attributes, and location for search. The data dictionary supplies searchable types and attributes as well as value assistance (except conditional value assistance). Search results display columns are configured in the search column and can be selected by users in the display_preferences component UI.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from advsearch:webcomponent/config/library/search/searchex/ advsearch_component.xml. See advsearch, page 1337.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\advsearchex_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition advsearch:webcomponent/config/library/search/searchex/advsearch_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1339<br /> <br /> advsearchcontainer<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from advsearch:webcomponent/config/library/search/searchex/ advsearch_component.xml. See advsearch, page 1337. includetypes This element structure is inherited from advsearch:webcomponent/config/library/search/searchex/ advsearch_component.xml. See advsearch, page 1337. usedocumentpresetlter This element structure is inherited from advsearch:webcomponent/config/library/search/searchex/ advsearch_component.xml. See advsearch, page 1337.<br /> <br /> advsearchcontainer Purpose Contains the WDK 5.3 search components.<br /> <br /> Parameters basetype<br /> <br /> (Optional) The base object type used to populate the available search types<br /> <br /> component<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the component within the container<br /> <br /> drilldown<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to use the drilldown view by default to display the search results. This parameter is set to false in Webtop when the user selects classic view in preferences.<br /> <br /> folderpath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the initial folder path for the search location. This value is used if the user has not set a search location preference.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the object id of the saved search to be revised<br /> <br /> 1340<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> advsearchcontainer (version 5.2.5)<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Internally used to identify the current search context<br /> <br /> showwait<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Initial search type, defaults to the basetype<br /> <br /> usepreviousinput<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to restore previous search criteria input, if possible<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\advsearchcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> advsearchcontainer (version 5.2.5) Purpose WDK 5.2.5 component that contains the search components advsearch and savedsearches. This component cannot be addressed directly, but it is present to support custom components that extend it.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1341<br /> <br /> allsavedsearches<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the component within the container to be initially displayed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\advsearchcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope version<br /> <br /> 5.2.5<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> allsavedsearches Purpose Lists all dm_smartlist objects for which the user has access. The user can revise (if permitted), execute, view properties, and delete (if permitted).<br /> <br /> 1342<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_externalresult)<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\allsavedsearches_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> attributes (type dm_externalresult) Purpose This component allows the user to view name and URL for an object that is in an external source, returned by a query. Note that dm_externalresult is not a real docbase type, but a pseudotype used only in the WDK for scoping.<br /> <br /> Parameters entryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internal key to the query results.<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internally used to identify the current search context<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1343<br /> <br /> changesearchsources<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\attributes\attributes_dm_externalresult_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_externalresult<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> changesearchsources Purpose Enables a user to change the repositories to search.<br /> <br /> Parameters searchsources<br /> <br /> (Optional) A semicolon-separated list of repositories to search in the format source:path<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\changesearchsources\changesearchsources_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1344<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> deletesmartlistcontainer (type dm_smart_list)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> deletesmartlistcontainer (type dm_smart_list) Purpose This component is the component container used to delete dm_smart_list objects (saved search objects)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\delete\deletesmartlistcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_smart_list<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1345<br /> <br /> dqlsavesearchdelegate<br /> <br /> propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. setrepositoryfromobjectid See setrepositoryfromobjectid, page 820.<br /> <br /> dqlsavesearchdelegate Purpose Calls the WDK 5.2.x savesearch component. You can use this component to call the WDK 5.2.x savesearch. Alternatively, you can call the new savesearch component without the queryId parameter to use the 5.2.x savesearch component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\savesearch\savesearchex\dqlsavesearchdelegate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition savesearch:webcomponent/config/library/savesearch/savesearch_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1346<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> dqlsearchdelegate (Webtop)<br /> <br /> dqlsearchdelegate (Webtop) Purpose This component invokes the 5.2.x search component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from search:webcomponent/config/library/search/search_component. xml. See .<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\dqlsearchdelegate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition search:webtop/config/search_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns_list See columns_list, page 798.<br /> <br /> mysavedsearches Purpose Lists all dm_smartlist objects that are owned by the user. The user can revise , execute, view properties, and delete.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1347<br /> <br /> portalsearch<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\mysavedsearches_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> portalsearch Purpose Enables searching repositories for portal users. For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters drilldown<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> showwait<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1348<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> portalsearchcontainer<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\portalsearch_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> portalsearchcontainer Purpose Container for the portalsearch component. For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters drilldown<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> showwait<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\portalsearchcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1349<br /> <br /> resultshandling_preferences<br /> <br /> Elements bindingcomponentversion See bindingcomponentversion, page 796. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> resultshandling_preferences Purpose Enables users to dynamically display asynchronous search results by arrival order or by relevancy criteria.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\search\results\resultshandling_preferences.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements insertionmethod <insertionmethod>dynamic_order</insertionmethod><br /> <br /> Specifies the default insertion method. Valid values are:<br /> <br /> 1350<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> savedsearches (version 5.2.5)<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> arrival_order: Results are inserted according to their order of arrival.<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> dynamic_order: Results are inserted dynamically according to sort criteria.<br /> <br /> savedsearches (version 5.2.5) Purpose This is the WDK 5.2.5 savedsearches component that supports operations on saved searches. The user can execute the saved search by viewing it from a folder or object list or by selecting the savedsearches component within advanced search. This component cannot be called by URL, but it can be extended by a custom component.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\savedsearches_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope version<br /> <br /> 5.2.5<br /> <br /> Elements querylterset 1 <queryfilterset> 2<queryfilter> 3<displayname> 4<nlsid>MSG_MY_SAVEDSEARCHES</nlsid> </displayname> 5<dqlfilter>where owner_name=user</dqlfilter> </queryfilter> ...<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1351<br /> <br /> savesearch<br /> <br /> </queryfilterset><br /> <br /> savesearch Purpose Creates a dm_smart_list object. The user is presented with a dropdown list to select the content repository where the search will be stored. The repository is saved as a user preference. If the authentication for the selected repository fails or the user cancels authentication, the current repository is selected. The search is saved within a folder named Saved Searches in the user’s home cabinet. (The folder is created if it does not exist.)<br /> <br /> Parameters queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) The object id of the current search, an internal parameter to enable sharing of the query context between search components. If the parameter does not exist, the 5.2.5 save search component is called.??<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\savesearch\savesearchex\savesearch_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements enablesavingsearchresults <enablesavingsearchresults>true</enablesavingsearchresults><br /> <br /> 1352<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> savesearch (version 5.2.5)<br /> <br /> If the tag is set to true, a panel is displayed in SaveSearchEx component with two checkboxes. One checkbox enables the user choose to include results in the saved search and the other one enables the user to choose whether the save search must be public or not. If no tag is specified, the feature is enabled by default. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. includeresults <includeresults>true</includeresults><br /> <br /> If the savingSearchResults feature is enabled, default values for includeresults and makepublic checkboxes can be set by using the includeresults and makepublic tags. If no tags are specified, it uses default values: true for includeresults and false for makepublic. If the savingSearchResults feature is disabled, then these values are ignored.<br /> <br /> savesearch (version 5.2.5) Purpose This is the 5.2.5 savesearch component, present for backward compatibility. Saves a performed search as a dm_query object. The search is saved within a folder named Saved Searches in the user’s home cabinet. (The folder is created if it does not exist.)<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\savesearch\savesearch_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1353<br /> <br /> savesearchcontainer<br /> <br /> Scope version<br /> <br /> 5.2.5<br /> <br /> Usage If your custom WDK 5.2.x component extends this component, it will use this component definition. If your application simply calls savesearch, you will get the 5.3 component.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> savesearchcontainer Purpose This container extends dialogcontainer and contains the 5.3 savesearch component. It allows authentication in the container initialization.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\savesearch\savesearchex\savesearchcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1354<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> savesearchtemplate<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> savesearchtemplate Purpose Creates in the current repository a search template from a search.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the search template object to create.<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internal ID assigned to the search.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchtemplate\savesearchtemplate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1355<br /> <br /> search<br /> <br /> search Purpose The search component performs a search query on the current repository for the supplied string of keywords or other type of query input. This component displays the search results; can also display cluster results. Searches in indexed attributes as well as full-text.<br /> <br /> Parameters clusterId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the ClusterInfo structure, which contains cluster results, to display instead of the global results list. A ClusterInfo structure’s ID is generated by a ClusterTree control in a ClusterTreeGroup control.Requires Enterprise Content Integration (ECI) Services. Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> drilldown<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to use the drilldown view by default to display the search results. This parameter is set to false in Webtop when the user selects classic view in preferences.<br /> <br /> query<br /> <br /> (Required) DQL query (for queryType = dql) or search string (for queryType = string)<br /> <br /> queryType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the type of query. Valid values: string (one or more full-text search keywords) | objectId (of a saved search) | querydef (string consisting of smartlist content) | queryId (internal ID for the current query to be revised) | null (DQL)<br /> <br /> showwait<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\search60_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1356<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> search<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage Results columns are configured in this component, even results for advanced search. You can scope this component to display results columns for various object types. Add a column element for each custom attribute to the scoped definition. A faster query that overrides the full-text string query uses the DQL query type. If you supply a null value for queryType and supply a DQL string for the query attribute, the query is passed to the 5.2.5 search component. This component is limited to single-repository queries, and the user cannot configure search results columns. The results are limited to the display of dm_sysobject attributes, which are configurable in the 5.2.x search component definition.??<br /> <br /> Elements columns_drilldown See columns_drilldown, page 799. columns_list See columns_list, page 798. defaultsources See defaultsources, page 803. displayresultspath See displayresultspath, page 803. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. highlight_matching_terms See highlight_matching_terms, page 808. type See type, page 824.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1357<br /> <br /> search_preferences<br /> <br /> search_preferences Purpose Container for user preferences related to search.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\search\search_preferences_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> search (version 5.3) Purpose The Webtop 5.3 search component performs a search query on the current repository for the supplied string of keywords or other type of query input. This component displays the search results. Searches in indexed attributes as well as full-text. Can be overridden by calling it with a null queryType parameter and supplying a DQL string for the query attribute.<br /> <br /> 1358<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> search (version 5.3)<br /> <br /> Parameters clusterId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the ClusterInfo structure, which contains cluster results, to display instead of the global results list. A ClusterInfo structure’s ID is generated by a ClusterTree control in a ClusterTreeGroup control.Requires Enterprise Content Integration (ECI) Services. Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> drilldown<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to use the drilldown view by default to display the search results. This parameter is set to false in Webtop when the user selects classic view in preferences.<br /> <br /> query<br /> <br /> (Required) DQL query (for queryType = dql) or search string (for queryType = string)<br /> <br /> queryType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the type of query. Valid values: string (one or more full-text search keywords) | objectId (of a saved search) | querydef (string consisting of smartlist content) | queryId (internal ID for the current query to be revised) | null (DQL)<br /> <br /> showwait<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\search_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope version<br /> <br /> 5.3<br /> <br /> Usage For backward compatibility.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1359<br /> <br /> search (version 5.3) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Elements columns_drilldown See columns_drilldown, page 799. columns_list See columns_list, page 798. columns_saved_search See columns_saved_search, page 800. defaultsources See defaultsources, page 803. displayresultspath See displayresultspath, page 803. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. highlight_matching_terms See highlight_matching_terms, page 808. type See type, page 824.<br /> <br /> search (version 5.3) (Webtop) Purpose The Webtop 5.3 search component performs a search query on the current repository for the supplied string of keywords or other type of query input. This component displays the search results. Searches in indexed attributes as well as full-text. Can be overridden by calling it with a null queryType parameter and supplying a DQL string for the query attribute.<br /> <br /> 1360<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> search (version 5.3) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from search:webcomponent/config/library/search/searchex/search_ component.xml. See search (version 5.3), page 1358.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\searchex_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition search:webcomponent/config/library/search/searchex/search_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope version<br /> <br /> 5.3<br /> <br /> Elements columns_drilldown See columns_drilldown, page 799. columns_list See columns_list, page 798. columns_saved_search See columns_saved_search, page 800. defaultsources See defaultsources, page 803. displayresultspath See displayresultspath, page 803. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1361<br /> <br /> search (Webtop)<br /> <br /> failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from search:webcomponent/config/library/search/searchex/search_ component.xml. See search (version 5.3), page 1358. highlight_matching_terms See highlight_matching_terms, page 808. type See type, page 824.<br /> <br /> search (Webtop) Purpose This component displays the search results on indexed attributes as well as full-text.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from search:webcomponent/config/library/search/searchex/search60_ component.xml. See search, page 1356.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\search60_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition search:webcomponent/config/library/search/searchex/search60_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1362<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchcontainer<br /> <br /> Usage You can override the default behavior by using a null queryType parameter and supplying a DQL string for the query attribute.<br /> <br /> Elements columns_drilldown See columns_drilldown, page 799. columns_list See columns_list, page 798. defaultsources See defaultsources, page 803. displayresultspath See displayresultspath, page 803. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from search:webcomponent/config/library/search/searchex/ search60_component.xml. See search, page 1356. highlight_matching_terms See highlight_matching_terms, page 808. type See type, page 824.<br /> <br /> searchcontainer Purpose This is the WDK 5.2.5 search container component. It cannot be addressed by URL, but it can be extended by your custom component for backward compatibility.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1363<br /> <br /> searchitems<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition nestedcomponentcontainer:wdk/config/nestedcomponentcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> searchitems Purpose Calls the searchstoreclassic, page 1372 or searchstoretemplate, page 1374 component.<br /> <br /> 1364<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchmonitoring<br /> <br /> Parameters compselection<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the the searchstoreclassic, page 1372 (searchstoreclassic) or searchstoretemplate, page 1374 (searchstoretemplate) component is displayed. Default depends on the preferences (that is, the last displayed component). If preferences is not set, then the searchstoreclassic component is displayed. The searchstoreclassic component is only displayed when the ECI option is installed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\searchitems_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> searchmonitoring Purpose Displays the current search’s repository and external sources and their status, including real-time graphics and text data.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1365<br /> <br /> searchmonitoring<br /> <br /> Parameters page<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the query to display. Valid value is a queryId in the com.documentum. webcomponent.library.search.SearchInfo class. Default is the most recent queryId value in SearchInfo class.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\searchmonitoring_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage Status information includes: •<br /> <br /> Number of results returned by each source<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> Original query (if available)<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> Source status (including a detailed error message when the search fails for a source)<br /> <br /> Figure 1, page 1367 shows the animation for in-progress real-time stack graphics: •<br /> <br /> ECIDEV1: One stack (0 results)<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> MSSQL53SP4ECI9: Two stacks (the first one for 0 results and the second one for 9 results)<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> ORA53SP1ECI5: Three stacks (the first one for 0 results, the second stack for 50 results, and the third stack for 42 results).<br /> <br /> 1366<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchmonitoring<br /> <br /> Figure 1. In-progress real-time search monitoring<br /> <br /> Figure 2, page 1368 shows the animation after results have been completely returned: •<br /> <br /> ECIDEV1: Three stacks (the first one for 0 results, the second stack for 50 results, and the third stack for 283 results)<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> MSSQL53SP4ECI9: Two stacks (the first one for 0 results and the second one for 9 results)<br /> <br /> •<br /> <br /> ORA53SP1ECI5: Three stacks (the first one for 0 results, the second stack for 50 results, and the third stack for 42 results)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1367<br /> <br /> searchmonitoring<br /> <br /> Figure 2. Completed real-time search monitoring<br /> <br /> Elements animation_max_results_heap_1 <animation_max_results_heap_1 rel="nofollow">0</animation_max_results_heap_1><br /> <br /> Maximum number of results that the first stack (heap) graphic represents for a source. Valid values are positive integers. Default is 0. animation_max_results_heap_2 <animation_max_results_heap_2 rel="nofollow">50</animation_max_results_heap_2><br /> <br /> Maximum number of results that the second stack (heap) graphic represents for a source. Valid values are positive integers starting after the animation_max_results_heap_1 parameter value. Default is 50. The maximum number of stack graphics displayed for a source is three. The third stack graphic represents the remainder of the search results.<br /> <br /> 1368<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchmonitoringcontainer<br /> <br /> failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. refresh_timeout <refresh_timeout>3500</refresh_timeout><br /> <br /> Interval (in milliseconds) between refreshes of the animation of the real-time graphics.<br /> <br /> searchmonitoringcontainer Purpose Contains the searchmonitoring, page 1365 component to display the current search’s repository and external sources and their status, including real-time graphics and text data.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\searchmonitoringcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1369<br /> <br /> searchsources_preferences<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> searchsources_preferences Purpose Enables the user to select repositories for their search preference. Users can select external sources if ECI Services is installed.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\searchsources\searchsources_preferences_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements preferences See preferences, page 814.<br /> <br /> 1370<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchstatus<br /> <br /> searchstatus Purpose Lists each repository and external source that is used for the current search and gives the status of each source.<br /> <br /> Parameters queryId<br /> <br /> (Optional) The object id of the current search, an internal parameter to enable sharing of the query context between search components.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\searchstatus_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> searchstatuscontainer Purpose Contains one or more search status components.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1371<br /> <br /> searchstoreclassic<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\searchstatuscontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> searchstoreclassic Purpose In classic view, enables users to view, delete, execute a search on, and view properties of existing user (or all public) dm_smartlist objects, and modify new dm_smart_list objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1372<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchstorestreamline<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\searchstore_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns_all_saved_searches See columns_all_saved_searches, page 798. columns_my_saved_searches See columns_my_saved_searches, page 799. defaultview See defaultview, page 803. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> searchstorestreamline Purpose In streamline view, enables users to view, delete, execute a search on, and view properties of existing user (or all public) dm_smartlist objects, and modify new dm_smart_list objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1373<br /> <br /> searchstoretemplate<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\searchstorestreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns_all_saved_searches See columns_all_saved_searches, page 798. columns_my_saved_searches See columns_my_saved_searches, page 799. defaultview See defaultview, page 803. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> searchstoretemplate Purpose Lists end-user or all public search_template objects, enables executing search_template objects (that is, run a new search with a search_template object),viewing properties, and deleting search_template objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1374<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchstoretemplate<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchtemplate\searchstoretemplate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns_all_search_templates 1 <columns_all_search_templates> 2<loadinvisibleattribute>true</loadinvisibleattribute> 3<column> 4<attribute rel="nofollow">object_name</attribute> 5<label> <nlsid>MSG_NAME</nlsid> </label> 6<visible>true</visible> </column> ... </columns_all_search_templates><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4 5 6<br /> <br /> Configures the attributes to display for all search templates. Whether to load hidden attributes (true) or not (false). Specifies a column. Specifies the name of the attribute to display in the column. Specifies the text to display as the column head. Whether to display (true) or hide (false) the column.<br /> <br /> columns_my_search_templates 1 <columns_my_search_templates> 2<loadinvisibleattribute>true</loadinvisibleattribute> 3<column> 4<attribute rel="nofollow">object_name</attribute> 5<label> <nlsid>MSG_NAME</nlsid> </label> 6<visible>true</visible> </column> ... </columns_my_search_templates><br /> <br /> 1 Configures the attributes to display for a user’s search templates. 2 Whether to load hidden attributes (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1375<br /> <br /> searchtemplate<br /> <br /> 3 4 5 6<br /> <br /> Specifies a column. Specifies the name of the attribute to display in the column. Specifies the text to display as the column head. Whether to display (true) or hide (false) the column.<br /> <br /> defaultview See defaultview, page 803. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> searchtemplate Purpose Enables executing a search from a search template, displaying a search form from a search template, and creating a search.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required)<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchtemplate\searchtemplate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1376<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> searchtemplatecontainer<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> searchtemplatecontainer Purpose Container for the search template.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchtemplate\searchtemplatecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1377<br /> <br /> viewexternalresult<br /> <br /> viewexternalresult Purpose This is an internal component that is invoked by the view action to view the results of a search on external sources. Failover is not enabled for this component.<br /> <br /> Parameters entryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internal key to the query results.<br /> <br /> queryId<br /> <br /> (Required) Internally used to identify the current search context<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\search\searchex\viewexternalresult_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1378<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> accessoractions<br /> <br /> Security accessoractions Purpose Displays actions for user or group permissions. The available actions are Edit and Remove for the selected accessor.<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of accessor (user or group)<br /> <br /> aceavailableactions<br /> <br /> (Optional) accessor action link list name<br /> <br /> basicpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the basic permit for the accessor. Valid values are 1 (none), 2 (browse), 3 (read), 4 (relate), 5 (version), 6 (write), 7 (delete). Default = 3 (read)<br /> <br /> extpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The extended permission for the accessor. Valid values are EXECUTE_ PROCEDURE_BIT, CHANGE_LOCATION_BIT, CHANGE_STATE_BIT, CHANGE_ PERMISSIONS_BIT, TAKE_OWNERSHIP_BIT. Default = 0 (no extended permissions)<br /> <br /> extpermit_readonly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to disable extended permission controls<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Accessor name<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) String representation of the permission that is being applied to the accessor<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1379<br /> <br /> accessoractionscontainer<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid types of IDfPermit: DF_ACCESS_PERMIT=0DF_EXTENDED_ PERMIT = 1, DF_APPLICATION_PERMIT = 2, DF_ACCESS_RESTRICTION = 3, DF_EXTENDED_RESTRICTION = 4, DF_APPLICATION_RESTRICTION = 5, DF_REQUIRED_GROUP = 6, DF_REQUIRED_GROUP_SET = 7<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\accessoractions\accessoractions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> accessoractionscontainer Purpose Contains the accessoractions component to display actions on accessors (Edit and Remove)<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> 1380<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the contained component<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> aclacelist<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\accessoractions\accessoractionscontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> aclacelist Purpose Displays and allows editing of the current list of accessors (users and groups) and their permissions within access control lists (ACLs, known as permission sets).<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the ACL object to be displayed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1381<br /> <br /> acldelete<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\aclacelist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> acldelete Purpose Deletes access control lists (ACLs, also called permission sets). Not used in Webtop.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the ACL object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acldelete_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1382<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> aclinfo<br /> <br /> aclinfo Purpose Displays and updates the simple (single-valued) attributes of access control lists (ACLs, known as permission sets).<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the ACL object to be displayed and updated.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\aclinfo_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> acllist Purpose Displays repository access control lists (ACLs, known as permission sets) according to various criteria.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1383<br /> <br /> aclobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\acllist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> aclobjectlocator Purpose Locates and selects any ACL in the repository<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display a flat list of all selectable objects.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> 1384<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> aclobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\aclobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition persistentobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/persistentobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements attributes See attributes, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_acl</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1385<br /> <br /> aclobjectlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> aclobjectlocatorcontainer Purpose Container component for locating and selecting any ACL in the repository<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\aclobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> 1386<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> aclproperties<br /> <br /> aclproperties Purpose Allows the user to view the attributes of an access control list (ACL). Contains aclinfo, page 1383 and aclacelist, page 1381.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Specifies the starting component to display (default = aclinfo). The components that should be displayed within this container must be listed as child elements of <contains>.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the ACL object for which attributes are to be displayed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\aclproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition adminpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/admin/container/adminpropertycontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dm_acl</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1387<br /> <br /> aclsaveas<br /> <br /> aclsaveas Purpose Saves an ACL with a new name.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from aclproperties:webcomponent/config/admin/acl/aclproperties_ component.xml. See aclproperties, page 1387.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\aclsaveas_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition aclproperties:webcomponent/config/admin/acl/aclproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dm_acl</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display.<br /> <br /> 1388<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> aclvalidate<br /> <br /> aclvalidate Purpose This component is used to display the accessors for an access control list (ACL). Some features of the UI are turned on only if Trusted Content Services is enabled in the Content Server.<br /> <br /> Parameters validation<br /> <br /> (Required) This is a background parameter passed by the server to the component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\aclvalidate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> aclwhereused Purpose Displays lists of all objects that use specific access control lists.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1389<br /> <br /> addaccessor<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the ACL object for which attributes are to be shown.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\aclwhereused_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> addaccessor Purpose Adds or edits individual accessors and accessor groups, including their permissions, for inclusion in access control lists.<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) The name of the individual or group to be added.<br /> <br /> basicpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the basic permit for the accessor. Valid values are 1 (none), 2 (browse), 3 (read), 4 (relate), 5 (version), 6 (write), 7 (delete). Default = 3 (read)<br /> <br /> 1390<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addaccessor<br /> <br /> extpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The extended permission for the accessor. Valid values are EXECUTE_ PROCEDURE_BIT, CHANGE_LOCATION_BIT, CHANGE_STATE_BIT, CHANGE_ PERMISSIONS_BIT, TAKE_OWNERSHIP_BIT. Default = 0 (no extended permissions)<br /> <br /> extpermit_readonly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to disable extended permission controls<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Accessor name passed from container<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) String representation of the permission that is being applied to the accessor<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid types of IDfPermit: DF_ACCESS_PERMIT=0DF_EXTENDED_ PERMIT = 1, DF_APPLICATION_PERMIT = 2, DF_ACCESS_RESTRICTION = 3, DF_EXTENDED_RESTRICTION = 4, DF_APPLICATION_RESTRICTION = 5, DF_REQUIRED_GROUP = 6, DF_REQUIRED_GROUP_SET = 7<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\addaccessor_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1391<br /> <br /> admindelete<br /> <br /> admindelete Purpose Enables the administrator to delete an ACL<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the object to be deleted.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the ACL.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Required) Object type of the ACL.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\admindelete\admindelete_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> aliassetobjectlocator Purpose Selects any alias set in the repository<br /> <br /> 1392<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> aliassetobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Parameters multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\aliassetobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition persistentobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/persistentobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements attributes See attributes, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_alias_set</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1393<br /> <br /> aliassetobjectlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> aliassetobjectlocatorcontainer Purpose Selects any alias set in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\aliassetobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> extendedaddaccessor Purpose Adds or edits individual accessors and accessor groups, including their permissions, for inclusion in access control lists. Requires Trusted Content Services for accessor groups.<br /> <br /> 1394<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> extendedaddaccessor<br /> <br /> Parameters accessorName<br /> <br /> (Required) The name of the individual or group to be added.<br /> <br /> basicpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The name of the basic permit for the accessor. Valid values are 1 (none), 2 (browse), 3 (read), 4 (relate), 5 (version), 6 (write), 7 (delete). Default = 3 (read)<br /> <br /> extpermit<br /> <br /> (Optional) The extended permission for the accessor. Valid values are EXECUTE_ PROCEDURE_BIT, CHANGE_LOCATION_BIT, CHANGE_STATE_BIT, CHANGE_ PERMISSIONS_BIT, TAKE_OWNERSHIP_BIT. Default = 0 (no extended permissions)<br /> <br /> extpermit_readonly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to disable extended permission controls<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Accessor name passed from container<br /> <br /> permit<br /> <br /> (Optional) String representation of the permission that is being applied to the accessor<br /> <br /> permitType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid types of IDfPermit: DF_ACCESS_PERMIT=0DF_EXTENDED_ PERMIT = 1, DF_APPLICATION_PERMIT = 2, DF_ACCESS_RESTRICTION = 3, DF_EXTENDED_RESTRICTION = 4, DF_APPLICATION_RESTRICTION = 5, DF_REQUIRED_GROUP = 6, DF_REQUIRED_GROUP_SET = 7<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\acl\extendedaddaccessor_componenet.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1395<br /> <br /> multiobjectspermissions<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> multiobjectspermissions Purpose Displays the permissions for multiple objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from permissions:/webcomponent/config/library/permissions/ extendedpermissions_component.xml. See permissions, page 1398.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\permissions\multiobjectsextendedpermissions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition permissions:/webcomponent/config/library/permissions/extendedpermissions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> 1396<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> nomaclsupport_permissions<br /> <br /> nomaclsupport See nomaclsupport, page 812. permissionsservice See permissionsservice, page 814.<br /> <br /> nomaclsupport_permissions Purpose This is a backup ID for WDK 5.3 that passes the arguments to the standard permissions component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from permissions:webcomponent/config/library/permissions/ extendedpermissions_component.xml. See permissions, page 1398.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\permissions\extendedpermissions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition permissions:webcomponent/config/library/permissions/permissions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1397<br /> <br /> permissions<br /> <br /> permissions Purpose Sets extended permissions on objects using Trusted Content Services when that feature is enabled for the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\permissions\extendedpermissions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. nomaclsupport See nomaclsupport, page 812. permissionsservice See permissionsservice, page 814.<br /> <br /> 1398<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> permissions (version 5.2.5)<br /> <br /> permissions (version 5.2.5) Purpose Sets permissions on objects. This component is the 5.2.5 version and cannot be launched directly. If your custom component extends this component, it will continued to work until you migrate it to 5.3.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the ACL<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\permissions\permissions_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope version<br /> <br /> 5.2.5<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1399<br /> <br /> documentsubscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> Subscriptions documentsubscriptionlocator Purpose Extends the component subscriptionlocator, page 1405 and locates objects of type dm_document to which the user has subscribed.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ subscriptionlocator_component.xml. See subscriptionlocator, page 1405.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\documentlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/subscriptionlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> 1400<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> foldersubscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinet_visible See privatecabinet_visible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> foldersubscriptionlocator Purpose Extends the component subscriptionlocator, page 1405 and locates subscribed folders.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ subscriptionlocator_component.xml. See subscriptionlocator, page 1405.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1401<br /> <br /> foldersubscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\folderlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/subscriptionlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_folder</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinet_visible See privatecabinet_visible, page 818. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>true</privatecabinetvisible><br /> <br /> 1402<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> subscribeotherslocator<br /> <br /> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> subscribeotherslocator Purpose Locator that displays all users except the current user; used by a user to subscribe other users to objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\subscription\subscribeotherslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition useronlylocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/useronlylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1403<br /> <br /> subscribeotherslocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> subscribeotherslocatorcontainer Purpose Container for the subscribeotherslocator, page 1403 component.<br /> <br /> Parameters componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\subscription\subscribeotherslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1404<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> subscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> Parent Denition useronlylocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/useronlylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> subscriptionlocator Purpose Extends sysobjectlocator, page 1077 and locates and displays a user’s subscriptions.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\subscriptionlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1405<br /> <br /> subscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinet_visible See privatecabinet_visible, page 818. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818.<br /> <br /> 1406<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> subscriptions_classic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> subscriptions_classic (Webtop) Purpose Displays subscriptions of the current session user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\subscriptions_classic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition subscriptions_list:/webcomponent/config/library/subscription/subscriptions_list_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from subscriptions_list:/webcomponent/config/library/subscription/ subscriptions_list_component.xml. See subscriptions_list, page 1409.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1407<br /> <br /> subscriptions_drilldown<br /> <br /> objecttype <objecttype>dm_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showlters See showfilters, page 821. showfolders See showfolders, page 821.<br /> <br /> subscriptions_drilldown Purpose Displays subscriptions of the current session user. Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\subscription\subscriptions_drilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1408<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> subscriptions_list<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. preferences See preferences, page 814.<br /> <br /> subscriptions_list Purpose Displays subscriptions of the current session user.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\subscription\subscriptions_list_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1409<br /> <br /> subscriptions_streamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_document</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showlters See showfilters, page 821. showfolders See showfolders, page 821.<br /> <br /> subscriptions_streamline (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK subscriptions_drilldown component and displays subscriptions of the current session user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1410<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> taskmgrclassic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\subscriptions_streamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition subscriptions_drilldown:/webcomponent/config/library/subscription/subscriptions_drilldown_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from subscriptions_drilldown:/webcomponent/config/library/ subscription/subscriptions_drilldown_component.xml. See subscriptions_list, page 1409. preferences See preferences, page 814.<br /> <br /> Task manager taskmgrclassic (Webtop) Purpose Displays the info tab in the taskmanager component group. It is the main component in the group of task manager components, which are contained in the taskmanagercontainer component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1411<br /> <br /> taskmgrclassic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\taskmgrclassic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition taskmanager:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/taskmanager/taskmanager_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from taskmanager:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/ taskmanager/taskmanager_component.xml. See taskmanager, page 1635. formsavefolderpath See formsavefolderpath, page 807. showusertimeandcost See showusertimeandcost, page 822.<br /> <br /> 1412<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> taskmgrstreamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> taskmgrstreamline (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK taskmanager component and displays the info tab in the taskmanager component group. It is the main component in the group of task manager components, which are contained in the taskmanagercontainer component.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\taskmgrstreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition taskmanager:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/taskmanager/taskmanager_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from taskmanager:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/ taskmanager/taskmanager_component.xml. See taskmanager, page 1635. formsavefolderpath See formsavefolderpath, page 807. showusertimeandcost See showusertimeandcost, page 822.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1413<br /> <br /> actionbuttonlisttest<br /> <br /> Testing actionbuttonlisttest Purpose Tests action button list controls<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> actionbuttontest Purpose Tests action button controls<br /> <br /> 1414<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> actionlinklisttest<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> actionlinklisttest Purpose Tests action link list controls<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1415<br /> <br /> actionlinktest<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> actionlinktest Purpose Tests action link controls<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1416<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> actionmenuitemtest<br /> <br /> actionmenuitemtest Purpose Tests action menu item controls<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> actionmultiselecttest Purpose Tests action multiselect controls.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1417<br /> <br /> compiletest<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> compiletest Purpose Tests whether a WDK Automated Test Framework test case file compiles.<br /> <br /> Parameters file<br /> <br /> (Required) Path to the test case file to compile.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\compiletest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1418<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> componentincludetest<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> componentincludetest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> componenttestbed Purpose Obsolete component that was used to test WDK 5.1 components.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1419<br /> <br /> componenturltest<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\componentTestbed\testbed_index_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> componenturltest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1420<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> congservicemaintest<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> congservicemaintest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Full repository path to the folder.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1421<br /> <br /> congservicetest<br /> <br /> congservicetest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters testInstructs<br /> <br /> (Optional) Instructions for testing.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> deneuieldvalidation Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> 1422<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docbaseattributeedittest<br /> <br /> Parameters controlTestId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> optArgs<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> uniqueFormId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\test\defineuifieldvalidation_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> docbaseattributeedittest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters testInstructs<br /> <br /> (Optional) Instructions for testing.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1423<br /> <br /> docbaseattributelabeltest<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docbaseattributelabeltest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1424<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docbaseattributelistmaintest<br /> <br /> docbaseattributelistmaintest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docbaseattributelisttest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1425<br /> <br /> docbaseattributetest<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docbaseattributetest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1426<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docbaseattributevalidatortest<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docbaseattributevalidatortest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1427<br /> <br /> docbaseattributevaluetest<br /> <br /> docbaseattributevaluetest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docbasefoldertreetest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1428<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docbaseicontest<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docbaseicontest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1429<br /> <br /> docbaselockicontest<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docbaselockicontest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1430<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docbaseobjectMainTest<br /> <br /> docbaseobjectMainTest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docbaseobjecttest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1431<br /> <br /> docbaseobjectvalidatortest<br /> <br /> Parameters lifecycleId<br /> <br /> (Optional) r_object_id of the document lifecycle to which the object is attached.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) r_object_id of the object to be tested.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docbaseobjectvalidatortest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters testInstructs<br /> <br /> 1432<br /> <br /> (Optional) Instructions for testing.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docformatvalueformattertest<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docformatvalueformattertest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1433<br /> <br /> docsizevalueformattertest<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docsizevalueformattertest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> iconwelltest Purpose Tests the iconwell control in the dmf tag library.<br /> <br /> 1434<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> iconwelltest<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) At least one component must be specified as the value of <iconwell>.<id> in the component definition.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\iconwelltest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements iconwell 1 <iconwell> 2<iconwellicon> 3<id>homecabinet_classic</id> 4<icon>icons/iconwell/iconwell_all.gif</icon> 5<label> <nlsid>MSG_HOME_CABINET</nlsid> </label> 6<tooltip> <nlsid>MSG_HOME_CABINET_TIP</nlsid> </tooltip> </iconwellicon> ... 7<normalbgimage>images/iconwell/normalBg.gif</normalbgimage> 8<disabledbgimage>images/iconwell/disabledBg.gif</disabledbgimage> 9<selectedbgimage>images/iconwell/selectedBg.gif</selectedbgimage> 10<highlightedbgimage>images/iconwell/highlightedBg.gif</highlightedbgimage> 11<defaultid>inboxclassic</defaultid> </iconwell><br /> <br /> 1 2 3 4 5 6<br /> <br /> Specifies icons. Specifies one icon. Specifies the component ID. Specifies the relative path to the icon. Specifies the label to display. Specifies the tooltip to display.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1435<br /> <br /> inspector<br /> <br /> 7 Specifies the relative path to the normal background image to display. 8 Specifies the relative path to the disabled background image to display. 9 Specifies the relative path to the selected background image to display. 10 Specifies the relative path to the highlighted background image to display. 11 Specifies the default component ID..<br /> <br /> inspector Purpose Provides functionality to inspect variable values resulting from test execution.<br /> <br /> Parameters controlTestId<br /> <br /> (Required)<br /> <br /> optArgs<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> uniqueFormId<br /> <br /> (Required)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\test\inspector_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements denition <definition> <inputassistanceinspectors> <inspector> <inputassistanceclass>com.documentum.web.test.validation.ui. inputassistance.Checkbox</inputassistanceclass><br /> <br /> 1436<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> inspector<br /> <br /> <class>com.documentum.web.test.validation.ui.inspector.CheckboxInspector</class> <jsp>/wdk/system/test/inputassistance/checkboxInputAssistance.jsp</jsp> </inspector> ... </inputassistanceinspectors> <commomcontrolvalidation> <entry> <field>visible</field> <label> <nlsid>MSG_IS_VISIBLE</nlsid> </label> </entry> ... </commomcontrolvalidation> <commomcontrolidentity> <entry> <field>name</field> </entry> ... </commomcontrolidentity> <valuevalidation> <entry> <field>value</field> <label> <nlsid>MSG_VALUE</nlsid> </label> </entry> </valuevalidation> <dropdownlistvalidation> <entry> <field>size</field> <label> <nlsid>MSG_SIZE</nlsid> </label> </entry> ... </dropdownlistvalidation> <labelvalidation> <entry> <field>label</field> <label> <nlsid>MSG_LABEL</nlsid> </label> </entry> </labelvalidation> <controls> <control> <class>com.documentum.web.formext.control.docbase.DocbaseAttributeLabel</class> <validation> <entry> <reference>commomcontrolvalidation</reference> </entry> <entry> <field>attributeLabel</field> <label> <nlsid>MSG_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL</nlsid> </label><br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1437<br /> <br /> multidocbasetreetest<br /> <br /> </entry> </validation> <identity> <entry> <reference>commomcontrolidentity</reference> </entry> <entry> <field>attribute</field> </entry> </identity> </control> ... </controls> </definition><br /> <br /> multidocbasetreetest Purpose One of a set of components and actions that test controls and actions. This component is used for internal testing at Documentum.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\fxtest_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1438<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> recordertestcasevariables<br /> <br /> recordertestcasevariables Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> ticket<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\recordertestcasevariables_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> recordingurlgenerator Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1439<br /> <br /> showtestcaseresult<br /> <br /> Parameters target<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> ticket<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\recordingurlgenerator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> showtestcaseresult Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters file<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> index<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> ticket<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> 1440<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> showtestresult<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\showtestcaseresult_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> showtestresult Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\test\showtestresult_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1441<br /> <br /> taborderoncomponentinclude<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> taborderoncomponentinclude Purpose For internl use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\samples\samples_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> taborderoncomponentincludetest Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> 1442<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testbed<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\samples\samples_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> testbed Purpose Provides a testing environment for individual actions and components. Any action or component from the WDK library, WDK client application library, or custom library built on WDK can be tested. Also provides a common GUI for test automation.<br /> <br /> Parameters startComp<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the component that will be loaded in the content frame initially. Overrides the value of the <startComp> element.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1443<br /> <br /> testbed_generic<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testbed\testbed_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements homeURL See homeURL, page 808. pageTitle See pageTitle, page 814. startComp See startComp, page 822. startQueryString See startQueryString, page 823.<br /> <br /> testbed_generic Purpose Provides actionlink controls for invoking the actions defined by the application. The component also includes links to navigate to particular components or individual JSP pages. This component works within the menubar frame of the component testbed, page 1443.<br /> <br /> 1444<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testbed (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters cut<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of component to test. Default = attributes<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\componentTestbed\testbed_generic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> testbed (Webtop) Purpose Provides a testing environment for individual actions and components. Any action or component from the WDK library, WDK client application library, Webtop library, or custom library built on WDK and Webtop can be tested. Also provides a common GUI for test automation.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from testbed:webcomponent/config/testbed/testbed_component.xml. See testbed, page 1443.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1445<br /> <br /> testcaseparameters<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\testbed_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition testbed:webcomponent/config/testbed/testbed_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements homeURL See homeURL, page 808. pageTitle See pageTitle, page 814. startComp See startComp, page 822. startQueryString See startQueryString, page 823.<br /> <br /> testcaseparameters Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> 1446<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testiteminfo<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> target<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> ticket<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\testcaseparameters_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> testiteminfo Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters type<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> value<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1447<br /> <br /> testlauncher<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\testiteminfo_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> testlauncher Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters docbase<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> password<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> username<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\testlauncher_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1448<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testlaunchermonitorticker<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> testlaunchermonitorticker Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters ticket<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\testlaunchermonitorticker_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1449<br /> <br /> testlaunchermonitortree<br /> <br /> testlaunchermonitortree Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters ticket<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\testlaunchermonitortree_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> testlinks Purpose Provides actionlink controls for invoking the actions defined by the application. The component also includes links to navigate to particular components or individual JSP pages. This component works within the menubar frame of the component testbed, page 1443.<br /> <br /> 1450<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testlinks<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testbed\testbed_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements actiontable See actiontable, page 795. cabinets See cabinets, page 797. category See category, page 797. homecabinet See homecabinet, page 808. inbox See inbox, page 809. myobjects See myobjects, page 811. navigationlinks See navigationlinks, page 811. subscriptions See subscriptions, page 823.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1451<br /> <br /> testlinks (Webtop)<br /> <br /> testlinks (Webtop) Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\testbed_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition testlinks:webcomponent/config/testbed/testbed_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements actiontable See actiontable, page 795. cabinets See cabinets, page 797. category See category, page 797. homecabinet See homecabinet, page 808. inbox See inbox, page 809. menupath <menupath>/webcomponent/library/menubar/menubar_body.jsp</menupath><br /> <br /> 1452<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testmessage<br /> <br /> myobjects See myobjects, page 811. navigationlinks See navigationlinks, page 811. subscriptions See subscriptions, page 823.<br /> <br /> testmessage Purpose Displays the last status message that was generated by a component in the testbed component. It also provides simple search capability. This component loads within the message frame of the component testbed, page 1443 and cannot be used outside the testbed component.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testbed\testbed_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage To see the full list of messages, use the Message List link in the Navigation column of wdklinks.jsp. The testbed.jsp page contains the onNewMessage() handler which reloads the testmessage component when a new message should be displayed.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1453<br /> <br /> testrecorderlauncher<br /> <br /> Simple search is implemented using a form with a text field and button. A JavaScript function is invoked when the form is submitted, calling the search component.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> testrecorderlauncher Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters classname<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> configpath<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> docbase<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> packagename<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> password<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> path<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> testcaseId<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> url<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> username<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\testrecorderlauncher_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1454<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testrecorderlaunchermonitortree<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> testrecorderlaunchermonitortree Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters classTicket<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> isRecording<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> setupTicket<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> tearDownTicket<br /> <br /> (Required) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\testrecorderlaunchermonitortree_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1455<br /> <br /> testresultsviewer<br /> <br /> testresultsviewer Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\testresultsviewer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> testtool Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1456<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> testxmleditor<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\testtool_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> testxmleditor Purpose For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Parameters recordmode<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> ticket<br /> <br /> (Optional) For internal use only.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\testtool\testxmleditor_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1457<br /> <br /> unittestcase<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> unittestcase Purpose Provides functionality to perform unit testing of components and actions (that is, testing without any user interface interaction).<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\test\unitestcase_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1458<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> browsertree (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Trees browsertree (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK foldertree component to support custom tree nodes and browsing through multiple Docbases. The browsertree component adds an optional entryNode parameter, reads tree nodeconfiguration, and handles tree events. You can set the limit for number of folders to be displayed in the tree in the file Environment.properties, located in /WEB-INF/classes/com/documentum/web/formext. Larger numbers will be replaced with a More Folders link for better performance.<br /> <br /> Parameters entryNode<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the node that is initially selected in the browser tree.<br /> <br /> entryObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document or assembly document object associated with the node that is to be initially selected in the browser tree. Since 5.3 SP5.<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the folder path to the node that is initially selected in the browser tree. This path must be a complete path from the Docbase root, for example, /Documentation%20Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\browsertree_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1459<br /> <br /> browsertree (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parent Denition foldertree:webcomponent/config/navigation/foldertree/foldertree_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage You cannot filter a browsertree node for repository, because all nodes are generated from a single component configuration file. The result is that every node that is defined in the component definition is shown for every repository. You can configure the browsertree component to add a new component node. In your custom component that extends the browsertree definition, add a new node by adding a <node> block. This element does not need to contain a <handlerclass> element. The componetid attribute on the <node> tag specifies the component to be launched when the user selects the tree node. A simple node without a handler class cannot have custom sub-nodes. Adding a Tree Node<br /> <br /> The following example adds a node that launches the my_coolness component when the user selects the node in the tree: <pages><whynot>/custom/library/whynot.jsp</whynot> </pages> <node componentid=my_coolness> <startpage>mycoolpage</startpage> <icon>reallycoolicon.gif</icon> <label><nlsid>MSG_COOLCOMPONENT</nlsid></label> </node><br /> <br /> To refresh the browser tree, fire the client event treeInvalidated in the component class that needs a tree refresh. For example, in the JSP page classic.jsp, the client event handles the browsertree refresh: function treeInvalidated(docbase, compId) { // inform the BrowserTree of a required tree refresh window.frames["browser"].safeCall( "postServerEvent", null, null, null, "onTreeInvalidated", " docbase", docbase, "componentId", compId); }<br /> <br /> Fire this client event in your control class. For example, HomeCabinetClassicView performs the refresh in the following way: public void onRefreshData() { super.onRefreshData(); // fire a client event to refresh the WebTop Browser Tree ArgumentList args = new ArgumentList(); args.add("docbase", getCurrentDocbase()); args.add("componentId", getComponentId());<br /> <br /> 1460<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> browsertree (Webtop)<br /> <br /> setClientEvent("treeInvalidated", args); }<br /> <br /> Elements clusteringenabled <clusteringenabled>true</clusteringenabled><br /> <br /> Whether to enable (true) or disable (false) the displaying of search clusters. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. enableTreeNodeSort <enableTreeNodeSort>true</enableTreeNodeSort><br /> <br /> To enable (true) or disable the sorting of nodes. enableVdmCollapseAll <enableVdmCollapseAll>true</enableVdmCollapseAll><br /> <br /> Set to true to display a link to collapse all nodes in the selected virtual document in the tree. enableVdmExpandAll <enableVdmExpandAll>true</enableVdmExpandAll><br /> <br /> Set to true to display a link to expand all nodes in the selected virtual document in the tree failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. includeassemblydocuments <includeassemblydocuments>true</includeassemblydocuments><br /> <br /> Set to true to include virtual document snapshots in the tree. includevirtualdocuments <includevirtualdocuments>true</includevirtualdocuments><br /> <br /> Set to true to include virtual documents in the tree. nodes See nodes, page 812.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1461<br /> <br /> emptycontentclassic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> preset_item See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> emptycontentclassic (Webtop) Purpose Monitors the content frame of workarea.jsp for entryNode IDs passed from the browsertree component. If an entryNode ID is on the request, the component generates a client-side event that causes the browsertree to reload and initialize the content frame with the requested content.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\emptycontentclassic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> 1462<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> emptycontentstreamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> emptycontentstreamline (Webtop) Purpose Monitors the content frame of workarea.jsp for entryNode IDs passed from the tabbar component. If an entryNode ID is on the request, the component generates a client-side event that causes the tabbar to reload and initialize the content frame with the requested content.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\emptycontentstreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> foldertree Purpose The folder tree component provides basic folder navigation functionality. The user can browse cabinets and folders. Failover is enabled for foldertree. This component is extended by the Webtop browsertree component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1463<br /> <br /> foldertree<br /> <br /> Parameters folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder that serves as the base for navigation. This path must be a complete path from the repository root, for example, /Documentation/Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\foldertree\foldertree_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage You can set the limit for number of folders to be displayed in the tree in the file Environment.properties, located in /WEB-INF/classes/com/documentum/web/formext. Larger numbers will be replaced with a More Folders link. The folder tree component class FolderTree has a single method: onInit(ArgumentList args). This method gets the folder path parameter if it is supplied as an argument, and sets the base for navigation to the supplied path or to the root path as supplied by the DocbaseFolderTree control. The control docbasefoldertree, page 296 must be present in the foldertree component JSP page.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> 1464<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> errormessage<br /> <br /> User feedback errormessage Purpose The errormessage component displays a fatal error message, which appears in a popup dialog box if and when the error message handler receives a fatal error.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\errormessage_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements displaystacktrace <displaystacktrace>true</displaystacktrace><br /> <br /> Set to true to display the stack trace in an error message. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1465<br /> <br /> informinvalidactionformultiobjects<br /> <br /> informinvalidactionformultiobjects Purpose Displays an error message indicating that the action that the user attempted to perform is not valid for multiple objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\informinvalidaction\informinvalidactionformultiobjects_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> informinvalidactionforreference Purpose Launched by certain actions that use a dynamic filter to display a message to the user that the action is invalid for the selected reference object.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1466<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> informinvalidactionforreplica<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\informinvalidaction\informinvalidactionforreference_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage For actions that should not be performed on reference objects, add a dynamic filter to the action definition and list the action as notdefined for the scope foreign. To create a dynamic filter in the action definition, see "Dynamic Component Launching in Web Development Kit Development Guide. To specify the action as notdefined, create an XML file in the /custom/config directory or a subdirectory with the following type of entries: <scope type="foreign"> <!-- disabled actions --> <action id="versions" notdefined="true" rel="nofollow"></action> <action id="relationships" notdefined="true" rel="nofollow"></action> ... </scope><br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> informinvalidactionforreplica Purpose Launched by certain actions that use a dynamic filter to display a message to the user that the action is invalid for the selected replicated object.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1467<br /> <br /> messagebar (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\informinvalidaction\informinvalidactionforreplica_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage For actions that should not be performed on replica objects, add a dynamic filter to the action definition and list the action as notdefined for the scope foreign. To create a dynamic filter in the action definition, see Dynamic Component Launching in Web Development Kit Development Guide. To specify the action as notdefined, create an XML file in the /custom/config directory or a subdirectory with the following type of entries: <scope type="foreign"> <!-- disabled actions --> <action id="versions" notdefined="true" rel="nofollow"></action> <action id="relationships" notdefined="true" rel="nofollow"> </action> ...<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> messagebar (Webtop) Purpose Loads into the left side of the status frame in classicview.jsp and streamlineview.jsp, part of the UI of the component main (Webtop), page 887. The messagebar adds a message bar icon in the bottom frame in both the class and streamline view of Webtop. The message bar gets messages from the message service and renders them in the label.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1468<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> messages<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\messagebar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. ignoreformloadforcomponent 1 <ignoreformloadforcomponent> 2<name>messagebar</name> ... </ignoreformloadforcomponent><br /> <br /> 1 Contains one ore more <name> elements 2 Specifies the ID of a component that will not clear the message bar when the component is rendered.<br /> <br /> messages Purpose Displays a data grid of all the user’s messages for a session. The error message service passes non-fatal error messages to the messages component for display.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1469<br /> <br /> modalerrordialog<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\messages\messages_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The messages component uses the message service to get the result set of messages and initialize a data grid with the result set. For example: Datagrid msgGrid = (Datagrid)getControl( CONTROL_GRID, Datagrid.class); ResultSet res = MessageService.getResultSet(); msgGrid.getDataProvider().setScrollableResultSet(( ScrollableResultSet)res)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> modalerrordialog Purpose This component provides the UI used to present modal error dialogs to the user.<br /> <br /> Parameters forceModal<br /> <br /> 1470<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: If this component is being directed to a non-modal frame, set to true to set up the forced modality infrastructure.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> prompt<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\modalerrordialog\modalerrordialog_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> prompt Purpose Provides the functionality of a message box. A prompt has a title, a message, and a selection of buttons: OK, Cancel, Continue, Yes, No, Yes to all, No to all, and Help, any combination of which can be displayed. There is also an optional icon and "Don’t show this again" checkbox. The don’t show again feature is enabled only when the prompt component is used within the combocontainer component.<br /> <br /> Parameters button<br /> <br /> (Required) The name of the button that will be displayed. Multiple values may be passed.<br /> <br /> dontshowagain<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag to display a checkbox that will hide the prompt the next time the context of the prompt occurs. The actual handling of this flag must be implemented in the caller component.<br /> <br /> icon<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of icon class.<br /> <br /> message<br /> <br /> (Optional) String message in the prompt frame.<br /> <br /> title<br /> <br /> (Optional) String title for the prompt frame.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1471<br /> <br /> prompt<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File wdk\config\prompt_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage The prompt component can either be extended, in order to set the message and title or modify its behavior, or the component can be driven directly through arguments. In the following example, the prompt component is nested within another component, and the user is returned to the parent component after responding to the prompt: ArgumentList args = new ArgumentList(); args.add(Prompt.ARG_TITLE, getString(strTitleId)); args.add(Prompt.ARG_MESSAGE, getString(strMessageId)); args.add(Prompt.ARG_ICON, Prompt.ICON_WARNING); args.add(Prompt.ARG_BUTTONS, Prompt.CONTINUE + "," + Prompt.CANCEL); args.add(Prompt.ARG_DONTSHOWAGAIN, "true"); setComponentNested("prompt", args, getContext());<br /> <br /> For an example of the usage of the prompt component, see the combo container. The prompt component is displayed when a user clicks OK before the last page has been displayed. Handling DONTSHOWAGAIN If you want to give the user the option of turning off the prompt when the prompt context arises, your calling component must set the dontshowagain argument and then handle the user’s selection. You should store the selection as a preference and retrieve it in your component. The following example sets up the prompt component based on the user’s preference: public void onEvent(Control control, ArgumentList args) { ... // display prompt conditionally if (showPrompt()) // see helper below { ArgumentList args = new ArgumentList(); args.add(Prompt.ARG_TITLE, getString(TITLE)); args.add(Prompt.ARG_MESSAGE, getString(MESSAGE)); args.add(Prompt.ARG_ICON, Prompt.ICON_WARNING); args.add(Prompt.ARG_BUTTONS, Prompt.CONTINUE + "," + Prompt.CANCEL);<br /> <br /> 1472<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> prompt<br /> <br /> args.add(Prompt.ARG_DONTSHOWAGAIN, "true"); setComponentNested("prompt", args, getContext()); } }<br /> <br /> The helper method gets the user preference: private boolean showPrompt() { IPreferenceStore preferences = PreferenceService. getPreferenceStore(); return (preferences.readBoolean( INHIBIT_PROMPT_PREFERENCE) == null); } // unique preference string final private static String INHIBIT_PROMPT_PREFERENCE = " com.documentum...";<br /> <br /> The component onRender() method checks the prompt return and whether to inhibit or show the prompt: public void onRender() { ... // check whether the prompt has returned String strButton = (String)getReturnedValue( Prompt.RTN_BUTTON); String strDontShowAgain = (String)getReturnedValue( Prompt.RTN_DONTSHOWAGAIN); if (strButton != null || strDontShowAgain != null) { // remove return values removeReturnedValue(Prompt.RTN_BUTTON); removeReturnedValue(Prompt.RTN_DONTSHOWAGAIN); if ( strButton.equals(Prompt.CONTINUE) ) { // inhibit prompt if 'dont show again' was selected if ( strDontShowAgain != null && Boolean.valueOf( strDontShowAgain).booleanValue()) { inhibitPrompt(); // see inhibitPrompt() helper below } // perform task } } }<br /> <br /> Another helper method writes the preference: private void inhibitPrompt() { IPreferenceStore preferences = PreferenceService. getPreferenceStore(); preferences.writeBoolean( INHIBIT_PROMPT_PREFERENCE, Boolean.TRUE); }<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1473<br /> <br /> promptinput<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> promptinput Purpose Prompts users for input.<br /> <br /> Parameters input<br /> <br /> (Required) Text that users enter.<br /> <br /> message<br /> <br /> (Optional) Text that is displayed requesting input from users.<br /> <br /> values<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid values that users can choose.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\promptinput_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1474<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> promptinputcontainer<br /> <br /> promptinputcontainer Purpose Container for components that prompt users for input.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the action execution class). The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> input<br /> <br /> (Required) Text that users enter.<br /> <br /> message<br /> <br /> (Optional) Text that is displayed requesting input from users.<br /> <br /> values<br /> <br /> (Optional) Valid values that users can choose.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\contenttransfer\promptinputcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1475<br /> <br /> statusbar (Webtop)<br /> <br /> statusbar (Webtop) Purpose Displays a status message in statusbar.jsp, which is the source page for the bottom frame in both the class and streamline view of Webtop. The status bar displays a button to show all messages and tabs that toggle between the classic and streamline views. The error messages are passed in from the message service.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\statusbar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> 1476<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> adminuserorgrouplocator<br /> <br /> Users, groups, and roles adminuserorgrouplocator Purpose Locates users and groups in a repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\adminuserorgrouplocator\adminuserorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1477<br /> <br /> adminuserorgrouplocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> adminuserorgrouplocatorcontainer Purpose Locates users and groups in a repository.<br /> <br /> 1478<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> groupattributes<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\adminuserorgrouplocator\adminuserorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> groupattributes Purpose Creates a new user profile and edits existing user groups.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1479<br /> <br /> groupdelete<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the selected group.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) The name of the selected group.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\groupattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> groupdelete Purpose Deletes an existing user group. Warns the administrator about the repercussions of performing this task and offers alternative solutions.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the group to delete.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) The name of the group to delete.<br /> <br /> 1480<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> grouplist<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\groupdelete_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> grouplist Purpose Displays a list of all user groups present in the repository. It provides the ability to drill down in a group to view all the users and groups within the group.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\grouplist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1481<br /> <br /> grouplocator<br /> <br /> Usage To preserve repository consistency, do not remove groups from the repository. Remove all members of the group and leave the empty group in the repository. When you delete a group, the server does not remove the group’s name from objects in the repository, such as ACLs and other groups. You can delete a group, and then create a group with the same name. If you create a new group with the same name as a deleted group, the new group inherits the group memberships and object permissions belonging to the deleted group.<br /> <br /> Elements showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> grouplocator Purpose Displays a list of groups in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\grouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1482<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> grouplocator<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_group</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1483<br /> <br /> grouplocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> grouplocatorcontainer Purpose Extends the container locatorcontainer, page 1066 and contains one or more grouplocator, page 1482.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\grouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> 1484<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> groupproperties<br /> <br /> groupproperties Purpose Extends the container adminpropertycontainer, page 829 and displays properties components for the selected group. It overrides some of the behavior from the adminpropertycontainer component. and contains groupattributes, page 1479.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the group to delete.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) The name of the group to delete.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\groupproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition adminpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/admin/container/adminpropertycontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dm_group</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1485<br /> <br /> grouprename<br /> <br /> grouprename Purpose Reassigns an existing group. The administrator can reassign all the objects owned by the current group and generate an exhaustive report.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the group to delete.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) The name of the group to delete.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\grouprename_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> groupwhereused Purpose Lists the locations where the selected group is being used; for example, it lists all sysobjects owned by the group, acls in which the group exists, and workflows for which the group is a designated performer.<br /> <br /> 1486<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> recentgrouplocator<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the group to locate.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Object name of the group to locate.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\groupwhereused_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> recentgrouplocator Purpose Extends recentuserorgrouplocator, page 1490 and locates user groups that were recently selected or used. This component has no scope, but <objecttype> element restricts the search to dm_group objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from recentuserorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ recentuserorgrouplocator_component.xml. See recentuserorgrouplocator, page 1490.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1487<br /> <br /> recentuseronlylocator<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\grouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recentuserorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/recentuserorgrouplocator_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from recentuserorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/ locator/recentuserorgrouplocator_component.xml. See recentuserorgrouplocator, page 1490. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_group</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> recentuseronlylocator Purpose Extends recentuserorgrouplocator, page 1490 and locates users that were recently selected or changed. This component has no scope, but the <objecttype> element restricts the search to objects of type dm_user.<br /> <br /> 1488<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> recentuseronlylocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from recentuserorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ recentuserorgrouplocator_component.xml. See recentuserorgrouplocator, page 1490.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\useronlylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recentuserorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/recentuserorgrouplocator_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from recentuserorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/ locator/recentuserorgrouplocator_component.xml. See recentuserorgrouplocator, page 1490. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. useronly See useronly, page 824.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1489<br /> <br /> recentuserorgrouplocator<br /> <br /> views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> recentuserorgrouplocator Purpose Extends objectlocator, page 1070 and locates users or groups that were recently selected or modified. This component has no scope, but the <objecttype> element restricts the search to objects of type dm_user or dm_group.<br /> <br /> Parameters multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type to display in the list.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\recentuserorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/objectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> 1490<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> renamegrouplist<br /> <br /> containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. useronly See useronly, page 824. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> renamegrouplist Purpose Extends renamejobrequestlist, page 1208 and displays job requests for rename user or group.<br /> <br /> Parameters renametarget<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of objects requested for rename. Valid values: USER | GROUP<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1491<br /> <br /> renamereport<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\renamelog\renamegrouplist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition renamejobrequestlist:webcomponent/config/admin/renamelog/renamejobrequestlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> renamereport Purpose Displays job requests for rename user or group.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected report<br /> <br /> oldname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the report before rename<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\renamelog\renamereport_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1492<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> renameuserlist<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> renameuserlist Purpose Extends renamejobrequestlist, page 1208 and displays job requests for renaming users.<br /> <br /> Parameters renametarget<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of objects requested for rename. Valid values: USER | GROUP<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\renamelog\renameuserlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition renamejobrequestlist:webcomponent/config/admin/renamelog/renamejobrequestlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1493<br /> <br /> roleattributes<br /> <br /> roleattributes Purpose Extends the component groupattributes, page 1479 and displays a list of attributes of a role (dm_group object with attributes group_class="role" and group_name=" role_name").<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from groupattributes:webcomponent/config/admin/group/ groupattributes_component.xml. See groupattributes, page 1479.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\role\roleattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition groupattributes:webcomponent/config/admin/group/groupattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> rolelist Purpose Extends the component grouplist, page 1481 and displays a list of objects of type dm_group with attributes group_class="role" and group_name=" role_name". This component is a node in the usermanagement, page 1503 component.<br /> <br /> 1494<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> roleproperties<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\role\rolelist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition grouplist:webcomponent/config/admin/group/grouplist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> roleproperties Purpose Extends the container adminpropertycontainer, page 829 and displays a list of object attributes of type dm_group with attributes group_class="role" and group_name=" role_name". Contains the roleattributes component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1495<br /> <br /> useraclobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object for which properties are displayed. Set to newobject to create a new role.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\role\roleproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition adminpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/admin/container/adminpropertycontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dm_group</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display.<br /> <br /> useraclobjectlocator Purpose Browses for ACLs that are owned by the user.<br /> <br /> 1496<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> useraclobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from aclobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ aclobjectlocator_component.xml. See aclobjectlocator, page 1384.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\useraclobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition aclobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/aclobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements attributes See attributes, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from aclobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ aclobjectlocator_component.xml. See aclobjectlocator, page 1384. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_acl</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1497<br /> <br /> useraclobjectlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> useraclobjectlocatorcontainer Purpose Browses for ACLs that are owned by the user. The container extends the container aclobjectlocator, page 1384.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\useraclobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition aclobjectlocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/aclobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> 1498<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> userattributes<br /> <br /> userattributes Purpose Creates new user profiles and edits existing user profiles. Administrators can set all the attributes of the user object, such as name, email, privileges, and default group.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the user object whose attributes to set.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Object name of the user object whose attributes to set.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\userattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> userchangehomedblist Purpose Displays user change home repository job requests and their status.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1499<br /> <br /> userchangestate<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\renamelog\userchangehomedblist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> userchangestate Purpose Changes the state of the user. When the administrator changes the state of the user from active to inactive, this component offers the choice of unlocking all objects locked by the user.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the user object whose state to change.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Object name of the user object whose state to change.<br /> <br /> 1500<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> userdelete<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\userchangestate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> userdelete Purpose Deletes an existing user profile from the repository. The component warns the administrator of the repercussions of performing this task and offers alternative solutions.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the user object to delete.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Object name of the user object to delete.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\userdelete_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1501<br /> <br /> userimport<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> userimport Purpose Imports users through a LDIFF (list difference) utility. The administrator can select the ldiff format file containing information about all the users. The component also offers the choice of overriding any of the user attributes. The component must run within the userimportcontainer.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\userimport_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1502<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> userlist<br /> <br /> userlist Purpose Searches for a user or pages through a list of all the users in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\userlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> usermanagement Purpose Extends nodemanagement, page 830 and defines the subnodes (components) of the usermanagement node: userlist, grouplist, and rolelist<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1503<br /> <br /> useronlylocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from nodemanagement:webcomponent/config/admin/nodemanagement/ nodemanagement_component.xml. See nodemanagement, page 830.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\usermanagement\usermanagement_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition nodemanagement:webcomponent/config/admin/nodemanagement/nodemanagement_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> useronlylocator Purpose Locates users in a repository. The component allows users to navigate from user groups to find a user. This component extends userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> 1504<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> useronlylocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\useronlylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1505<br /> <br /> useronlylocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> useronlylocatorcontainer Purpose Extends locatorcontainer, page 1066 and contains user locators: useronlylocator, page 1504 and recentuseronlylocator, page 1488.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\useronlylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1506<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> userorgrouplocator<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> userorgrouplocator Purpose Extends objectlocator, page 1070 and locates users and groups in a repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to allow selection of users and groups in a sequential order.<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list users and groups in a flat list, set to false to display users and groups in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple user/group selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/objectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1507<br /> <br /> userorgrouplocator<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> 1508<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> userorgrouplocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> userorgrouplocatorcontainer Purpose Extends locatorcontainer, page 1066 and contains the locator components userorgrouplocator, page 1507 and recentuserorgrouplocator, page 1490.<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to allow selection of objects in a sequential order.<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) IDs of the objects selected when the component is displayed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1509<br /> <br /> userorgroupmemberlocator<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> userorgroupmemberlocator Purpose Extends userorgrouplocator, page 1507 and locates users and group members in a repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\userorgroupmemberlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1510<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> userorgroupmemberlocator<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1511<br /> <br /> userorgroupmemberlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> userorgroupmemberlocatorcontainer Purpose Extends userorgrouplocatorcontainer, page 1509 and contains the locator components userorgroupmemberlocator, page 1510 and recentuserorgrouplocator, page 1490.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\group\userorgroupmemberlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> 1512<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> userproperties<br /> <br /> userproperties Purpose Extends adminpropertycontainer, page 829 and overrides some of the behavior of the container. Contains userattributes, page 1499.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the user.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Object name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\userproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition adminpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/admin/container/adminpropertycontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1513<br /> <br /> userrename<br /> <br /> userrename Purpose Reassigns an existing user. The administrator is offered choices such as reassigning all the objects owned by the current user and generating a report.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the user to rename.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Current object name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\userrename_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> userwhereused Purpose Finds where a selected user has activity, for example, all sysobjects owned by the user, groups in which the user exists, and workflows for which the user is a designated performer.<br /> <br /> 1514<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> assemblylist<br /> <br /> Parameters objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\admin\user\userwhereused_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Virtual document assemblies assemblylist Purpose Displays the structure of a virtual document snapshot. The user can navigate to the different parts of the virtual document snapshot by clicking on the breadcrumb or the child node. This component has an extended version in Webtop called assemblylist.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from vdmlist:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/vdmlist_ component.xml. See vdmlist, page 1541.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1515<br /> <br /> assemblylist (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\vdm\assemblylist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition vdmlist:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/vdmlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. default_binding_lter_values See default_binding_filter_values, page 802. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. preset_item See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> assemblylist (Webtop) Purpose Displays the structure of a virtual document snapshot. The user can navigate to the different parts of the virtual document snapshot by clicking on the breadcrumb or the child node.<br /> <br /> 1516<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> assemblyliststreamline<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from vdmlist:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/vdmlist_ component.xml. See vdmlist, page 1541.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\assemblylist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition assemblylist:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/assemblylist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> assemblyliststreamline Purpose Displays a list of virtual document snapshots in drilldown (streamline) view.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from vdmliststreamline:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/ vdmliststreamline_component.xml. See vdmliststreamline, page 1543.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1517<br /> <br /> assemblyliststreamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\vdm\assemblyliststreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition vdmliststreamline:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/vdmliststreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. default_binding_lter_values See default_binding_filter_values, page 802. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> assemblyliststreamline (Webtop) Purpose Displays a list of virtual document snapshots in drilldown (streamline) view.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from vdmliststreamline:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/ vdmliststreamline_component.xml. See vdmliststreamline, page 1543.<br /> <br /> 1518<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> newassembly<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\assemblyliststreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition assemblyliststreamline:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/assemblyliststreamline_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> newassembly Purpose Creates a new virtual document snapshot. The user must have a contributor role assigned in the repository. The container extends newdoccontainer and contains the newassembly component as well as the attributes and permissions components, to set attributes and permissions on the new snapshot.<br /> <br /> Parameters folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder in which to create the assembly<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of root node in the virtual document<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1519<br /> <br /> newassemblycontainer<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\newassembly\newassembly_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newassemblycontainer Purpose Contains component used to create a new assembly and set its attributes and permissions.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from newdoccontainer:webcomponent/config/library/create/ newdoccontainer_component.xml. See newdoccontainer, page 1046.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\newassembly\newassemblycontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition newdoccontainer:webcomponent/config/library/create/newdoccontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1520<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> viewassemblies<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements newcomponentname See newcomponentname, page 811. numberedtabs See numberedtabs, page 813.<br /> <br /> viewassemblies Purpose Displays a list of all assemblies that contain a specified object<br /> <br /> Parameters assembledFromId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document from which the assembly was assembled<br /> <br /> folderId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the primary location for the folder in which the assembly is located<br /> <br /> folderPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the path to the folder in which to start browsing. This path must be a complete path from the Docbase root, for example, /Documentation%20Library/subfolder<br /> <br /> isVirtualDoc<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that specifies whether the object is a virtual document (required for pre-4.1 repository virtual documents)<br /> <br /> linkCount<br /> <br /> (Optional) Number of links (child nodes) in a document. If greater than 0, the document is a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the assembly to view<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1521<br /> <br /> viewassemblies (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\viewassemblies\viewassemblies_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition objectgrid:/webcomponent/config/navigation/objectgrid/objectgrid_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. header See header, page 807. nondocbasecolumns See nondocbasecolumns, page 813.<br /> <br /> viewassemblies (Webtop) Purpose Displays a list of all assemblies that contain a specified object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from viewassemblies:/webcomponent/config/library/vdm/ viewassemblies/viewassemblies_component.xml. See viewassemblies, page 1521.<br /> <br /> 1522<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addchildsysobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\viewassemblies_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition viewassemblies:/webcomponent/config/library/vdm/viewassemblies/viewassemblies_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Virtual documents addchildsysobjectlocator Purpose Locates sysobjects to add to a virtual document. Two types of views are supported: flatlist, in which all selectable objects in the repository are shown, and hierarchical, in which the user can drill down from a list of root container (cabinets).<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to display a flat list of all selectable objects.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1523<br /> <br /> addchildsysobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\addcomponent\addchildsysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate.<br /> <br /> 1524<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addchildsysobjectlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> addchildsysobjectlocatorcontainer Purpose Locates sysobjects to add to a virtual document. Two types of views are supported: flatlist, in which all selectable objects in the repository are shown, and hierarchical, in which the user can drill down from a list of root container (cabinets).<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display a drop-down list<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Required) Boolean. Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\addcomponent\addchildsysobjectlocatorcontainer_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1525<br /> <br /> addnewvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> addnewvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Adds a new node to a virtual document, enabling the user to create the content of the node.<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of object owner<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the parent node under which to add the new content.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the parent object.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\addcomponent\addnewvirtualdocumentnode_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> 1526<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> addvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Adds a node to a virtual document.<br /> <br /> Parameters insertAfterNodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the virtual document node after which to add the new node.<br /> <br /> lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of object owner<br /> <br /> newNodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> newNodeObjectIds<br /> <br /> (Required) Comma-delimited string of new object IDs for the objects that are to be added to the virtual document<br /> <br /> newVDRootNodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional)<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the parent node for the new node.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the parent node for the new node.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\addcomponent\addvirtualdocumentnode_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1527<br /> <br /> addvirtualdocumentnodefromclipboard (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> addvirtualdocumentnodefromclipboard (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Adds an object from the clipboard to a virtual document<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the user who owns the root node of the virtual document<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the object to operate on, when it is part of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object being added to the virtual document<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of a virtual document (when operating on a child node).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\addcomponent\addvirtualdocumentnodefromclipboard_ component.xml<br /> <br /> 1528<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addvirtualdocumentnodefromleselector (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> addvirtualdocumentnodefromleselector (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Adds an object to a virtual document that is selected by the user. This component nests to the addchildsysobjectlocatorcontainer component to make the object selection.<br /> <br /> Parameters lockOwner<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the owner of the virtual document root node<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the object to operate on, when it is part of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be added to the virtual document<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the root of a virtual document (when operating on a child node).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\addcomponent\addvirtualdocumentnodefromfileselector_ component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1529<br /> <br /> removevirtualdocumentnode<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removevirtualdocumentnode Purpose This component is used to remove a node from a virtual document.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the node to be removed from the virtual document<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the root document of the virtual document from which the node is being removed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\removecomponent\removevirtualdocumentnode_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1530<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removevirtualdocumentnodecontainer<br /> <br /> removevirtualdocumentnodecontainer Purpose This component displays the removevirtualdocumentnode component and allows the user to remove a node from a virtual document.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) ID of the component being displayed<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.(Required) This parameter is supplied by the LaunchComponent class and consists of a list of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the node being removed from the virtual document(Required) ID of the node being removed from the virtual document<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the root node of the virtual document from which the node is being removed(Required) ID of the root node of the virtual document from which the node is being removed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\removecomponent\removevirtualdocumentnodecontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1531<br /> <br /> reordervirtualdocumentnodes<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> reordervirtualdocumentnodes Purpose This component is used to change the order of nodes in a virtual document.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of node being reordered<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of root node<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\reordercomponents\reordervirtualdocumentnodes_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1532<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> repositionvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> repositionvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) Purpose Contains one or more components that move a virtual document node to a different part of the virtual document tree<br /> <br /> Parameters insertAfterNodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Node ID of the node after which the object should be added<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) Node ID of the object to operate on, when it is part of a virtual document.<br /> <br /> targetParentNodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) Node ID of the parent node to which the object will be added<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the root of a virtual document (when operating on a child node).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\repositionnode\repositionvirtualdocumentnode_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_sysobject<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1533<br /> <br /> savechanges<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> savechanges Purpose Provides the UI and functionality for saving changes made to virtual document structures.<br /> <br /> Parameters closeUponCompletion<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to close the virtual document after changes are saved.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the virtual document<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\savechanges\savechanges_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1534<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> setbindingrule<br /> <br /> setbindingrule Purpose Launched by the setbindingrule action, this component extends checkout and allows the user to set a binding rule on a virtual document node. Displays the binding rule and version for the selected node. The container extends checkoutcontainer and performs the actual setting of the binding rule.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected node for which to display the binding rule<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the root node of the virtual document to which the node is bound<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\setbindingrule\setbindingrule_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdm_preferences Purpose Enables the user to set preferences for Virtual Document Manager (VDM).<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1535<br /> <br /> vdm_preferences (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\environment\preferences\vdm\vdm_preferences_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdm_preferences (Webtop) Purpose Enables the user to set display preferences for Virtual Document Manager (VDM).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\vdm_preferences_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition vdm_preferences:webcomponent/config/environment/preferences/vdm/vdm_preferences_ component.xml<br /> <br /> 1536<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> vdmclickactionprompt<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdmclickactionprompt Purpose Displays a dialog when the user clicks a link to a virtual document that allows the user to open the virtual document in an editing application or open the virtual document manager to edit the structure.<br /> <br /> Parameters contentSize<br /> <br /> (Optional) Size of the object in bytes.<br /> <br /> contentType<br /> <br /> (Optional) File format to use when opening the object (passed to the operating system)<br /> <br /> isLaunchedFromDRL<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the link to the virtual document was a DRL (True) or not (False).Since 5.3 SP5.<br /> <br /> isReference<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether the object is a reference object.<br /> <br /> launchViewer<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean flag that indicates whether to launch a viewing application.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the node in a virtual document<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be viewed.<br /> <br /> pathInfo<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to be displayed in the breadcrumb<br /> <br /> selectedNodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-separated list of nodeIds that should be initially selected when the vdmlist component is first displayed<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1537<br /> <br /> vdmclickactionprompt (Webtop)<br /> <br /> structureComponent<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the component that displays virtual document structure<br /> <br /> useAssembly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true for virtual document assembly objects<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\vdm\vdmclickactionprompt_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdmclickactionprompt (Webtop) Purpose Displays a dialog when the user clicks a link to a virtual document that allows the user to open the virtual document in an editing application or open the virtual document manager to edit the structure.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from vdmclickactionprompt:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/ vdmclickactionprompt_component.xml. See vdmclickactionprompt, page 1537.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1538<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> vdmclickactionpromptcontainer<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\vdmclickactionprompt_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition vdmclickactionprompt:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/vdmclickactionprompt_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdmclickactionpromptcontainer Purpose Contains one or more vdmclickactionprompt components<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\vdm\vdmclickactionpromptcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1539<br /> <br /> vdmcopyoption<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> vdmcopyoption Purpose Launches the vdmcopyoption component in the dialogcontainer to present the user with options for the type of copy operation on a virtual document.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the object that will be copied.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\copyoption\copyoption_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1540<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> vdmlist<br /> <br /> vdmlist Purpose Displays the structure of a virtual document. The user can navigate to the different parts of the virtual document by clicking on the breadcrumb or the child node. This component has an extended version in Webtop called vdmlist.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the node in a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> pathInfo<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to be displayed in the breadcrumb.<br /> <br /> selectedNodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-separated list of nodeIds that should be initially selected when the vdmlist component is first displayed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\vdm\vdmlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage To make the late binding value display by default for each node, make the r_object_id column visible in the component definition. Users who customize the column display can add this as the "Fix to Version column.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1541<br /> <br /> vdmlist (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. default_binding_lter_values See default_binding_filter_values, page 802. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. preset_item See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> vdmlist (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK vdmlist component and adds support for the classic view. Displays the structure of a virtual document. The user can navigate to the different parts of the virtual document by clicking on the breadcrumb or the child node.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from vdmlist:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/vdmlist_ component.xml. See vdmlist, page 1541.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\vdmlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1542<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> vdmliststreamline<br /> <br /> Parent Denition vdmlist:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/vdmlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. default_binding_lter_values See default_binding_filter_values, page 802. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804. preset_item See preset_item, page 816.<br /> <br /> vdmliststreamline Purpose Provides a streamline view of virtual documents. Both the vdmlist components provide a UI that displays the children and root in a virtual document, allows navigation through the virtual document’s hierarchy, and displays menus to launch actions on selected items. Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the node in a virtual document.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> pathInfo<br /> <br /> (Optional) Path to be displayed in the breadcrumb.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1543<br /> <br /> vdmliststreamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\vdm\vdmliststreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage To make the late binding value display by default for each node, make the r_object_id column visible in the component definition. Users who customize the column display can add this as the "Fix to Version column.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. default_binding_lter_values See default_binding_filter_values, page 802. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> vdmliststreamline (Webtop) Purpose Provides a streamline view of virtual documents. Both the vdmlist components provide a UI that displays the children and root in a virtual document, allows navigation through the virtual document’s hierarchy, and displays menus to launch actions on selected items.<br /> <br /> 1544<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> vdmvalidate<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from vdmliststreamline:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/ vdmliststreamline_component.xml. See vdmliststreamline, page 1543.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\vdmliststreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition vdmliststreamline:webcomponent/config/navigation/vdm/vdmliststreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. default_binding_lter_values See default_binding_filter_values, page 802. dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> vdmvalidate Purpose Validates the XML of an XML virtual document node.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1545<br /> <br /> vdmvalidate_container<br /> <br /> Parameters maxDisplayError<br /> <br /> (Required) Maximum number of validation errors to display.<br /> <br /> nodeId<br /> <br /> (Required) Node ID of the node to validate.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of node to validate.<br /> <br /> vdmRootObjectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the root of the virtual document.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\validate\vdmvalidate_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> vdmvalidate_container Purpose Container for the vdmvalidate, page 1545component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> 1546<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> historicalactivityreportresults<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\vdm\validate\vdmvalidatecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Workow reporting historicalactivityreportresults Purpose Displays the results of a historical activity report query.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1547<br /> <br /> historicalprocessreport<br /> <br /> Parameters process_id<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow template (process) on which to report<br /> <br /> query<br /> <br /> (Required) When the querytype is string, this value is the search string. If the querytype is not string, this value is the query string.<br /> <br /> title<br /> <br /> (Optional) Title to be displayed at the top of the report<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\historicalreport\activityresults_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns_list See columns_list, page 798. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> historicalprocessreport Purpose This component displays a workflow process historical report.<br /> <br /> 1548<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> historicalprocessreportcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\historicalreport\processreport_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements cost_attribute_conditions See cost_attribute_conditions, page 801. duration_attribute_conditions See duration_attribute_conditions, page 805. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. showjobstatus See showjobstatus, page 822.<br /> <br /> historicalprocessreportcontainer Purpose This component is used to display historical workflow reports for processes and performers.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1549<br /> <br /> historicalprocessreportresults<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the component to be displayed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\historicalreport\processreportcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> historicalprocessreportresults Purpose This component is used to display reports on workflow processes that have been completed.<br /> <br /> 1550<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> historicalreportcolumnselector<br /> <br /> Parameters query<br /> <br /> (Required) When the querytype is string, this value is the search string. If the querytype is not string, this value is the query string.<br /> <br /> title<br /> <br /> (Optional) The title that will appear at the top of the report.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\historicalreport\processresults_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns_list See columns_list, page 798. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> historicalreportcolumnselector Purpose This component provides UI and behavior for selecting the columns and column order for view components such as DocList and Drilldown.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1551<br /> <br /> historicalreportcolumnselector<br /> <br /> Parameters baseType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the repository types, in addition to the default option, to populate the attribute selectors docbase types drop-down list.<br /> <br /> columns<br /> <br /> (Required) A serialized list of items to populate the available items list box. See multiselector control for details on the list format.<br /> <br /> defaultSelectedColumns<br /> <br /> (Optional) A serialized list of items to populate the selected items list box before the user performs an initial selection.<br /> <br /> selectedColumns<br /> <br /> (Optional) A serialized list of items to populate the selected columns list box.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\historicalreport\columnselector_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition columnselector:webcomponent/config/environment/preferences/display/columnselector_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1552<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> historicaluserreport<br /> <br /> historicaluserreport Purpose This component displays a workflow process historical report for a performer.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\historicalreport\userreport_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements cost_attribute_conditions See cost_attribute_conditions, page 801. duration_attribute_conditions See duration_attribute_conditions, page 805. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. showjobstatus See showjobstatus, page 822.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1553<br /> <br /> historicaluserreportcontainer<br /> <br /> historicaluserreportcontainer Purpose This component is a container for components that display historical user reports.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the component to display<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\historicalreport\userreportcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> historicaluserreportresults Purpose This component displays the report results of a historical workflow process report for a performer.<br /> <br /> 1554<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> processdetailreportresults<br /> <br /> Parameters query<br /> <br /> (Required) When the querytype is string, this value is the search string. If the querytype is not string, this value is the querystring.<br /> <br /> title<br /> <br /> (Optional) The title to display at the top of the report.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\historicalreport\userresults_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns_list See columns_list, page 798. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> processdetailreportresults Purpose Displays the results of a workflow process<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1555<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditclassic (type dm_workow) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters process_id<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process (template)<br /> <br /> query<br /> <br /> (Required) When the querytype is string, this value is the search string. If the querytype is not string, this value is the query string.<br /> <br /> title<br /> <br /> (Optional) Title for the report<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\historicalreport\processdetailresults_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns_list See columns_list, page 798. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806.<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditclassic (type dm_workow) (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK component reportdetailsauditlist to display the audit events of a workflow instance. Called by the WDK action reportdetailsauditlist. The user will see no events if the workflow is not audited.<br /> <br /> 1556<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditdrilldown<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from reportdetailsauditlist:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/ reportdetails/reportdetailsauditlist_component.xml. See reportdetailsauditlist, page 1558.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\reportdetailsauditclassic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition reportdetailsauditlist:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/reportdetails/reportdetailsauditlist_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. hideEvents See hideEvents, page 808.<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditdrilldown Purpose This component displays the audit events of a workflow instance. The user will see no events if the workflow is not audited.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1557<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditlist<br /> <br /> Parameters eventFilter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the filter to use: 0 = show workflow events | 1 = show workflow and doc events<br /> <br /> hideEvents<br /> <br /> (Optional) String of event names that should not be displayed.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportdetails\reportdetailsauditdrilldown_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditlist Purpose This component displays the audit events of a workflow instance. The user will see no events if the workflow is not audited.<br /> <br /> 1558<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditstreamline (type dm_workow) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters eventFilter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the filter to use: 0 = show workflow events | 1 = show workflow and doc events<br /> <br /> hideEvents<br /> <br /> (Optional) String of event names that should not be displayed. Event names are listed in the Content Server API Reference Manual.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportdetails\reportdetailsauditlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditstreamline (type dm_workow) (Webtop) Purpose Extends WDK reportdetailsauditdrilldown component to display the audit events of a workflow instance. Called by the WDK action reportdetailsauditdrilldown. The user will see no events if the workflow is not audited.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1559<br /> <br /> reportdetailscontainerclassic (type dm_workow) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from reportdetailsauditdrilldown:webcomponent/config/ library/workflow/reportdetails/reportdetailsauditdrilldown_component.xml. See reportdetailsauditdrilldown, page 1557.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\reportdetailsauditstreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition reportdetailsauditdrilldown:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/reportdetails/ reportdetailsauditdrilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. hideEvents See hideEvents, page 808.<br /> <br /> reportdetailscontainerclassic (type dm_workow) (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK component reportdetailscontainerlist and contains report detail components on a workflow.<br /> <br /> 1560<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportdetailscontainerdrilldown (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from reportdetailscontainerlist:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/ reportdetailscontainer/reportdetailscontainerlist_component.xml. See reportdetailscontainerlist (type dm_workflow), page 1562.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\reportdetailscontainerclassic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition reportdetailscontainerlist:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/reportdetailscontainer/ reportdetailscontainerlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportdetailscontainerdrilldown (type dm_workow) Purpose Extends propertysheetcontainer, page 915 and contains report detail components on a workflow. Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) The contained component.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1561<br /> <br /> reportdetailscontainerlist (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportdetailscontainer\reportdetailscontainerdrilldown_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> reportdetailscontainerlist (type dm_workow) Purpose Extends propertysheetcontainer, page 915 and contains report detail components on a workflow.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) The contained component.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> 1562<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportdetailscontainerstreamline (type dm_workow) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportdetailscontainer\reportdetailscontainerlist_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> reportdetailscontainerstreamline (type dm_workow) (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK reportdetailscontainerdrilldown component and contains report detail components on a workflow.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from reportdetailscontainerdrilldown:webcomponent/config/ library/workflow/reportdetailscontainer/reportdetailscontainerdrilldown_component.xml. See reportdetailscontainerdrilldown (type dm_workflow), page 1561.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1563<br /> <br /> reportdetailsheader<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\reportdetailscontainerstreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition reportdetailscontainerdrilldown:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/reportdetailscontainer/ reportdetailscontainerdrilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportdetailsheader Purpose This component is included in the UI of reportdetailscontainerlist (type dm_workflow), page 1562 and reportdetailscontainerdrilldown (type dm_workflow), page 1561. The header component displays a different page depending on the active component in the container.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the component for which to display the header.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> 1564<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportdetailsmap<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportdetails\reportdetailsheader_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportdetailsmap Purpose This component displays the map view of the workflow instance in the Web Workflow Manager.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from webwfm:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/webwfm/ webwfm_component.xml. See webwfm, page 1642.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportdetails\reportdetailsmap_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition webwfm_checkjvm:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/webwfm/webwfm_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1565<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummaryclassic (type dm_workow) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummaryclassic (type dm_workow) (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK component reportdetailssummarylist and displays the summary of a selected workflow’s task and task attributes.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from reportdetailssummarylist:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/ reportdetails/reportdetailssummarylist_component.xml. See reportdetailssummarylist, page 1568.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\reportdetailssummaryclassic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition reportdetailssummarylist:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/reportdetails/ reportdetailssummarylist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> 1566<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarydrilldown<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. taskmgractionname See taskmgractionname, page 823.<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarydrilldown Purpose Displays the summary of a selected workflow’s tasks and their attributes, such as task name, runtime status, action, performer, comments, and receive/complete/overdue days. Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> showAttachment<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to display attached documents with tasks<br /> <br /> taskFilter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Sets the selected filter. Valid values: 0 = all | 1 = current | 2 = overdue<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportdetails\reportdetailssummarydrilldown_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1567<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarylist<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. taskmgractionname See taskmgractionname, page 823.<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarylist Purpose Displays the summary of a selected workflow’s tasks and their attributes, such as task name, runtime status, action, performer, comments, and receive/complete/overdue days.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected workflow.<br /> <br /> showAttachment<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to display attached documents with tasks<br /> <br /> taskFilter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Sets the selected filter. Valid values: 0 = all | 1 = current | 2 = overdue<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportdetails\reportdetailssummarylist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1568<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarystreamline (type dm_workow) (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. taskmgractionname See taskmgractionname, page 823.<br /> <br /> reportdetailssummarystreamline (type dm_workow) (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK component reportdetailssummarydrilldown and displays the summary of a selected workflow’s task and its attributes, such as task name, runtime status, action, performer, comments, and receive/complete/overdue days.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from reportdetailssummarydrilldown:webcomponent/config/ library/workflow/reportdetails/reportdetailssummarydrilldown_component.xml. See reportdetailssummarydrilldown, page 1567.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\reportdetailssummarystreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition reportdetailssummarydrilldown:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/reportdetails/ reportdetailssummarydrilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1569<br /> <br /> reportdql<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. taskmgractionname See taskmgractionname, page 823.<br /> <br /> reportdql Purpose This component displays a workflow report based on a DQL query.<br /> <br /> Parameters query<br /> <br /> (Optional) When the querytype is string, this value is the search string. If the querytype is not string, this value is the query string.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\historicalreport\reportdql_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1570<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportmainclassic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportmainclassic (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK component reportmainlist and displays a list of workflow instances and their attributes. This component is called by the component class.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from reportmainlist:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/ reportmain/reportmainlist_component.xml. See reportmainlist, page 1573.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\reportmainclassic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition reportmainlist:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/reportmain/reportmainlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. savedetailsreport See savedetailsreport, page 818.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1571<br /> <br /> reportmaindrilldown<br /> <br /> reportmaindrilldown Purpose Displays a list of workflow instances and its attributes. Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> Parameters overdueDays<br /> <br /> (Optional) Sets minimum number of days overdue (default = 0)<br /> <br /> workflowFilter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Sets the selected filter. Valid values: 0 = all | 1 = completed | 2 = running<br /> <br /> workflowType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of workflow query. Valid values: 0 = general | 1 = supervisor | 2 = template ID | 3 = workflow name | 4 = Document ID | 5 = Workflow ID | 6 = all | 7 (default) = supervisor and performer<br /> <br /> workflowTypeParam<br /> <br /> (Optional) Second workflow type for query (see workflowType for valid values)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportmain\reportmaindrilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> 1572<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportmainlist<br /> <br /> savedetailsreport See savedetailsreport, page 818.<br /> <br /> reportmainlist Purpose Displays a list of workflow instances and its attributes. This component is extended by the Webtop reportmainclassic component.<br /> <br /> Parameters overdueDays<br /> <br /> (Optional) Sets minimum number of days overdue (default = 0)<br /> <br /> workflowFilter<br /> <br /> (Optional) Sets the selected filter. Valid values: 0 = all | 1 = completed | 2 = running<br /> <br /> workflowType<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of workflow query. Valid values: 0 = general | 1 = supervisor | 2 = template ID | 3 = workflow name | 4 = Document ID | 5 = Workflow ID | 6 = all | 7 (default) = supervisor and performer<br /> <br /> workflowTypeParam<br /> <br /> (Optional) Second workflow type for query (see workflowType for valid values)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportmain\reportmainlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1573<br /> <br /> reportmainsettings<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. savedetailsreport See savedetailsreport, page 818.<br /> <br /> reportmainsettings Purpose This component allows the user to set criteria for the workflow instances to be displayed in the reportmain component.<br /> <br /> Parameters documentId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a document for which workflows will be reported<br /> <br /> filter<br /> <br /> (Required) Sets the selected filter. Valid values: 0 = all | 1 = completed | 2 = running<br /> <br /> overdueDays<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the minimum number of days overdue for which to display a report<br /> <br /> overdueOnly<br /> <br /> (Required) True to filter for overdue task status.<br /> <br /> templateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies a template for which workflows will be reported<br /> <br /> userName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user for which to display workflows.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1574<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportmainstreamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportmain\reportmainsettings_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> reportmainstreamline (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK component reportmaindrilldown and displays a list of workflow instances and their attributes. This component is called by the component class in the WDK nestedcomponent container.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from reportmaindrilldown:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/ reportmain/reportmaindrilldown_component.xml. See reportmaindrilldown, page 1572.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\reportmainstreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition reportmaindrilldown:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/reportmain/reportmaindrilldown_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1575<br /> <br /> reportsysobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. savedetailsreport See savedetailsreport, page 818.<br /> <br /> reportsysobjectlocator Purpose Extends sysobjectlocator, page 1077 and locates reports. This locator is nested to from the component class reportmainsettings, page 1574. The container extends locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportsysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1576<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> reportsysobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1577<br /> <br /> reportsysobjectlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> reportsysobjectlocatorcontainer Purpose This component displays a simple list of sysobjects including the folder and the findtype.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\reportsysobjectlocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> savereportlocator Purpose Extends folderlocatorcontainer, page 1060 and allows a user to locate a folder in which to save a report. This locator is nested within the component class of several reporting components.<br /> <br /> 1578<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> savereportname<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\savereport\savereportlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition folderlocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/folderlocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> savereportname Purpose This component is included in the component savereportlocator, page 1578 and allows the user to specify a report name for a saved report.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1579<br /> <br /> abortworkow (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\savereport\savereportlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> Workows abortworkow (type dm_workow) Purpose Terminates Documentum workflows prematurely and then deletes them. This component is generally used to abort obsolete workflows.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) The ID of the workflow object to be terminated.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1580<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> addtaskattachmentlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\abort\abortworkflow_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> addtaskattachmentlocatorcontainer Purpose Adds an attachment to a task. Contains attachmentlocator, page 1585.<br /> <br /> Parameters formTemplateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the form template, if the attachment is a form instance<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the attachment<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Required) Attachment object type<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the workflow package<br /> <br /> versionlabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Version label for the attachment<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\addattachment\addtaskattachmentlocatorcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1581<br /> <br /> alluserwftemplatelocator<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> alluserwftemplatelocator Purpose Lists all repository workflow templates that are not system-generated.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\userwftemplatelocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition allwftemplatelocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/wftemplatelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1582<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> allwftemplatelocator<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_process</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> allwftemplatelocator Purpose Locates dm_process objects (workflow templates) in a repository<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1583<br /> <br /> allwftemplatelocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\wftemplatelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806.<br /> <br /> 1584<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attachmentlocator<br /> <br /> atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_process</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> attachmentlocator Purpose Locates object attachments, based on their type and required version label or labels.<br /> <br /> Parameters formTemplateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID for the XForm template<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of object to be located<br /> <br /> versionlabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Version label on attachment, for example, CURRENT<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1585<br /> <br /> attachmentlocator<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\attachmentlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible><br /> <br /> 1586<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attachmentlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> attachmentlocatorcontainer Purpose Locates object attachments, based on their type and required version label or labels.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> formTemplateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the form template, if the attachment is a form instance<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected<br /> <br /> versionlabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Version label on attachment; for example, CURRENT<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\attachmentlocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1587<br /> <br /> attachmentmyobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> attachmentmyobjectlocator Purpose Selects attachment objects from the user’s objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters formTemplateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID for the XForm template<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of object to be located<br /> <br /> versionlabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Version label on attachment, for example, CURRENT<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\attachmentmyobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/myobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1588<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> attachmentmyobjectlocator<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1589<br /> <br /> attachmentsubscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> attachmentsubscriptionlocator Purpose Selects attachment objects from the user’s subscriptions list.<br /> <br /> Parameters formTemplateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID for the XForm template<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of object to be located<br /> <br /> versionlabel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Version label on attachment, for example, CURRENT<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\attachmentsubscriptionlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/subscriptionlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> 1590<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> changeperformer (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinet_visible See privatecabinet_visible, page 818. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> changeperformer (type dm_task) Purpose Allows the user to change the performer of a future task in a workflow.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1591<br /> <br /> changeperformercontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Activity name of the future task.<br /> <br /> taskRuntimeFlag<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow task. Valid values: 0=dormant | 1=acquired | 2=finished | 3 6 =paused | 7=ready<br /> <br /> workflowId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow.<br /> <br /> workflowRuntimeState<br /> <br /> (Required) State of the workflow activity. Valid values: 0=dormant | 1=running | 2=finished | 3=halted | 4=terminated<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\performers\changeperformer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> changeperformercontainer Purpose Allows the user to change the performer of a future task in a workflow.<br /> <br /> 1592<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> changesupervisor (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\performers\changeperformercontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> changesupervisor (type dm_workow) Purpose This component is a container that extends locatorcontainer, page 1066. It allows the user to select a new supervisor for a workflow. This container contains the component userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1593<br /> <br /> completefailedautoworkowtask<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\changesupervisor\changesupervisor_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> completefailedautoworkowtask Purpose The completefailedautoworkflowtask component forces completion of a failed automatic workflow task. It is invoked from the task manager component.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow task<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1594<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delegateworkowtask<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\completeautotask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delegateworkowtask Purpose The delegateworkflowtask component delegates workflow tasks.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\delegateworkflowtask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1595<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_notication)<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_notication) Purpose The delete component deletes dm_folders and other dm_sysobjects, deletes inbox notifications (dm_notification and dm_queued), and deletes folders (queries the user whether all objects should be deleted from a folder selected for deletion). This component must be used within the deletecontainer component.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be deleted. Applies to all types.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the object to be deleted. Applies only to dm_notification and dm_queued types.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\delete\delete_notification_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_notification<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1596<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> deleteworkow (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> deleteworkow (type dm_workow) Purpose The deleteworkflow component deletes aborted workflow objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow to be deleted<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\delete\deleteworkflow_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> deleteworkowcalendar Purpose Enables deleting a workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1597<br /> <br /> editstartwfnote (type dmi_package)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object name of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\calendar\deleteworkflowcalendar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Usage A workflow business calendar object can be deleted only if it is not associated with a workflow object.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> editstartwfnote (type dmi_package) Purpose Adds, edits, and removes attachment notes from dmi_package objects during the workflow initialization process.<br /> <br /> 1598<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> edittasknote (type dmi_package)<br /> <br /> Parameters operationType<br /> <br /> (Required) Type of operations to perform on a note. Valid values: add | edit | remove.<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the workflow package<br /> <br /> processId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\editnote\editstartwfnote_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmi_package<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> edittasknote (type dmi_package) Purpose The edittasknote component adds, edits, and removes attachment notes. This component is defined for dmi_package objects in edittasknote_component.xml.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1599<br /> <br /> nishworkowtask<br /> <br /> Parameters operationType<br /> <br /> (Required) Type of operations to perform on a note. Valid values: add | edit | remove.<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the workflow package<br /> <br /> queueItemId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the queue item with which the note is associated.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\editnote\edittasknote_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmi_package<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> nishworkowtask Purpose The finishworkflowtask component completes non-manual workflow tasks (for which the user is not expected to specify the next task).<br /> <br /> 1600<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> forwardroutertask<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow task<br /> <br /> userCost<br /> <br /> (Optional) Currency cost, such as dollars, euros, or other type of cost defined by customer. Value is stored as a double.<br /> <br /> userTime<br /> <br /> (Optional) Time in units defined by the customer. Value is stored as an integer.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\finishworkflowtask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> forwardroutertask Purpose Forwards router tasks. It is invoked from the taskmanager component.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the router task<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1601<br /> <br /> forwardworkowtask<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\forwardroutertask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> forwardworkowtask Purpose Forwards manual workflow tasks. It is invoked from the taskmanager component.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow task<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\forwardworkflowtask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1602<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> halttask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> halttask (type dm_task) Purpose Halts (pauses) a task in a workflow. This component is defined for dm_task objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work item.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Task name.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\halt\halttask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1603<br /> <br /> haltworkow (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> haltworkow (type dm_workow) Purpose Halts (pauses) workflow objects. This component is defined for dm_workflow objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\halt\haltworkflow_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> inboxlist Purpose Lists the user’s inbox tasks, using a classic-style layout.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1604<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> inboxlist<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\navigation\inbox\inboxlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements autogettaskdefault See autogettaskdefault, page 796. columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. showattachmentinfo See showattachmentinfo, page 820. showautogettask See showautogettask, page 821. showlters See showfilters, page 821. taskmanagerid See taskmanagerid, page 823.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1605<br /> <br /> installedrecentwftemplatelocator<br /> <br /> installedrecentwftemplatelocator Purpose Extends recentwftemplatelocator, page 1612 and allows the user to locate a recently used workflow template that has been installed.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml. See recentsysobjectlocator, page 1075.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\startworkflow\startworkflowtemplatelocatorcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recentwftemplatelocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/wftemplatelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. objecttype <objecttype>dm_process</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> 1606<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> installedwftemplatefolderlocator<br /> <br /> installedwftemplatefolderlocator Purpose Extends unfilteredcontainersysobjectlocator, page 1079 and allows the user to locate a template folder.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\startworkflow\startworkflowtemplatelocatorcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition unfilteredcontainersysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ unfilteredcontainersysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> installedwftemplatesubscriptionlocator Purpose Extends wftemplatesubscriptionlocator, page 1653 and locates and displays installed workflow templates to which the user has subscribed.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1607<br /> <br /> installedwftemplatesubscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ subscriptionlocator_component.xml. See subscriptionlocator, page 1405.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\startworkflow\startworkflowtemplatelocatorcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition wftemplatesubscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/wftemplatelocators_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808.<br /> <br /> 1608<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> myuserwftemplatelocator<br /> <br /> objecttype <objecttype>dm_process</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> myuserwftemplatelocator Purpose Extends allwftemplatelocator, page 1583 and lists all non-system workflow templates owned by the current user.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\myuserwftemplatelocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition allwftemplatelocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/wftemplatelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1609<br /> <br /> mywftemplatelocator<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. breadcrumbiconwellmode See breadcrumbiconwellmode, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype 1 <objecttype>dm_process</objecttype> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> mywftemplatelocator Purpose Extends myobjectlocator, page 1238 and displays a flat list of workflow templates that have been checked out or recently modified by the current user.<br /> <br /> 1610<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> mywftemplatelocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from myobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ myobjectlocator_component.xml. See myobjectlocator, page 1238.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\wftemplatelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition myobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/myobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>true</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. modiedwithindays See modifiedwithindays, page 811.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1611<br /> <br /> recentwftemplatelocator<br /> <br /> objecttype <objecttype>dm_process</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> recentwftemplatelocator Purpose Extends recentsysobjectlocator, page 1075 and locates workflow templates that were recently used by the user. This component has no scope specified, but the <objecttype> element restricts the search to objects of type dm_process (templates).<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml. See recentsysobjectlocator, page 1075.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\wftemplatelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1612<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> rejectroutertask<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_process</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> rejectroutertask Purpose Rejects router tasks.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the router task<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1613<br /> <br /> rejectworkowtask<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\rejectroutertask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> rejectworkowtask Purpose Displays a UI to allow the user to reject manual workflow tasks.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow task<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\rejectworkflowtask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1614<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removeattachment<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removeattachment Purpose Removes attached objects from a workflow. It is part of the task manager component group.<br /> <br /> Parameters attachmentName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the workflow attachment<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the attachment.<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the workflow package.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\removeattachment\removeattachment_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1615<br /> <br /> removestartwfattachment<br /> <br /> removestartwfattachment Purpose Removes attached objects. It is part of the startworkflow container component.<br /> <br /> Parameters attachmentName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the workflow attachment<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the attachment.<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the workflow package.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\removeattachment\removeattachment_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removestartwfwfattachment Purpose This component is used with the startworkflow and taskmanager components. It is used to remove an attachment from a workflow.<br /> <br /> 1616<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> removewfattachment<br /> <br /> Parameters attachmentName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the attachment object being removed from the workflow<br /> <br /> docId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the attachment object being removed from the workflow<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Process (template) ID<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\removeattachment\removewfattachment_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> removewfattachment Purpose This component is used to remove an attachment from a workflow.<br /> <br /> Parameters attachmentName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the attachment to be removed from the workflow<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Workflow task ID<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1617<br /> <br /> repeatworkowtask<br /> <br /> packageName<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the package associated with the workflow from which the attachment is being removed<br /> <br /> wf_attachment_id<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the attachment being removed from the workflow<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\removeattachment\removewfattachment_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> repeatworkowtask Purpose Completes workflow tasks and assign repeat performers for them. You can use it only for repeatable tasks.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> 1618<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow task to be repeated.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> rerunfailedautoworkowtask<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\repeatworkflowtask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> rerunfailedautoworkowtask Purpose Retries failed automatic workflow tasks. You can use it only for failed automatic tasks. It is invoked from the task manager.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of failed autoworkflow task.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\rerunautotask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1619<br /> <br /> resumetask (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> resumetask (type dm_task) Purpose Resumes a task in a workflow that was previously halted. This component is defined for dm_task objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work item.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Required) Task name.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\resume\resumetask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1620<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> resumeworkow (type dm_workow)<br /> <br /> resumeworkow (type dm_workow) Purpose Resumes halted workflow objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\resume\resumeworkflow_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_workflow<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> startwfattachment Purpose Manages the attachment information during the workflow initialization process. It is part of the startworkflow container component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1621<br /> <br /> startwfcomments<br /> <br /> Parameters attachmentIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) IDs of attachments to workflow<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\attachment\startwfattachment_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> startwfcomments Purpose Manages the process of adding notes to attachments during the workflow initialization process. It is part of the startworkflow component group.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> 1622<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> startwfcontainer (type dm_process)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\comments\startwfcomments_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements showheaderforsinglepackage See showheaderforsinglepackage, page 821.<br /> <br /> startwfcontainer (type dm_process) Purpose Extends propertysheetcontainer, page 915 and operates on dm_process (template) objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters attachmentIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) IDs of attachments to workflow<br /> <br /> component<br /> <br /> (Optional) Start component<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process<br /> <br /> startworkflowId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Required) Object type of the attachment, passed to the contained components<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1623<br /> <br /> startwfperformers<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\startwfcontainer\startwfcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_process<br /> <br /> Elements asynchronous See asynchronous, page 795. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> startwfperformers Purpose Manages the process of performer assignment. It is part of the startworkflow component group.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> 1624<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> startwfxformcontainer (type dm_process)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\performers\startwfperformers_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> startwfxformcontainer (type dm_process) Purpose Container for the startwfperformers, page 1624 and the startwfcomments, page 1622 components.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from startwfcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/ startwfcontainer/startwfcontainer_component.xml. See startwfcontainer (type dm_process), page 1623.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\startworkflowxformcontainer\startworkflowxformcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1625<br /> <br /> startworkow<br /> <br /> Parent Denition startwfcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/startwfcontainer/startwfcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_process<br /> <br /> Elements asynchronous See asynchronous, page 795. formsavefolderpath See formsavefolderpath, page 807.<br /> <br /> startworkow Purpose Displays the info for a workflow. The component has a classic-style layout. It is part of the group of task manager components.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\startworkflow\startworkflow_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1626<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> startworkowdrilldown<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements defaultformacl You must specify a default ACL. Since 6.0 SP1. formsavefolderpath See formsavefolderpath, page 807.<br /> <br /> startworkowdrilldown Purpose Extends startworkflow, page 1626 and displays the Info tab on a workflow. The component has a streamline-style layout. It is part of the group of task manager components. Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from startworkflow:/webcomponent/config/library/workflow/ startworkflow/startworkflow_component.xml. See startworkflow, page 1626.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\startworkflow\startworkflowdrilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition startworkflow:/webcomponent/config/library/workflow/startworkflow/startworkflow_component. xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1627<br /> <br /> startworkowtemplatelocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements formsavefolderpath See formsavefolderpath, page 807.<br /> <br /> startworkowtemplatelocatorcontainer Purpose Extends wftemplatelocatorcontainer, page 1652 and launches the workflow operation after the user selects the workflow template. The contained components locate various kinds of workflows and templates.<br /> <br /> Parameters componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Optional) Supplied by the LaunchComponent class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Attachment ID<br /> <br /> startworkflowId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\startworkflow\startworkflowtemplatelocatorcontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> 1628<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> startworkowxforms<br /> <br /> Parent Denition wftemplatelocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/wftemplatelocators_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> startworkowxforms Purpose Starts a workflow using the xforms component.<br /> <br /> Parameters activityId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the initial activity.<br /> <br /> deleteOnCancel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether to delete the workflow instance when the workflow instance is cancelled (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> isactivityformtemplate<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the initial activity is a form template (true) or not (false).<br /> <br /> isNew<br /> <br /> (Optional) Whether the workflow is new (true) or existing (false).<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the workflow instance.<br /> <br /> templateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the workflow template.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1629<br /> <br /> taskattachment<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\startworkflow\startworkflowxforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition xforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/xforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> taskattachment Purpose Manages the attachments to tasks in the inbox.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\attachment\taskattachment_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1630<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> taskcomments<br /> <br /> taskcomments Purpose Adds notes to inbox tasks. It is part of the task manager component.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\comments\taskcomments_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements showheaderforsinglepackage See showheaderforsinglepackage, page 821.<br /> <br /> taskcomponentcontainer Purpose Extends the component wizardcontainer, page 1177 and displays task components for workflows.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1631<br /> <br /> taskcomponentcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Start component.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Required) Task type. Valid values: dm_notification | dm_queued | dm_task. The type is passed by the taskmanagercontainer component to the contained components.<br /> <br /> userCost<br /> <br /> (Optional) Currency cost, such as dollars, euros, or other type of cost defined by customer. Value is stored as a double.<br /> <br /> userTime<br /> <br /> (Optional) Time in units defined by the customer. Value is stored as an integer.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskcomponentcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition wizardcontainer:wdk/config/wizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from wizardcontainer:wdk/config/wizardcontainer_component. xml. See wizardcontainer, page 1177.<br /> <br /> 1632<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> taskheader<br /> <br /> taskheader Purpose Displays header information for tasks. It is part of the task manager and start workflow component groups.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task<br /> <br /> taskName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the task<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskheader\taskheader_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> taskhistory Purpose Displays runtime or audit history of a workflow that generated a specific task. It is part of the task manager component group.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1633<br /> <br /> taskinfo<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskhistory\taskhistory_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements events 1 <events> 2<visibility name="dm_abortworkflow">true</visibility> ... </events><br /> <br /> 1 Contains <visibility> elements which correspond to individual audit events. 2 Corresponds to an event. Set to true to display the specified event. Set the name attribute to correspond to an audit type such as dm_signoff. historytype <historytype>runtime</historytype><br /> <br /> Specifies audit or runtime. Valid values: audit | auditorruntime (shows audit if available) | runtime (default = runtime)<br /> <br /> taskinfo Purpose Displays next and previous task information for specific tasks. It is part of the task manager.<br /> <br /> 1634<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> taskmanager<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskinfo\taskinfo_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements showtaskinfo 1 <showtaskinfo> 2<next>true</next> 3<previous>false</previous> </showtaskinfo><br /> <br /> 1 Whether to display or hide information about the previous and next tasks. Contains <next> and <previous> elements. 2 True to display information about the next task. 3 True to display information about the previous task.<br /> <br /> taskmanager Purpose Displays the info tab in the taskmanager component group. It is the main component in the group of task manager components, which are contained in the taskmanagercontainer component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1635<br /> <br /> taskmanager<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmanager_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements defaultformacl You must specify a default ACL. Since 6.0 SP1 failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. formsavefolderpath See formsavefolderpath, page 807. showusertimeandcost See showusertimeandcost, page 822.<br /> <br /> 1636<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> taskmanagercontainer (type dm_notication)<br /> <br /> taskmanagercontainer (type dm_notication) Purpose Extends propertysheetcontainer, page 915. This component is defined for following scopes: dm_notification, dm_queued, dm_router_task, and dm_task. The definitions for dm_notification, dm_queued, and dm_router_task do not contain components.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the component to initialize<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Task ID<br /> <br /> taskmanagerId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the taskmanager object<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Required) Not used (any value can be inserted)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmgrcontainer\taskmanagercontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_notification<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1637<br /> <br /> taskmanagercontainer (type dm_router_task)<br /> <br /> taskmanagercontainer (type dm_router_task) Purpose Extends propertysheetcontainer, page 915. This component is defined for following scopes: dm_notification, dm_queued, dm_router_task, and dm_task. The definitions for dm_notification, dm_queued, and dm_router_task do not contain components.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the component to initialize<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Task ID<br /> <br /> taskmanagerId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the taskmanager object<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Required) Not Used (any value can be inserted)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmgrcontainer\taskmanagercontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_router_task<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> 1638<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> taskmanagercontainer (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> taskmanagercontainer (type dm_task) Purpose Extends propertysheetcontainer, page 915. This component is defined for following scopes: dm_notification, dm_queued, dm_router_task, and dm_task. The definitions for dm_notification, dm_queued, and dm_router_task do not contain components.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the component to initialize<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Task ID<br /> <br /> taskmanagerId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the taskmanager object<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Required) Not used (any value can be inserted)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmgrcontainer\taskmanagercontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1639<br /> <br /> taskmgrabortworkow (type dm_task)<br /> <br /> taskmgrabortworkow (type dm_task) Purpose Extends the abortworkflow component and aborts workflows that generated failed automatic workflow tasks. It is invoked from the taskmanager component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from abortworkflow:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/abort/ abortworkflow_component.xml. See abortworkflow (type dm_workflow), page 1580.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmanager\taskmgrabortworkflow_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition abortworkflow:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/abort/abortworkflow_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_task<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> taskprocessvariables Purpose Displays a workflow’s process variables (defined in Business Process Manager) for which a user can specify values.<br /> <br /> 1640<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> taskprogress<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_workflow object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskprocessvariables\taskprocessvariables_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> taskprogress Purpose Contains taskhistory and taskinfo components. It is part of the task manager component group.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the workflow process<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1641<br /> <br /> webwfm<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskprogress\taskprogress_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> webwfm Purpose Launches the Web workflow manager applet. This component is launched by the following actions: new, view, editfile, and delete on a single object of type dm_process (template) objects, and the view action on a single dm_workflow (template) object. The container extends combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of a process, a workflow, or a folder or cabinet in which to create the workflow.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\webwfm\webwfm_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1642<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> webwfm_checkjvm<br /> <br /> Usage The Web workflow manager applet requires the Sun virtual machine in the client browser. The user is prompted to install the required VM when the workflow manager is called. The Web workflow manager is called for a single object. If a workflow or template is edited, it must be checked in through the Web workflow manager UI. Checkin for workflows and templates is disabled in the Webtop UI.<br /> <br /> Elements helppath See helppath, page 807. map See map, page 810. maxidletime See maxidletime, page 810.<br /> <br /> webwfm_checkjvm Purpose This component is a container for the web workflow manager component that also checks the Java Virtual Machine to ensure that it is compatible.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from webwfm:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/webwfm/ webwfm_component.xml. See webwfm, page 1642.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1643<br /> <br /> webwfmcontainer<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\webwfm\webwfm_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition webwfm:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/webwfm/webwfm_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements helppath See helppath, page 807. map See map, page 810. maxidletime See maxidletime, page 810.<br /> <br /> webwfmcontainer Purpose Container component for the Workflow Manager.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1644<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> webwfmeditcontainer<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\webwfm\webwfmcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158. propagatepreviouspagevalues This element structure is inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> webwfmeditcontainer Purpose This component calls the component webwfm, page 1642 to launch the Web workflow manager applet in editing mode. This container extends combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from combocontainer:wdk/config/combocontainer_component.xml. See combocontainer, page 1158.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1645<br /> <br /> wfgrouponlylocator<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\webwfm\webwfmeditcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition webwfmcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/webwfm/webwfmcontainer_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> wfgrouponlylocator Purpose Extends userorgrouplocator, page 1507 and selects groups in workflow operations. The container component extends locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\wfgrouponlylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1646<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> wfgrouponlylocator<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_group</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1647<br /> <br /> wfgrouponlylocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> wfgrouponlylocatorcontainer Purpose This component is the container for the component wfgrouponlylocator, page 1646, which is used to select groups in workflow operations.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple selection.<br /> <br /> repository<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the repository in which to search<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\wfgrouponlylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> 1648<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> wfrecentuseronlylocator<br /> <br /> wfrecentuseronlylocator Purpose This component is used to search for users who were recently selected or changed. It is used in conjunction with workflow operations.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from recentuserorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ recentuserorgrouplocator_component.xml. See recentuserorgrouplocator, page 1490.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\wfuseronlylocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recentuseronlylocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/useronlylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. useronly See useronly, page 824.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1649<br /> <br /> wfsysobjectlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> wfsysobjectlocatorcontainer Purpose Contains sysobjectlocator, page 1077 and recentsysobjectlocator, page 1075.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\wfsysobjectlocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> wftemplatefolderlocator Purpose Locates folders containing dm_process objects (workflow templates) in a repository.<br /> <br /> 1650<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> wftemplatefolderlocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\wftemplatelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible <filenamefiltervisible>true</filenamefiltervisible><br /> <br /> See filenamefiltervisible, page 806.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1651<br /> <br /> wftemplatelocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. objecttype <objecttype>dm_process</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> wftemplatelocatorcontainer Purpose Contains workflow template locators: allwftemplatelocator, page 1583, wftemplatesubscriptionlocator, page 1653, mywftemplatelocator, page 1610, wftemplatefolderlocator, page 1650, and recentwftemplatelocator, page 1612.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\wftemplatelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1652<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> wftemplatesubscriptionlocator<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> wftemplatesubscriptionlocator Purpose Locates and displays workflow templates to which the user has subscribed.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ subscriptionlocator_component.xml. See subscriptionlocator, page 1405.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\locator\wftemplatelocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition subscriptionlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/subscriptionlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1653<br /> <br /> wfuseronlylocator<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">true</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_process</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinet_visible See privatecabinet_visible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> wfuseronlylocator Purpose Contains workflow user locators useronlylocator, page 1504 and recentuseronlylocator, page 1488.<br /> <br /> 1654<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> wfuseronlylocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\wfuseronlylocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition useronlylocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/useronlylocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>false</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1655<br /> <br /> wfuseronlylocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> wfuseronlylocatorcontainer Purpose This component allows the selection of users for workflow operations. It displays the component wfuseronlylocator, page 1654.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the selected object<br /> <br /> repository<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the repository in which to search<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\wfuseronlylocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> 1656<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> wfuserorgroupfromgrouplocator<br /> <br /> wfuserorgroupfromgrouplocator Purpose Locates users who are members of a specific group. It is used in workflow operations.<br /> <br /> Parameters groupName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of group from which to locate users and groups<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Set to true to support multiple selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of object to locate<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\wfuserorgroupfromgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1657<br /> <br /> wfuserorgroupfromgrouplocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507. atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> wfuserorgroupfromgrouplocatorcontainer Purpose Contains the userorgrouplocator component used in the sendtodistributionlist component.<br /> <br /> 1658<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> wfuserorgroupfromgrouplocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) True to allow selection of workflow performers in a sequential order.<br /> <br /> groupName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the group of which the listed users/groups are to be members<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> repository<br /> <br /> (Optional) Repository in which to search<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs of the selected recipients (users and groups).Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\wfuserorgroupfromgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1659<br /> <br /> wfuserorgrouplocator<br /> <br /> wfuserorgrouplocator Purpose This component is used to locate active users or groups in a repository. The component allows a user navigate from usergroups to find a user or group.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\wfuserorgrouplocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/userorgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from userorgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ userorgrouplocator_component.xml. See userorgrouplocator, page 1507.<br /> <br /> 1660<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> wfuserorgrouplocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> atlist 1 <flatlist>false</flatlist> 1 See flatlist, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. includeunlisted See includeunlisted, page 809. objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. preset_item See preset_item, page 816. privategroupvisible See privategroupvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825. workqueuegroupvisible See workqueuegroupvisible, page 827.<br /> <br /> wfuserorgrouplocatorcontainer Purpose Container for simple user-or-group locator used in sendtodistributionlist.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1661<br /> <br /> wfuserorgrouplocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to allow selection of users in a sequential order.<br /> <br /> flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list objects in a flat list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) The type of the selected object<br /> <br /> repository<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the repository in which to search<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) IDs of objects that are selected when the component is displayed<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\wfuserorgrouplocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> 1662<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workowavailability<br /> <br /> workowavailability Purpose Launched by the action workflowavailability, page 742 in dialogcontainer, page 1161, this component sets the user’s availability to receive workflows.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\availability\workflowavailability_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowcalendar Purpose Represents a workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1663<br /> <br /> workowcalendarcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object name of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\calendar\workflowcalendar_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowcalendarcontainer Purpose Displays the properties of a workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object name of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> 1664<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workowcalendardetails<br /> <br /> actiontype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the action to perform.<br /> <br /> component<br /> <br /> (Optional) The contained component. Set the requiresVisit attribute to true to require the component to be visited before an OK button is displayed.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\calendar\workflowcalendardetails_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowcalendardetails Purpose Displays detailed information about a workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object ID of the workflow calendar.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1665<br /> <br /> workowcalendareditcontainer<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\calendar\workflowcalendardetails_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowcalendareditcontainer Purpose Displays and enables editing the properties of a workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object name of the workflow business calendar.<br /> <br /> actiontype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the action to perform.<br /> <br /> component<br /> <br /> (Optional) The contained component. Set the requiresVisit attribute to true to require the component to be visited before an OK button is displayed.<br /> <br /> 1666<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workowcalendarevent<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\calendar\workflowcalendardetails_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition workflowcalendarcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/calendar/ workflowcalendarcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowcalendarevent Purpose Enables editing an existing or creating a new workflow business calendar event.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the workflow business calendar event.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object name of the workflow business calendar event.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1667<br /> <br /> workowcalendarlist<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\calendar\workflowcalendarevent_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowcalendarlist Purpose Displays a list of all workflow business calendars.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0 SP1<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\calendar\workflowcalendarlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> 1668<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workowstatusclassic (Webtop)<br /> <br /> workowstatusclassic (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK workflowstatuslist component and lists workflow objects and their statuses, using a list layout. Reads in the user display preferences.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from workflowstatuslist:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/status/ workflowstatuslist_component.xml. See workflowstatuslist, page 1670.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\workflowstatusclassic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition workflowstatuslist:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/status/workflowstatuslist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowstatusdrilldown Purpose Lists workflow objects and their statuses, using a streamline layout. Deprecated as of version 6.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1669<br /> <br /> workowstatuslist<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\status\workflowstatusdrilldown_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowstatuslist Purpose Lists workflow objects and their statuses, using a list layout.<br /> <br /> Parameters mode<br /> <br /> 1670<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the workflows to be displayed. Valid values: all (shows all workflows) | supervisor (shows workflows supervised by the current user) | creator (shows workflows created by the current user) | supervisorcreator (shows workflows supervised or created by the current user)<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workowstatusstreamline (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\status\workflowstatuslist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowstatusstreamline (Webtop) Purpose Extends the WDK workflowstatusdrilldown component and lists workflow objects and their statuses, using a streamline layout.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\workflowstatusstreamline_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition workflowstatusdrilldown:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/status/workflowstatusdrilldown_ component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1671<br /> <br /> workowxforms<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workowxforms Purpose Workflow that uses the xforms component.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from xforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/xforms_component.xml. See xforms, page 1743.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\workflowxforms\workflowxforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition xforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/xforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1672<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> advanceprocessorqueuelist<br /> <br /> Work queue management advanceprocessorqueuelist Purpose List the work queues for an advanced queue processor.<br /> <br /> Parameters category_path<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) IDs of the nodes.<br /> <br /> object_name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the dm_user object with role set to advance_queue_processor.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the dm_user object with role set to advance_queue_processor.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\list\advanceprocessorqueuelist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1673<br /> <br /> allworkqueuecategorylocator<br /> <br /> nodes See nodes, page 812. wqlist <wqlist>true</wqlist><br /> <br /> Whether to display (true) or hide (false) the work queue list.<br /> <br /> allworkqueuecategorylocator Purpose Lists all defined work queue categories.<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple selection.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\workqueuecategorylocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1674<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> allworkqueuecategorylocator<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dmc_workqueue_category</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1675<br /> <br /> assignqueuedtask<br /> <br /> assignqueuedtask Purpose Assigns a task from a work queue to a processor.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task to assign<br /> <br /> performer<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the user to whom the task will be assigned<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\assignqueuedtask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> assignqueuedtaskcontainer Purpose Container object for assigning tasks from a work queue to a processor. Contains the component assignqueuedtask, page 1676.<br /> <br /> 1676<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_queued)<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\assignqueuedtaskcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition multiargdialogcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/multiargdialogcontainer/ multiargdialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_queued) Purpose The delete component deletes dm_folders and other dm_sysobjects, deletes inbox notifications (dm_notification and dm_queued), and deletes folders (queries the user whether all objects should be deleted from a folder selected for deletion). This component must be used within the deletecontainer component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1677<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_category)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the object to be deleted. Applies to all types.<br /> <br /> objectName<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the object to be deleted. Applies only to dm_notification and dm_queued types.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\delete\delete_queued_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_queued<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_category) Purpose Deletes a work queue category. A work queue category can be deleted only if it does not contain any work queues or other categories.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from delete:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/delete/ deleteworkqueueobject_component.xml. See delete, page 1094.<br /> <br /> 1678<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_doc_prole)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\delete\deleteworkqueuecategory_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition delete:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/delete/deleteworkqueueobject_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_category<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_doc_prole) Purpose Deletes a work queue document profile. A work queue document profile can be deleted only if no work items reference it.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from delete:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/delete/ deleteworkqueueobject_component.xml. See delete, page 1094.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1679<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_policy)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\delete\deleteworkqueuedocprofile_component. xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition delete:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/delete/deleteworkqueueobject_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_doc_profile<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue_policy) Purpose Deletes a work queue policy. A work queue policy can be deleted only if the work queue policy is not referenced by any work item, work queue, or work queue document profile.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from delete:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/delete/ deleteworkqueueobject_component.xml. See delete, page 1094.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\delete\deleteworkqueuepolicy_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1680<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue)<br /> <br /> Parent Denition delete:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/delete/deleteworkqueueobject_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue_policy<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_workqueue) Purpose Deletes a work queue. A work queue can be deleted only if it contains no work items.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from delete:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/delete/ deleteworkqueueobject_component.xml. See delete, page 1094.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\delete\deleteworkqueue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition delete:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/delete/deleteworkqueueobject_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_workqueue<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1681<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_wq_skill_info)<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> delete (type dmc_wq_skill_info) Purpose Deletes dmc_wq_skill_info objects.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from delete:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/delete/ deleteworkqueueobject_component.xml. See delete, page 1094.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\delete\deletewqskillinfo_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition delete:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/delete/deleteworkqueueobject_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dmc_wq_skill_info<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1682<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> docproleadd<br /> <br /> docproleadd Purpose Adds a work queue document profile.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\docprofileadd_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docproleattributes Purpose Edits the attributes of a work queue document profile.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1683<br /> <br /> docprolelist<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the document profile object for which you want to set attributes.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\docprofileattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> docprolelist Purpose Displays a list of the available queue management document profiles.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1684<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> editprocessorauthentication<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\list\docprofilelist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> editprocessorauthentication Purpose Displays a page in the Properties component for a work queue processor, enabling the user to set the processor’s skill level and available document profiles. The component does not save the work queue processor profile, but passes any changes back to the calling component.<br /> <br /> Parameters docprofile_enable<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: set to true to enable the user to change the work queue document profile assigned to the processor. Default is false.<br /> <br /> docprofile_name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the work queue document profile.<br /> <br /> skill<br /> <br /> (Optional) Skill level of the user for this work queue. Valid values are the skill level strings from the data dictionary.<br /> <br /> username<br /> <br /> (Required) User name of the work queue processor.<br /> <br /> wq_name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1685<br /> <br /> managequeueinbox<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\editprocessorauthentication_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> managequeueinbox Purpose Lists all uncompleted tasks in a work queue, both assigned and unassigned.<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> queuename<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\managequeueinbox_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1686<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> movetoqueue<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821. showlters See showfilters, page 821. useroptions See useroptions, page 825.<br /> <br /> movetoqueue Purpose Moves a task from one work queue to another.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from assignqueuedtask:webcomponent/config/library/ queuemanagement/assignqueuedtask_component.xml. See assignqueuedtask, page 1676.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1687<br /> <br /> movetoqueuecontainer<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\movetoqueue_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition assignqueuedtask:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/assignqueuedtask_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> movetoqueuecontainer Purpose Moves one or more selected queued tasks to another work queue.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\movetoqueuecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1688<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> policyattributes<br /> <br /> Parent Denition multiargdialogcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/multiargdialogcontainer/ multiargdialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> policyattributes Purpose Sets the attributes for a work queue policy.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue policy object whose attributes to set.<br /> <br /> selectPolicy<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether all policy attributes are read-only, so users can select an existing policy only (True) or all fields are editable, so users can create a new policy (False). Default is false.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\policyattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1689<br /> <br /> policylist<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dmc_workqueue_policy</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to modify.<br /> <br /> policylist Purpose Displays a list of the available work queue policies.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\list\policylist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> 1690<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> processorattributes<br /> <br /> showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> processorattributes Purpose Sets the queue-related attributes for a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the user acting as a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\processorattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1691<br /> <br /> processorauthenticationlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> processorauthenticationlocatorcontainer Purpose Container component for specifying the work queue document profile, skill level, and work queues for a newly defined work queue processor.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\processorauthenticationlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition workqueuelocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/workqueuelocator_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> processorauthenticationselect Purpose Sets the skill level and document profile settings as part of adding a new work queue processor. The component saves the work queue processor profile.<br /> <br /> 1692<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> processorinfo<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\processorauthenticationlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> processorinfo Purpose Displays processor information.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue processor.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue processor.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1693<br /> <br /> processormember<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\processorinfo_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> processormember Purpose Displays the members of a work queue.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\processormember_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1694<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> processorprolecontainer<br /> <br /> processorprolecontainer Purpose Container for the processor profile properties.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.(Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the user object for the work queue processor.(Required) ID of the user object for the work queue processor.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user object for the work queue processor.(Required) Name of the user object for the work queue processor.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\processorprofilecontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition queuemgmtpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/ queuemgmtpropertycontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1695<br /> <br /> processorprolelist<br /> <br /> processorprolelist Purpose Searches for a work queue processor profile or pages through a list of all the work queue processor profiles in the repository.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\list\processorprofilelist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition userlist:webcomponent/config/admin/user/userlist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> processorproperties Purpose Sets the properties for a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> 1696<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> processorqueueinbox<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the component to display<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the user object for the work queue processor.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\processorproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition adminpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/admin/container/adminpropertycontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dm_user</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to modify.<br /> <br /> processorqueueinbox Purpose Work queue inbox for a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1697<br /> <br /> processorqueueinbox<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> queuename<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue to display.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\processorqueueinbox_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. failoverenabled See failoverenabled, page 806. showlters See showfilters, page 821. useroptions See useroptions, page 825.<br /> <br /> 1698<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> processorskill<br /> <br /> processorskill Purpose Enables creating and updating a processor’s skills.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of a dmc_wq_user_skill object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of a dmc_wq_user_skill object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\processorskill_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> processorskillattributes Purpose Enables modification of a work queue processor’s skill attributes.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1699<br /> <br /> processorworkloadinbox<br /> <br /> Parameters skill_info_id<br /> <br /> (Optional) skill_info_id attribute of the dmc_wq_user_skill object.<br /> <br /> skill_values<br /> <br /> (Optional) Values of the dmc_wq_user_skill object.<br /> <br /> user_name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user object for the processor.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\processorskillattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> processorworkloadinbox Purpose Provides a queue manager with a list of the tasks awaiting a work queue processor.<br /> <br /> 1700<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> processorworkloadinbox<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the user object for the work queue processor.<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\processorworkloadinbox_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. showattachmentinfo See showattachmentinfo, page 820. showlters See showfilters, page 821.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1701<br /> <br /> pullqueuedtask<br /> <br /> pullqueuedtask Purpose Enables users, who are in the advanced_queue_processor role, to assign unassigned tasks from work queues to themselves.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dm_task object to pull.<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dmc_workqueue to from which to assign the dm_task object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\pullqueuedtask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements openTaskManager <openTaskManager>true</openTaskManager><br /> <br /> Whether to enable (true) or disable (false) opening the task manager from within this component.<br /> <br /> pullqueuedtaskcontainer Purpose Container for the pullqueuedtask, page 1702 component.<br /> <br /> 1702<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> qualiedqueueprocessorslocator<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\pullqueuedtaskcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition multiargdialogcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/multiargdialogcontainer/ multiargdialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> qualiedqueueprocessorslocator Purpose Displays a selection list of users who are qualified to process tasks from a specific work queue.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1703<br /> <br /> qualiedqueueprocessorslocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters groupName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dm_group object representing the work queue.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to enable users to select multiple processors.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type of the users to display in the selection list; default is dm_user.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\qualifiedqueueprocessorslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition wfuserorgroupfromgrouplocator:webcomponent/config/library/workflow/ wfuserorgroupfromgrouplocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797.<br /> <br /> qualiedqueueprocessorslocatorcontainer Purpose Container component for selecting qualified queue processors. Contains the component qualifiedqueueprocessorslocator, page 1703.<br /> <br /> 1704<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> queueattributes<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> groupName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the group to which users must belong to process tasks in the queue.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to enable users to select multiple processors.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Object type of the users to display in the selection list.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\actions\qualifiedqueueprocessorslocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> queueattributes Purpose Sets the attributes for a work queue.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1705<br /> <br /> queueinfo<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queueattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> queueinfo Purpose Enables creating and updating work queues.<br /> <br /> 1706<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> queuelist<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queueinfo_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> queuelist Purpose Displays a navigable list of the work queues and work queue categories.<br /> <br /> Parameters category_path<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> object_name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the work queue category to display as the initial starting point for the list.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1707<br /> <br /> queuelist (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\list\queuelist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> queuelist (Webtop) Purpose Displays a navigable list of the work queues and work queue categories.<br /> <br /> Parameters category_path<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) IDs of queue management nodes in the browsertree.<br /> <br /> object_name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) Queue ID.<br /> <br /> 1708<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> queuemanagement (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\queuelistclassic_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition queuelist:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/list/queuelist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> queuemanagement (Webtop) Purpose Displays admin nodes in the browsertree that handle work items in the queue.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional)IDs of queue management nodes in the browsertree.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1709<br /> <br /> queuemanagementclipboard<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\queuemanagement_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition nodemanagement:webcomponent/config/admin/nodemanagement/nodemanagement_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> queuemanagementclipboard Purpose Displays contents of the Queue Management clipboard.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queuemanagementclipboard_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1710<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> queuemember<br /> <br /> Parent Denition clipboard:webcomponent/config/environment/clipboard/clipboard_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements dragdrop See dragdrop, page 804.<br /> <br /> queuemember Purpose Enables displaying and updating members of a work queue.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue object..<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queuemember_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1711<br /> <br /> queuemgmtpropertycontainer<br /> <br /> queuemgmtpropertycontainer Purpose Enables updating work queue properties.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class. The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queuemgmtpropertycontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> 1712<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> queuemonitorlist<br /> <br /> queuemonitorlist Purpose Displays overview information for monitoring the contents of work queues.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queuemonitor_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for streamline view), page 797. showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> queuepolicy Purpose Enables displaying and updating work queue policies.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1713<br /> <br /> queuepropertiescontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queuepolicy_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition policyattributes:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/policyattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dmc_workqueue_policy</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to display.<br /> <br /> queuepropertiescontainer Purpose Container for the work queue properties component.<br /> <br /> 1714<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> queueskill<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queuepropertiescontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition queuemgmtpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/ queuemgmtpropertycontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> queueskill Purpose Enables creating and updating dmc_wq_skill_info objects.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1715<br /> <br /> queueusersandgroups<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the dmc_wq_skill_info object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the dmc_wq_skill_info object.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queueskill_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> queueusersandgroups Purpose Displays the users and groups assigned to work on a work queue.<br /> <br /> Parameters categoryPath<br /> <br /> (Optional) Navigation path through work queue categories used to reach the current queue; used for setting the breadcrumbs.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> queuename<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue.<br /> <br /> 1716<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> recentworkqueuecategorylocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\queueusersandgroups_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> recentworkqueuecategorylocator Purpose Lists work queue categories that the user has recently selected.<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple selection.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\workqueuecategorylocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1717<br /> <br /> skillinfolist<br /> <br /> Parent Denition recentsysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/recentsysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dmc_workqueue_category</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> skillinfolist Purpose Displays a work queue’s skill info.<br /> <br /> Parameters None.<br /> <br /> 1718<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> suspendqueuedtask<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\list\skillinfolist_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. showbreadcrumb See showbreadcrumb, page 821.<br /> <br /> suspendqueuedtask Purpose Puts a task from a work queue into a suspended state.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task to suspend.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1719<br /> <br /> taskmanagercontainer (type dm_queued)<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\suspendqueuedtask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> taskmanagercontainer (type dm_queued) Purpose Extends propertysheetcontainer, page 915. This component is defined for following scopes: dm_notification, dm_queued, dm_router_task, and dm_task. The definitions for dm_notification, dm_queued, and dm_router_task do not contain components.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the ID of the component to initialize.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Task ID.<br /> <br /> taskmanagerId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the taskmanager object.<br /> <br /> type<br /> <br /> (Required) Not used (any value can be inserted).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\workflow\taskmgrcontainer\taskmanagercontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1720<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> unassignqueuedtask<br /> <br /> Parent Denition propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope type<br /> <br /> dm_queued<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from propertysheetcontainer:wdk/config/propertysheetcontainer_ component.xml. See propertysheetcontainer, page 915.<br /> <br /> unassignqueuedtask Purpose Removes a work item from a particular work queue processor’s Inbox.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the task to unassign.<br /> <br /> queueName<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue containing the task.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\unassignqueuedtask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1721<br /> <br /> unassignqueuedtaskcontainer<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> unassignqueuedtaskcontainer Purpose Container component for removing work items from a particular work queue processor’s Inbox.<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> componentArgs<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class.) List of arguments and values to pass to each contained component.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\unassignqueuedtaskcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition multiargdialogcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/multiargdialogcontainer/ multiargdialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1722<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> unsuspendqueuedtask<br /> <br /> unsuspendqueuedtask Purpose Returns a suspended task in a work queue to active state.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the suspended task.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\unsuspendqueuedtask_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> updateprocessorauthentication Purpose Changes the skill level of a work queue processor or the work queue document profile that the processor is authorized to process.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1723<br /> <br /> updateprocessorskill<br /> <br /> Parameters docprofile_name<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of a work queue document profile<br /> <br /> skill<br /> <br /> (Optional) Skill level of the user for this work queue. Valid values are the skill level strings from the data dictionary.<br /> <br /> username<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the user.<br /> <br /> wq_name<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\updateprocessorauthentication_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition editprocessorauthentication:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/ editprocessorauthentication_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> updateprocessorskill Purpose Enables updating a work queue processor’s skills.<br /> <br /> 1724<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workqueuecategorylocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of a dmc_wq_user_skill object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of a dmc_wq_user_skill object.<br /> <br /> requiredSkillIds<br /> <br /> (Required) IDs of the required dmc_wq_skill_ info objects required by the work queue.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\updateprocessorskill_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition processorskill:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/processorskill_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workqueuecategorylocatorcontainer Purpose Container component for locating work queue categories.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1725<br /> <br /> workqueuecategoryproperties<br /> <br /> Parameters arrangeselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Not used.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple selection.<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\workqueuecategorylocators_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> workqueuecategoryproperties Purpose Sets the properties for a work queue category.<br /> <br /> 1726<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workqueuedocproleproperties<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class. The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue category object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue category.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\workqueuecategoryproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition queuemgmtpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/ queuemgmtpropertycontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workqueuedocproleproperties Purpose Sets the properties of a work queue document profile.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1727<br /> <br /> workqueuelocator<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class. The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue document profile object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue document profile.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\workqueuedocprofileproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition queuemgmtpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/ queuemgmtpropertycontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workqueuelocator Purpose Lists the available work queues.<br /> <br /> 1728<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workqueuelocator<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from persistentobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ persistentobjectlocator_component.xml. See persistentobjectlocator, page 1071.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\workqueuelocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition persistentobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/persistentobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements attributes See attributes, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_group</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1729<br /> <br /> workqueuelocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> workqueuelocatorcontainer Purpose Container component for locating available work queues.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\workqueuelocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> workqueuepolicyproperties Purpose Sets the properties for a work queue policy.<br /> <br /> 1730<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> workqueueproperties<br /> <br /> Parameters component<br /> <br /> (Required) Supplied by the LaunchComponent action execution class. The name of the component to contain.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue policy object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue policy.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\workqueuepolicyproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition queuemgmtpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/library/queuemanagement/ queuemgmtpropertycontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> workqueueproperties Purpose Sets the properties for a work queue.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1731<br /> <br /> wqpolicymanagement (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Required) Name of the work queue.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\workqueueproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition adminpropertycontainer:webcomponent/config/admin/container/adminpropertycontainer_ component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements objecttype <objecttype>dmc_workqueue</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to modify.<br /> <br /> wqpolicymanagement (Webtop) Purpose Displays work queue policy and queue management document profile nodes as a list in the content area.<br /> <br /> 1732<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> wqskillinfoattributes<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeIds<br /> <br /> (Optional) Target nodes in the tree.<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\queuemanagement_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition nodemanagement:webcomponent/config/admin/nodemanagement/nodemanagement_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> wqskillinfoattributes Purpose Enables displaying and updating work queue skill attributes.<br /> <br /> Parameters isNew<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) True, if the work queue is new; False, if not..<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the work queue object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1733<br /> <br /> wqskillinfolocator<br /> <br /> objectname<br /> <br /> (Optional) Name of the skill info object that is not used by the component.<br /> <br /> readOnly<br /> <br /> (Optional) (Boolean) True, if the attribute is read-only; False, if not.<br /> <br /> templateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the work queue template.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\wqskillinfoattributes_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition xforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/xforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> wqskillinfolocator Purpose Locates work queue skill information (dmc_wq_skill_info objects).<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from persistentobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ persistentobjectlocator_component.xml. See persistentobjectlocator, page 1071.<br /> <br /> 1734<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> wqskillinfolocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\wqskillinfolocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition persistentobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/persistentobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements attributes See attributes, page 796. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dmc_wq_skill_info</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> wqskillinfolocatorcontainer Purpose Container for wqskillinfolocator, page 1734 component.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1735<br /> <br /> wqskillmanagement (Webtop)<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ locatorcontainer_component.xml. See locatorcontainer, page 1066.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\library\queuemanagement\wqskillinfolocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> wqskillmanagement (Webtop) Purpose Displays work queue skill info and work queue processor profile nodes as a list in the content area.<br /> <br /> Parameters nodeIds<br /> <br /> 1736<br /> <br /> (Optional) Target nodes in the tree.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> editxforms<br /> <br /> Description Since 6.0<br /> <br /> Conguration File webtop\config\queuemanagement_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition nodemanagement:webcomponent/config/admin/nodemanagement/nodemanagement_component. xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> XForms editxforms Purpose Extends dialogcontainer to edit forms. Contains the component xforms, page 1743. If the user does not have the form_user role, the form will be displayed as XML.<br /> <br /> Parameters deleteOnCancel<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether the new form instance should be deleted when the user clicks Cancel. The default is false; that is, the new form instance is not deleted. This parameter is set by the NewXFormsContainer. Because<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1737<br /> <br /> editxforms<br /> <br /> XFormsComponent can be extended, you might want to change this behavior. isNew<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether the form is new.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected form.<br /> <br /> readOnly<br /> <br /> (Optional) A value of true renders the form as readonly (view mode).<br /> <br /> templateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the associated form template. If this parameter is not specified, the default form template associated with the form instance is used.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\editxforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161. lockInstance See lockInstance, page 810.<br /> <br /> 1738<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> editxformsproperties<br /> <br /> editxformsproperties Purpose This component is used to edit a form component definition.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from editxforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/editxforms_component. xml. See editxforms, page 1737.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\editxformsproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition editxforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/editxforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements lockInstance See lockInstance, page 810.<br /> <br /> newxforms Purpose This component is used to create a new form. The user must have the role form_user.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1739<br /> <br /> newxformscontainer<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the current folder in which the form will be created.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\create\newxforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> newxformscontainer Purpose Displays the component newxforms, page 1739 to create a new form. It extends wizardcontainer, page 1177.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> 1740<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> saveasxforms<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\newxformscontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition wizardcontainer:wdk/config/wizardcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements failoverenabled This element structure is inherited from dialogcontainer:wdk/config/dialogcontainer_component.xml. See dialogcontainer, page 1161.<br /> <br /> saveasxforms Purpose Creates a new form from a current form. The user must have the role form_user.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the current folder in which the form will be created.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\saveasxforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1741<br /> <br /> viewxforms<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> viewxforms Purpose Extends editxforms component to display forms. Contains the xforms, page 1743 component. If the user does not have the form_user role, the form will be displayed as XML.<br /> <br /> Parameters objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the selected form<br /> <br /> templateId<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the associated form template<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\viewxforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition editxforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/editxforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> 1742<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> xforms<br /> <br /> Elements lockInstance See lockInstance, page 810. readOnly See readOnly, page 818.<br /> <br /> xforms Purpose Displays a form for viewing or editing a selected form object. The user must have the role form_user. The component is launched within the editxforms container or the viewxforms container by the edit or view actions, respectively. The component passes parameter values to the xforms control, which renders the form.<br /> <br /> Parameters lockInstance<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Whether the component is to lock the form instance automatically when the form is edited and release the lock when the component is exited (by submitting or canceling) (True) or not (False). Default is false.Since 6.0.<br /> <br /> objectId<br /> <br /> (Required) Object ID of the form.<br /> <br /> readOnly<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies whether the form should be shown in edit or view mode. In edit mode, WDK buttons are not hidden (form is modal). In view mode, form buttons are disabled, and WDK buttons are displayed (Close and Help).<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1743<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentimportlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\xforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentimportlocatorcontainer Purpose This component is a locator container that contains a locator tab and an import tab. The user is able to use the import tab to initiate an import action. After the import is completed, the corresponding imported object will be included in the selected list.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> importlocation<br /> <br /> (Required) ID of the repository folder to which the document will be imported<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Required) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> restrictformats<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specify the formats the locator will display<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected<br /> <br /> 1744<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentlocator<br /> <br /> startinlocation<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of the folder where the locator should begin the search<br /> <br /> whereclause<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the where clause that will be used to locate the selected objects<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\locator\xformsattachmentimportlocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition xformsattachmentlocatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/xforms/locator/ xformsattachmentlocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentlocator Purpose This component is a locator specialized for locating document attachments based on their type and required version label(s).<br /> <br /> Parameters objecttype<br /> <br /> (Optional) Type of the selected object.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1745<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentlocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\locator\xformsattachmentlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> 1746<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentlocatorcontainer<br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818. views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> xformsattachmentlocatorcontainer Purpose This component displays the component xformsattachmentlocator, page 1745, which is used to locate attachments in the repository based on type and required version labels.<br /> <br /> Parameters flatlist<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to list all objects in a flat list, set to false to display objects in a drop-down list.<br /> <br /> multiselect<br /> <br /> (Optional) Boolean: Set to true to support multiple object selection.<br /> <br /> objecttype<br /> <br /> (Required) Type of the selected object<br /> <br /> restrictformats<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specify the formats the locator will display<br /> <br /> selectedobjectids<br /> <br /> (Optional) Comma-delimited or semicolondelimited list of object IDs that are initially selected<br /> <br /> startinlocation<br /> <br /> (Optional) ID of folder in which to start the search<br /> <br /> whereclause<br /> <br /> (Optional) Specifies the where clause that will be used to locate the selected objects<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1747<br /> <br /> xformsimportlocator<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\locator\xformsattachmentlocatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition locatorcontainer:webcomponent/config/library/locator/locatorcontainer_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements multidocbasesupport See multidocbasesupport, page 811.<br /> <br /> xformsimportlocator Purpose A dummy locator to be shown on an attachment locator container.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/ sysobjectlocator_component.xml. See sysobjectlocator, page 1077.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\locator\xformsimportlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> 1748<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> xformsimportlocator<br /> <br /> Parent Denition sysobjectlocator:webcomponent/config/library/locator/sysobjectlocator_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements allversionsvisible 1 <allversionsvisible rel="nofollow">false</allversionsvisible> 1 See allversionsvisible, page 795. columns See columns (for data columns), page 797. containerselectable 1 <containerselectable>true</containerselectable> 1 See containerselectable, page 801. contenttypepanelvisible 1 <contenttypepanelvisible>false</contenttypepanelvisible> 1 See contenttypepanelvisible, page 801. lenameltervisible See filenamefiltervisible, page 806. iconwell_icon See iconwell_icon, page 808. objecttype <objecttype>dm_sysobject</objecttype><br /> <br /> Specifies the object type of the objects to locate. privatecabinetvisible 1 <privatecabinetvisible>false</privatecabinetvisible> 1 See privatecabinetvisible, page 818.<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1749<br /> <br /> xformsproperties<br /> <br /> views See views, page 825.<br /> <br /> xformsproperties Purpose This component displays the properties panel for an xform object.<br /> <br /> Parameters The parameters are inherited from xforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/xforms_component.xml. See xforms, page 1743.<br /> <br /> Description Since 5.x<br /> <br /> Conguration File webcomponent\config\xforms\xformsproperties_component.xml<br /> <br /> Parent Denition xforms:webcomponent/config/xforms/xforms_component.xml<br /> <br /> Scope All.<br /> <br /> Elements None.<br /> <br /> 1750<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Appendix A Version 6.0: New Controls, Actions, and Components Controls attachmenticon, page 64 authoringapplicationformatter, page 290 clustergroup, page 310 clustertree, page 312 datacolumnbeginswith, page 98 datagridRowBreak, page 106 datagridRowEvent, page 108 datagridRowModifier, page 108 datagridRowTd, page 109 datagridTh, page 110 datatablefield, page 69 datatablefieldpanel, page 121 datatablefieldPanel, page 70 datatablerowattributelist, page 122 dropdownorlabel, page 201 menuconfig, page 250 messageaddressformatter, page 274 messageimportanceformatter, page 74 msgattachmenticon, page 74 noopformatter, page 276 numberformatter, page 277 objectidformatter, page 278 pagenav, page 222 param, page 223 promptedtext, page 359 recurrexceptionicon, page 75 searchtemplatefreelist, page 334 searchtemplatehiddenfixedlist, page 335 sortableclustertreelist, page 337 sortablelistbox, page 338<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1751<br /> <br /> Version 6.0: New Controls, Actions, and Components<br /> <br /> strategyselector, page 340 tagpooldetector, page 237 webcontainerrequirements, page 237 xformsdatasortlink, page 231 xformslistvalueformatter, page 232<br /> <br /> Actions accessiblefolderbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user), page 618 addaccessortorevoke (type dm_common_restriction), page 589 addgroupmembership, page 591 addprocessorworkqueue, page 746 addrequiredgroupset, page 622 addtobrowserfavorites, page 524 auditimagingaction, page 503 changeprocessorworkqueuemember, page 751 copyhere (type dm_folder), page 412 createpreset (type dmc_preset_package), page 536 createrecordrelation (entitlement recordsmanager, type dm_sysobject not dm_folder), page 546 delete (type dm_smart_list), page 565 delete (type dmc_preset_package), page 537 delete (type search_template), page 566 deleteformatpref, page 533 deleterelation (type dm_document), page 551 dmc_prm_action_make_library_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_physical_container), page 529 dmc_prm_action_make_library_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_physical_document), page 530 dmc_prm_cancel_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_library_request), page 531 dmc_prm_user_request_list (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user), page 532 drledit (type dm_smart_list), page 567 drledit (type search_template), page 467 drlview (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop), page 469 drlview (type dm_smart_list), page 568 drlview (type search_template), page 472 edit_search, page 569 editaceaction, page 595 editacepermitaction, page 597 editfile (type dmc_calendar_event), page 421 editfile (type dmc_datatable_row), page 422<br /> <br /> 1752<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Version 6.0: New Controls, Actions, and Components<br /> <br /> editfile (type dmc_datatable), page 423 editfile (type search_template), page 571 editformatpref, page 534 editpreset (type dmc_preset_package), page 538 editsearch, page 572 edittemplate (type search_template), page 573 edittemplatedefinition (type search_template), page 574 emailperformers (type dm_workflow), page 701 emailsupervisor (type dm_workflow), page 702 exporttocsv, page 453 import (type dmc_datatable), page 430 linkhere (type dm_folder), page 413 movehere (type dm_folder), page 415 nativeroombrowse (type dm_group), page 433 navigation (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop), page 1166 newcalendar (type dm_folder, entitlement collaboration6), page 433 newcalendarevent (type dmc_calendar), page 434 newrelation (type dm_document), page 552 newtableentry (type dmc_datatable), page 439 presetgrouplocator, page 540 presetlocationlocator, page 541 presetobjectlocator, page 542 presetobjecttypelocator, page 543 presetpermissionlocator, page 544 presetuserorgrouplocator, page 545 processorskillattributes, page 772 properties (type dmc_preset_package), page 546 pull_queued_task (type dm_task), page 779 queuelist (Webtop), page 781 registerreadevent (type dm_sysobject), page 526 removeaccessor, page 603 removeaccessortorevoke (type dm_common_restriction), page 604 removerequiredgroup, page 637 revisesearchtemplate, page 577 rmaccessor, page 606 runsearchtemplate (type search_template), page 578 save_search, page 579 savesearchtemplate, page 580 showallmessages, page 617<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1753<br /> <br /> Version 6.0: New Controls, Actions, and Components<br /> <br /> subscribeothers (type dm_sysobject), page 607 unregisterreadevent (type dm_sysobject), page 528 updateprocessorskill, page 789 vdmvalidate (type dm_sysobject), page 675 view_as_html_drilldown (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop), page 483 view_as_html (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop), page 484 view_as_outlook_mail_msg (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop), page 485 view (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop), page 488 view (type dmc_calendar_event), page 450 view (type dmc_datatable_row), page 451 view (type search_template), page 493 viewformalrecordassociations (entitlement recordsmanager, type dm_sysobjectnotdm_folder) (Webtop), page 549 viewsavedresults (type dm_smart_list), page 587<br /> <br /> Components addroomusercontainer, page 965 appintginsertcabinetslocator, page 837 appintgxdql, page 865 assemblylist (type dmc_rm_formal_record) (Webtop), page 1292 assemblylist (Webtop), page 1516 assemblyliststreamline (type dmc_rm_formal_record) (Webtop), page 1294 assemblyliststreamline (Webtop), page 1518 attributes (type dmc_calendar_event), page 968 attributes (type dmc_datatable_row), page 970 attributes (type dmc_prm_library_request), page 1241 attributes (type dmc_rm_formal_record), page 1296 categoryclassic (Webtop), page 948 compiletest, page 1418 dceuserattributes, page 978 dceuserproperties, page 979 defineuifieldvalidation, page 1422 delete (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop), page 1096 delete (type dmc_calendar_event), page 980 delete (type dmc_calendar), page 981 deletepreset (type dmc_preset_package), page 1266 deletepresetcombocontainer (type dmc_preset_package), page 1267 deleterelation (type dm_document), page 1325 display_preferences (version 5.3.0) (Webtop), page 1254<br /> <br /> 1754<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Version 6.0: New Controls, Actions, and Components<br /> <br /> display_preferences (Webtop), page 1255 dmc_prm_address_locatorcontainer, page 1242 dmc_prm_addresslocator, page 1242 doclist (type dm_message_archive), page 1164 doclist (type dmc_calendar), page 984 export (type dmc_datatable), page 989 exportcontainer (type dm_message_archive), page 1104 exporttocsv, page 1049 exportviewcontainer (type dm_message_archive), page 1108 format_pref_attr_selector, page 1256 format_preferences_summary, page 1257 formatpreferencescontainer, page 1258 general_preferences (Webtop), page 1261 homecabinet_classic (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop), page 1181 homecabinet_classic (type dmc_calendar) (Webtop), page 991 homecabinet_classic (type dmc_datatable) (Webtop), page 992 homecabinet_drilldown (type dm_message_archive), page 1185 homecabinet_list (type dm_message_archive), page 1187 homecabinet_list (type dmc_calendar), page 994 homecabinet_streamline (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop), page 1189 homecabinet_streamline (Webtop), page 1190 import (type dmc_calendar_event), page 995 import (type dmc_calendar), page 997 importcsv, page 1050 importcsvcontainer, page 1051 inspector, page 1436 main (version 5.3.0) (Webtop), page 885 makelibraryrequest, page 1244 makelibraryrequestcontainer, page 1245 movetoqueue, page 1687 nativeroomobjectlocator, page 1003 nativeroomobjectlocatorcontainer, page 1004 newdocbaseobject, page 1044 newdocbaseobjectcontainer, page 1045 newinvitewindow (entitlement collaboration), page 1009 newrelation (type dm_document), page 1326 newrelationcontainer, page 1326 newtable, page 1016 newtablecontainer, page 1017 newtableentry, page 1018 newtableentrycontainer, page 1019<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1755<br /> <br /> Version 6.0: New Controls, Actions, and Components<br /> <br /> objectlist (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop), page 1191 objectlist (type dmc_calendar) (Webtop), page 1021 objectlist (type dmc_datatable) (Webtop), page 1022 pendingtargets, page 1246 presetactionitem, page 1269 presetautoattributesitem, page 1271 presetdocbasenamescope, page 1272 preseteditorcontainer, page 1272 presetformatitem, page 1273 presetgroupitem, page 1274 presetitems, page 1275 presetlifecycleitem, page 1276 presetlist, page 1277 presetlocationlocatorcontainer, page 1278 presetlocationscope, page 1279 presetnavigationitem, page 1279 presetobjectlocator, page 1280 presetobjectlocatorcontainer, page 1282 presetobjecttypelocator, page 1283 presetobjecttypelocatorcontainer, page 1284 presetpermissionitem, page 1286 presetscopes, page 1287 presettemplateitem, page 1287 presettypeitem, page 1288 presettypescope, page 1289 presetusergrouprolescope, page 1290 presetwizardcontainer, page 1291 presetworkflowitem, page 1292 printdocuments (type dm_sysobject), page 1197 properties (type dmc_calendar_event), page 1025 properties (type dmc_datatable), page 1026 properties (type dmc_prm_library_request), page 1247 pullqueuedtask, page 1702 pullqueuedtaskcontainer, page 1702 queuelist (Webtop), page 1708 recurrence, page 1028 requestedtargets, page 1248 resultshandling_preferences, page 1350 roominvite (entitlement collaboration), page 1032 savesearchtemplate, page 1355 search, page 1356<br /> <br /> 1756<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Version 6.0: New Controls, Actions, and Components<br /> <br /> search_preferences, page 1358 search (Webtop), page 1362 searchitems, page 1364 searchmonitoring, page 1365 searchmonitoringcontainer, page 1369 searchstoreclassic, page 1372 searchstorestreamline, page 1373 searchstoretemplate, page 1374 searchtemplate, page 1376 searchtemplatecontainer, page 1377 selectlifecycle (type dm_sysobject), page 1218 selectmultipleuseridattributevalue, page 920 selectuseridattributevalue, page 926 sendemailcontainer, page 1147 smartnavigation_preferences, page 1264 startwfxformcontainer (type dm_process), page 1625 startworkflowxforms, page 1629 streamlineview (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop), page 1172 tablefields, page 1042 taborderoncomponentinclude, page 1442 taborderoncomponentincludetest, page 1442 taskprocessvariables, page 1640 unittestcase, page 1458 userrequestlist (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user), page 1248 vdmvalidate, page 1545 vdmvalidate_container, page 1546 viewContainedInFormalRecords (entitlement recordsmanager) (Webtop), page 1321 workflowxforms, page 1672 wqpolicymanagement (Webtop), page 1732 wqskillmanagement (Webtop), page 1736 xformsattachmentlocator (type rm_dod5015ch4record), page 1323<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1757<br /> <br /> Version 6.0: New Controls, Actions, and Components<br /> <br /> 1758<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Appendix B Version 6.0 SP1: New Controls, Actions, and Components Controls None.<br /> <br /> Actions attributes (type workflow_calendar), page 685 delete (type workflow_calendar), page 696 drlview (type dmc_datatable_row), page 419 migratepresets, page 539 newWorkflowCalendar (type workflow_calendar), page 712 presetdocbaseselector, page 539 tablefields (type dmc_datatable_row), page 447 workflowcalendarlist (type workflow_calendar), page 743<br /> <br /> Components deleteworkflowcalendar, page 1597 migratepresets, page 1268 presetallfolderlocator, page 1270 presetotherdocbaselocationeditor, page 1285 workflowcalendarcontainer, page 1664 workflowcalendarcontainer, page 1664 workflowcalendardetails, page 1665 workflowcalendareditcontainer, page 1666 workflowcalendarevent, page 1667<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1759<br /> <br /> Version 6.0 SP1: New Controls, Actions, and Components<br /> <br /> workflowcalendarlist, page 1668<br /> <br /> 1760<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> A abortfailedautoworkflowtask (type dm_task) action, 681 abortjob action, 504 abortworkflow (type dm_workflow) action, 682 abortworkflow (type dm_workflow) component, 1580 about (Webtop) action, 381 about (Webtop) component, 868 about component, 868 absolutefilepathvalidator control, 131 acceptworkflowtask (type dm_task) action, 683 accessibilityaction (type dm_ acedm_requiredgroupdm_ requiredgroupsetdm_restriction) action, 501 accessibilityaction action, 500 accessiblefolderbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 618 accessiblefolderbrowse (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6) action, 619 accessiblefolderbrowser (entitlement collaboration6, role dce_user_ manager) action, 416 accessiblefolderbrowser (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 502 accessoractions component, 1379 accessoractionscontainer component, 1380 aclacelist component, 1381 aclbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 588 acldelete component, 1382 aclinfo component, 1383 acllist component, 1383 aclobjectlocator component, 1384<br /> <br /> aclobjectlocatorcontainer component, 1386 aclproperties component, 1387 aclsaveas component, 1388 aclvalidate component, 1389 aclwhereused component, 1389 action (control attribute), 16 actionbutton control, 17 actionbuttonlist control, 21 actionbuttonlisttest component, 1414 actionbuttontest component, 1414 actiondispatcher component, 827 actionimage control, 22 actionlink control, 25 actionlinklist control, 28 actionlinklisttest component, 1415 actionlinktest component, 1416 actionmenuitem control, 30 actionmenuitemtest component, 1417 actionmultiselect control, 32 actionmultiselectcheckall control, 33 actionmultiselectcheckbox control, 34 actionmultiselecttest component, 1417 actions common attributes, 16 control attributes, 15 actiontable element, 795 addaccessor component, 1390 addaccessortorevoke (type dm_common_restriction) action, 589 addaceaction (type dm_ace) action, 590 addattachment (type dmi_package) action, 684 addchildsysobjectlocator component, 1523 addchildsysobjectlocatorcontainer component, 1525 addcomponent (type dm_sysobject) action, 645 addcomponentfromclipboard (type dm_sysobject) action, 647<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1761<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> addcomponentfromfileselector (type dm_sysobject) action, 648 addgroupmembership (type dm_restriction) action, 620 addgroupmembership action, 591 addnewvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) action, 649 addnewvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) component, 1526 addprocessorauthentication action, 621 addprocessorworkqueue action, 746 addrequiredgroup action, 621 addrequiredgroupset action, 622 addrestriction (type dm_restriction) action, 592 addroommembercontainer component, 964 addroomusercontainer component, 965 addroomuserorgrouplocator component, 967 addtaskattachmentlocatorcontainer component, 1581 addtobrowserfavorites action, 524 addtoclipboard (type dm_sysobject) action, 408 addtoclipboard (type dmc_workqueue) action, 410 addtoclipboard (type dmc_workqueue_ category) action, 409 adduserorgroup (type grouplist) action, 623 addvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) component, 1527 addvirtualdocumentnodefromclipboard (type dm_sysobject) component, 1528 addvirtualdocumentnodefromfileselector (type dm_sysobject) component, 1529 addwfattachment action, 685 addworkqueuemember action, 747 adminbrowse (type dm_group) action, 624 admindelete component, 1392 administration (Webtop) component, 828 adminpropertycontainer component, 829 adminuserorgrouplocator component, 1477 adminuserorgrouplocatorcontainer component, 1478 advanceprocessorqueuelist component, 1673<br /> <br /> 1762<br /> <br /> advsearch (Webtop) component, 1339 advsearch component, 1337 advsearchcontainer (version 5.2.5) component, 1341 advsearchcontainer component, 1340 aliassetbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 593 aliassetbrowse (type dm_group) action, 594 aliassetobjectlocator component, 1392 aliassetobjectlocatorcontainer component, 1394 alldocumentlocator component, 1052 allfolderlocator component, 934 alllifecyclelocator component, 1208 allsavedsearches component, 1342 alluserwftemplatelocator component, 1582 allversionsvisible element, 795 allwftemplatelocator component, 1583 allworkqueuecategorylocator component, 1674 api component, 869 appintgcontroller (Webtop) component, 833 appintgcontroller component, 831 appintgcontrollerlogin (Webtop) component, 835 appintgcontrollerlogin component, 834 appintghelp component, 836 appintginsertcabinetslocator component, 837 appintginsertcategorieslocator component, 838 appintginsertlocatorcontainer component, 839 appintginsertmyfileslocator component, 840 appintginsertobject action, 376 appintginsertobject component, 841 appintginsertsubscriptionslocator component, 842 appintginsertweblink action, 377 appintginsertweblink component, 843 appintgnewfromtemplate action, 378 appintgnewfromtemplate component, 844 appintgopen component, 844 appintgopenfrom action, 379 appintgopenfrom component, 845<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> appintgopenfromcabinetslocator component, 846 appintgopenfromcategorieslocator component, 848 appintgopenfromlocatorcontainer component, 850 appintgopenfrommyfileslocator component, 852 appintgopenfromrecentfileslocator component, 854 appintgopenfromsubscriptionslocator component, 855 appintgsaveas action, 380 appintgsaveascabinets component, 857 appintgsaveascategories component, 858 appintgsaveascontainer component, 860 appintgsaveasmyfiles component, 861 appintgsaveasrecentfiles component, 863 appintgsaveassubscriptions component, 864 appintgxdql component, 865 applylifecycle (type dm_sysobject) action, 507 applylifecycle (type dm_sysobject) component, 1210 applylifecycleall (type dm_sysobject) component, 1212 argument control, 282, 284 assemblylist (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) action, 650 assemblylist (type dm_sysobject) action, 650 assemblylist (type dmc_rm_formal_ record) (Webtop) component, 1292 assemblylist (Webtop) component, 1516 assemblylist component, 1515 assemblyliststreamline (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) action, 652 assemblyliststreamline (type dm_sysobject) action, 651 assemblyliststreamline (type dmc_rm_formal_record) (Webtop) component, 1294 assemblyliststreamline (Webtop) component, 1518 assemblyliststreamline component, 1517 assign_queued_task (type dm_task) action, 748 assignqueuedtask component, 1676<br /> <br /> assignqueuedtaskcontainer component, 1676 asynchronous element, 795 attachmenticon control, 64 attachmentlocator component, 1585 attachmentlocatorcontainer component, 1587 attachmentmyobjectlocator component, 1588 attachmentsubscriptionlocator component, 1590 attributes input masks, 142 attributes (type dm_acl) action, 388 attributes (type dm_category) component, 945 attributes (type dm_document) component, 897 attributes (type dm_externalresult) action, 388 attributes (type dm_externalresult) component, 1343 attributes (type dm_folder) component, 936 attributes (type dm_group) action, 389 attributes (type dm_member_group) action, 390 attributes (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6) action, 391 attributes (type dm_queuegroup) action, 749 attributes (type dm_queueprocessor) action, 749 attributes (type dm_sysobject) action, 392 attributes (type dm_sysobject) component, 899 attributes (type dm_user) action, 393 attributes (type dm_user, entitlement collaboration6) action, 392 attributes (type dmc_calendar_event) component, 968 attributes (type dmc_datatable_row) component, 970 attributes (type dmc_prm_library_ request) component, 1241 attributes (type dmc_rm_formal_rec_ folderdmc_rm_formal_rec_cabinet) component, 1295<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1763<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> attributes (type dmc_rm_formal_record) component, 1296 attributes (type dmc_workqueue) action, 396 attributes (type dmc_workqueue_ category) action, 394 attributes (type dmc_workqueue_doc_ profile) action, 395 attributes (type dmc_workqueue_policy) action, 396 attributes (type dmc_wq_skill_info) action, 750 attributes (type workflow_calendar) action, 685 attributes element, 796 attributeselector control, 287 auditimagingaction action, 503 authenticate (Webtop) component, 871 authenticate component, 870 authenticateexternalsource component, 872 authoringapplicationformatter control, 290 autogettaskdefault element, 796<br /> <br /> B backdetector component, 873 bannerbox control, 65 base_type element, 796 bindingcomponentversion element, 796 body control, 185 bookmarklink control, 256 booleanformatter control, 270 bravaviewer component, 1192 breadcrumb control, 258 breadcrumbiconwellmode element, 796 <breadcrumbiconwellmode>, 209 browserrequirements control, 61 browsertree (Webtop) component, 1459 browsertree (Webtop) control, 349 button control, 187<br /> <br /> C cabinets element, 797 cabinetslocator component, 937 cancelcheckout (type dm_process) action, 686<br /> <br /> 1764<br /> <br /> cancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject) action, 454 cancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject) component, 1083 cancelcheckout (type dmc_rm_formal_ record) component, 1297 cancelcheckoutcontainer (type dmc_rm_formal_record) component, 1298 cancelcheckoutcontainer component, 1085 categoriesnotenabled component, 946 category element, 797 categoryattributes component, 947 categoryclassic (Webtop) component, 948 categorydrilldown component, 949 categorylist component, 950 categorylocator component, 952 categorylocatorcontainer component, 953 categorystreamline (Webtop) component, 954 categorysubscriptionlocator component, 955 celllist control, 95 celltemplate control, 96 changehomedblog (type dm_user) action, 562 changehomedocbase (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 563 changehomedocbase (type dm_member_user) action, 563 changehomedocbase component, 1331 changepassword component, 1332 changeperformer (type dm_task) action, 687 changeperformer (type dm_task) component, 1591 changeperformercontainer component, 1592 changeprocessorworkqueuemember action, 751 changeroommemberrole component, 971 changeroommemberrolecontainer component, 972 changeroommemberrolelocator component, 973 changeroommemberrolestep component, 974 changesearchsources component, 1344<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> changesupervisor (type dm_workflow) action, 688 changesupervisor (type dm_workflow) component, 1593 changeucfcheckoutlocation component, 1086 checkbox control, 190 checkin (type dm_sysobject) action, 455 checkin (type dm_sysobject) component, 1087 checkin (type dmc_rm_formal_record) component, 1299 checkincontainer (type dmc_rm_formal_ record) component, 1300 checkincontainer component, 1089 checkjvmapplet control, 62 checkout (type dm_sysobject) action, 456 checkout (type dm_sysobject) component, 1090 checkout (type dmc_rm_formal_record) component, 1301 checkoutbyother component, 1091 checkoutbyothercontainer component, 1092 checkoutcontainer (type dmc_rm_formal_ record) component, 1302 checkoutcontainer component, 1093 choosecontributors component, 975 chooseowners component, 976 choosetransformationtype component, 1220 clientapplicationinstaller component, 866 clientenvpanel control, 174 clientevent element, 797 clipboard component, 961 clustergroup control, 310 clustertree control, 312 colorpicker control, 244 columnlist control, 290 columnpanel control, 98 columns (for data columns) element, 797 columns (for streamline view) element, 797 columns_all_saved_searches element, 798 columns_drilldown element, 799 columns_list element, 798 columns_my_saved_searches element, 799 columns_saved_search element, 800 columnselector component, 1249<br /> <br /> columnselectorcontainer component, 1251 combocontainer component, 1158 combocontainerpanel control, 355 comment (type dm_process) action, 689 comment (type dm_sysobject) action, 553 comment (type dm_task) action, 690 commentimage control, 66 commentrow control, 68 comments element, 800 commitchanges (type dm_sysobject) action, 690 commitorder element, 801 comparevalidator control, 133 compiletest component, 1418 completefailedautoworkflowtask (type dm_task) action, 691 completefailedautoworkflowtask component, 1594 component_preferences component, 1252 componentinclude control, 233 componentincludetest component, 1419 componentlist component, 1179 components actiontable element, common, 795 allversionsvisible element, common, 795 asynchronous element, common, 795 attributes element, common, 796 autogettaskdefault element, common, 796 base_type element, common, 796 bindingcomponentversion element, common, 796 breadcrumbiconwellmode element, common, 796 cabinets element, common, 797 category element, common, 797 clientevent element, common, 797 columns (for data columns) element, common, 797 columns (for streamline view) element, common, 797 columns_all_saved_searches element, common, 798 columns_drilldown element, common, 799 columns_list element, common, 798 columns_my_saved_searches element, common, 799<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1765<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> columns_saved_search element, common, 800 comments element, common, 800 commitorder element, common, 801 common elements, 795 containerselectable element, common, 801 contenttypepanelvisible element, common, 801 cost_attribute_conditions element, common, 801 default_binding_filter_values element, common, 802 default_type element, common, 802 defaultaccounts element, common, 802 defaultsources element, common, 803 defaultview element, common, 803 displayresultspath element, common, 803 docbase-type-mappings element, common, 803 document-docbase-base-type element, common, 804 document-docbase-type element, common, 804 document_filter element, common, 804 dragdrop element, common, 804 duration_attribute_conditions element, common, 805 enableShowAll element, common, 805 entrypage element, common, 805 failoverenabled element, common, 806 filenamefiltervisible element, common, 806 filter element, common, 806 flatlist element, common, 806 folder-docbase-type element, common, 806 folder_filter element, common, 806 formsavefolderpath element, common, 807 header element, common, 807 help-entries element, common, 807 helppath element, common, 807 hideEvents element, common, 808<br /> <br /> 1766<br /> <br /> highlight_matching_terms element, common, 808 homecabinet element, common, 808 homeURL element, common, 808 iconwell_icon element, common, 808 inbox element, common, 809 includetypes element, common, 809 includeunlisted element, common, 809 init-controls element, common, 809 isIgnorePrefRenditions element, common, 810 locator element, common, 810 lockInstance element, common, 810 map element, common, 810 maxidletime element, common, 810 menugrouptarget element, common, 811 modifiedwithindays element, common, 811 multidocbasesupport element, common, 811 myobjects element, common, 811 navigationlinks element, common, 811 newcomponentname element, common, 811 nodes element, common, 812 nomaclsupport element, common, 812 nondocbasecolumns element, common, 813 numberedtabs element, common, 813 objectfilters element, common, 813 pageTitle element, common, 814 permissionsservice element, common, 814 preferencedisplaygroups element, common, 814 preferences element, common, 814 preserve-file-extension element, common, 816 preset_item_definition element, common, 817 preset_scope_definitions element, common, 817 privatecabinet_visible element, common, 818 privatecabinetvisible element, common, 818<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> privategroupvisible element, common, 818 readOnly element, common, 818 savedetailsreport element, common, 818 search_types element, common, 818 searchtypes element, common, 819 selectedattribute element, common, 820 serveroptionenabled element, common, 820 service element, common, 820 setrepositoryfromobjectid element, common, 820 showattachmentinfo element, common, 820 showautogettask element, common, 821 showbreadcrumb element, common, 821 showfilters element, common, 821 showfolderpath element, common, 821 showfolders element, common, 821 showheaderforsinglepackage element, common, 821 showjobstatus element, common, 822 showoptions element, common, 822 showpagesastabs element, common, 822 showusertimeandcost element, common, 822 skipVersionCheck element, common, 822 startComp element, common, 822 startQueryString element, common, 823 subscriptions element, common, 823 taskmgractionname element, common, 823 transformation element, common, 823 type element, common, 824 ucfrequired element, common, 824 updatereplicasource element, common, 824 useronly element, common, 824 useroptions element, common, 825 views element, common, 825 windowparams element, common, 827<br /> <br /> workflowstatusactionname element, common, 827 workqueuegroupvisible element, common, 827 componenttestbed component, 1419 componenturl control, 238 componenturltest component, 1420 configservicemaintest component, 1421 configservicetest component, 1422 configuredocbroker action, 382 configuredocbroker component, 1333 container component, 1160 containerinclude control, 234 containerselectable element, 801 contenttypepanelvisible element, 801 controls event attributes, 15 set focus, 14 WDK, 13 copy (type dm_sysobject) action, 411 copyhere (type dm_folder) action, 412 cost_attribute_conditions element, 801 createhtmlrendition (type dm_sysobject) action, 554 createhtmlrendition (type dmr_content) action, 554 createhtmlrenditiongeneric (type dm_sysobject) action, 555 createhtmlrenditiongeneric (type dmr_content) action, 556 createpdfrendition (type dm_sysobject) action, 557 createpdfrendition (type dmr_content) action, 558 createpdfrenditiongeneric (type dm_sysobject) action, 558 createpdfrenditiongeneric (type dmr_content) action, 559 createpreset (type dmc_preset_package) action, 536 createrecordrelation (entitlement recordsmanager, type dm_sysobject not dm_folder) action, 546 cssclass attribute, 14<br /> <br /> D daejaviewer component, 1193 datacolumnbeginswith control, 98 datadropdownlist control, 192<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1767<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> datagrid control, 101 datagridRow control, 104 datagridRowBreak control, 106 datagridRowEvent control, 108 datagridRowModifier control, 108 datagridRowTd control, 109 datagridTh control, 110 datalistbox control, 195 dataoptionlist control, 112 datapagesize control, 113 datapaging control, 115 datasortimage control, 116 datasortlink control, 118 datatablefield control, 69 datatablefieldpanel control, 121 datatablefieldPanel control, 70 datatablerowattributelist control, 122 dateinput control, 156 datetime control, 159 datetimevalidator control, 134 datevalidator control, 135 datevalueformatter control, 163 dceuserattributes component, 978 dceuserproperties component, 979 debug_preferences component, 1252 declareformalrecord (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1303 declareformalrecord (entitlement recordsmanager, role dmc_ rm_recordscontributor, type dm_sysobjectnotdm_folder) action, 547 declareFormalRecordContainer (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1304 default_binding_filter_values element, 802 default_type element, common, 802 defaultaccounts element, common, 802 defaultsources element, common, 803 defaultview element, common, 803 defineuifieldvalidation component, 1422 delegateworkflowtask (type dm_task) action, 692 delegateworkflowtask component, 1595 delete (entitlement collaboration, type dmc_notepage) action, 417 delete (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 458 delete (type dm_acl) action, 595<br /> <br /> 1768<br /> <br /> delete (type dm_activity) action, 693 delete (type dm_folder) action, 458 delete (type dm_folder) component, 939 delete (type dm_group) action, 459 delete (type dm_notification) action, 460 delete (type dm_notification) component, 1596 delete (type dm_process) action, 694 delete (type dm_queued) action, 752 delete (type dm_queued) component, 1677 delete (type dm_smart_list) action, 565 delete (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) component, 1096 delete (type dm_sysobject) action, 461 delete (type dm_sysobject) component, 1095 delete (type dm_workflow) action, 695 delete (type dmc_calendar) component, 981 delete (type dmc_calendar_event) component, 980 delete (type dmc_comment) action, 462 delete (type dmc_comment) component, 982 delete (type dmc_notepage) component, 982 delete (type dmc_preset_package) action, 537 delete (type dmc_room) component, 983 delete (type dmc_workqueue) action, 755 delete (type dmc_workqueue) component, 1681 delete (type dmc_workqueue_category) action, 753 delete (type dmc_workqueue_category) component, 1678 delete (type dmc_workqueue_doc_profile) action, 754 delete (type dmc_workqueue_doc_profile) component, 1679 delete (type dmc_workqueue_policy) action, 755 delete (type dmc_workqueue_policy) component, 1680 delete (type dmc_wq_skill_info) action, 756 delete (type dmc_wq_skill_info) component, 1682 delete (type dmr_content) action, 463<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> delete (type job_request) action, 463 delete (type search_template) action, 566 delete (type workflow_calendar) action, 696 delete component, 1094 deleteformatpref action, 533 deletenotification (type dm_notification) action, 697 deletenotification (type dm_queued) action, 757 deletepreset (type dmc_preset_package) component, 1266 deletepresetcombocontainer (type dmc_preset_package) component, 1267 deleterelation (type dm_document) action, 551 deleterelation (type dm_document) component, 1325 deletesmartlistcontainer (type dm_smart_list) component, 1345 deleteworkflow (type dm_workflow) component, 1597 deleteworkflowcalendar component, 1597 demote (type dm_sysobject) action, 508 detachlifecycle (type dm_sysobject) action, 508 dialogcontainer component, 1161 disabledclass, 16 disabledstyle, 16 display_preferences (version 5.3.0) (Webtop) component, 1254 display_preferences (Webtop) component, 1255 display_preferences component, 1253 displayresultspath element, common, 803 div control, 197 dmc_prm_action_make_library_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_physical_container) action, 529 dmc_prm_action_make_library_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_physical_document) action, 530 dmc_prm_address_locatorcontainer component, 1242<br /> <br /> dmc_prm_addresslocator component, 1242 dmc_prm_cancel_request (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user, type dmc_prm_library_request) action, 531 dmc_prm_user_request_list (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user) action, 532 dmr_contentlocator component, 1053 dmr_contentlocatorcontainer component, 1055 docbase-type-mappings element, common, 803 docbaseattribute control, 36 docbaseattributedelegate control, 38 docbaseattributeedittest component, 1423 docbaseattributelabel control, 41 docbaseattributelabeltest component, 1424 docbaseattributelist control, 42 docbaseattributelistmaintest component, 1425 docbaseattributelisttest component, 1425 docbaseattributeproxy control, 45 docbaseattributeseparator control, 46 docbaseattributetest component, 1426 docbaseattributevalidator control, 136 docbaseattributevalidatortest component, 1427 docbaseattributevalue control, 47 docbaseattributevalueassistance control, 50 docbaseattributevalueassistancevalue control, 51 docbaseattributevaluetest component, 1428 docbasefoldertree control, 296 docbasefoldertreetest component, 1428 docbaseicon control, 300 docbaseicontest component, 1429 docbaselockicon control, 301 docbaselockicontest component, 1430 docbasemultiobjects control, 53 docbasemultiobjectsvalidator control, 137 docbaseobject control, 54 docbaseobjectattributevalidator control, 138 docbaseobjectMainTest component, 1431 docbaseobjecttest component, 1431<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1769<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> docbaseobjectvalidator control, 140 docbaseobjectvalidatortest component, 1432 docbasepriorityicon control, 303 docbaserepeatingattribute component, 901 docbaseselector (Webtop) control, 305 docbaseselector control, 304 docbasesingleattribute component, 902 docformatvalueformatter control, 271 docformatvalueformattertest component, 1433 doclist (type dm_message_archive) component, 1164 doclist (type dmc_calendar) component, 984 doclist component, 1162 docprofileadd action, 758 docprofileadd component, 1683 docprofileattributes component, 1683 docprofilelist component, 1684 docprofileremove action, 759 docsizevalueformatter control, 272 docsizevalueformattertest component, 1434 document-docbase-base-type element, common, 804 document-docbase-type element, common, 804 document_filter element, common, 804 documentlocatorcontainer component, 1055 documentsubscriptionlocator component, 1400 DONTSHOWAGAIN, 1472 download component, 1097 downloadcontent (type dm_sysobject) action, 464 downloadcontentcontainer (type dm_sysobject) component, 1097 dql component, 874 dqleditor component, 874 dqlsavesearchdelegate component, 1346 dqlsearchdelegate (Webtop) component, 1347 dragdrop control, 164 dragdrop element, common, 804 dragdropregion control, 165 drilldown (type dm_message_archive) component, 1058<br /> <br /> 1770<br /> <br /> drilldown component, 1056 drl component, 875 drlauthenticate component, 877 drledit (type dm_smart_list) action, 567 drledit (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) action, 466 drledit (type dm_sysobject) action, 465 drledit (type search_template) action, 467 drlview (entitlement collaboration, type dmc_notepage) action, 418 drlview (type dm_folder) (Webtop) action, 468 drlview (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) action, 469 drlview (type dm_process) action, 698 drlview (type dm_smart_list) action, 568 drlview (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) action, 470 drlview (type dm_sysobject) action, 469 drlview (type dmc_datatable_row) action, 419 drlview (type dmi_queue_item) (Webtop) action, 471 drlview (type search_template) action, 472 dropdownlist control, 198 dropdownorlabel control, 201 duration_attribute_conditions element, common, 805 dynamic attribute, on action control, 16<br /> <br /> E edit (type dm_smart_list) action, 473 edit (type dm_sysobject) component, 1099 edit (type dmc_notepage) component, 985 edit_search action, 569 editaceaction action, 595 editacepermitaction action, 597 editafternew (type dm_sysobject) action, 475 editcontainer (type dm_sysobject) component, 1100 editfile (entitlement collaboration, type dmc_notepage) action, 420 editfile (type dm_process) action, 699 editfile (type dm_smart_list) action, 569 editfile (type dm_sysobject) action, 476 editfile (type dmc_calendar_event) action, 421<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> editfile (type dmc_datatable) action, 423 editfile (type dmc_datatable_row) action, 422 editfile (type search_template) action, 571 editformatpref action, 534 editpreset (type dmc_preset_package) action, 538 editprocessorauthentication action, 759 editprocessorauthentication component, 1685 editrestriction (type dm_restriction) action, 598 editsearch action, 572 editstartwfnote (type dmi_package) action, 700 editstartwfnote (type dmi_package) component, 1598 edittasknote (type dmi_package) action, 700 edittasknote (type dmi_package) component, 1599 edittemplate (type search_template) action, 573 edittemplatedefinition (type search_template) action, 574 editwquserskill (type dmc_wq_user_skill) action, 760 editxforms component, 1737 editxformsproperties component, 1739 elements common component, 795 emailperformers (type dm_workflow) action, 701 emailsupervisor (type dm_workflow) action, 702 embeddedtopic (type dmc_room) component, 987 embeddedtopic component, 986 emptycontentclassic (Webtop) component, 1462 emptycontentstreamline (Webtop) component, 1463 enabled, 14 enableShowAll element, common, 805 entrypage element, common, 805 er_properties (Webtop) action, 424 er_properties (Webtop) component, 988 er_search (Webtop) action, 424 errormessage component, 1465 events<br /> <br /> control, 15 export (type dm_sysobject) action, 477 export (type dm_sysobject) component, 1101 export (type dmc_datatable) component, 989 export (type dmr_content) component, 1102 exportcontainer (type dm_message_ archive) component, 1104 exportcontainer (type dm_sysobject) component, 1105 exportcontainer (type dmr_content) component, 1106 exportrendition (type dmr_content) action, 478 exporttocsv action, 453 exporttocsv component, 1049 exportviewcontainer (type dm_message_ archive) component, 1108 extendedaddaccessor component, 1394 externalresultimportcontainer component, 1109<br /> <br /> F failoverenabled element, common, 806 filebrowse control, 265 filenamefiltervisible element, common, 806 fileplanlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1305 fileplanlocatorcontainer (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1307 fileplanmyobjectlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1307 fileplansubscriptionlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1309 fileselectorapplet control, 267 filter element, common, 806 findtarget (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) action, 513 findtarget (type dm_sysobject) action, 512 findtarget (Webtop) component, 1219 finishworkflowtask (type dm_task) action, 703 finishworkflowtask component, 1600 fireclientevent control, 170 firepresubmitclientevent control, 171 flatlist element, common, 806<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1771<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> focus attribute, 14 folder-docbase-type element, common, 806 folder_filter element, common, 806 folderbrowse (entitlement collaboration6, role dce_user_manager) action, 425 folderbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 403 folderbrowse (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6) action, 426 folderexclusionformatter control, 273 folderlocatorcontainer component, 1060 folderselectionvalidator control, 269 foldersubscriptionlocator component, 1401 foldertree component, 1463 form control, 168 formalrecordcombocontainer (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1311 format_pref_attr_selector component, 1256 format_preferences component, 1154 format_preferences_summary component, 1257 formatattributes component, 1155 formatlist component, 1155 formatmessageparams control, 356 formatpreferencescontainer component, 1258 formatproperties component, 1156 forminclude control, 234 formsavefolderpath element, common, 807 formurl control, 262 forwardroutertask (type dm_router_task) action, 704 forwardroutertask component, 1601 forwardworkflowtask (type dm_task) action, 705 forwardworkflowtask component, 1602 fragment control, 235 frame control, 202 frameset control, 203 freezeassembly (type dm_sysobject) action, 653<br /> <br /> 1772<br /> <br /> G general_preferences (version 5.3.0) (Webtop) component, 1260 general_preferences (Webtop) component, 1261 general_preferences component, 1259 get_work action, 761 getannotation component, 1194 getcontent component, 1110 getdocument component, 1194 getowner (type dm_acl) action, 599 govern (entitlement collaboration) action, 427 govern (type dm_folder) component, 990 governedicon control, 71 governfolder (entitlement collaboration) action, 428 groupattributes component, 1479 groupbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 625 groupbrowse (type dm_group) action, 626 groupbrowse (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6) action, 429 groupdelete component, 1480 grouplist component, 1481 grouplocator component, 1482 grouplocatorcontainer component, 1484 groupproperties component, 1485 groupreassign (type dm_group) action, 627 groupreassign (type dm_member_group) action, 627 grouprename component, 1486 grouprenamelog (type dm_group) action, 628 groupwhereused component, 1486<br /> <br /> H halttask (type dm_task) action, 706 halttask (type dm_task) component, 1603 haltworkflow (type dm_workflow) action, 707 haltworkflow (type dm_workflow) component, 1604 head control, 204 header element, common, 807 help-entries element, common, 807 help-index (Webtop) component, 1180<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> help-index component, 1180 helpimage control, 205 helppath element, common, 807 hidden control, 94 hideEvents element, common, 808 highlight_matching_terms element, common, 808 historicalactivityreportresults component, 1547 historicalprocessreport action, 708 historicalprocessreport component, 1548 historicalprocessreportcontainer component, 1549 historicalprocessreportresults component, 1550 historicalreportcolumnselector component, 1551 historicaluserreport action, 709 historicaluserreport component, 1553 historicaluserreportcontainer component, 1554 historicaluserreportresults component, 1554 history (type dm_sysobject) action, 397 history (type dm_task) action, 710 history component, 903 homecabinet element, common, 808 homecabinet_classic (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) component, 1181 homecabinet_classic (type dmc_calendar) (Webtop) component, 991 homecabinet_classic (type dmc_datatable) (Webtop) component, 992 homecabinet_classic (type dmc_room) (Webtop) component, 993 homecabinet_classic (Webtop) component, 1182 homecabinet_drilldown (type dm_ message_archive) component, 1185 homecabinet_drilldown component, 1184 homecabinet_list (type dm_message_ archive) component, 1187 homecabinet_list (type dmc_calendar) component, 994 homecabinet_list component, 1186 homecabinet_streamline (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) component, 1189<br /> <br /> homecabinet_streamline (type dmc_room) (Webtop) component, 995 homecabinet_streamline (Webtop) component, 1190 homeURL element, common, 808 html control, 207 htmlsafetextformatter control, 273 httpcancelcheckout (type dm_sysobject) component, 1112 httpcancelcheckoutcontainer component, 1113 httpcheckin (type dm_sysobject) component, 1114 httpcheckincontainer component, 1115 httpcheckout (type dm_sysobject) component, 1116 httpcheckoutcontainer component, 1117 httpedit (type dm_sysobject) component, 1119 httpeditcontainer component, 1120 httpexport (type dm_sysobject) component, 1121 httpexport (type dmr_content) component, 1122 httpexportcontainer component, 1123 httpimport component, 1124 httpimportcontainer component, 1125 httpimportrendition component, 1126 httpimportrenditioncontainer component, 1127 httpmultifiledownload component, 1129 httpview (type dmr_content) (Webtop) component, 1132 httpview (type dmr_content) component, 1131 httpview (Webtop) component, 1133 httpview component, 1129 httpviewcontainer component, 1134<br /> <br /> I iconwell control, 207 iconwell_icon element, common, 808 iconwelltest component, 1434 id attribute controls, 14 image control, 210 imagingserviceservlet component, 1195 import (type dm_folder) action, 479<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1773<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> import (type dmc_calendar) component, 997 import (type dmc_calendar_event) component, 995 import (type dmc_datatable) action, 430 import component, 1135 importcontainer component, 1138 importcsv component, 1050 importcsvcontainer component, 1051 importexternalresult (type dm_externalresult) action, 575 importrendition (type dm_sysobject) action, 480 importrendition (type dmr_content) action, 481 importrendition component, 1139 importrenditioncontainer component, 1141 importrenditiongeneric (type dm_sysobject) action, 482 importrenditiongeneric (type dmr_content) action, 483 inbox element, common, 809 inboxclassic (Webtop) component, 1200 inboxdrilldown component, 1201 inboxlist component, 1604 inboxstreamline (Webtop) component, 1203 includetypes element, common, 809 includeunlisted element, common, 809 index component, 878 informinvalidactionformultiobjects component, 1466 informinvalidactionforreference component, 1466 informinvalidactionforreplica component, 1467 init-controls element, common, 809 inlinewebform control, 239 input masks, 142 inputmaskvalidator control, 141 inspector component, 1436 installedrecentwftemplatelocator component, 1606 installedwftemplatefolderlocator component, 1607 installedwftemplatesubscriptionlocator component, 1607 isIgnorePrefRenditions element, common, 810<br /> <br /> 1774<br /> <br /> J jobabort component, 1204 jobprogressmonitor component, 1205 jobstatus component, 1206 jobstatushistory component, 1207<br /> <br /> L label attribute controls, 14 label control, 342 launchauthenticate action, 382 launchauthenticateexternalsource action, 383 launchrepositoryselector component, 1333 lifecyclefolderlocator component, 1212 lifecyclelocatorcontainer component, 1214 lifecyclesubscriptionlocator component, 1215 link (type dm_sysobject) action, 412 link component, 962 link control, 240 linkcontainer component, 963 linkhere (type dm_folder) action, 413 listbox control, 124 locatecheckinlocalfile component, 1061 locatecheckinlocalfilecontainer component, 1061 locateimportlocalfile component, 1062 locateimportlocalfilecontainer component, 1063 locatelocalfile component, 1064 locatelocalfilecontainer component, 1065 locations (type dm_acl) action, 600 locations (type dm_cabinet) action, 514 locations (type dm_group) action, 514 locations (type dm_member_group) action, 515 locations (type dm_member_user) action, 516 locations (type dm_sysobject) action, 517 locations (type dm_user) action, 518 locations (Webtop) component, 1081 locations component, 1080 locator element, common, 810 locatorcontainer component, 1066 lockInstance element, common, 810 login (Webtop) component, 881 login component, 879<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> logoff (Webtop) component, 883 logoff component, 882 logout (Webtop) action, 386 logout action, 384 to 385<br /> <br /> M macclientdetect control, 63 main (version 5.3.0) (Webtop) component, 885 main (Webtop) component, 887 main component, 884 makelibraryrequest component, 1244 makelibraryrequestcontainer component, 1245 makesimple (type dm_sysobject) action, 654 makevirtual (type dm_sysobject) action, 655 managequeueinbox (type dmc_ workqueue) action, 762 managequeueinbox component, 1686 map element, common, 810 markread (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject) action, 431 markunread (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject) action, 432 maxidletime element, common, 810 menu control, 248 menubar (Webtop) component, 1232 menubar component, 1231 menuconfig control, 250 menugroup control, 250 menugroupactionmap control, 252 menugroupconfig control, 253 menugrouptarget element, common, 811 menuitem control, 254 menuseparator control, 255 messageaddressformatter control, 274 messagebar (Webtop) component, 1468 messageimportanceformatter control, 74 messages component, 1469 migratepresets action, 539 migratepresets component, 1268 modalerrordialog component, 1470 modifiedwithindays element, common, 811 modifyversionlabels (type dm_sysobject) action, 398 modifyversionlabels component, 905<br /> <br /> move (type dm_sysobject) action, 414 move (type dmc_workqueue) action, 765 move (type dmc_workqueue_category) action, 764 move_queued_task (type dm_task) action, 763 movehere (type dm_folder) action, 415 movetoqueue component, 1687 movetoqueuecontainer component, 1688 msgattachmenticon control, 74 multiargdialogcontainer component, 1165 multidocbasesupport element, common, 811 multidocbasetree control, 307 multidocbasetreetest component, 1438 multilinestringlengthformatter control, 275 multiobjectsattributes (type dm_sysobject) component, 905 multiobjectsdocbaseattribute control, 56 multiobjectsdocbaseattributelabel control, 57 multiobjectsdocbaseattributelist control, 58 multiobjectsdocbaseattributevalidator control, 144 multiobjectsdocbaseattributevalue control, 60 multiobjectsdocbaserepeatingattribute component, 906 multiobjectsdocbasesingleattribute component, 907 multiobjectspermissions component, 1396 multiobjectsproperties component, 908 multiobjectsselectsingleattributevalue component, 909 multiobjectsselectuserattributevalue component, 911 multiobjectsversionlabels component, 912 multiselector control, 127 multivaluesinputmaskvalidator control, 144 multivaluesrequiredfieldvalidator control, 146 mydocumentlocator component, 1234 myfiles_classic (Webtop) component, 1235 myfiles_streamline (Webtop) component, 1237 myobjectlocator component, 1238<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1775<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> myobjects element, common, 811 myobjects_drilldown component, 1240 myobjects_list component, 1067 myrooms_classic (Webtop) component, 999 myrooms_drilldown component, 1000 myrooms_list component, 1001 myrooms_streamline (Webtop) component, 1002 mysavedsearches component, 1347 myuserwftemplatelocator component, 1609 mywftemplatelocator component, 1610 myworkqueuecategories action, 766<br /> <br /> N name attribute controls, 14 nativeroombrowse (type dm_group) action, 433 nativeroomobjectlocator component, 1003 nativeroomobjectlocatorcontainer component, 1004 navigation (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) component, 1166 navigationcontainer (Webtop) component, 1169 navigationcontainer component, 1167 navigationlinks element, common, 811 nestedcomponentcontainer component, 1169 newacl (type dm_acl) action, 601 newassembly (type dm_sysobject) action, 656 newassembly component, 1519 newassemblycontainer component, 1520 newcabinet (type dm_docbase) action, 404 newcabinet component, 940 newcabinetcontainer component, 942 newcalendar (type dm_folder, entitlement collaboration6) action, 433 newcalendar component, 1005 newcalendarcontainer component, 1006 newcalendarevent (type dmc_calendar) action, 434 newcalendarevent component, 1007 newcalendareventcontainer component, 1008<br /> <br /> 1776<br /> <br /> newcomponentname element, common, 811 newdocbaseobject component, 1044 newdocbaseobjectcontainer component, 1045 newdoccontainer component, 1046 newdocument (type dm_folder) action, 452 newdocument component, 1047 newfolder (type dm_folder) action, 405 newfolder component, 943 newfoldercontainer component, 944 newformat (type dm_format) action, 498 newgroup (privilege creategroup, type dm_group) action, 629 newhttpdoccontainer component, 1048 newinvitewindow (entitlement collaboration) component, 1009 newinvitewindow (entitlement collaboration6) action, 435 newnotepage (entitlement collaboration, type dm_folder) action, 436 newnotepage component, 1010 newnotepagecontainer component, 1011 newprocess (type dm_folder) action, 711 newrelation (type dm_document) action, 552 newrelation (type dm_document) component, 1326 newrelationcontainer component, 1326 newrole (privilege creategroup, type dm_role) action, 630 newroom (entitlement collaboration, privilege creategroup, type dm_folder) action, 437 newroom component, 1012 newroomcontainer component, 1012 newroomgroup component, 1013 newroomgroupcontainer component, 1015 newtable (type dm_folder, entitlement collaboration6) action, 438 newtable component, 1016 newtablecontainer component, 1017 newtableentry (type dmc_datatable) action, 439 newtableentry component, 1018 newtableentrycontainer component, 1019<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> newuser (entitlement collaboration6, privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 440 newuser (entitlement collaboration6, role dce_user_manager, type dm_user) action, 441 newuser (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 631 newvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) action, 657 newwindow (Webtop) component, 889 newwindow action, 387 newwindow component, 888 newWorkflowCalendar (type workflow_calendar) action, 712 newWorkQueue (type dmc_workqueue) action, 767 newWorkQueueCategory action, 767 newWorkQueueDocProfile (type dmc_workqueue_doc_profile) action, 768 newWorkQueuePolicy (type dmc_workqueue_policy) action, 769 newWQSkillInfo (type dmc_wq_skill_ info) action, 770 newxforms (type dm_folder) action, 792 newxforms component, 1739 newxformscontainer component, 1740 nlsid attribute controls, 14 nodataRow control, 129 nodemanagement component, 830 nodes element, common, 812 nomaclsupport element, common, 812 nomaclsupport_permissions component, 1397 nondocbasecolumns element, common, 813 noopformatter control, 276 notepage (type dmc_notepage) (Webtop) component, 1020 notepage (type dmc_notepage) component, 1019 numberedtabs element, common, 813 numberformatter control, 277<br /> <br /> O objectfilters element, common, 813 objectgrid component, 1170<br /> <br /> objectidformatter control, 278 objectlist (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) component, 1191 objectlist (type dmc_calendar) (Webtop) component, 1021 objectlist (type dmc_datatable) (Webtop) component, 1022 objectlist (type dmc_room) (Webtop) component, 1023 objectlist (Webtop) component, 1068 objectlocator component, 1070 onchange event, 15 onclick event, 15 oncomplete, 16 onselect event, 15 open control, 242 openassembly (type dm_sysobject) action, 658 openvirtualdocument (type dm_sysobject) action, 659 option control, 212 options (type dmc_room) action, 442 ownerbrowse (type dm_group) action, 632<br /> <br /> P pagenav control, 222 pageTitle element, common, 814 pane control, 176 panel control, 177 paneset control, 179 param control, 223 password control, 285 pdfviewer component, 1196 pendingtargets component, 1246 permissions (type dm_sysobject) action, 399 permissions (version 5.2.5) component, 1399 permissions component, 1398 permissionsservice element, common, 814 persistentobjectlocator component, 1071 policyattributes component, 1689 policylist component, 1690 policystatenameformatter control, 279 portal_login component, 890 portal_preferences component, 1261 portalsearch component, 1348 portalsearchcontainer component, 1349<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1777<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> portlet_preferences component, 1262 postserverevent control, 172 preference control, 292 preferencedisplaygroups control, 293 preferencedisplaygroups element, common, 814 preferences action, 535 preferences component, 1263 preferences element, common, 814 preferencescope control, 295 preserve-file-extension element, common, 816 preset_item_definition element, common, 817 preset_scope_definitions element, common, 817 presetactionitem component, 1269 presetallfolderlocator component, 1270 presetautoattributesitem component, 1271 presetdocbasenamescope component, 1272 presetdocbaseselector action, 539 preseteditorcontainer component, 1272 presetformatitem component, 1273 presetgroupitem component, 1274 presetgrouplocator action, 540 presetitems component, 1275 presetlifecycleitem component, 1276 presetlist component, 1277 presetlocationlocator action, 541 presetlocationlocatorcontainer component, 1278 presetlocationscope component, 1279 presetnavigationitem component, 1279 presetobjectlocator action, 542 presetobjectlocator component, 1280 presetobjectlocatorcontainer component, 1282 presetobjecttypelocator action, 543 presetobjecttypelocator component, 1283 presetobjecttypelocatorcontainer component, 1284 presetotherdocbaselocationeditor component, 1285 presetpermissionitem component, 1286 presetpermissionlocator action, 544 presetscopes component, 1287 presettemplateitem component, 1287 presettypeitem component, 1288<br /> <br /> 1778<br /> <br /> presettypescope component, 1289 presetusergrouprolescope component, 1290 presetuserorgrouplocator action, 545 presetwizardcontainer component, 1291 presetworkflowitem component, 1292 primaryfolderpathlink control, 263 printdocuments (type dm_sysobject) component, 1197 privatecabinet_visible element, common, 818 privatecabinetvisible element, common, 818 privategroupvisible element, common, 818 processdetailreportresults component, 1555 processorattributes component, 1691 processorauthenticationlocatorcontainer component, 1692 processorauthenticationselect component, 1692 processorinfo component, 1693 processormember component, 1694 processorprofilecontainer component, 1695 processorprofilelist component, 1696 processorproperties component, 1696 processorqueueinbox (type dmc_workqueue) action, 771 processorqueueinbox component, 1697 processorskill component, 1699 processorskillattributes action, 772 processorskillattributes component, 1699 processorworkloadinbox action, 772 processorworkloadinbox component, 1700 progressbar control, 357 progressbarupdater control, 358 promote (type dm_sysobject) action, 509 prompt component, 1471 promptedtext control, 359 promptinput component, 1474 promptinputcontainer component, 1475 properties (entitlement collaboration6, type dm_user) action, 442 properties (type dm_acl) action, 602 properties (type dm_category) component, 957<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> properties (type dm_externalresult) action, 576 properties (type dm_externalresult) component, 914 properties (type dm_format) action, 499 properties (type dm_group) action, 632 properties (type dm_member_group) action, 633 properties (type dm_member_user, entitlement collaboration6) action, 634 properties (type dm_queuegroup) action, 773 properties (type dm_queueprocessor) action, 774 properties (type dm_sysobject) action, 400 properties (type dm_user) action, 635 properties (type dmc_calendar_event) component, 1025 properties (type dmc_datatable) component, 1026 properties (type dmc_preset_package) action, 546 properties (type dmc_prm_library_ request) component, 1247 properties (type dmc_rm_formal_record) component, 1312 properties (type dmc_room) component, 1027 properties (type dmc_workqueue) action, 777 properties (type dmc_workqueue_ category) action, 775 properties (type dmc_workqueue_doc_ profile) action, 776 properties (type dmc_workqueue_policy) action, 776 properties (type dmc_wq_skill_info) action, 778 properties component, 913 propertysheetcontainer component, 915 propertysheetwizardcontainer component, 916 pull_queued_task (type dm_task) action, 779 pullqueuedtask component, 1702 pullqueuedtaskcontainer component, 1702<br /> <br /> Q qualifiedqueueprocessorslocator component, 1703 qualifiedqueueprocessorslocatorcontainer component, 1704 queueattributes component, 1705 queueinfo component, 1706 queuelist (Webtop) action, 781 queuelist (Webtop) component, 1708 queuelist action, 780 queuelist component, 1707 queuemanagement (Webtop) component, 1709 queuemanagementclipboard component, 1710 queuemember component, 1711 queuemgmtpropertycontainer component, 1712 queuemonitorlist action, 782 queuemonitorlist component, 1713 queuepolicy component, 1713 queuepropertiescontainer component, 1714 queueskill component, 1715 queueusersandgroups (type dmc_workqueue) action, 782 queueusersandgroups component, 1716 quotevalidator control, 147<br /> <br /> R radio control, 213 rangevalidator control, 148 rankvalueformatter control, 279 readOnly element, common, 818 reassign_queued_task (type dm_task) action, 783 reassignuser (privilege superuser, type dm_user) action, 636 reassignuser (type dm_member_user) action, 636 recentcategorylocator component, 958 recentdocumentlocator component, 1073 recentfolderlocator component, 1074 recentgrouplocator component, 1487 recentlifecyclelocator component, 1217 recentsysobjectlocator component, 1075 recentuseronlylocator component, 1488 recentuserorgrouplocator component, 1490<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1779<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> recentwftemplatelocator component, 1612 recentworkqueuecategorylocator component, 1717 recordattributes component, 1313 recordertestcasevariables component, 1439 recordingurlgenerator component, 1439 recordlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1313 recordlocatorcontainer (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1315 recordmyobjectlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1316 recordsubscriptionlocator (entitlement recordsmanager), 1318 recordsubscriptionlocator (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1318 recurrence component, 1028 recurrexceptionicon control, 75 refresh (type dm_sysobject) action, 561 regexpvalidator control, 150 registerevents (type dm_sysobject) action, 525 registerreadevent (type dm_sysobject) action, 526 rejectroutertask (type dm_router_task) action, 712 rejectroutertask component, 1613 rejectworkflowtask (type dm_task) action, 713 rejectworkflowtask component, 1614 relationships (type dm_sysobject) action, 401 relationships (Webtop) component, 1328 relationships component, 1082 removeaccessor action, 603 removeaccessortorevoke (type dm_common_restriction) action, 604 removeattachment (type dmi_package) action, 714 removeattachment component, 1615 removecomponent (type dm_sysobject) action, 660 removecredential component, 891 removeprocessorauthentication action, 784 removerecordrelationships (entitlement recordsmanager) action, 548 removerequiredgroup action, 637 removerequiredgroupset action, 638<br /> <br /> 1780<br /> <br /> removerestriction (type dm_restriction) action, 605 removestartwfattachment (type dmi_package) action, 715 removestartwfattachment component, 1616 removestartwfwfattachment (type dmi_wf_attachment) action, 716 removestartwfwfattachment component, 1616 removeuserorgroup (type dm_member_ group) action, 639 removeuserorgroup (type dm_member_ user) action, 640 removevirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) action, 661 removevirtualdocumentnode component, 1530 removevirtualdocumentnodecontainer component, 1531 removewfattachment (type dmi_wf_attachment) action, 717 removewfattachment component, 1617 removeworkqueuemember action, 785 rename (type dm_folder) action, 406 rename (type dm_sysobject) action, 402 rename component, 918 renamegrouplist component, 1491 renamejobrequestlist component, 1208 renamereport component, 1492 renameuserlist component, 1493 rendition_transformation (type dmr_content) action, 519 renditions (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) component, 1330 renditions (type dm_sysobject) action, 560 renditions (type dm_sysobject) component, 1329 reordercomponents (type dm_sysobject) action, 662 reordervirtualdocumentnodes (type dm_sysobject) action, 663 reordervirtualdocumentnodes component, 1532 repeatworkflowtask (type dm_task) action, 718 repeatworkflowtask component, 1618 reportdetailsauditclassic (type dm_workflow) (Webtop) action, 719<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> reportdetailsauditclassic (type dm_workflow) (Webtop) component, 1556 reportdetailsauditdrilldown (type dm_workflow) action, 720 reportdetailsauditdrilldown component, 1557 reportdetailsauditlist (type dm_workflow) action, 721 reportdetailsauditlist component, 1558 reportdetailsauditstreamline (type dm_workflow) (Webtop) action, 721 reportdetailsauditstreamline (type dm_workflow) (Webtop) component, 1559 reportdetailscontainerclassic (type dm_workflow) (Webtop) component, 1560 reportdetailscontainerdrilldown (type dm_workflow) component, 1561 reportdetailscontainerlist (type dm_workflow) component, 1562 reportdetailscontainerstreamline (type dm_workflow) (Webtop) component, 1563 reportdetailsheader component, 1564 reportdetailsmap (type dm_workflow) action, 722 reportdetailsmap component, 1565 reportdetailssummaryclassic (type dm_workflow) (Webtop) component, 1566 reportdetailssummarydrilldown (type dm_workflow) (Webtop) action, 724 reportdetailssummarydrilldown (type dm_workflow) action, 723 reportdetailssummarydrilldown component, 1567 reportdetailssummarylist (type dm_workflow) (Webtop) action, 725 reportdetailssummarylist (type dm_workflow) action, 724 reportdetailssummarylist component, 1568 reportdetailssummarystreamline (type dm_workflow) (Webtop) component, 1569 reportdql component, 1570 reportmainclassic (Webtop) action, 726<br /> <br /> reportmainclassic (Webtop) component, 1571 reportmaindrilldown action, 727 reportmaindrilldown component, 1572 reportmainlist component, 1573 reportmainsettings action, 727 reportmainsettings component, 1574 reportmainstreamline (Webtop) action, 728 reportmainstreamline (Webtop) component, 1575 reportsysobjectlocator component, 1576 reportsysobjectlocatorcontainer component, 1578 repositioncomponent (type dm_sysobject) action, 664 repositionvirtualdocumentnode (type dm_sysobject) component, 1533 repositorysearch control, 316 repositoryselector component, 1334 repositoryselectorcontainer component, 1335 requestedtargets component, 1248 requiredfieldvalidator control, 151 rerunfailedautoworkflowtask (type dm_task) action, 729 rerunfailedautoworkflowtask component, 1619 restorelifecycle (type dm_sysobject) action, 510 resultshandling_preferences component, 1350 resumetask (type dm_task) action, 730 resumetask (type dm_task) component, 1620 resumeworkflow (type dm_workflow) action, 731 resumeworkflow (type dm_workflow) component, 1621 revisesearchtemplate action, 577 richtextdisplay control, 77 richtextdocbaseattribute control, 78 richtextdocbaseattributelabel control, 79 richtextdocbaseattributevalue control, 80 richtexteditor control, 81 richtextimagepicker component, 1028 richtextinsertlink component, 1029 richtextpanel control, 84 rmaccessor action, 606 roleattributes component, 1494<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1781<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> rolelist component, 1494 roleproperties component, 1495 roombanner control, 85 roomgrouplocator component, 1030 roomgrouplocatorcontainer component, 1031 roominvite (entitlement collaboration) component, 1032 roommembers (type dmc_room) action, 443 roommembership component, 1033 roomoptions component, 1034 roomuserorgrouplocator component, 1035 roomuserorgrouplocatorcontainer component, 1037 row control, 130 run time attribute values resolved, 17 runatclient attribute, 15 runsearchtemplate (type search_template) action, 578<br /> <br /> S save_search action, 579 saveannotation (type dm_document) action, 504 saveannotation component, 1198 saveasxforms (type dm_folder) action, 793 saveasxforms (type dm_sysobject) action, 794 saveasxforms component, 1741 savechanges action, 665 savechanges component, 1534 savecredential component, 892 savedetailsreport element, common, 818 savedsearches (version 5.2.5) component, 1351 savereportlocator component, 1578 savereportname component, 1579 savesearch (version 5.2.5) component, 1353 savesearch action, 579 savesearch component, 1352 savesearchcontainer component, 1354 savesearchtemplate action, 580 savesearchtemplate component, 1355 search (version 5.3) (Webtop) component, 1360<br /> <br /> 1782<br /> <br /> search (version 5.3) component, 1358 search (Webtop) component, 1362 search action, 581 search component, 1356 search_preferences component, 1358 search_types element, common, 818 searchattribute control, 316 searchattributegroup control, 319 searchcontainer component, 1363 searchdateattribute control, 321 searchfulltext control, 323 searchitems component, 1364 searchlocation control, 326 searchmonitoring component, 1365 searchmonitoringcontainer component, 1369 searchobjecttypedropdownlist control, 327 searchscopecheckbox control, 330 searchsizeattribute control, 332 searchsources_preferences component, 1370 searchstatus component, 1371 searchstatuscontainer component, 1371 searchstoreclassic component, 1372 searchstorestreamline component, 1373 searchstoretemplate component, 1374 searchtemplate component, 1376 searchtemplatecontainer component, 1377 searchtemplatefreelist control, 334 searchtemplatehiddenfixedlist control, 335 searchtypes element, common, 819 searchuser (type dm_user) action, 582 select_application component, 1157 selectedattribute element, common, 820 selectlifecycle (type dm_sysobject) component, 1218 selectmultipleuserattributevalue component, 918 selectmultipleuseridattributevalue component, 920 selectmultipleuserorgroupattributevalue component, 921 selectrepeatingattributevalue component, 922 selectrepository action, 564 selectsingleattributevalue component, 923 selectuser (type selectuser) action, 641<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> selectuserattributevalue component, 924 selectuseridattributevalue component, 926 selectuserorgroupattributevalue component, 927 sendemailcontainer component, 1147 sendlocator (type dm_notification) action, 732 sendlocator (type dm_notification) component, 1149 sendlocator (type dm_queued) action, 495 sendlocator (type dm_queued) component, 1150 sendlocator (type dm_router_task) action, 733 sendlocator (type dm_router_task) component, 1150 sendlocator (type dm_sysobject) action, 496 sendlocator (type dm_task) action, 734 sendlocator (type dm_task) component, 1151 sendlocator component, 1148 sendlocatorcontainer component, 1152 sendto (type dm_sysobject) action, 496 sendtodistributionlist (type dm_sysobject) action, 497 sendtodistributionlist component, 1153 serveroptionenabled element, common, 820 service element, common, 820 setbindingrule (type dm_sysobject) action, 666 setbindingrule component, 1535 setrepositoryfromobjectid element, common, 820 setretentiondate (type dm_sysobject) component, 1336 showallmessages action, 617 showattachmentinfo element, common, 820 showautogettask element, common, 821 showbreadcrumb element, common, 821 showfilters element, common, 821 showfolderpath element, common, 821 showfolders element, common, 821 showheaderforsinglepackage element, common, 821 showifdisabled, 16 showifinvalid, 16<br /> <br /> showjobstatus action, 505 showjobstatus element, common, 822 showjobstatushistory action, 506 showoptions element, common, 822 showpagesastabs element, common, 822 showtestcaseresult component, 1440 showtestresult component, 1441 showtopic (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject) action, 444 showtopic (Webtop) component, 1039 showtopic component, 1038 showtopicaction (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) action, 446 showtopicaction (entitlement collaboration, type dm_sysobject) action, 445 showtopicdocbaseattribute control, 86 showtopicdocbaseattributelabel control, 87 showtopicdocbaseattributevalue control, 88 showusertimeandcost element, common, 822 skillinfolist component, 1718 skipVersionCheck element, common, 822 smartnavigation_preferences component, 1264 sortableclustertreelist control, 337 sortablelistbox control, 338 span control, 216 spellchecker component, 1040 sso_login component, 893 startComp element, common, 822 startQueryString element, common, 823 startwfattachment component, 1621 startwfcomments component, 1622 startwfcontainer (type dm_process) component, 1623 startwfperformers component, 1624 startwfxformcontainer (type dm_process) component, 1625 startworkflow (type dm_process) action, 735 startworkflow component, 1626 startworkflowdrilldown component, 1627 startworkflowfromdoc (type dm_sysobject) action, 736 startworkflownotemplate action, 737<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1783<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> startworkflowtemplatelocatorcontainer component, 1628 startworkflowxforms component, 1629 statusbar (Webtop) component, 1476 strategyselector control, 340 streamlineview (type dm_message_ archive) (Webtop) component, 1172 streamlineview (type dmc_room) (Webtop) component, 1041 streamlineview (Webtop) component, 1173 streamlineviewassembly (type dm_sysobject) action, 667 streamlineviewvirtualdoc (type dm_sysobject) action, 668 stringlengthformatter control, 280 style attribute, 14 submitforcategorization (type dm_document) action, 407 submitforcategorization component, 959 subscribe (type dm_sysobject) action, 606 subscribeothers (type dm_sysobject) action, 607 subscribeotherslocator component, 1403 subscribeotherslocatorcontainer component, 1404 subscriptionlocator component, 1405 subscriptions element, common, 823 subscriptions_classic (Webtop) component, 1407 subscriptions_drilldown component, 1408 subscriptions_list component, 1409 subscriptions_streamline (Webtop) component, 1410 suspend_queued_task (type dm_task) action, 786 suspendlifecycle (type dm_sysobject) action, 511 suspendqueuedtask component, 1719 symbolicversionlabelvalidator control, 152 sysobjectlocator component, 1077<br /> <br /> T tab control, 181 tabbar (Webtop) component, 1174 tabbar control, 182 table control, 217<br /> <br /> 1784<br /> <br /> tablefields (type dmc_datatable_row) action, 447 tablefields component, 1042 taborderoncomponentinclude component, 1442 taborderoncomponentincludetest component, 1442 tagpooldetector control, 237 taskattachment component, 1630 taskcomments component, 1631 taskcomponentcontainer component, 1631 taskheader component, 1633 taskhistory component, 1633 taskinfo component, 1634 taskmanager component, 1635 taskmanagercontainer (type dm_notification) component, 1637 taskmanagercontainer (type dm_queued) component, 1720 taskmanagercontainer (type dm_router_task) component, 1638 taskmanagercontainer (type dm_task) component, 1639 taskmgrabortworkflow (type dm_task) component, 1640 taskmgractionname element, common, 823 taskmgrclassic (Webtop) component, 1411 taskmgrstreamline (Webtop) component, 1413 taskprocessvariables component, 1640 taskprogress component, 1641 taxonomylocator component, 960 td control, 218 termshighlightingformatter control, 281 testbed (Webtop) component, 1445 testbed component, 1443 testbed_generic component, 1444 testcaseparameters component, 1446 testcustomattrs (type wdk5_testtype_1) action, 609 testcustomrepeatingattrs (type wdk5_testtype_2) action, 610 testdocbasescope (docbase CS52ORABuild162wdkFormnotw2k52WDK_ CustomTest01, type wdk5_testtype_3) action, 611 testfilterattrs (type wdk5_testtype_3) action, 612<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> testiteminfo component, 1447 testlauncher component, 1448 testlaunchermonitorticker component, 1449 testlaunchermonitortree component, 1450 testlinks (Webtop) component, 1452 testlinks component, 1450 testmessage component, 1453 testmultirole (role consumernotadministrator, type wdk5_testtype_4) action, 613 testmultiscope (type wdk5_testtype_ 1wdk5_testtype_2) action, 614 testmultiscopeandnot (type wdk5_testtype_1notwdk5_testtype_2) action, 615 testnotkeyword (type notwdk5_testtype_ 1) action, 616 testrecorderlauncher component, 1454 testrecorderlaunchermonitortree component, 1455 testresultsviewer component, 1456 testtool component, 1456 testxmleditor component, 1457 text control, 344 textarea control, 346 th control, 219 thumbnail control, 245 title control, 220 titlebar (Webtop) component, 1176 toolbar (Webtop) component, 1176 tooltip attribute, 14 tooltipdatafield attribute, 14 tooltipnlsid attribute, 14 topic control, 89 topicpanel control, 90 topicstatus control, 91 tr control, 221 transformation (type dm_sysobject) action, 520 transformation element, common, 823 transformationapplylifecycle (type dm_sysobject) component, 1221 transformationapplylifecycle (type dmr_content) component, 1222 transformationapplylifecycleall (type dm_sysobject) component, 1223 transformationapplylifecycleall (type dmr_content) component, 1224<br /> <br /> transformationapplylifecyclecontainer component, 1225 transformationcontainer component, 1226 transformationcontainernewobject component, 1227 transformationcontainerrendition component, 1228 transformationdetails component, 1228 transformationnewobjectdef component, 1230 transformationparameter control, 247 transformationselect component, 1230 transformationtonewrelation (type dm_sysobject) action, 520 transformationtonewrelation (type dmr_content) action, 521 transformationtonewrendition (type dm_sysobject) action, 522 transformationtonewrendition (type dmr_content) action, 523 tree control, 352 type element, common, 824<br /> <br /> U ucfinvoker component, 894 ucfrequired element, common, 824 unassign_queued_task (type dm_task) action, 786 unassignqueuedtask component, 1721 unassignqueuedtaskcontainer component, 1722 unfilteredcontainersysobjectlocator component, 1079 unfreezeassembly (type dm_sysobject) action, 669 ungovern (entitlement collaboration) action, 448 ungovern (type dm_folder) component, 1043 ungovernfolder (entitlement collaboration) action, 449 unittestcase component, 1458 unregisterevents (type dm_sysobject) action, 527 unregisterreadevent (type dm_sysobject) action, 528 unsubscribe (type dm_sysobject) action, 608<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1785<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> unsuspend_queued_task (type dm_task) action, 787 unsuspendqueuedtask component, 1723 updateprocessorauthentication action, 788 updateprocessorauthentication component, 1723 updateprocessorskill action, 789 updateprocessorskill component, 1724 updatereplicasource element, common, 824 useraclobjectlocator component, 1496 useraclobjectlocatorcontainer component, 1498 userattributes component, 1499 userbrowse (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 642 userchangehomedblist component, 1499 userchangestate component, 1500 userdelete component, 1501 userimport (privilege sysadmin, type dm_user) action, 642 userimport component, 1502 userlist component, 1503 usermanagement component, 1503 useronly element, common, 824 useronlylocator component, 1504 useronlylocatorcontainer component, 1506 useroptions element, common, 825 userorgroupchooser action, 643 userorgrouplocator component, 1507 userorgrouplocatorcontainer component, 1509 userorgroupmemberlocator component, 1510 userorgroupmemberlocatorcontainer component, 1512 userproperties component, 1513 userrename component, 1514 userrenamelog (type dm_user) action, 644 userrequestlist (entitlement prm, role dmc_prm_library_user) component, 1248 userwhereused component, 1514 utf8stringlengthvalidator control, 153<br /> <br /> V validationsummary control, 155<br /> <br /> 1786<br /> <br /> vdm_preferences (Webtop) component, 1536 vdm_preferences component, 1535 vdmbindingruleformatter control, 362 vdmclickactionprompt (type dm_sysobject) action, 670 vdmclickactionprompt (Webtop) component, 1538 vdmclickactionprompt component, 1537 vdmclickactionpromptcontainer component, 1539 vdmcopyoption (type dm_sysobject) action, 671 vdmcopyoption component, 1540 vdmlist (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) action, 673 vdmlist (type dm_sysobject) action, 672 vdmlist (Webtop) component, 1542 vdmlist component, 1541 vdmliststreamline (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) action, 674 vdmliststreamline (type dm_sysobject) action, 673 vdmliststreamline (Webtop) component, 1544 vdmliststreamline component, 1543 vdmtreegrid control, 363 vdmtreegridRow control, 364 vdmvalidate (type dm_sysobject) action, 675 vdmvalidate component, 1545 vdmvalidate_container component, 1546 versionlabels component, 928 versions (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) component, 930 versions (type dm_sysobject) action, 402 versions (type dm_sysobject) component, 929 versions (type wdk5_testtype_1) component, 931 versions (type wdk5_testtype_2) component, 932 versions (type wdk5_testtype_3) component, 933 view (entitlement collaboration, type dmc_notepage) action, 449 view (type dm_externalresult) action, 583 view (type dm_folder) (Webtop) action, 486<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> view (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) action, 488 view (type dm_notification) action, 737 view (type dm_process) action, 738 view (type dm_query) action, 583 view (type dm_queued) action, 790 view (type dm_router_task) action, 739 view (type dm_smart_list) action, 585 view (type dm_sysobject) (Webtop) action, 490 view (type dm_sysobject) action, 489 view (type dm_sysobject) component, 1142 view (type dm_task) action, 740 view (type dm_workflow) action, 741 view (type dmc_calendar_event) action, 450 view (type dmc_datatable_row) action, 451 view (type dmr_content) action, 492 view (type dmr_content) component, 1143 view (type search_template) action, 493 view_as_html (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) action, 484 view_as_html_drilldown (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) action, 483 view_as_outlook_mail_msg (type dm_message_archive) (Webtop) action, 485 view_record_relationships (entitlement recordsmanager) component, 1320 viewassemblies (type dm_sysobject) action, 676 viewassemblies (Webtop) component, 1522 viewassemblies component, 1521 viewassembly (type dm_sysobject) action, 677 viewclipboard action, 416 viewContainedInFormalRecords (entitlement recordsmanager) (Webtop) component, 1321 viewcontainer (type dm_sysobject) component, 1145 viewcontainer (type dmr_content) component, 1146 viewcontainer_imaging (type dm_sysobject) component, 1199<br /> <br /> viewcontent (type dm_sysobject) action, 493 viewercontrol control, 224 viewexternalresult component, 1378 viewformalrecordassociations (entitlement recordsmanager, type dm_sysobjectnotdm_folder) (Webtop) action, 549 viewqueuemanagementclipboard action, 791 viewrecordrelationships (entitlement recordsmanager, type dm_ sysobjectnotdm_folder) action, 550 viewreport (type dm_rename_log) action, 645 views element, common, 825 viewsavedresults (type dm_smart_list) action, 587 viewvdm (type dm_sysobject) action, 678 viewvirtualdoc (type dm_sysobject) action, 679 viewxforms component, 1742 virtuallinkconnect component, 895 visible attribute, 14 visiblerepository_preferences component, 1265<br /> <br /> W webcontainerrequirements control, 237 webform control, 169 webwfm component, 1642 webwfm_checkjvm component, 1643 webwfmcontainer component, 1644 webwfmeditcontainer component, 1645 wfgrouponlylocator component, 1646 wfgrouponlylocatorcontainer component, 1648 wfrecentuseronlylocator component, 1649 wfsysobjectlocatorcontainer component, 1650 wftemplatefolderlocator component, 1650 wftemplatelocatorcontainer component, 1652 wftemplatesubscriptionlocator component, 1653 wfuseronlylocator component, 1654 wfuseronlylocatorcontainer component, 1656<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide<br /> <br /> 1787<br /> <br /> Index<br /> <br /> wfuserorgroupfromgrouplocator component, 1657 wfuserorgroupfromgrouplocatorcontainer component, 1658 wfuserorgrouplocator component, 1660 wfuserorgrouplocatorcontainer component, 1661 windowparams element, common, 827 wizardcontainer component, 1177 workflowavailability action, 742 workflowavailability component, 1663 workflowcalendar component, 1663 workflowcalendarcontainer component, 1664 workflowcalendardetails component, 1665 workflowcalendareditcontainer component, 1666 workflowcalendarevent component, 1667 workflowcalendarlist (type workflow_calendar) action, 743 workflowcalendarlist component, 1668 workflowcompletetypeformatter control, 367 workflowdisabledformatter control, 368 workflowdurationformatter control, 368 workfloweditorapplet control, 366 workflowstateicon control, 369 workflowstatusactionname element, common, 827 workflowstatusclassic (Webtop) action, 743 workflowstatusclassic (Webtop) component, 1669 workflowstatusdrilldown action, 744 workflowstatusdrilldown component, 1669 workflowstatuslist action, 745 workflowstatuslist component, 1670 workflowstatusstreamline (Webtop) action, 745 workflowstatusstreamline (Webtop) component, 1671 workflowtaskstatusvalueformatter control, 370 workflowxforms component, 1672 workqueuecategorylocatorcontainer component, 1725<br /> <br /> 1788<br /> <br /> workqueuecategoryproperties component, 1726 workqueuedocprofileproperties component, 1727 workqueueflagvalueformatter control, 371 workqueuegroupvisible element, common, 827 workqueuelocator component, 1728 workqueuelocatorcontainer component, 1730 workqueuepolicyproperties component, 1730 workqueueproperties component, 1731 workqueuetaskstatusvalueformatter control, 371 wqpolicymanagement (Webtop) component, 1732 wqskillinfoattributes component, 1733 wqskillinfolocator component, 1734 wqskillinfolocatorcontainer component, 1735 wqskillmanagement (Webtop) component, 1736<br /> <br /> X xforms component, 1743 xforms control, 372 xformsattachmentimportlocatorcontainer component, 1744 xformsattachmentlocator (type rm_classification_guide) component, 1322 xformsattachmentlocator (type rm_dod5015ch4record) component, 1323 xformsattachmentlocator component, 1745 xformsattachmentlocatorcontainer component, 1747 xformsdatasortlink control, 231 xformsimportlocator component, 1748 xformslistvalueformatter control, 232 xformsproperties component, 1750<br /> <br /> EMC Documentum Web Development Kit and Webtop Version 6 Reference Guide </div> </div> <hr /> <h4>Related Documents</h4> <div class="row"> <div class="col-lg-2 col-md-4 col-sm-6 col-6"> <div class="card item-doc mb-4"> <a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/wdk-reference-guide-60-sp1-r6zw1ywgp730" class="d-block"><img class="card-img-top" src="https://pdfcoke.com/img/crop/300x300/r6zw1ywgp730.jpg" alt=""/></a> <div class="card-body text-left"> <h5 class="card-title"><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/wdk-reference-guide-60-sp1-r6zw1ywgp730" class="text-dark">Wdk Reference Guide 6.0 Sp1</a></h5> <small class="text-muted float-left"><i class="fas fa-clock"></i> June 2020</small> <small class="text-muted float-right"><i class="fas fa-eye"></i> 6</small> <div class="clearfix"></div> </div> </div> </div> <div class="col-lg-2 col-md-4 col-sm-6 col-6"> <div class="card item-doc mb-4"> <a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/sus-deploy-guide-sp1-w63yvepxv3mx" class="d-block"><img class="card-img-top" src="https://pdfcoke.com/img/crop/300x300/w63yvepxv3mx.jpg" alt=""/></a> <div class="card-body text-left"> <h5 class="card-title"><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/sus-deploy-guide-sp1-w63yvepxv3mx" class="text-dark">Sus Deploy Guide Sp1</a></h5> <small class="text-muted float-left"><i class="fas fa-clock"></i> October 2019</small> <small class="text-muted float-right"><i class="fas fa-eye"></i> 16</small> <div class="clearfix"></div> </div> </div> </div> <div class="col-lg-2 col-md-4 col-sm-6 col-6"> <div class="card item-doc mb-4"> <a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/reference-guide-09o8nw2k9orx" class="d-block"><img class="card-img-top" src="https://pdfcoke.com/img/crop/300x300/09o8nw2k9orx.jpg" alt=""/></a> <div class="card-body text-left"> <h5 class="card-title"><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/reference-guide-09o8nw2k9orx" class="text-dark">Reference Guide</a></h5> <small class="text-muted float-left"><i class="fas fa-clock"></i> November 2019</small> <small class="text-muted float-right"><i class="fas fa-eye"></i> 20</small> <div class="clearfix"></div> </div> </div> </div> <div class="col-lg-2 col-md-4 col-sm-6 col-6"> <div class="card item-doc mb-4"> <a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/reference-guide-09358p7v63e8" class="d-block"><img class="card-img-top" src="https://pdfcoke.com/img/crop/300x300/09358p7v63e8.jpg" alt=""/></a> <div class="card-body text-left"> <h5 class="card-title"><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/reference-guide-09358p7v63e8" class="text-dark">Reference Guide</a></h5> <small class="text-muted float-left"><i class="fas fa-clock"></i> November 2019</small> <small class="text-muted float-right"><i class="fas fa-eye"></i> 24</small> <div class="clearfix"></div> </div> </div> </div> <div class="col-lg-2 col-md-4 col-sm-6 col-6"> <div class="card item-doc mb-4"> <a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/sp1-r6zwqw077z04" class="d-block"><img class="card-img-top" src="https://pdfcoke.com/img/crop/300x300/r6zwqw077z04.jpg" alt=""/></a> <div class="card-body text-left"> <h5 class="card-title"><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/sp1-r6zwqw077z04" class="text-dark">Sp1</a></h5> <small class="text-muted float-left"><i class="fas fa-clock"></i> October 2019</small> <small class="text-muted float-right"><i class="fas fa-eye"></i> 26</small> <div class="clearfix"></div> </div> </div> </div> <div class="col-lg-2 col-md-4 col-sm-6 col-6"> <div class="card item-doc mb-4"> <a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/wdk-portlets-68o2k1j8djop" class="d-block"><img class="card-img-top" src="https://pdfcoke.com/img/crop/300x300/68o2k1j8djop.jpg" alt=""/></a> <div class="card-body text-left"> <h5 class="card-title"><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/documents/wdk-portlets-68o2k1j8djop" class="text-dark">Wdk Portlets</a></h5> <small class="text-muted float-left"><i class="fas fa-clock"></i> December 2019</small> <small class="text-muted float-right"><i class="fas fa-eye"></i> 11</small> <div class="clearfix"></div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> <footer class="footer pt-5 pb-0 pb-md-5 bg-primary text-white"> <div class="container"> <div class="row"> <div class="col-md-3 mb-3 mb-sm-0"> <h5 class="text-white font-weight-bold mb-4">Our Company</h5> <ul class="list-unstyled"> <li><i class="fas fa-location-arrow"></i> 3486 Boone Street, Corpus Christi, TX 78476</li> <li><i class="fas fa-phone"></i> +1361-285-4971</li> <li><i class="fas fa-envelope"></i> <a href="mailto:info@pdfcoke.com" class="text-white">info@pdfcoke.com</a></li> </ul> </div> <div class="col-md-3 mb-3 mb-sm-0"> <h5 class="text-white font-weight-bold mb-4">Quick Links</h5> <ul class="list-unstyled"> <li><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/about" class="text-white">About</a></li> <li><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/contact" class="text-white">Contact</a></li> <li><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/help" class="text-white">Help / FAQ</a></li> <li><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/account" class="text-white">Account</a></li> </ul> </div> <div class="col-md-3 mb-3 mb-sm-0"> <h5 class="text-white font-weight-bold mb-4">Legal</h5> <ul class="list-unstyled"> <li><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/tos" class="text-white">Terms of Service</a></li> <li><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/privacy-policy" class="text-white">Privacy Policy</a></li> <li><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/cookie-policy" class="text-white">Cookie Policy</a></li> <li><a href="https://pdfcoke.com/disclaimer" class="text-white">Disclaimer</a></li> </ul> </div> <div class="col-md-3 mb-3 mb-sm-0"> <h5 class="text-white font-weight-bold mb-4">Follow Us</h5> <ul class="list-unstyled list-inline list-social"> <li class="list-inline-item"><a href="#" class="text-white" target="_blank"><i class="fab fa-facebook-f"></i></a></li> <li class="list-inline-item"><a href="#" class="text-white" target="_blank"><i class="fab fa-twitter"></i></a></li> <li class="list-inline-item"><a href="#" class="text-white" target="_blank"><i class="fab fa-linkedin"></i></a></li> <li class="list-inline-item"><a href="#" class="text-white" target="_blank"><i class="fab fa-instagram"></i></a></li> </ul> <h5 class="text-white font-weight-bold mb-4">Mobile Apps</h5> <ul class="list-unstyled "> <li><a href="#" class="bb-alert" data-msg="IOS app is not available yet! Please try again later!"><img src="https://pdfcoke.com/static/images/app-store-badge.svg" height="45" /></a></li> <li><a href="#" class="bb-alert" data-msg="ANDROID app is not available yet! Please try again later!"><img style="margin-left: -10px;" src="https://pdfcoke.com/static/images/google-play-badge.png" height="60" /></a></li> </ul> </div> </div> </div> </footer> <div class="footer-copyright border-top pt-4 pb-2 bg-primary text-white"> <div class="container"> <p>Copyright © 2024 PDFCOKE.</p> </div> </div> <script src="https://pdfcoke.com/static/javascripts/jquery.min.js"></script> <script src="https://pdfcoke.com/static/javascripts/popper.min.js"></script> <script src="https://pdfcoke.com/static/javascripts/bootstrap.min.js"></script> <script src="https://pdfcoke.com/static/javascripts/bootbox.all.min.js"></script> <script src="https://pdfcoke.com/static/javascripts/filepond.js"></script> <script src="https://pdfcoke.com/static/javascripts/main.js?v=1732253629"></script> <!-- Global site tag (gtag.js) - Google Analytics --> <script async src="https://www.googletagmanager.com/gtag/js?id=UA-144986120-1"></script> <script> window.dataLayer = window.dataLayer || []; function gtag(){dataLayer.push(arguments);} gtag('js', new Date()); gtag('config', 'UA-144986120-1'); </script> </body> </html>